afeica
/
cocos-engine-external
2
0
Fork 0
Code Issues Pull Requests Packages Projects Releases Wiki Activity

cocos 2d lite external

This commit is contained in:
Wenhai Lin 2016-03-29 23:27:43 +08:00
commit 44028cb51b
1752 changed files with 598997 additions and 0 deletions
Show Stats Download Patch File Download Diff File Expand all files Collapse all files

98
android/Android.mk Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,98 @@
LOCAL_PATH := $(call my-dir)
#======================================
include $(CLEAR_VARS)
LOCAL_MODULE := cocos_zlib_static
LOCAL_MODULE_FILENAME := zlib
LOCAL_SRC_FILES := $(TARGET_ARCH_ABI)/libz.a
include $(PREBUILT_STATIC_LIBRARY)
#======================================
include $(CLEAR_VARS)
LOCAL_MODULE := cocos_freetype2_static
LOCAL_MODULE_FILENAME := freetype2
LOCAL_SRC_FILES := $(TARGET_ARCH_ABI)/libfreetype.a
LOCAL_EXPORT_C_INCLUDES := $(LOCAL_PATH)/$(TARGET_ARCH_ABI)/include/freetype
include $(PREBUILT_STATIC_LIBRARY)
#======================================
include $(CLEAR_VARS)
LOCAL_MODULE := cocos_jpeg_static
LOCAL_MODULE_FILENAME := jpeg
LOCAL_SRC_FILES := $(TARGET_ARCH_ABI)/libjpeg.a
include $(PREBUILT_STATIC_LIBRARY)
#======================================
include $(CLEAR_VARS)
LOCAL_MODULE := cocos_png_static
LOCAL_MODULE_FILENAME := png
LOCAL_SRC_FILES := $(TARGET_ARCH_ABI)/libpng.a
include $(PREBUILT_STATIC_LIBRARY)
#======================================
include $(CLEAR_VARS)
LOCAL_MODULE := cocos_chipmunk_static
LOCAL_MODULE_FILENAME := chipmunk
LOCAL_SRC_FILES := $(TARGET_ARCH_ABI)/libchipmunk.a
include $(PREBUILT_STATIC_LIBRARY)
#======================================
include $(CLEAR_VARS)
LOCAL_MODULE := cocos_tiff_static
LOCAL_MODULE_FILENAME := tiff
LOCAL_SRC_FILES := $(TARGET_ARCH_ABI)/libtiff.a
include $(PREBUILT_STATIC_LIBRARY)
#======================================
#include $(CLEAR_VARS)
#
#LOCAL_MODULE := cocos_webp_static
#LOCAL_MODULE_FILENAME := webp
#LOCAL_SRC_FILES := $(TARGET_ARCH_ABI)/libwebp.a
#
#LOCAL_WHOLE_STATIC_LIBRARIES := cpufeatures
#
#ifeq ($(TARGET_ARCH_ABI),armeabi-v7a)
# LOCAL_CFLAGS := -DHAVE_NEON=1
#endif
#
#include $(PREBUILT_STATIC_LIBRARY)
#
#======================================
include $(CLEAR_VARS)
LOCAL_MODULE := websockets_static
LOCAL_MODULE_FILENAME := libwebsockets_static
LOCAL_SRC_FILES := $(TARGET_ARCH_ABI)/libwebsockets.a
LOCAL_CPPFLAGS := -D__STDC_LIMIT_MACROS=1
LOCAL_EXPORT_CPPFLAGS := -D__STDC_LIMIT_MACROS=1
include $(PREBUILT_STATIC_LIBRARY)
#======================================
include $(CLEAR_VARS)
LOCAL_MODULE := spidermonkey_static
LOCAL_MODULE_FILENAME := js_static
LOCAL_SRC_FILES := $(TARGET_ARCH_ABI)/libjs_static.a
LOCAL_EXPORT_C_INCLUDES := $(LOCAL_PATH)/$(TARGET_ARCH_ABI)/include/spidermonkey
LOCAL_CPPFLAGS := -D__STDC_LIMIT_MACROS=1 -Wno-invalid-offsetof
LOCAL_EXPORT_CPPFLAGS := -D__STDC_LIMIT_MACROS=1 -Wno-invalid-offsetof
include $(PREBUILT_STATIC_LIBRARY)
#======================================
#$(call import-module,android/cpufeatures)

222
android/arm64-v8a/include/chipmunk/chipmunk.h Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,222 @@
/* Copyright (c) 2007 Scott Lembcke
*
* Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy
* of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal
* in the Software without restriction, including without limitation the rights
* to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell
* copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is
* furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:
*
* The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in
* all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
*
* THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
* IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
* FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE
* AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER
* LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM,
* OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE
* SOFTWARE.
*/
#ifndef CHIPMUNK_HEADER
#define CHIPMUNK_HEADER
#ifdef _MSC_VER
#define _USE_MATH_DEFINES
#endif
#include <stdlib.h>
#include <math.h>
#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif
#ifndef CP_ALLOW_PRIVATE_ACCESS
#define CP_ALLOW_PRIVATE_ACCESS 0
#endif
#if CP_ALLOW_PRIVATE_ACCESS == 1
#define CP_PRIVATE(__symbol__) __symbol__
#else
#define CP_PRIVATE(__symbol__) __symbol__##_private
#endif
void cpMessage(const char *condition, const char *file, int line, int isError, int isHardError, const char *message, ...);
#ifdef NDEBUG
#define cpAssertWarn(__condition__, ...)
#else
#define cpAssertWarn(__condition__, ...) if(!(__condition__)) cpMessage(#__condition__, __FILE__, __LINE__, 0, 0, __VA_ARGS__)
#endif
#ifdef NDEBUG
#define cpAssertSoft(__condition__, ...)
#else
#define cpAssertSoft(__condition__, ...) if(!(__condition__)) cpMessage(#__condition__, __FILE__, __LINE__, 1, 0, __VA_ARGS__)
#endif
// Hard assertions are important and cheap to execute. They are not disabled by compiling as debug.
#define cpAssertHard(__condition__, ...) if(!(__condition__)) cpMessage(#__condition__, __FILE__, __LINE__, 1, 1, __VA_ARGS__)
#include "chipmunk_types.h"
/// @defgroup misc Misc
/// @{
/// Allocated size for various Chipmunk buffers
#ifndef CP_BUFFER_BYTES
#define CP_BUFFER_BYTES (32*1024)
#endif
#ifndef cpcalloc
/// Chipmunk calloc() alias.
#define cpcalloc calloc
#endif
#ifndef cprealloc
/// Chipmunk realloc() alias.
#define cprealloc realloc
#endif
#ifndef cpfree
/// Chipmunk free() alias.
#define cpfree free
#endif
typedef struct cpArray cpArray;
typedef struct cpHashSet cpHashSet;
typedef struct cpBody cpBody;
typedef struct cpShape cpShape;
typedef struct cpConstraint cpConstraint;
typedef struct cpCollisionHandler cpCollisionHandler;
typedef struct cpArbiter cpArbiter;
typedef struct cpSpace cpSpace;
#include "cpVect.h"
#include "cpBB.h"
#include "cpSpatialIndex.h"
#include "cpBody.h"
#include "cpShape.h"
#include "cpPolyShape.h"
#include "cpArbiter.h"
#include "constraints/cpConstraint.h"
#include "cpSpace.h"
// Chipmunk 6.2.1
#define CP_VERSION_MAJOR 6
#define CP_VERSION_MINOR 2
#define CP_VERSION_RELEASE 1
/// Version string.
extern const char *cpVersionString;
/// @deprecated
void cpInitChipmunk(void);
/// Enables segment to segment shape collisions.
void cpEnableSegmentToSegmentCollisions(void);
/// Calculate the moment of inertia for a circle.
/// @c r1 and @c r2 are the inner and outer diameters. A solid circle has an inner diameter of 0.
cpFloat cpMomentForCircle(cpFloat m, cpFloat r1, cpFloat r2, cpVect offset);
/// Calculate area of a hollow circle.
/// @c r1 and @c r2 are the inner and outer diameters. A solid circle has an inner diameter of 0.
cpFloat cpAreaForCircle(cpFloat r1, cpFloat r2);
/// Calculate the moment of inertia for a line segment.
/// Beveling radius is not supported.
cpFloat cpMomentForSegment(cpFloat m, cpVect a, cpVect b);
/// Calculate the area of a fattened (capsule shaped) line segment.
cpFloat cpAreaForSegment(cpVect a, cpVect b, cpFloat r);
/// Calculate the moment of inertia for a solid polygon shape assuming it's center of gravity is at it's centroid. The offset is added to each vertex.
cpFloat cpMomentForPoly(cpFloat m, int numVerts, const cpVect *verts, cpVect offset);
/// Calculate the signed area of a polygon. A Clockwise winding gives positive area.
/// This is probably backwards from what you expect, but matches Chipmunk's the winding for poly shapes.
cpFloat cpAreaForPoly(const int numVerts, const cpVect *verts);
/// Calculate the natural centroid of a polygon.
cpVect cpCentroidForPoly(const int numVerts, const cpVect *verts);
/// Center the polygon on the origin. (Subtracts the centroid of the polygon from each vertex)
void cpRecenterPoly(const int numVerts, cpVect *verts);
/// Calculate the moment of inertia for a solid box.
cpFloat cpMomentForBox(cpFloat m, cpFloat width, cpFloat height);
/// Calculate the moment of inertia for a solid box.
cpFloat cpMomentForBox2(cpFloat m, cpBB box);
/// Calculate the convex hull of a given set of points. Returns the count of points in the hull.
/// @c result must be a pointer to a @c cpVect array with at least @c count elements. If @c result is @c NULL, then @c verts will be reduced instead.
/// @c first is an optional pointer to an integer to store where the first vertex in the hull came from (i.e. verts[first] == result[0])
/// @c tol is the allowed amount to shrink the hull when simplifying it. A tolerance of 0.0 creates an exact hull.
int cpConvexHull(int count, cpVect *verts, cpVect *result, int *first, cpFloat tol);
#ifdef _MSC_VER
#include "malloc.h"
#endif
/// Convenience macro to work with cpConvexHull.
/// @c count and @c verts is the input array passed to cpConvexHull().
/// @c count_var and @c verts_var are the names of the variables the macro creates to store the result.
/// The output vertex array is allocated on the stack using alloca() so it will be freed automatically, but cannot be returned from the current scope.
#define CP_CONVEX_HULL(__count__, __verts__, __count_var__, __verts_var__) \
cpVect *__verts_var__ = (cpVect *)alloca(__count__*sizeof(cpVect)); \
int __count_var__ = cpConvexHull(__count__, __verts__, __verts_var__, NULL, 0.0); \
#if defined(__has_extension)
#if __has_extension(blocks)
// Define alternate block based alternatives for a few of the callback heavy functions.
// Collision handlers are post-step callbacks are not included to avoid memory management issues.
// If you want to use blocks for those and are aware of how to correctly manage the memory, the implementation is trivial.
void cpSpaceEachBody_b(cpSpace *space, void (^block)(cpBody *body));
void cpSpaceEachShape_b(cpSpace *space, void (^block)(cpShape *shape));
void cpSpaceEachConstraint_b(cpSpace *space, void (^block)(cpConstraint *constraint));
void cpBodyEachShape_b(cpBody *body, void (^block)(cpShape *shape));
void cpBodyEachConstraint_b(cpBody *body, void (^block)(cpConstraint *constraint));
void cpBodyEachArbiter_b(cpBody *body, void (^block)(cpArbiter *arbiter));
typedef void (^cpSpaceNearestPointQueryBlock)(cpShape *shape, cpFloat distance, cpVect point);
void cpSpaceNearestPointQuery_b(cpSpace *space, cpVect point, cpFloat maxDistance, cpLayers layers, cpGroup group, cpSpaceNearestPointQueryBlock block);
typedef void (^cpSpaceSegmentQueryBlock)(cpShape *shape, cpFloat t, cpVect n);
void cpSpaceSegmentQuery_b(cpSpace *space, cpVect start, cpVect end, cpLayers layers, cpGroup group, cpSpaceSegmentQueryBlock block);
typedef void (^cpSpaceBBQueryBlock)(cpShape *shape);
void cpSpaceBBQuery_b(cpSpace *space, cpBB bb, cpLayers layers, cpGroup group, cpSpaceBBQueryBlock block);
typedef void (^cpSpaceShapeQueryBlock)(cpShape *shape, cpContactPointSet *points);
cpBool cpSpaceShapeQuery_b(cpSpace *space, cpShape *shape, cpSpaceShapeQueryBlock block);
#endif
#endif
//@}
#ifdef __cplusplus
}
static inline cpVect operator *(const cpVect v, const cpFloat s){return cpvmult(v, s);}
static inline cpVect operator +(const cpVect v1, const cpVect v2){return cpvadd(v1, v2);}
static inline cpVect operator -(const cpVect v1, const cpVect v2){return cpvsub(v1, v2);}
static inline cpBool operator ==(const cpVect v1, const cpVect v2){return cpveql(v1, v2);}
static inline cpVect operator -(const cpVect v){return cpvneg(v);}
#endif
#endif

177
android/arm64-v8a/include/chipmunk/chipmunk_ffi.h Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,177 @@
#ifdef CHIPMUNK_FFI
// Create non static inlined copies of Chipmunk functions, useful for working with dynamic FFIs
// This file should only be included in chipmunk.c
#ifdef _MSC_VER
#if _MSC_VER >= 1600
#define MAKE_REF(name) decltype(name) *_##name = name
#else
#define MAKE_REF(name)
#endif
#else
#define MAKE_REF(name) __typeof__(name) *_##name = name
#endif
#define MAKE_PROPERTIES_REF(struct, property) \
MAKE_REF(struct##Get##property); MAKE_REF(struct##Set##property)
MAKE_REF(cpv); // makes a variable named _cpv that contains the function pointer for cpv()
MAKE_REF(cpveql);
MAKE_REF(cpvadd);
MAKE_REF(cpvneg);
MAKE_REF(cpvsub);
MAKE_REF(cpvmult);
MAKE_REF(cpvdot);
MAKE_REF(cpvcross);
MAKE_REF(cpvperp);
MAKE_REF(cpvrperp);
MAKE_REF(cpvproject);
MAKE_REF(cpvforangle);
MAKE_REF(cpvtoangle);
MAKE_REF(cpvrotate);
MAKE_REF(cpvunrotate);
MAKE_REF(cpvlengthsq);
MAKE_REF(cpvlength);
MAKE_REF(cpvlerp);
MAKE_REF(cpvnormalize);
MAKE_REF(cpvnormalize_safe);
MAKE_REF(cpvclamp);
MAKE_REF(cpvlerpconst);
MAKE_REF(cpvdist);
MAKE_REF(cpvdistsq);
MAKE_REF(cpvnear);
MAKE_REF(cpfmax);
MAKE_REF(cpfmin);
MAKE_REF(cpfabs);
MAKE_REF(cpfclamp);
MAKE_REF(cpflerp);
MAKE_REF(cpflerpconst);
MAKE_REF(cpBBNew);
MAKE_REF(cpBBNewForCircle);
MAKE_REF(cpBBIntersects);
MAKE_REF(cpBBContainsBB);
MAKE_REF(cpBBContainsVect);
MAKE_REF(cpBBMerge);
MAKE_REF(cpBBExpand);
MAKE_REF(cpBBArea);
MAKE_REF(cpBBMergedArea);
MAKE_REF(cpBBSegmentQuery);
MAKE_REF(cpBBIntersectsSegment);
MAKE_REF(cpBBClampVect);
MAKE_REF(cpBodyGetMass);
MAKE_REF(cpBodyGetMoment);
MAKE_REF(cpBodyGetPos);
MAKE_REF(cpBodyGetAngle);
MAKE_REF(cpBodyGetRot);
MAKE_PROPERTIES_REF(cpBody, Vel);
MAKE_PROPERTIES_REF(cpBody, Force);
MAKE_PROPERTIES_REF(cpBody, AngVel);
MAKE_PROPERTIES_REF(cpBody, Torque);
MAKE_PROPERTIES_REF(cpBody, VelLimit);
MAKE_PROPERTIES_REF(cpBody, AngVelLimit);
MAKE_PROPERTIES_REF(cpBody, UserData);
MAKE_REF(cpBodyIsSleeping);
MAKE_REF(cpBodyIsStatic);
MAKE_REF(cpBodyIsRogue);
MAKE_REF(cpBodyLocal2World);
MAKE_REF(cpBodyWorld2Local);
MAKE_REF(cpBodyKineticEnergy);
MAKE_REF(cpShapeGetBB);
MAKE_PROPERTIES_REF(cpShape, Body);
MAKE_PROPERTIES_REF(cpShape, Sensor);
MAKE_PROPERTIES_REF(cpShape, Elasticity);
MAKE_PROPERTIES_REF(cpShape, Friction);
MAKE_PROPERTIES_REF(cpShape, SurfaceVelocity);
MAKE_PROPERTIES_REF(cpShape, UserData);
MAKE_PROPERTIES_REF(cpShape, CollisionType);
MAKE_PROPERTIES_REF(cpShape, Group);
MAKE_PROPERTIES_REF(cpShape, Layers);
MAKE_REF(cpArbiterGetShapes);
MAKE_REF(cpArbiterGetBodies);
MAKE_REF(cpArbiterIsFirstContact);
MAKE_REF(cpArbiterGetCount);
MAKE_REF(cpConstraintGetA);
MAKE_REF(cpConstraintGetB);
MAKE_PROPERTIES_REF(cpConstraint, MaxForce);
MAKE_PROPERTIES_REF(cpConstraint, ErrorBias);
MAKE_PROPERTIES_REF(cpConstraint, MaxBias);
MAKE_PROPERTIES_REF(cpConstraint, UserData);
MAKE_REF(cpConstraintGetImpulse);
MAKE_PROPERTIES_REF(cpDampedRotarySpring, RestAngle);
MAKE_PROPERTIES_REF(cpDampedRotarySpring, Stiffness);
MAKE_PROPERTIES_REF(cpDampedRotarySpring, Damping);
//MAKE_PROPERTIES_REF(cpDampedRotarySpring, SpringTorqueFunc);
MAKE_PROPERTIES_REF(cpDampedSpring, Anchr1);
MAKE_PROPERTIES_REF(cpDampedSpring, Anchr2);
MAKE_PROPERTIES_REF(cpDampedSpring, RestLength);
MAKE_PROPERTIES_REF(cpDampedSpring, Stiffness);
MAKE_PROPERTIES_REF(cpDampedSpring, Damping);
//MAKE_PROPERTIES_REF(cpDampedSpring, SpringForceFunc);
MAKE_PROPERTIES_REF(cpGearJoint, Phase);
MAKE_REF(cpGearJointGetRatio);
MAKE_PROPERTIES_REF(cpGrooveJoint, Anchr2);
MAKE_REF(cpGrooveJointGetGrooveA);
MAKE_REF(cpGrooveJointGetGrooveB);
MAKE_PROPERTIES_REF(cpPinJoint, Anchr1);
MAKE_PROPERTIES_REF(cpPinJoint, Anchr2);
MAKE_PROPERTIES_REF(cpPinJoint, Dist);
MAKE_PROPERTIES_REF(cpPivotJoint, Anchr1);
MAKE_PROPERTIES_REF(cpPivotJoint, Anchr2);
MAKE_PROPERTIES_REF(cpRatchetJoint, Angle);
MAKE_PROPERTIES_REF(cpRatchetJoint, Phase);
MAKE_PROPERTIES_REF(cpRatchetJoint, Ratchet);
MAKE_PROPERTIES_REF(cpRotaryLimitJoint, Min);
MAKE_PROPERTIES_REF(cpRotaryLimitJoint, Max);
MAKE_PROPERTIES_REF(cpSimpleMotor, Rate);
MAKE_PROPERTIES_REF(cpSlideJoint, Anchr1);
MAKE_PROPERTIES_REF(cpSlideJoint, Anchr2);
MAKE_PROPERTIES_REF(cpSlideJoint, Min);
MAKE_PROPERTIES_REF(cpSlideJoint, Max);
MAKE_REF(cpSegmentQueryHitPoint);
MAKE_REF(cpSegmentQueryHitDist);
MAKE_REF(cpSpatialIndexDestroy);
MAKE_REF(cpSpatialIndexCount);
MAKE_REF(cpSpatialIndexEach);
MAKE_REF(cpSpatialIndexContains);
MAKE_REF(cpSpatialIndexInsert);
MAKE_REF(cpSpatialIndexRemove);
MAKE_REF(cpSpatialIndexReindex);
MAKE_REF(cpSpatialIndexReindexObject);
MAKE_REF(cpSpatialIndexSegmentQuery);
MAKE_REF(cpSpatialIndexQuery);
MAKE_REF(cpSpatialIndexReindexQuery);
MAKE_PROPERTIES_REF(cpSpace, Iterations);
MAKE_PROPERTIES_REF(cpSpace, Gravity);
MAKE_PROPERTIES_REF(cpSpace, Damping);
MAKE_PROPERTIES_REF(cpSpace, IdleSpeedThreshold);
MAKE_PROPERTIES_REF(cpSpace, SleepTimeThreshold);
MAKE_PROPERTIES_REF(cpSpace, CollisionSlop);
MAKE_PROPERTIES_REF(cpSpace, CollisionBias);
MAKE_PROPERTIES_REF(cpSpace, CollisionPersistence);
MAKE_PROPERTIES_REF(cpSpace, EnableContactGraph);
MAKE_PROPERTIES_REF(cpSpace, UserData);
MAKE_REF(cpSpaceGetStaticBody);
MAKE_REF(cpSpaceGetCurrentTimeStep);
MAKE_REF(cpSpaceIsLocked);
#endif

254
android/arm64-v8a/include/chipmunk/chipmunk_private.h Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,254 @@
/* Copyright (c) 2007 Scott Lembcke
*
* Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy
* of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal
* in the Software without restriction, including without limitation the rights
* to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell
* copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is
* furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:
*
* The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in
* all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
*
* THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
* IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
* FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE
* AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER
* LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM,
* OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE
* SOFTWARE.
*/
#define CP_ALLOW_PRIVATE_ACCESS 1
#include "chipmunk.h"
#define CP_HASH_COEF (3344921057ul)
#define CP_HASH_PAIR(A, B) ((cpHashValue)(A)*CP_HASH_COEF ^ (cpHashValue)(B)*CP_HASH_COEF)
// TODO: Eww. Magic numbers.
#define MAGIC_EPSILON 1e-5
//MARK: cpArray
struct cpArray {
int num, max;
void **arr;
};
cpArray *cpArrayNew(int size);
void cpArrayFree(cpArray *arr);
void cpArrayPush(cpArray *arr, void *object);
void *cpArrayPop(cpArray *arr);
void cpArrayDeleteObj(cpArray *arr, void *obj);
cpBool cpArrayContains(cpArray *arr, void *ptr);
void cpArrayFreeEach(cpArray *arr, void (freeFunc)(void*));
//MARK: Foreach loops
static inline cpConstraint *
cpConstraintNext(cpConstraint *node, cpBody *body)
{
return (node->a == body ? node->next_a : node->next_b);
}
#define CP_BODY_FOREACH_CONSTRAINT(bdy, var)\
for(cpConstraint *var = bdy->constraintList; var; var = cpConstraintNext(var, bdy))
static inline cpArbiter *
cpArbiterNext(cpArbiter *node, cpBody *body)
{
return (node->body_a == body ? node->thread_a.next : node->thread_b.next);
}
#define CP_BODY_FOREACH_ARBITER(bdy, var)\
for(cpArbiter *var = bdy->arbiterList; var; var = cpArbiterNext(var, bdy))
#define CP_BODY_FOREACH_SHAPE(body, var)\
for(cpShape *var = body->shapeList; var; var = var->next)
#define CP_BODY_FOREACH_COMPONENT(root, var)\
for(cpBody *var = root; var; var = var->node.next)
//MARK: cpHashSet
typedef cpBool (*cpHashSetEqlFunc)(void *ptr, void *elt);
typedef void *(*cpHashSetTransFunc)(void *ptr, void *data);
cpHashSet *cpHashSetNew(int size, cpHashSetEqlFunc eqlFunc);
void cpHashSetSetDefaultValue(cpHashSet *set, void *default_value);
void cpHashSetFree(cpHashSet *set);
int cpHashSetCount(cpHashSet *set);
void *cpHashSetInsert(cpHashSet *set, cpHashValue hash, void *ptr, void *data, cpHashSetTransFunc trans);
void *cpHashSetRemove(cpHashSet *set, cpHashValue hash, void *ptr);
void *cpHashSetFind(cpHashSet *set, cpHashValue hash, void *ptr);
typedef void (*cpHashSetIteratorFunc)(void *elt, void *data);
void cpHashSetEach(cpHashSet *set, cpHashSetIteratorFunc func, void *data);
typedef cpBool (*cpHashSetFilterFunc)(void *elt, void *data);
void cpHashSetFilter(cpHashSet *set, cpHashSetFilterFunc func, void *data);
//MARK: Body Functions
void cpBodyAddShape(cpBody *body, cpShape *shape);
void cpBodyRemoveShape(cpBody *body, cpShape *shape);
void cpBodyRemoveConstraint(cpBody *body, cpConstraint *constraint);
//MARK: Shape/Collision Functions
// TODO should move this to the cpVect API. It's pretty useful.
static inline cpVect
cpClosetPointOnSegment(const cpVect p, const cpVect a, const cpVect b)
{
cpVect delta = cpvsub(a, b);
cpFloat t = cpfclamp01(cpvdot(delta, cpvsub(p, b))/cpvlengthsq(delta));
return cpvadd(b, cpvmult(delta, t));
}
cpShape* cpShapeInit(cpShape *shape, const cpShapeClass *klass, cpBody *body);
static inline cpBool
cpShapeActive(cpShape *shape)
{
return shape->prev || (shape->body && shape->body->shapeList == shape);
}
int cpCollideShapes(const cpShape *a, const cpShape *b, cpCollisionID *id, cpContact *arr);
static inline void
CircleSegmentQuery(cpShape *shape, cpVect center, cpFloat r, cpVect a, cpVect b, cpSegmentQueryInfo *info)
{
cpVect da = cpvsub(a, center);
cpVect db = cpvsub(b, center);
cpFloat qa = cpvdot(da, da) - 2.0f*cpvdot(da, db) + cpvdot(db, db);
cpFloat qb = -2.0f*cpvdot(da, da) + 2.0f*cpvdot(da, db);
cpFloat qc = cpvdot(da, da) - r*r;
cpFloat det = qb*qb - 4.0f*qa*qc;
if(det >= 0.0f){
cpFloat t = (-qb - cpfsqrt(det))/(2.0f*qa);
if(0.0f<= t && t <= 1.0f){
info->shape = shape;
info->t = t;
info->n = cpvnormalize(cpvlerp(da, db, t));
}
}
}
// TODO doesn't really need to be inline, but need a better place to put this function
static inline cpSplittingPlane
cpSplittingPlaneNew(cpVect a, cpVect b)
{
cpVect n = cpvnormalize(cpvperp(cpvsub(b, a)));
cpSplittingPlane plane = {n, cpvdot(n, a)};
return plane;
}
static inline cpFloat
cpSplittingPlaneCompare(cpSplittingPlane plane, cpVect v)
{
return cpvdot(plane.n, v) - plane.d;
}
void cpLoopIndexes(cpVect *verts, int count, int *start, int *end);
//MARK: Spatial Index Functions
cpSpatialIndex *cpSpatialIndexInit(cpSpatialIndex *index, cpSpatialIndexClass *klass, cpSpatialIndexBBFunc bbfunc, cpSpatialIndex *staticIndex);
//MARK: Space Functions
extern cpCollisionHandler cpDefaultCollisionHandler;
void cpSpaceProcessComponents(cpSpace *space, cpFloat dt);
void cpSpacePushFreshContactBuffer(cpSpace *space);
cpContact *cpContactBufferGetArray(cpSpace *space);
void cpSpacePushContacts(cpSpace *space, int count);
typedef struct cpPostStepCallback {
cpPostStepFunc func;
void *key;
void *data;
} cpPostStepCallback;
cpPostStepCallback *cpSpaceGetPostStepCallback(cpSpace *space, void *key);
cpBool cpSpaceArbiterSetFilter(cpArbiter *arb, cpSpace *space);
void cpSpaceFilterArbiters(cpSpace *space, cpBody *body, cpShape *filter);
void cpSpaceActivateBody(cpSpace *space, cpBody *body);
void cpSpaceLock(cpSpace *space);
void cpSpaceUnlock(cpSpace *space, cpBool runPostStep);
static inline cpCollisionHandler *
cpSpaceLookupHandler(cpSpace *space, cpCollisionType a, cpCollisionType b)
{
cpCollisionType types[] = {a, b};
return (cpCollisionHandler *)cpHashSetFind(space->collisionHandlers, CP_HASH_PAIR(a, b), types);
}
static inline void
cpSpaceUncacheArbiter(cpSpace *space, cpArbiter *arb)
{
cpShape *a = arb->a, *b = arb->b;
cpShape *shape_pair[] = {a, b};
cpHashValue arbHashID = CP_HASH_PAIR((cpHashValue)a, (cpHashValue)b);
cpHashSetRemove(space->cachedArbiters, arbHashID, shape_pair);
cpArrayDeleteObj(space->arbiters, arb);
}
void cpShapeUpdateFunc(cpShape *shape, void *unused);
cpCollisionID cpSpaceCollideShapes(cpShape *a, cpShape *b, cpCollisionID id, cpSpace *space);
//MARK: Arbiters
struct cpContact {
cpVect p, n;
cpFloat dist;
cpVect r1, r2;
cpFloat nMass, tMass, bounce;
cpFloat jnAcc, jtAcc, jBias;
cpFloat bias;
cpHashValue hash;
};
cpContact* cpContactInit(cpContact *con, cpVect p, cpVect n, cpFloat dist, cpHashValue hash);
cpArbiter* cpArbiterInit(cpArbiter *arb, cpShape *a, cpShape *b);
static inline void
cpArbiterCallSeparate(cpArbiter *arb, cpSpace *space)
{
// The handler needs to be looked up again as the handler cached on the arbiter may have been deleted since the last step.
cpCollisionHandler *handler = cpSpaceLookupHandler(space, arb->a->collision_type, arb->b->collision_type);
handler->separate(arb, space, handler->data);
}
static inline struct cpArbiterThread *
cpArbiterThreadForBody(cpArbiter *arb, cpBody *body)
{
return (arb->body_a == body ? &arb->thread_a : &arb->thread_b);
}
void cpArbiterUnthread(cpArbiter *arb);
void cpArbiterUpdate(cpArbiter *arb, cpContact *contacts, int numContacts, struct cpCollisionHandler *handler, cpShape *a, cpShape *b);
void cpArbiterPreStep(cpArbiter *arb, cpFloat dt, cpFloat bias, cpFloat slop);
void cpArbiterApplyCachedImpulse(cpArbiter *arb, cpFloat dt_coef);
void cpArbiterApplyImpulse(cpArbiter *arb);

222
android/arm64-v8a/include/chipmunk/chipmunk_types.h Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,222 @@
#include <stdint.h>
#include <float.h>
#ifdef __APPLE__
#include "TargetConditionals.h"
#endif
#if ((TARGET_OS_IPHONE == 1) || (TARGET_OS_MAC == 1)) && (!defined CP_USE_CGPOINTS)
#define CP_USE_CGPOINTS 1
#endif
#if CP_USE_CGPOINTS == 1
#if TARGET_OS_IPHONE
#import <CoreGraphics/CGGeometry.h>
#elif TARGET_OS_MAC
#include <ApplicationServices/ApplicationServices.h>
#endif
#if defined(__LP64__) && __LP64__
#define CP_USE_DOUBLES 1
#else
#define CP_USE_DOUBLES 0
#endif
#endif
#ifndef CP_USE_DOUBLES
// use doubles by default for higher precision
#define CP_USE_DOUBLES 1
#endif
/// @defgroup basicTypes Basic Types
/// Most of these types can be configured at compile time.
/// @{
#if CP_USE_DOUBLES
/// Chipmunk's floating point type.
/// Can be reconfigured at compile time.
typedef double cpFloat;
#define cpfsqrt sqrt
#define cpfsin sin
#define cpfcos cos
#define cpfacos acos
#define cpfatan2 atan2
#define cpfmod fmod
#define cpfexp exp
#define cpfpow pow
#define cpffloor floor
#define cpfceil ceil
#define CPFLOAT_MIN DBL_MIN
#else
typedef float cpFloat;
#define cpfsqrt sqrtf
#define cpfsin sinf
#define cpfcos cosf
#define cpfacos acosf
#define cpfatan2 atan2f
#define cpfmod fmodf
#define cpfexp expf
#define cpfpow powf
#define cpffloor floorf
#define cpfceil ceilf
#define CPFLOAT_MIN FLT_MIN
#endif
#ifndef INFINITY
#ifdef _MSC_VER
union MSVC_EVIL_FLOAT_HACK
{
unsigned __int8 Bytes[4];
float Value;
};
static union MSVC_EVIL_FLOAT_HACK INFINITY_HACK = {{0x00, 0x00, 0x80, 0x7F}};
#define INFINITY (INFINITY_HACK.Value)
#endif
#ifdef __GNUC__
#define INFINITY (__builtin_inf())
#endif
#ifndef INFINITY
#define INFINITY (1e1000)
#endif
#endif
#ifndef M_PI
#define M_PI 3.14159265358979323846264338327950288
#endif
#ifndef M_E
#define M_E 2.71828182845904523536028747135266250
#endif
/// Return the max of two cpFloats.
static inline cpFloat cpfmax(cpFloat a, cpFloat b)
{
return (a > b) ? a : b;
}
/// Return the min of two cpFloats.
static inline cpFloat cpfmin(cpFloat a, cpFloat b)
{
return (a < b) ? a : b;
}
/// Return the absolute value of a cpFloat.
static inline cpFloat cpfabs(cpFloat f)
{
return (f < 0) ? -f : f;
}
/// Clamp @c f to be between @c min and @c max.
static inline cpFloat cpfclamp(cpFloat f, cpFloat min, cpFloat max)
{
return cpfmin(cpfmax(f, min), max);
}
/// Clamp @c f to be between 0 and 1.
static inline cpFloat cpfclamp01(cpFloat f)
{
return cpfmax(0.0f, cpfmin(f, 1.0f));
}
/// Linearly interpolate (or extrapolate) between @c f1 and @c f2 by @c t percent.
static inline cpFloat cpflerp(cpFloat f1, cpFloat f2, cpFloat t)
{
return f1*(1.0f - t) + f2*t;
}
/// Linearly interpolate from @c f1 to @c f2 by no more than @c d.
static inline cpFloat cpflerpconst(cpFloat f1, cpFloat f2, cpFloat d)
{
return f1 + cpfclamp(f2 - f1, -d, d);
}
/// Hash value type.
typedef uintptr_t cpHashValue;
/// Type used internally to cache colliding object info for cpCollideShapes().
/// Should be at least 32 bits.
typedef uint32_t cpCollisionID;
// Oh C, how we love to define our own boolean types to get compiler compatibility
/// Chipmunk's boolean type.
#ifdef CP_BOOL_TYPE
typedef CP_BOOL_TYPE cpBool;
#else
typedef int cpBool;
#endif
#ifndef cpTrue
/// true value.
#define cpTrue 1
#endif
#ifndef cpFalse
/// false value.
#define cpFalse 0
#endif
#ifdef CP_DATA_POINTER_TYPE
typedef CP_DATA_POINTER_TYPE cpDataPointer;
#else
/// Type used for user data pointers.
typedef void * cpDataPointer;
#endif
#ifdef CP_COLLISION_TYPE_TYPE
typedef CP_COLLISION_TYPE_TYPE cpCollisionType;
#else
/// Type used for cpSpace.collision_type.
typedef uintptr_t cpCollisionType;
#endif
#ifdef CP_GROUP_TYPE
typedef CP_GROUP_TYPE cpGroup;
#else
/// Type used for cpShape.group.
typedef uintptr_t cpGroup;
#endif
#ifdef CP_LAYERS_TYPE
typedef CP_LAYERS_TYPE cpLayers;
#else
/// Type used for cpShape.layers.
typedef unsigned int cpLayers;
#endif
#ifdef CP_TIMESTAMP_TYPE
typedef CP_TIMESTAMP_TYPE cpTimestamp;
#else
/// Type used for various timestamps in Chipmunk.
typedef unsigned int cpTimestamp;
#endif
#ifndef CP_NO_GROUP
/// Value for cpShape.group signifying that a shape is in no group.
#define CP_NO_GROUP ((cpGroup)0)
#endif
#ifndef CP_ALL_LAYERS
/// Value for cpShape.layers signifying that a shape is in every layer.
#define CP_ALL_LAYERS (~(cpLayers)0)
#endif
/// @}
// CGPoints are structurally the same, and allow
// easy interoperability with other Cocoa libraries
#if CP_USE_CGPOINTS
typedef CGPoint cpVect;
#else
/// Chipmunk's 2D vector type.
/// @addtogroup cpVect
typedef struct cpVect{cpFloat x,y;} cpVect;
#endif
typedef struct cpMat2x2 {
// Row major [[a, b][c d]]
cpFloat a, b, c, d;
} cpMat2x2;

65
android/arm64-v8a/include/chipmunk/chipmunk_unsafe.h Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,65 @@
/* Copyright (c) 2007 Scott Lembcke
*
* Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy
* of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal
* in the Software without restriction, including without limitation the rights
* to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell
* copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is
* furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:
*
* The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in
* all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
*
* THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
* IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
* FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE
* AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER
* LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM,
* OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE
* SOFTWARE.
*/
/* This header defines a number of "unsafe" operations on Chipmunk objects.
* In this case "unsafe" is referring to operations which may reduce the
* physical accuracy or numerical stability of the simulation, but will not
* cause crashes.
*
* The prime example is mutating collision shapes. Chipmunk does not support
* this directly. Mutating shapes using this API will caused objects in contact
* to be pushed apart using Chipmunk's overlap solver, but not using real
* persistent velocities. Probably not what you meant, but perhaps close enough.
*/
/// @defgroup unsafe Chipmunk Unsafe Shape Operations
/// These functions are used for mutating collision shapes.
/// Chipmunk does not have any way to get velocity information on changing shapes,
/// so the results will be unrealistic. You must explicity include the chipmunk_unsafe.h header to use them.
/// @{
#ifndef CHIPMUNK_UNSAFE_HEADER
#define CHIPMUNK_UNSAFE_HEADER
#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif
/// Set the radius of a circle shape.
void cpCircleShapeSetRadius(cpShape *shape, cpFloat radius);
/// Set the offset of a circle shape.
void cpCircleShapeSetOffset(cpShape *shape, cpVect offset);
/// Set the endpoints of a segment shape.
void cpSegmentShapeSetEndpoints(cpShape *shape, cpVect a, cpVect b);
/// Set the radius of a segment shape.
void cpSegmentShapeSetRadius(cpShape *shape, cpFloat radius);
/// Set the vertexes of a poly shape.
void cpPolyShapeSetVerts(cpShape *shape, int numVerts, cpVect *verts, cpVect offset);
/// Set the radius of a poly shape.
void cpPolyShapeSetRadius(cpShape *shape, cpFloat radius);
#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif
#endif
/// @}

161
android/arm64-v8a/include/chipmunk/constraints/cpConstraint.h Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,161 @@
/* Copyright (c) 2007 Scott Lembcke
*
* Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy
* of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal
* in the Software without restriction, including without limitation the rights
* to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell
* copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is
* furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:
*
* The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in
* all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
*
* THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
* IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
* FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE
* AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER
* LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM,
* OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE
* SOFTWARE.
*/
/// @defgroup cpConstraint cpConstraint
/// @{
typedef struct cpConstraintClass cpConstraintClass;
typedef void (*cpConstraintPreStepImpl)(cpConstraint *constraint, cpFloat dt);
typedef void (*cpConstraintApplyCachedImpulseImpl)(cpConstraint *constraint, cpFloat dt_coef);
typedef void (*cpConstraintApplyImpulseImpl)(cpConstraint *constraint, cpFloat dt);
typedef cpFloat (*cpConstraintGetImpulseImpl)(cpConstraint *constraint);
/// @private
struct cpConstraintClass {
cpConstraintPreStepImpl preStep;
cpConstraintApplyCachedImpulseImpl applyCachedImpulse;
cpConstraintApplyImpulseImpl applyImpulse;
cpConstraintGetImpulseImpl getImpulse;
};
/// Callback function type that gets called before solving a joint.
typedef void (*cpConstraintPreSolveFunc)(cpConstraint *constraint, cpSpace *space);
/// Callback function type that gets called after solving a joint.
typedef void (*cpConstraintPostSolveFunc)(cpConstraint *constraint, cpSpace *space);
/// Opaque cpConstraint struct.
struct cpConstraint {
CP_PRIVATE(const cpConstraintClass *klass);
/// The first body connected to this constraint.
cpBody *a;
/// The second body connected to this constraint.
cpBody *b;
CP_PRIVATE(cpSpace *space);
CP_PRIVATE(cpConstraint *next_a);
CP_PRIVATE(cpConstraint *next_b);
/// The maximum force that this constraint is allowed to use.
/// Defaults to infinity.
cpFloat maxForce;
/// The rate at which joint error is corrected.
/// Defaults to pow(1.0 - 0.1, 60.0) meaning that it will
/// correct 10% of the error every 1/60th of a second.
cpFloat errorBias;
/// The maximum rate at which joint error is corrected.
/// Defaults to infinity.
cpFloat maxBias;
/// Function called before the solver runs.
/// Animate your joint anchors, update your motor torque, etc.
cpConstraintPreSolveFunc preSolve;
/// Function called after the solver runs.
/// Use the applied impulse to perform effects like breakable joints.
cpConstraintPostSolveFunc postSolve;
/// User definable data pointer.
/// Generally this points to your the game object class so you can access it
/// when given a cpConstraint reference in a callback.
cpDataPointer data;
};
/// Destroy a constraint.
void cpConstraintDestroy(cpConstraint *constraint);
/// Destroy and free a constraint.
void cpConstraintFree(cpConstraint *constraint);
/// @private
static inline void cpConstraintActivateBodies(cpConstraint *constraint)
{
cpBody *a = constraint->a; if(a) cpBodyActivate(a);
cpBody *b = constraint->b; if(b) cpBodyActivate(b);
}
/// @private
#define CP_DefineConstraintStructGetter(type, member, name) \
static inline type cpConstraint##Get##name(const cpConstraint *constraint){return constraint->member;}
/// @private
#define CP_DefineConstraintStructSetter(type, member, name) \
static inline void cpConstraint##Set##name(cpConstraint *constraint, type value){ \
cpConstraintActivateBodies(constraint); \
constraint->member = value; \
}
/// @private
#define CP_DefineConstraintStructProperty(type, member, name) \
CP_DefineConstraintStructGetter(type, member, name) \
CP_DefineConstraintStructSetter(type, member, name)
CP_DefineConstraintStructGetter(cpSpace*, CP_PRIVATE(space), Space)
CP_DefineConstraintStructGetter(cpBody*, a, A)
CP_DefineConstraintStructGetter(cpBody*, b, B)
CP_DefineConstraintStructProperty(cpFloat, maxForce, MaxForce)
CP_DefineConstraintStructProperty(cpFloat, errorBias, ErrorBias)
CP_DefineConstraintStructProperty(cpFloat, maxBias, MaxBias)
CP_DefineConstraintStructProperty(cpConstraintPreSolveFunc, preSolve, PreSolveFunc)
CP_DefineConstraintStructProperty(cpConstraintPostSolveFunc, postSolve, PostSolveFunc)
CP_DefineConstraintStructProperty(cpDataPointer, data, UserData)
// Get the last impulse applied by this constraint.
static inline cpFloat cpConstraintGetImpulse(cpConstraint *constraint)
{
return constraint->CP_PRIVATE(klass)->getImpulse(constraint);
}
/// @}
#define cpConstraintCheckCast(constraint, struct) \
cpAssertHard(constraint->CP_PRIVATE(klass) == struct##GetClass(), "Constraint is not a "#struct)
#define CP_DefineConstraintGetter(struct, type, member, name) \
static inline type struct##Get##name(const cpConstraint *constraint){ \
cpConstraintCheckCast(constraint, struct); \
return ((struct *)constraint)->member; \
}
#define CP_DefineConstraintSetter(struct, type, member, name) \
static inline void struct##Set##name(cpConstraint *constraint, type value){ \
cpConstraintCheckCast(constraint, struct); \
cpConstraintActivateBodies(constraint); \
((struct *)constraint)->member = value; \
}
#define CP_DefineConstraintProperty(struct, type, member, name) \
CP_DefineConstraintGetter(struct, type, member, name) \
CP_DefineConstraintSetter(struct, type, member, name)
#include "cpPinJoint.h"
#include "cpSlideJoint.h"
#include "cpPivotJoint.h"
#include "cpGrooveJoint.h"
#include "cpDampedSpring.h"
#include "cpDampedRotarySpring.h"
#include "cpRotaryLimitJoint.h"
#include "cpRatchetJoint.h"
#include "cpGearJoint.h"
#include "cpSimpleMotor.h"

56
android/arm64-v8a/include/chipmunk/constraints/cpDampedRotarySpring.h Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,56 @@
/* Copyright (c) 2007 Scott Lembcke
*
* Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy
* of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal
* in the Software without restriction, including without limitation the rights
* to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell
* copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is
* furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:
*
* The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in
* all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
*
* THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
* IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
* FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE
* AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER
* LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM,
* OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE
* SOFTWARE.
*/
/// @defgroup cpDampedRotarySpring cpDampedRotarySpring
/// @{
typedef cpFloat (*cpDampedRotarySpringTorqueFunc)(struct cpConstraint *spring, cpFloat relativeAngle);
const cpConstraintClass *cpDampedRotarySpringGetClass(void);
/// @private
typedef struct cpDampedRotarySpring {
cpConstraint constraint;
cpFloat restAngle;
cpFloat stiffness;
cpFloat damping;
cpDampedRotarySpringTorqueFunc springTorqueFunc;
cpFloat target_wrn;
cpFloat w_coef;
cpFloat iSum;
cpFloat jAcc;
} cpDampedRotarySpring;
/// Allocate a damped rotary spring.
cpDampedRotarySpring* cpDampedRotarySpringAlloc(void);
/// Initialize a damped rotary spring.
cpDampedRotarySpring* cpDampedRotarySpringInit(cpDampedRotarySpring *joint, cpBody *a, cpBody *b, cpFloat restAngle, cpFloat stiffness, cpFloat damping);
/// Allocate and initialize a damped rotary spring.
cpConstraint* cpDampedRotarySpringNew(cpBody *a, cpBody *b, cpFloat restAngle, cpFloat stiffness, cpFloat damping);
CP_DefineConstraintProperty(cpDampedRotarySpring, cpFloat, restAngle, RestAngle)
CP_DefineConstraintProperty(cpDampedRotarySpring, cpFloat, stiffness, Stiffness)
CP_DefineConstraintProperty(cpDampedRotarySpring, cpFloat, damping, Damping)
CP_DefineConstraintProperty(cpDampedRotarySpring, cpDampedRotarySpringTorqueFunc, springTorqueFunc, SpringTorqueFunc)
/// @}

64
android/arm64-v8a/include/chipmunk/constraints/cpDampedSpring.h Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,64 @@
/* Copyright (c) 2007 Scott Lembcke
*
* Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy
* of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal
* in the Software without restriction, including without limitation the rights
* to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell
* copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is
* furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:
*
* The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in
* all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
*
* THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
* IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
* FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE
* AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER
* LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM,
* OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE
* SOFTWARE.
*/
/// @defgroup cpDampedSpring cpDampedSpring
/// @{
typedef struct cpDampedSpring cpDampedSpring;
typedef cpFloat (*cpDampedSpringForceFunc)(cpConstraint *spring, cpFloat dist);
const cpConstraintClass *cpDampedSpringGetClass(void);
/// @private
struct cpDampedSpring {
cpConstraint constraint;
cpVect anchr1, anchr2;
cpFloat restLength;
cpFloat stiffness;
cpFloat damping;
cpDampedSpringForceFunc springForceFunc;
cpFloat target_vrn;
cpFloat v_coef;
cpVect r1, r2;
cpFloat nMass;
cpVect n;
cpFloat jAcc;
};
/// Allocate a damped spring.
cpDampedSpring* cpDampedSpringAlloc(void);
/// Initialize a damped spring.
cpDampedSpring* cpDampedSpringInit(cpDampedSpring *joint, cpBody *a, cpBody *b, cpVect anchr1, cpVect anchr2, cpFloat restLength, cpFloat stiffness, cpFloat damping);
/// Allocate and initialize a damped spring.
cpConstraint* cpDampedSpringNew(cpBody *a, cpBody *b, cpVect anchr1, cpVect anchr2, cpFloat restLength, cpFloat stiffness, cpFloat damping);
CP_DefineConstraintProperty(cpDampedSpring, cpVect, anchr1, Anchr1)
CP_DefineConstraintProperty(cpDampedSpring, cpVect, anchr2, Anchr2)
CP_DefineConstraintProperty(cpDampedSpring, cpFloat, restLength, RestLength)
CP_DefineConstraintProperty(cpDampedSpring, cpFloat, stiffness, Stiffness)
CP_DefineConstraintProperty(cpDampedSpring, cpFloat, damping, Damping)
CP_DefineConstraintProperty(cpDampedSpring, cpDampedSpringForceFunc, springForceFunc, SpringForceFunc)
/// @}

51
android/arm64-v8a/include/chipmunk/constraints/cpGearJoint.h Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,51 @@
/* Copyright (c) 2007 Scott Lembcke
*
* Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy
* of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal
* in the Software without restriction, including without limitation the rights
* to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell
* copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is
* furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:
*
* The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in
* all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
*
* THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
* IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
* FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE
* AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER
* LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM,
* OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE
* SOFTWARE.
*/
/// @defgroup cpGearJoint cpGearJoint
/// @{
const cpConstraintClass *cpGearJointGetClass(void);
/// @private
typedef struct cpGearJoint {
cpConstraint constraint;
cpFloat phase, ratio;
cpFloat ratio_inv;
cpFloat iSum;
cpFloat bias;
cpFloat jAcc;
} cpGearJoint;
/// Allocate a gear joint.
cpGearJoint* cpGearJointAlloc(void);
/// Initialize a gear joint.
cpGearJoint* cpGearJointInit(cpGearJoint *joint, cpBody *a, cpBody *b, cpFloat phase, cpFloat ratio);
/// Allocate and initialize a gear joint.
cpConstraint* cpGearJointNew(cpBody *a, cpBody *b, cpFloat phase, cpFloat ratio);
CP_DefineConstraintProperty(cpGearJoint, cpFloat, phase, Phase)
CP_DefineConstraintGetter(cpGearJoint, cpFloat, ratio, Ratio)
/// Set the ratio of a gear joint.
void cpGearJointSetRatio(cpConstraint *constraint, cpFloat value);
/// @}

57
android/arm64-v8a/include/chipmunk/constraints/cpGrooveJoint.h Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,57 @@
/* Copyright (c) 2007 Scott Lembcke
*
* Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy
* of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal
* in the Software without restriction, including without limitation the rights
* to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell
* copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is
* furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:
*
* The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in
* all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
*
* THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
* IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
* FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE
* AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER
* LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM,
* OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE
* SOFTWARE.
*/
/// @defgroup cpGrooveJoint cpGrooveJoint
/// @{
const cpConstraintClass *cpGrooveJointGetClass(void);
/// @private
typedef struct cpGrooveJoint {
cpConstraint constraint;
cpVect grv_n, grv_a, grv_b;
cpVect anchr2;
cpVect grv_tn;
cpFloat clamp;
cpVect r1, r2;
cpMat2x2 k;
cpVect jAcc;
cpVect bias;
} cpGrooveJoint;
/// Allocate a groove joint.
cpGrooveJoint* cpGrooveJointAlloc(void);
/// Initialize a groove joint.
cpGrooveJoint* cpGrooveJointInit(cpGrooveJoint *joint, cpBody *a, cpBody *b, cpVect groove_a, cpVect groove_b, cpVect anchr2);
/// Allocate and initialize a groove joint.
cpConstraint* cpGrooveJointNew(cpBody *a, cpBody *b, cpVect groove_a, cpVect groove_b, cpVect anchr2);
CP_DefineConstraintGetter(cpGrooveJoint, cpVect, grv_a, GrooveA)
/// Set endpoint a of a groove joint's groove
void cpGrooveJointSetGrooveA(cpConstraint *constraint, cpVect value);
CP_DefineConstraintGetter(cpGrooveJoint, cpVect, grv_b, GrooveB)
/// Set endpoint b of a groove joint's groove
void cpGrooveJointSetGrooveB(cpConstraint *constraint, cpVect value);
CP_DefineConstraintProperty(cpGrooveJoint, cpVect, anchr2, Anchr2)
/// @}

52
android/arm64-v8a/include/chipmunk/constraints/cpPinJoint.h Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,52 @@
/* Copyright (c) 2007 Scott Lembcke
*
* Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy
* of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal
* in the Software without restriction, including without limitation the rights
* to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell
* copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is
* furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:
*
* The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in
* all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
*
* THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
* IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
* FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE
* AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER
* LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM,
* OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE
* SOFTWARE.
*/
/// @defgroup cpPinJoint cpPinJoint
/// @{
const cpConstraintClass *cpPinJointGetClass(void);
/// @private
typedef struct cpPinJoint {
cpConstraint constraint;
cpVect anchr1, anchr2;
cpFloat dist;
cpVect r1, r2;
cpVect n;
cpFloat nMass;
cpFloat jnAcc;
cpFloat bias;
} cpPinJoint;
/// Allocate a pin joint.
cpPinJoint* cpPinJointAlloc(void);
/// Initialize a pin joint.
cpPinJoint* cpPinJointInit(cpPinJoint *joint, cpBody *a, cpBody *b, cpVect anchr1, cpVect anchr2);
/// Allocate and initialize a pin joint.
cpConstraint* cpPinJointNew(cpBody *a, cpBody *b, cpVect anchr1, cpVect anchr2);
CP_DefineConstraintProperty(cpPinJoint, cpVect, anchr1, Anchr1)
CP_DefineConstraintProperty(cpPinJoint, cpVect, anchr2, Anchr2)
CP_DefineConstraintProperty(cpPinJoint, cpFloat, dist, Dist)
///@}

51
android/arm64-v8a/include/chipmunk/constraints/cpPivotJoint.h Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,51 @@
/* Copyright (c) 2007 Scott Lembcke
*
* Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy
* of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal
* in the Software without restriction, including without limitation the rights
* to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell
* copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is
* furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:
*
* The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in
* all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
*
* THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
* IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
* FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE
* AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER
* LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM,
* OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE
* SOFTWARE.
*/
/// @defgroup cpPivotJoint cpPivotJoint
/// @{
const cpConstraintClass *cpPivotJointGetClass(void);
/// @private
typedef struct cpPivotJoint {
cpConstraint constraint;
cpVect anchr1, anchr2;
cpVect r1, r2;
cpMat2x2 k;
cpVect jAcc;
cpVect bias;
} cpPivotJoint;
/// Allocate a pivot joint
cpPivotJoint* cpPivotJointAlloc(void);
/// Initialize a pivot joint.
cpPivotJoint* cpPivotJointInit(cpPivotJoint *joint, cpBody *a, cpBody *b, cpVect anchr1, cpVect anchr2);
/// Allocate and initialize a pivot joint.
cpConstraint* cpPivotJointNew(cpBody *a, cpBody *b, cpVect pivot);
/// Allocate and initialize a pivot joint with specific anchors.
cpConstraint* cpPivotJointNew2(cpBody *a, cpBody *b, cpVect anchr1, cpVect anchr2);
CP_DefineConstraintProperty(cpPivotJoint, cpVect, anchr1, Anchr1)
CP_DefineConstraintProperty(cpPivotJoint, cpVect, anchr2, Anchr2)
/// @}

49
android/arm64-v8a/include/chipmunk/constraints/cpRatchetJoint.h Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,49 @@
/* Copyright (c) 2007 Scott Lembcke
*
* Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy
* of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal
* in the Software without restriction, including without limitation the rights
* to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell
* copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is
* furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:
*
* The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in
* all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
*
* THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
* IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
* FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE
* AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER
* LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM,
* OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE
* SOFTWARE.
*/
/// @defgroup cpRatchetJoint cpRatchetJoint
/// @{
const cpConstraintClass *cpRatchetJointGetClass(void);
/// @private
typedef struct cpRatchetJoint {
cpConstraint constraint;
cpFloat angle, phase, ratchet;
cpFloat iSum;
cpFloat bias;
cpFloat jAcc;
} cpRatchetJoint;
/// Allocate a ratchet joint.
cpRatchetJoint* cpRatchetJointAlloc(void);
/// Initialize a ratched joint.
cpRatchetJoint* cpRatchetJointInit(cpRatchetJoint *joint, cpBody *a, cpBody *b, cpFloat phase, cpFloat ratchet);
/// Allocate and initialize a ratchet joint.
cpConstraint* cpRatchetJointNew(cpBody *a, cpBody *b, cpFloat phase, cpFloat ratchet);
CP_DefineConstraintProperty(cpRatchetJoint, cpFloat, angle, Angle)
CP_DefineConstraintProperty(cpRatchetJoint, cpFloat, phase, Phase)
CP_DefineConstraintProperty(cpRatchetJoint, cpFloat, ratchet, Ratchet)
/// @}

48
android/arm64-v8a/include/chipmunk/constraints/cpRotaryLimitJoint.h Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,48 @@
/* Copyright (c) 2007 Scott Lembcke
*
* Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy
* of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal
* in the Software without restriction, including without limitation the rights
* to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell
* copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is
* furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:
*
* The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in
* all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
*
* THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
* IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
* FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE
* AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER
* LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM,
* OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE
* SOFTWARE.
*/
/// @defgroup cpRotaryLimitJoint cpRotaryLimitJoint
/// @{
const cpConstraintClass *cpRotaryLimitJointGetClass(void);
/// @private
typedef struct cpRotaryLimitJoint {
cpConstraint constraint;
cpFloat min, max;
cpFloat iSum;
cpFloat bias;
cpFloat jAcc;
} cpRotaryLimitJoint;
/// Allocate a damped rotary limit joint.
cpRotaryLimitJoint* cpRotaryLimitJointAlloc(void);
/// Initialize a damped rotary limit joint.
cpRotaryLimitJoint* cpRotaryLimitJointInit(cpRotaryLimitJoint *joint, cpBody *a, cpBody *b, cpFloat min, cpFloat max);
/// Allocate and initialize a damped rotary limit joint.
cpConstraint* cpRotaryLimitJointNew(cpBody *a, cpBody *b, cpFloat min, cpFloat max);
CP_DefineConstraintProperty(cpRotaryLimitJoint, cpFloat, min, Min)
CP_DefineConstraintProperty(cpRotaryLimitJoint, cpFloat, max, Max)
/// @}

46
android/arm64-v8a/include/chipmunk/constraints/cpSimpleMotor.h Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,46 @@
/* Copyright (c) 2007 Scott Lembcke
*
* Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy
* of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal
* in the Software without restriction, including without limitation the rights
* to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell
* copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is
* furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:
*
* The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in
* all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
*
* THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
* IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
* FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE
* AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER
* LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM,
* OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE
* SOFTWARE.
*/
/// @defgroup cpSimpleMotor cpSimpleMotor
/// @{
const cpConstraintClass *cpSimpleMotorGetClass(void);
/// @private
typedef struct cpSimpleMotor {
cpConstraint constraint;
cpFloat rate;
cpFloat iSum;
cpFloat jAcc;
} cpSimpleMotor;
/// Allocate a simple motor.
cpSimpleMotor* cpSimpleMotorAlloc(void);
/// initialize a simple motor.
cpSimpleMotor* cpSimpleMotorInit(cpSimpleMotor *joint, cpBody *a, cpBody *b, cpFloat rate);
/// Allocate and initialize a simple motor.
cpConstraint* cpSimpleMotorNew(cpBody *a, cpBody *b, cpFloat rate);
CP_DefineConstraintProperty(cpSimpleMotor, cpFloat, rate, Rate)
/// @}

53
android/arm64-v8a/include/chipmunk/constraints/cpSlideJoint.h Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,53 @@
/* Copyright (c) 2007 Scott Lembcke
*
* Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy
* of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal
* in the Software without restriction, including without limitation the rights
* to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell
* copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is
* furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:
*
* The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in
* all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
*
* THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
* IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
* FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE
* AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER
* LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM,
* OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE
* SOFTWARE.
*/
/// @defgroup cpSlideJoint cpSlideJoint
/// @{
const cpConstraintClass *cpSlideJointGetClass(void);
/// @private
typedef struct cpSlideJoint {
cpConstraint constraint;
cpVect anchr1, anchr2;
cpFloat min, max;
cpVect r1, r2;
cpVect n;
cpFloat nMass;
cpFloat jnAcc;
cpFloat bias;
} cpSlideJoint;
/// Allocate a slide joint.
cpSlideJoint* cpSlideJointAlloc(void);
/// Initialize a slide joint.
cpSlideJoint* cpSlideJointInit(cpSlideJoint *joint, cpBody *a, cpBody *b, cpVect anchr1, cpVect anchr2, cpFloat min, cpFloat max);
/// Allocate and initialize a slide joint.
cpConstraint* cpSlideJointNew(cpBody *a, cpBody *b, cpVect anchr1, cpVect anchr2, cpFloat min, cpFloat max);
CP_DefineConstraintProperty(cpSlideJoint, cpVect, anchr1, Anchr1)
CP_DefineConstraintProperty(cpSlideJoint, cpVect, anchr2, Anchr2)
CP_DefineConstraintProperty(cpSlideJoint, cpFloat, min, Min)
CP_DefineConstraintProperty(cpSlideJoint, cpFloat, max, Max)
/// @}

126
android/arm64-v8a/include/chipmunk/constraints/util.h Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,126 @@
/* Copyright (c) 2007 Scott Lembcke
*
* Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy
* of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal
* in the Software without restriction, including without limitation the rights
* to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell
* copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is
* furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:
*
* The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in
* all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
*
* THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
* IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
* FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE
* AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER
* LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM,
* OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE
* SOFTWARE.
*/
// These are utility routines to use when creating custom constraints.
// I'm not sure if this should be part of the private API or not.
// I should probably clean up the naming conventions if it is...
#define CP_DefineClassGetter(t) const cpConstraintClass * t##GetClass(void){return (cpConstraintClass *)&klass;}
void cpConstraintInit(cpConstraint *constraint, const cpConstraintClass *klass, cpBody *a, cpBody *b);
static inline cpVect
relative_velocity(cpBody *a, cpBody *b, cpVect r1, cpVect r2){
cpVect v1_sum = cpvadd(a->v, cpvmult(cpvperp(r1), a->w));
cpVect v2_sum = cpvadd(b->v, cpvmult(cpvperp(r2), b->w));
return cpvsub(v2_sum, v1_sum);
}
static inline cpFloat
normal_relative_velocity(cpBody *a, cpBody *b, cpVect r1, cpVect r2, cpVect n){
return cpvdot(relative_velocity(a, b, r1, r2), n);
}
static inline void
apply_impulse(cpBody *body, cpVect j, cpVect r){
body->v = cpvadd(body->v, cpvmult(j, body->m_inv));
body->w += body->i_inv*cpvcross(r, j);
}
static inline void
apply_impulses(cpBody *a , cpBody *b, cpVect r1, cpVect r2, cpVect j)
{
apply_impulse(a, cpvneg(j), r1);
apply_impulse(b, j, r2);
}
static inline void
apply_bias_impulse(cpBody *body, cpVect j, cpVect r)
{
body->CP_PRIVATE(v_bias) = cpvadd(body->CP_PRIVATE(v_bias), cpvmult(j, body->m_inv));
body->CP_PRIVATE(w_bias) += body->i_inv*cpvcross(r, j);
}
static inline void
apply_bias_impulses(cpBody *a , cpBody *b, cpVect r1, cpVect r2, cpVect j)
{
apply_bias_impulse(a, cpvneg(j), r1);
apply_bias_impulse(b, j, r2);
}
static inline cpFloat
k_scalar_body(cpBody *body, cpVect r, cpVect n)
{
cpFloat rcn = cpvcross(r, n);
return body->m_inv + body->i_inv*rcn*rcn;
}
static inline cpFloat
k_scalar(cpBody *a, cpBody *b, cpVect r1, cpVect r2, cpVect n)
{
cpFloat value = k_scalar_body(a, r1, n) + k_scalar_body(b, r2, n);
cpAssertSoft(value != 0.0, "Unsolvable collision or constraint.");
return value;
}
static inline cpMat2x2
k_tensor(cpBody *a, cpBody *b, cpVect r1, cpVect r2)
{
cpFloat m_sum = a->m_inv + b->m_inv;
// start with Identity*m_sum
cpFloat k11 = m_sum, k12 = 0.0f;
cpFloat k21 = 0.0f, k22 = m_sum;
// add the influence from r1
cpFloat a_i_inv = a->i_inv;
cpFloat r1xsq = r1.x * r1.x * a_i_inv;
cpFloat r1ysq = r1.y * r1.y * a_i_inv;
cpFloat r1nxy = -r1.x * r1.y * a_i_inv;
k11 += r1ysq; k12 += r1nxy;
k21 += r1nxy; k22 += r1xsq;
// add the influnce from r2
cpFloat b_i_inv = b->i_inv;
cpFloat r2xsq = r2.x * r2.x * b_i_inv;
cpFloat r2ysq = r2.y * r2.y * b_i_inv;
cpFloat r2nxy = -r2.x * r2.y * b_i_inv;
k11 += r2ysq; k12 += r2nxy;
k21 += r2nxy; k22 += r2xsq;
// invert
cpFloat det = k11*k22 - k12*k21;
cpAssertSoft(det != 0.0, "Unsolvable constraint.");
cpFloat det_inv = 1.0f/det;
return cpMat2x2New(
k22*det_inv, -k12*det_inv,
-k21*det_inv, k11*det_inv
);
}
static inline cpFloat
bias_coef(cpFloat errorBias, cpFloat dt)
{
return 1.0f - cpfpow(errorBias, dt);
}

207
android/arm64-v8a/include/chipmunk/cpArbiter.h Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,207 @@
/* Copyright (c) 2007 Scott Lembcke
*
* Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy
* of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal
* in the Software without restriction, including without limitation the rights
* to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell
* copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is
* furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:
*
* The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in
* all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
*
* THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
* IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
* FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE
* AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER
* LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM,
* OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE
* SOFTWARE.
*/
/// @defgroup cpArbiter cpArbiter
/// The cpArbiter struct controls pairs of colliding shapes.
/// They are also used in conjuction with collision handler callbacks
/// allowing you to retrieve information on the collision and control it.
/// @{
/// Collision begin event function callback type.
/// Returning false from a begin callback causes the collision to be ignored until
/// the the separate callback is called when the objects stop colliding.
typedef cpBool (*cpCollisionBeginFunc)(cpArbiter *arb, cpSpace *space, void *data);
/// Collision pre-solve event function callback type.
/// Returning false from a pre-step callback causes the collision to be ignored until the next step.
typedef cpBool (*cpCollisionPreSolveFunc)(cpArbiter *arb, cpSpace *space, void *data);
/// Collision post-solve event function callback type.
typedef void (*cpCollisionPostSolveFunc)(cpArbiter *arb, cpSpace *space, void *data);
/// Collision separate event function callback type.
typedef void (*cpCollisionSeparateFunc)(cpArbiter *arb, cpSpace *space, void *data);
/// @private
struct cpCollisionHandler {
cpCollisionType a;
cpCollisionType b;
cpCollisionBeginFunc begin;
cpCollisionPreSolveFunc preSolve;
cpCollisionPostSolveFunc postSolve;
cpCollisionSeparateFunc separate;
void *data;
};
typedef struct cpContact cpContact;
#define CP_MAX_CONTACTS_PER_ARBITER 2
/// @private
typedef enum cpArbiterState {
// Arbiter is active and its the first collision.
cpArbiterStateFirstColl,
// Arbiter is active and its not the first collision.
cpArbiterStateNormal,
// Collision has been explicitly ignored.
// Either by returning false from a begin collision handler or calling cpArbiterIgnore().
cpArbiterStateIgnore,
// Collison is no longer active. A space will cache an arbiter for up to cpSpace.collisionPersistence more steps.
cpArbiterStateCached,
} cpArbiterState;
/// @private
struct cpArbiterThread {
// Links to next and previous arbiters in the contact graph.
struct cpArbiter *next, *prev;
};
/// A colliding pair of shapes.
struct cpArbiter {
/// Calculated value to use for the elasticity coefficient.
/// Override in a pre-solve collision handler for custom behavior.
cpFloat e;
/// Calculated value to use for the friction coefficient.
/// Override in a pre-solve collision handler for custom behavior.
cpFloat u;
/// Calculated value to use for applying surface velocities.
/// Override in a pre-solve collision handler for custom behavior.
cpVect surface_vr;
/// User definable data pointer.
/// The value will persist for the pair of shapes until the separate() callback is called.
/// NOTE: If you need to clean up this pointer, you should implement the separate() callback to do it.
cpDataPointer data;
CP_PRIVATE(cpShape *a);
CP_PRIVATE(cpShape *b);
CP_PRIVATE(cpBody *body_a);
CP_PRIVATE(cpBody *body_b);
CP_PRIVATE(struct cpArbiterThread thread_a);
CP_PRIVATE(struct cpArbiterThread thread_b);
CP_PRIVATE(int numContacts);
CP_PRIVATE(cpContact *contacts);
CP_PRIVATE(cpTimestamp stamp);
CP_PRIVATE(cpCollisionHandler *handler);
CP_PRIVATE(cpBool swappedColl);
CP_PRIVATE(cpArbiterState state);
};
#define CP_DefineArbiterStructGetter(type, member, name) \
static inline type cpArbiterGet##name(const cpArbiter *arb){return arb->member;}
#define CP_DefineArbiterStructSetter(type, member, name) \
static inline void cpArbiterSet##name(cpArbiter *arb, type value){arb->member = value;}
#define CP_DefineArbiterStructProperty(type, member, name) \
CP_DefineArbiterStructGetter(type, member, name) \
CP_DefineArbiterStructSetter(type, member, name)
CP_DefineArbiterStructProperty(cpFloat, e, Elasticity)
CP_DefineArbiterStructProperty(cpFloat, u, Friction)
// Get the relative surface velocity of the two shapes in contact.
cpVect cpArbiterGetSurfaceVelocity(cpArbiter *arb);
// Override the relative surface velocity of the two shapes in contact.
// By default this is calculated to be the difference of the two
// surface velocities clamped to the tangent plane.
void cpArbiterSetSurfaceVelocity(cpArbiter *arb, cpVect vr);
CP_DefineArbiterStructProperty(cpDataPointer, data, UserData)
/// Calculate the total impulse that was applied by this arbiter.
/// This function should only be called from a post-solve, post-step or cpBodyEachArbiter callback.
cpVect cpArbiterTotalImpulse(const cpArbiter *arb);
/// Calculate the total impulse including the friction that was applied by this arbiter.
/// This function should only be called from a post-solve, post-step or cpBodyEachArbiter callback.
cpVect cpArbiterTotalImpulseWithFriction(const cpArbiter *arb);
/// Calculate the amount of energy lost in a collision including static, but not dynamic friction.
/// This function should only be called from a post-solve, post-step or cpBodyEachArbiter callback.
cpFloat cpArbiterTotalKE(const cpArbiter *arb);
/// Causes a collision pair to be ignored as if you returned false from a begin callback.
/// If called from a pre-step callback, you will still need to return false
/// if you want it to be ignored in the current step.
void cpArbiterIgnore(cpArbiter *arb);
/// Return the colliding shapes involved for this arbiter.
/// The order of their cpSpace.collision_type values will match
/// the order set when the collision handler was registered.
static inline void cpArbiterGetShapes(const cpArbiter *arb, cpShape **a, cpShape **b)
{
if(arb->CP_PRIVATE(swappedColl)){
(*a) = arb->CP_PRIVATE(b), (*b) = arb->CP_PRIVATE(a);
} else {
(*a) = arb->CP_PRIVATE(a), (*b) = arb->CP_PRIVATE(b);
}
}
/// A macro shortcut for defining and retrieving the shapes from an arbiter.
#define CP_ARBITER_GET_SHAPES(__arb__, __a__, __b__) cpShape *__a__, *__b__; cpArbiterGetShapes(__arb__, &__a__, &__b__);
/// Return the colliding bodies involved for this arbiter.
/// The order of the cpSpace.collision_type the bodies are associated with values will match
/// the order set when the collision handler was registered.
static inline void cpArbiterGetBodies(const cpArbiter *arb, cpBody **a, cpBody **b)
{
CP_ARBITER_GET_SHAPES(arb, shape_a, shape_b);
(*a) = shape_a->body;
(*b) = shape_b->body;
}
/// A macro shortcut for defining and retrieving the bodies from an arbiter.
#define CP_ARBITER_GET_BODIES(__arb__, __a__, __b__) cpBody *__a__, *__b__; cpArbiterGetBodies(__arb__, &__a__, &__b__);
/// A struct that wraps up the important collision data for an arbiter.
typedef struct cpContactPointSet {
/// The number of contact points in the set.
int count;
/// The array of contact points.
struct {
/// The position of the contact point.
cpVect point;
/// The normal of the contact point.
cpVect normal;
/// The depth of the contact point.
cpFloat dist;
} points[CP_MAX_CONTACTS_PER_ARBITER];
} cpContactPointSet;
/// Return a contact set from an arbiter.
cpContactPointSet cpArbiterGetContactPointSet(const cpArbiter *arb);
/// Replace the contact point set for an arbiter.
/// This can be a very powerful feature, but use it with caution!
void cpArbiterSetContactPointSet(cpArbiter *arb, cpContactPointSet *set);
/// Returns true if this is the first step a pair of objects started colliding.
cpBool cpArbiterIsFirstContact(const cpArbiter *arb);
/// Get the number of contact points for this arbiter.
int cpArbiterGetCount(const cpArbiter *arb);
/// Get the normal of the @c ith contact point.
cpVect cpArbiterGetNormal(const cpArbiter *arb, int i);
/// Get the position of the @c ith contact point.
cpVect cpArbiterGetPoint(const cpArbiter *arb, int i);
/// Get the depth of the @c ith contact point.
cpFloat cpArbiterGetDepth(const cpArbiter *arb, int i);
/// @}

143
android/arm64-v8a/include/chipmunk/cpBB.h Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,143 @@
/* Copyright (c) 2007 Scott Lembcke
*
* Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy
* of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal
* in the Software without restriction, including without limitation the rights
* to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell
* copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is
* furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:
*
* The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in
* all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
*
* THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
* IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
* FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE
* AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER
* LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM,
* OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE
* SOFTWARE.
*/
/// @defgroup cpBBB cpBB
/// Chipmunk's axis-aligned 2D bounding box type along with a few handy routines.
/// @{
/// Chipmunk's axis-aligned 2D bounding box type. (left, bottom, right, top)
typedef struct cpBB{
cpFloat l, b, r ,t;
} cpBB;
/// Convenience constructor for cpBB structs.
static inline cpBB cpBBNew(const cpFloat l, const cpFloat b, const cpFloat r, const cpFloat t)
{
cpBB bb = {l, b, r, t};
return bb;
}
/// Constructs a cpBB for a circle with the given position and radius.
static inline cpBB cpBBNewForCircle(const cpVect p, const cpFloat r)
{
return cpBBNew(p.x - r, p.y - r, p.x + r, p.y + r);
}
/// Returns true if @c a and @c b intersect.
static inline cpBool cpBBIntersects(const cpBB a, const cpBB b)
{
return (a.l <= b.r && b.l <= a.r && a.b <= b.t && b.b <= a.t);
}
/// Returns true if @c other lies completely within @c bb.
static inline cpBool cpBBContainsBB(const cpBB bb, const cpBB other)
{
return (bb.l <= other.l && bb.r >= other.r && bb.b <= other.b && bb.t >= other.t);
}
/// Returns true if @c bb contains @c v.
static inline cpBool cpBBContainsVect(const cpBB bb, const cpVect v)
{
return (bb.l <= v.x && bb.r >= v.x && bb.b <= v.y && bb.t >= v.y);
}
/// Returns a bounding box that holds both bounding boxes.
static inline cpBB cpBBMerge(const cpBB a, const cpBB b){
return cpBBNew(
cpfmin(a.l, b.l),
cpfmin(a.b, b.b),
cpfmax(a.r, b.r),
cpfmax(a.t, b.t)
);
}
/// Returns a bounding box that holds both @c bb and @c v.
static inline cpBB cpBBExpand(const cpBB bb, const cpVect v){
return cpBBNew(
cpfmin(bb.l, v.x),
cpfmin(bb.b, v.y),
cpfmax(bb.r, v.x),
cpfmax(bb.t, v.y)
);
}
/// Returns the center of a bounding box.
static inline cpVect
cpBBCenter(cpBB bb)
{
return cpvlerp(cpv(bb.l, bb.b), cpv(bb.r, bb.t), 0.5f);
}
/// Returns the area of the bounding box.
static inline cpFloat cpBBArea(cpBB bb)
{
return (bb.r - bb.l)*(bb.t - bb.b);
}
/// Merges @c a and @c b and returns the area of the merged bounding box.
static inline cpFloat cpBBMergedArea(cpBB a, cpBB b)
{
return (cpfmax(a.r, b.r) - cpfmin(a.l, b.l))*(cpfmax(a.t, b.t) - cpfmin(a.b, b.b));
}
/// Returns the fraction along the segment query the cpBB is hit. Returns INFINITY if it doesn't hit.
static inline cpFloat cpBBSegmentQuery(cpBB bb, cpVect a, cpVect b)
{
cpFloat idx = 1.0f/(b.x - a.x);
cpFloat tx1 = (bb.l == a.x ? -INFINITY : (bb.l - a.x)*idx);
cpFloat tx2 = (bb.r == a.x ? INFINITY : (bb.r - a.x)*idx);
cpFloat txmin = cpfmin(tx1, tx2);
cpFloat txmax = cpfmax(tx1, tx2);
cpFloat idy = 1.0f/(b.y - a.y);
cpFloat ty1 = (bb.b == a.y ? -INFINITY : (bb.b - a.y)*idy);
cpFloat ty2 = (bb.t == a.y ? INFINITY : (bb.t - a.y)*idy);
cpFloat tymin = cpfmin(ty1, ty2);
cpFloat tymax = cpfmax(ty1, ty2);
if(tymin <= txmax && txmin <= tymax){
cpFloat min = cpfmax(txmin, tymin);
cpFloat max = cpfmin(txmax, tymax);
if(0.0 <= max && min <= 1.0) return cpfmax(min, 0.0);
}
return INFINITY;
}
/// Return true if the bounding box intersects the line segment with ends @c a and @c b.
static inline cpBool cpBBIntersectsSegment(cpBB bb, cpVect a, cpVect b)
{
return (cpBBSegmentQuery(bb, a, b) != INFINITY);
}
/// Clamp a vector to a bounding box.
static inline cpVect
cpBBClampVect(const cpBB bb, const cpVect v)
{
return cpv(cpfclamp(v.x, bb.l, bb.r), cpfclamp(v.y, bb.b, bb.t));
}
// TODO edge case issue
/// Wrap a vector to a bounding box.
cpVect cpBBWrapVect(const cpBB bb, const cpVect v); // wrap a vector to a bbox
///@}

251
android/arm64-v8a/include/chipmunk/cpBody.h Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,251 @@
/* Copyright (c) 2007 Scott Lembcke
*
* Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy
* of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal
* in the Software without restriction, including without limitation the rights
* to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell
* copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is
* furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:
*
* The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in
* all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
*
* THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
* IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
* FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE
* AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER
* LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM,
* OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE
* SOFTWARE.
*/
/// @defgroup cpBody cpBody
/// Chipmunk's rigid body type. Rigid bodies hold the physical properties of an object like
/// it's mass, and position and velocity of it's center of gravity. They don't have an shape on their own.
/// They are given a shape by creating collision shapes (cpShape) that point to the body.
/// @{
/// Rigid body velocity update function type.
typedef void (*cpBodyVelocityFunc)(cpBody *body, cpVect gravity, cpFloat damping, cpFloat dt);
/// Rigid body position update function type.
typedef void (*cpBodyPositionFunc)(cpBody *body, cpFloat dt);
/// Used internally to track information on the collision graph.
/// @private
typedef struct cpComponentNode {
cpBody *root;
cpBody *next;
cpFloat idleTime;
} cpComponentNode;
/// Chipmunk's rigid body struct.
struct cpBody {
/// Function that is called to integrate the body's velocity. (Defaults to cpBodyUpdateVelocity)
cpBodyVelocityFunc velocity_func;
/// Function that is called to integrate the body's position. (Defaults to cpBodyUpdatePosition)
cpBodyPositionFunc position_func;
/// Mass of the body.
/// Must agree with cpBody.m_inv! Use cpBodySetMass() when changing the mass for this reason.
cpFloat m;
/// Mass inverse.
cpFloat m_inv;
/// Moment of inertia of the body.
/// Must agree with cpBody.i_inv! Use cpBodySetMoment() when changing the moment for this reason.
cpFloat i;
/// Moment of inertia inverse.
cpFloat i_inv;
/// Position of the rigid body's center of gravity.
cpVect p;
/// Velocity of the rigid body's center of gravity.
cpVect v;
/// Force acting on the rigid body's center of gravity.
cpVect f;
/// Rotation of the body around it's center of gravity in radians.
/// Must agree with cpBody.rot! Use cpBodySetAngle() when changing the angle for this reason.
cpFloat a;
/// Angular velocity of the body around it's center of gravity in radians/second.
cpFloat w;
/// Torque applied to the body around it's center of gravity.
cpFloat t;
/// Cached unit length vector representing the angle of the body.
/// Used for fast rotations using cpvrotate().
cpVect rot;
/// User definable data pointer.
/// Generally this points to your the game object class so you can access it
/// when given a cpBody reference in a callback.
cpDataPointer data;
/// Maximum velocity allowed when updating the velocity.
cpFloat v_limit;
/// Maximum rotational rate (in radians/second) allowed when updating the angular velocity.
cpFloat w_limit;
CP_PRIVATE(cpVect v_bias);
CP_PRIVATE(cpFloat w_bias);
CP_PRIVATE(cpSpace *space);
CP_PRIVATE(cpShape *shapeList);
CP_PRIVATE(cpArbiter *arbiterList);
CP_PRIVATE(cpConstraint *constraintList);
CP_PRIVATE(cpComponentNode node);
};
/// Allocate a cpBody.
cpBody* cpBodyAlloc(void);
/// Initialize a cpBody.
cpBody* cpBodyInit(cpBody *body, cpFloat m, cpFloat i);
/// Allocate and initialize a cpBody.
cpBody* cpBodyNew(cpFloat m, cpFloat i);
/// Initialize a static cpBody.
cpBody* cpBodyInitStatic(cpBody *body);
/// Allocate and initialize a static cpBody.
cpBody* cpBodyNewStatic(void);
/// Destroy a cpBody.
void cpBodyDestroy(cpBody *body);
/// Destroy and free a cpBody.
void cpBodyFree(cpBody *body);
/// Check that the properties of a body is sane. (Only in debug mode)
#ifdef NDEBUG
#define cpBodyAssertSane(body)
#else
void cpBodySanityCheck(cpBody *body);
#define cpBodyAssertSane(body) cpBodySanityCheck(body)
#endif
// Defined in cpSpace.c
/// Wake up a sleeping or idle body.
void cpBodyActivate(cpBody *body);
/// Wake up any sleeping or idle bodies touching a static body.
void cpBodyActivateStatic(cpBody *body, cpShape *filter);
/// Force a body to fall asleep immediately.
void cpBodySleep(cpBody *body);
/// Force a body to fall asleep immediately along with other bodies in a group.
void cpBodySleepWithGroup(cpBody *body, cpBody *group);
/// Returns true if the body is sleeping.
static inline cpBool cpBodyIsSleeping(const cpBody *body)
{
return (CP_PRIVATE(body->node).root != ((cpBody*)0));
}
/// Returns true if the body is static.
static inline cpBool cpBodyIsStatic(const cpBody *body)
{
return CP_PRIVATE(body->node).idleTime == INFINITY;
}
/// Returns true if the body has not been added to a space.
/// Note: Static bodies are a subtype of rogue bodies.
static inline cpBool cpBodyIsRogue(const cpBody *body)
{
return (body->CP_PRIVATE(space) == ((cpSpace*)0));
}
#define CP_DefineBodyStructGetter(type, member, name) \
static inline type cpBodyGet##name(const cpBody *body){return body->member;}
#define CP_DefineBodyStructSetter(type, member, name) \
static inline void cpBodySet##name(cpBody *body, const type value){ \
cpBodyActivate(body); \
body->member = value; \
cpBodyAssertSane(body); \
}
#define CP_DefineBodyStructProperty(type, member, name) \
CP_DefineBodyStructGetter(type, member, name) \
CP_DefineBodyStructSetter(type, member, name)
// TODO add to docs
CP_DefineBodyStructGetter(cpSpace*, CP_PRIVATE(space), Space)
CP_DefineBodyStructGetter(cpFloat, m, Mass)
/// Set the mass of a body.
void cpBodySetMass(cpBody *body, cpFloat m);
CP_DefineBodyStructGetter(cpFloat, i, Moment)
/// Set the moment of a body.
void cpBodySetMoment(cpBody *body, cpFloat i);
CP_DefineBodyStructGetter(cpVect, p, Pos)
/// Set the position of a body.
void cpBodySetPos(cpBody *body, cpVect pos);
CP_DefineBodyStructProperty(cpVect, v, Vel)
CP_DefineBodyStructProperty(cpVect, f, Force)
CP_DefineBodyStructGetter(cpFloat, a, Angle)
/// Set the angle of a body.
void cpBodySetAngle(cpBody *body, cpFloat a);
CP_DefineBodyStructProperty(cpFloat, w, AngVel)
CP_DefineBodyStructProperty(cpFloat, t, Torque)
CP_DefineBodyStructGetter(cpVect, rot, Rot)
CP_DefineBodyStructProperty(cpFloat, v_limit, VelLimit)
CP_DefineBodyStructProperty(cpFloat, w_limit, AngVelLimit)
CP_DefineBodyStructProperty(cpDataPointer, data, UserData)
/// Default Integration functions.
void cpBodyUpdateVelocity(cpBody *body, cpVect gravity, cpFloat damping, cpFloat dt);
void cpBodyUpdatePosition(cpBody *body, cpFloat dt);
/// Convert body relative/local coordinates to absolute/world coordinates.
static inline cpVect cpBodyLocal2World(const cpBody *body, const cpVect v)
{
return cpvadd(body->p, cpvrotate(v, body->rot));
}
/// Convert body absolute/world coordinates to relative/local coordinates.
static inline cpVect cpBodyWorld2Local(const cpBody *body, const cpVect v)
{
return cpvunrotate(cpvsub(v, body->p), body->rot);
}
/// Set the forces and torque or a body to zero.
void cpBodyResetForces(cpBody *body);
/// Apply an force (in world coordinates) to the body at a point relative to the center of gravity (also in world coordinates).
void cpBodyApplyForce(cpBody *body, const cpVect f, const cpVect r);
/// Apply an impulse (in world coordinates) to the body at a point relative to the center of gravity (also in world coordinates).
void cpBodyApplyImpulse(cpBody *body, const cpVect j, const cpVect r);
/// Get the velocity on a body (in world units) at a point on the body in world coordinates.
cpVect cpBodyGetVelAtWorldPoint(cpBody *body, cpVect point);
/// Get the velocity on a body (in world units) at a point on the body in local coordinates.
cpVect cpBodyGetVelAtLocalPoint(cpBody *body, cpVect point);
/// Get the kinetic energy of a body.
static inline cpFloat cpBodyKineticEnergy(const cpBody *body)
{
// Need to do some fudging to avoid NaNs
cpFloat vsq = cpvdot(body->v, body->v);
cpFloat wsq = body->w*body->w;
return (vsq ? vsq*body->m : 0.0f) + (wsq ? wsq*body->i : 0.0f);
}
/// Body/shape iterator callback function type.
typedef void (*cpBodyShapeIteratorFunc)(cpBody *body, cpShape *shape, void *data);
/// Call @c func once for each shape attached to @c body and added to the space.
void cpBodyEachShape(cpBody *body, cpBodyShapeIteratorFunc func, void *data);
/// Body/constraint iterator callback function type.
typedef void (*cpBodyConstraintIteratorFunc)(cpBody *body, cpConstraint *constraint, void *data);
/// Call @c func once for each constraint attached to @c body and added to the space.
void cpBodyEachConstraint(cpBody *body, cpBodyConstraintIteratorFunc func, void *data);
/// Body/arbiter iterator callback function type.
typedef void (*cpBodyArbiterIteratorFunc)(cpBody *body, cpArbiter *arbiter, void *data);
/// Call @c func once for each arbiter that is currently active on the body.
void cpBodyEachArbiter(cpBody *body, cpBodyArbiterIteratorFunc func, void *data);
///@}

95
android/arm64-v8a/include/chipmunk/cpConstraint.h Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,95 @@
/* Copyright (c) 2013 Scott Lembcke and Howling Moon Software
*
* Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy
* of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal
* in the Software without restriction, including without limitation the rights
* to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell
* copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is
* furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:
*
* The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in
* all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
*
* THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
* IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
* FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE
* AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER
* LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM,
* OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE
* SOFTWARE.
*/
/// @defgroup cpConstraint cpConstraint
/// @{
/// Callback function type that gets called before solving a joint.
typedef void (*cpConstraintPreSolveFunc)(cpConstraint *constraint, cpSpace *space);
/// Callback function type that gets called after solving a joint.
typedef void (*cpConstraintPostSolveFunc)(cpConstraint *constraint, cpSpace *space);
/// Destroy a constraint.
CP_EXPORT void cpConstraintDestroy(cpConstraint *constraint);
/// Destroy and free a constraint.
CP_EXPORT void cpConstraintFree(cpConstraint *constraint);
/// Get the cpSpace this constraint is added to.
CP_EXPORT cpSpace* cpConstraintGetSpace(const cpConstraint *constraint);
/// Get the first body the constraint is attached to.
CP_EXPORT cpBody* cpConstraintGetBodyA(const cpConstraint *constraint);
/// Get the second body the constraint is attached to.
CP_EXPORT cpBody* cpConstraintGetBodyB(const cpConstraint *constraint);
/// Get the maximum force that this constraint is allowed to use.
CP_EXPORT cpFloat cpConstraintGetMaxForce(const cpConstraint *constraint);
/// Set the maximum force that this constraint is allowed to use. (defaults to INFINITY)
CP_EXPORT void cpConstraintSetMaxForce(cpConstraint *constraint, cpFloat maxForce);
/// Get rate at which joint error is corrected.
CP_EXPORT cpFloat cpConstraintGetErrorBias(const cpConstraint *constraint);
/// Set rate at which joint error is corrected.
/// Defaults to pow(1.0 - 0.1, 60.0) meaning that it will
/// correct 10% of the error every 1/60th of a second.
CP_EXPORT void cpConstraintSetErrorBias(cpConstraint *constraint, cpFloat errorBias);
/// Get the maximum rate at which joint error is corrected.
CP_EXPORT cpFloat cpConstraintGetMaxBias(const cpConstraint *constraint);
/// Set the maximum rate at which joint error is corrected. (defaults to INFINITY)
CP_EXPORT void cpConstraintSetMaxBias(cpConstraint *constraint, cpFloat maxBias);
/// Get if the two bodies connected by the constraint are allowed to collide or not.
CP_EXPORT cpBool cpConstraintGetCollideBodies(const cpConstraint *constraint);
/// Set if the two bodies connected by the constraint are allowed to collide or not. (defaults to cpFalse)
CP_EXPORT void cpConstraintSetCollideBodies(cpConstraint *constraint, cpBool collideBodies);
/// Get the pre-solve function that is called before the solver runs.
CP_EXPORT cpConstraintPreSolveFunc cpConstraintGetPreSolveFunc(const cpConstraint *constraint);
/// Set the pre-solve function that is called before the solver runs.
CP_EXPORT void cpConstraintSetPreSolveFunc(cpConstraint *constraint, cpConstraintPreSolveFunc preSolveFunc);
/// Get the post-solve function that is called before the solver runs.
CP_EXPORT cpConstraintPostSolveFunc cpConstraintGetPostSolveFunc(const cpConstraint *constraint);
/// Set the post-solve function that is called before the solver runs.
CP_EXPORT void cpConstraintSetPostSolveFunc(cpConstraint *constraint, cpConstraintPostSolveFunc postSolveFunc);
/// Get the user definable data pointer for this constraint
CP_EXPORT cpDataPointer cpConstraintGetUserData(const cpConstraint *constraint);
/// Set the user definable data pointer for this constraint
CP_EXPORT void cpConstraintSetUserData(cpConstraint *constraint, cpDataPointer userData);
/// Get the last impulse applied by this constraint.
CP_EXPORT cpFloat cpConstraintGetImpulse(cpConstraint *constraint);
#include "cpPinJoint.h"
#include "cpSlideJoint.h"
#include "cpPivotJoint.h"
#include "cpGrooveJoint.h"
#include "cpDampedSpring.h"
#include "cpDampedRotarySpring.h"
#include "cpRotaryLimitJoint.h"
#include "cpRatchetJoint.h"
#include "cpGearJoint.h"
#include "cpSimpleMotor.h"
///@}

58
android/arm64-v8a/include/chipmunk/cpDampedRotarySpring.h Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,58 @@
/* Copyright (c) 2013 Scott Lembcke and Howling Moon Software
*
* Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy
* of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal
* in the Software without restriction, including without limitation the rights
* to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell
* copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is
* furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:
*
* The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in
* all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
*
* THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
* IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
* FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE
* AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER
* LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM,
* OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE
* SOFTWARE.
*/
/// @defgroup cpDampedRotarySpring cpDampedRotarySpring
/// @{
/// Check if a constraint is a damped rotary springs.
CP_EXPORT cpBool cpConstraintIsDampedRotarySpring(const cpConstraint *constraint);
/// Function type used for damped rotary spring force callbacks.
typedef cpFloat (*cpDampedRotarySpringTorqueFunc)(struct cpConstraint *spring, cpFloat relativeAngle);
/// Allocate a damped rotary spring.
CP_EXPORT cpDampedRotarySpring* cpDampedRotarySpringAlloc(void);
/// Initialize a damped rotary spring.
CP_EXPORT cpDampedRotarySpring* cpDampedRotarySpringInit(cpDampedRotarySpring *joint, cpBody *a, cpBody *b, cpFloat restAngle, cpFloat stiffness, cpFloat damping);
/// Allocate and initialize a damped rotary spring.
CP_EXPORT cpConstraint* cpDampedRotarySpringNew(cpBody *a, cpBody *b, cpFloat restAngle, cpFloat stiffness, cpFloat damping);
/// Get the rest length of the spring.
CP_EXPORT cpFloat cpDampedRotarySpringGetRestAngle(const cpConstraint *constraint);
/// Set the rest length of the spring.
CP_EXPORT void cpDampedRotarySpringSetRestAngle(cpConstraint *constraint, cpFloat restAngle);
/// Get the stiffness of the spring in force/distance.
CP_EXPORT cpFloat cpDampedRotarySpringGetStiffness(const cpConstraint *constraint);
/// Set the stiffness of the spring in force/distance.
CP_EXPORT void cpDampedRotarySpringSetStiffness(cpConstraint *constraint, cpFloat stiffness);
/// Get the damping of the spring.
CP_EXPORT cpFloat cpDampedRotarySpringGetDamping(const cpConstraint *constraint);
/// Set the damping of the spring.
CP_EXPORT void cpDampedRotarySpringSetDamping(cpConstraint *constraint, cpFloat damping);
/// Get the damping of the spring.
CP_EXPORT cpDampedRotarySpringTorqueFunc cpDampedRotarySpringGetSpringTorqueFunc(const cpConstraint *constraint);
/// Set the damping of the spring.
CP_EXPORT void cpDampedRotarySpringSetSpringTorqueFunc(cpConstraint *constraint, cpDampedRotarySpringTorqueFunc springTorqueFunc);
/// @}

68
android/arm64-v8a/include/chipmunk/cpDampedSpring.h Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,68 @@
/* Copyright (c) 2013 Scott Lembcke and Howling Moon Software
*
* Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy
* of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal
* in the Software without restriction, including without limitation the rights
* to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell
* copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is
* furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:
*
* The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in
* all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
*
* THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
* IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
* FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE
* AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER
* LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM,
* OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE
* SOFTWARE.
*/
/// @defgroup cpDampedSpring cpDampedSpring
/// @{
/// Check if a constraint is a slide joint.
CP_EXPORT cpBool cpConstraintIsDampedSpring(const cpConstraint *constraint);
/// Function type used for damped spring force callbacks.
typedef cpFloat (*cpDampedSpringForceFunc)(cpConstraint *spring, cpFloat dist);
/// Allocate a damped spring.
CP_EXPORT cpDampedSpring* cpDampedSpringAlloc(void);
/// Initialize a damped spring.
CP_EXPORT cpDampedSpring* cpDampedSpringInit(cpDampedSpring *joint, cpBody *a, cpBody *b, cpVect anchorA, cpVect anchorB, cpFloat restLength, cpFloat stiffness, cpFloat damping);
/// Allocate and initialize a damped spring.
CP_EXPORT cpConstraint* cpDampedSpringNew(cpBody *a, cpBody *b, cpVect anchorA, cpVect anchorB, cpFloat restLength, cpFloat stiffness, cpFloat damping);
/// Get the location of the first anchor relative to the first body.
CP_EXPORT cpVect cpDampedSpringGetAnchorA(const cpConstraint *constraint);
/// Set the location of the first anchor relative to the first body.
CP_EXPORT void cpDampedSpringSetAnchorA(cpConstraint *constraint, cpVect anchorA);
/// Get the location of the second anchor relative to the second body.
CP_EXPORT cpVect cpDampedSpringGetAnchorB(const cpConstraint *constraint);
/// Set the location of the second anchor relative to the second body.
CP_EXPORT void cpDampedSpringSetAnchorB(cpConstraint *constraint, cpVect anchorB);
/// Get the rest length of the spring.
CP_EXPORT cpFloat cpDampedSpringGetRestLength(const cpConstraint *constraint);
/// Set the rest length of the spring.
CP_EXPORT void cpDampedSpringSetRestLength(cpConstraint *constraint, cpFloat restLength);
/// Get the stiffness of the spring in force/distance.
CP_EXPORT cpFloat cpDampedSpringGetStiffness(const cpConstraint *constraint);
/// Set the stiffness of the spring in force/distance.
CP_EXPORT void cpDampedSpringSetStiffness(cpConstraint *constraint, cpFloat stiffness);
/// Get the damping of the spring.
CP_EXPORT cpFloat cpDampedSpringGetDamping(const cpConstraint *constraint);
/// Set the damping of the spring.
CP_EXPORT void cpDampedSpringSetDamping(cpConstraint *constraint, cpFloat damping);
/// Get the damping of the spring.
CP_EXPORT cpDampedSpringForceFunc cpDampedSpringGetSpringForceFunc(const cpConstraint *constraint);
/// Set the damping of the spring.
CP_EXPORT void cpDampedSpringSetSpringForceFunc(cpConstraint *constraint, cpDampedSpringForceFunc springForceFunc);
/// @}

45
android/arm64-v8a/include/chipmunk/cpGearJoint.h Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,45 @@
/* Copyright (c) 2013 Scott Lembcke and Howling Moon Software
*
* Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy
* of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal
* in the Software without restriction, including without limitation the rights
* to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell
* copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is
* furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:
*
* The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in
* all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
*
* THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
* IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
* FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE
* AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER
* LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM,
* OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE
* SOFTWARE.
*/
/// @defgroup cpGearJoint cpGearJoint
/// @{
/// Check if a constraint is a damped rotary springs.
CP_EXPORT cpBool cpConstraintIsGearJoint(const cpConstraint *constraint);
/// Allocate a gear joint.
CP_EXPORT cpGearJoint* cpGearJointAlloc(void);
/// Initialize a gear joint.
CP_EXPORT cpGearJoint* cpGearJointInit(cpGearJoint *joint, cpBody *a, cpBody *b, cpFloat phase, cpFloat ratio);
/// Allocate and initialize a gear joint.
CP_EXPORT cpConstraint* cpGearJointNew(cpBody *a, cpBody *b, cpFloat phase, cpFloat ratio);
/// Get the phase offset of the gears.
CP_EXPORT cpFloat cpGearJointGetPhase(const cpConstraint *constraint);
/// Set the phase offset of the gears.
CP_EXPORT void cpGearJointSetPhase(cpConstraint *constraint, cpFloat phase);
/// Get the angular distance of each ratchet.
CP_EXPORT cpFloat cpGearJointGetRatio(const cpConstraint *constraint);
/// Set the ratio of a gear joint.
CP_EXPORT void cpGearJointSetRatio(cpConstraint *constraint, cpFloat ratio);
/// @}

50
android/arm64-v8a/include/chipmunk/cpGrooveJoint.h Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,50 @@
/* Copyright (c) 2013 Scott Lembcke and Howling Moon Software
*
* Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy
* of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal
* in the Software without restriction, including without limitation the rights
* to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell
* copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is
* furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:
*
* The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in
* all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
*
* THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
* IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
* FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE
* AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER
* LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM,
* OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE
* SOFTWARE.
*/
/// @defgroup cpGrooveJoint cpGrooveJoint
/// @{
/// Check if a constraint is a slide joint.
CP_EXPORT cpBool cpConstraintIsGrooveJoint(const cpConstraint *constraint);
/// Allocate a groove joint.
CP_EXPORT cpGrooveJoint* cpGrooveJointAlloc(void);
/// Initialize a groove joint.
CP_EXPORT cpGrooveJoint* cpGrooveJointInit(cpGrooveJoint *joint, cpBody *a, cpBody *b, cpVect groove_a, cpVect groove_b, cpVect anchorB);
/// Allocate and initialize a groove joint.
CP_EXPORT cpConstraint* cpGrooveJointNew(cpBody *a, cpBody *b, cpVect groove_a, cpVect groove_b, cpVect anchorB);
/// Get the first endpoint of the groove relative to the first body.
CP_EXPORT cpVect cpGrooveJointGetGrooveA(const cpConstraint *constraint);
/// Set the first endpoint of the groove relative to the first body.
CP_EXPORT void cpGrooveJointSetGrooveA(cpConstraint *constraint, cpVect grooveA);
/// Get the first endpoint of the groove relative to the first body.
CP_EXPORT cpVect cpGrooveJointGetGrooveB(const cpConstraint *constraint);
/// Set the first endpoint of the groove relative to the first body.
CP_EXPORT void cpGrooveJointSetGrooveB(cpConstraint *constraint, cpVect grooveB);
/// Get the location of the second anchor relative to the second body.
CP_EXPORT cpVect cpGrooveJointGetAnchorB(const cpConstraint *constraint);
/// Set the location of the second anchor relative to the second body.
CP_EXPORT void cpGrooveJointSetAnchorB(cpConstraint *constraint, cpVect anchorB);
/// @}

27
android/arm64-v8a/include/chipmunk/cpHastySpace.h Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,27 @@
// Copyright 2013 Howling Moon Software. All rights reserved.
// See http://chipmunk2d.net/legal.php for more information.
/// cpHastySpace is exclusive to Chipmunk Pro
/// Currently it enables ARM NEON optimizations in the solver, but in the future will include other optimizations such as
/// a multi-threaded solver and multi-threaded collision broadphases.
struct cpHastySpace;
typedef struct cpHastySpace cpHastySpace;
/// Create a new hasty space.
/// On ARM platforms that support NEON, this will enable the vectorized solver.
/// cpHastySpace also supports multiple threads, but runs single threaded by default for determinism.
CP_EXPORT cpSpace *cpHastySpaceNew(void);
CP_EXPORT void cpHastySpaceFree(cpSpace *space);
/// Set the number of threads to use for the solver.
/// Currently Chipmunk is limited to 2 threads as using more generally provides very minimal performance gains.
/// Passing 0 as the thread count on iOS or OS X will cause Chipmunk to automatically detect the number of threads it should use.
/// On other platforms passing 0 for the thread count will set 1 thread.
CP_EXPORT void cpHastySpaceSetThreads(cpSpace *space, unsigned long threads);
/// Returns the number of threads the solver is using to run.
CP_EXPORT unsigned long cpHastySpaceGetThreads(cpSpace *space);
/// When stepping a hasty space, you must use this function.
CP_EXPORT void cpHastySpaceStep(cpSpace *space, cpFloat dt);

28
android/arm64-v8a/include/chipmunk/cpMarch.h Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,28 @@
// Copyright 2013 Howling Moon Software. All rights reserved.
// See http://chipmunk2d.net/legal.php for more information.
/// Function type used as a callback from the marching squares algorithm to sample an image function.
/// It passes you the point to sample and your context pointer, and you return the density.
typedef cpFloat (*cpMarchSampleFunc)(cpVect point, void *data);
/// Function type used as a callback from the marching squares algorithm to output a line segment.
/// It passes you the two endpoints and your context pointer.
typedef void (*cpMarchSegmentFunc)(cpVect v0, cpVect v1, void *data);
/// Trace an anti-aliased contour of an image along a particular threshold.
/// The given number of samples will be taken and spread across the bounding box area using the sampling function and context.
/// The segment function will be called for each segment detected that lies along the density contour for @c threshold.
CP_EXPORT void cpMarchSoft(
cpBB bb, unsigned long x_samples, unsigned long y_samples, cpFloat threshold,
cpMarchSegmentFunc segment, void *segment_data,
cpMarchSampleFunc sample, void *sample_data
);
/// Trace an aliased curve of an image along a particular threshold.
/// The given number of samples will be taken and spread across the bounding box area using the sampling function and context.
/// The segment function will be called for each segment detected that lies along the density contour for @c threshold.
CP_EXPORT void cpMarchHard(
cpBB bb, unsigned long x_samples, unsigned long y_samples, cpFloat threshold,
cpMarchSegmentFunc segment, void *segment_data,
cpMarchSampleFunc sample, void *sample_data
);

50
android/arm64-v8a/include/chipmunk/cpPinJoint.h Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,50 @@
/* Copyright (c) 2013 Scott Lembcke and Howling Moon Software
*
* Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy
* of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal
* in the Software without restriction, including without limitation the rights
* to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell
* copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is
* furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:
*
* The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in
* all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
*
* THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
* IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
* FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE
* AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER
* LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM,
* OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE
* SOFTWARE.
*/
/// @defgroup cpPinJoint cpPinJoint
/// @{
/// Check if a constraint is a pin joint.
CP_EXPORT cpBool cpConstraintIsPinJoint(const cpConstraint *constraint);
/// Allocate a pin joint.
CP_EXPORT cpPinJoint* cpPinJointAlloc(void);
/// Initialize a pin joint.
CP_EXPORT cpPinJoint* cpPinJointInit(cpPinJoint *joint, cpBody *a, cpBody *b, cpVect anchorA, cpVect anchorB);
/// Allocate and initialize a pin joint.
CP_EXPORT cpConstraint* cpPinJointNew(cpBody *a, cpBody *b, cpVect anchorA, cpVect anchorB);
/// Get the location of the first anchor relative to the first body.
CP_EXPORT cpVect cpPinJointGetAnchorA(const cpConstraint *constraint);
/// Set the location of the first anchor relative to the first body.
CP_EXPORT void cpPinJointSetAnchorA(cpConstraint *constraint, cpVect anchorA);
/// Get the location of the second anchor relative to the second body.
CP_EXPORT cpVect cpPinJointGetAnchorB(const cpConstraint *constraint);
/// Set the location of the second anchor relative to the second body.
CP_EXPORT void cpPinJointSetAnchorB(cpConstraint *constraint, cpVect anchorB);
/// Get the distance the joint will maintain between the two anchors.
CP_EXPORT cpFloat cpPinJointGetDist(const cpConstraint *constraint);
/// Set the distance the joint will maintain between the two anchors.
CP_EXPORT void cpPinJointSetDist(cpConstraint *constraint, cpFloat dist);
///@}

47
android/arm64-v8a/include/chipmunk/cpPivotJoint.h Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,47 @@
/* Copyright (c) 2013 Scott Lembcke and Howling Moon Software
*
* Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy
* of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal
* in the Software without restriction, including without limitation the rights
* to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell
* copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is
* furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:
*
* The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in
* all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
*
* THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
* IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
* FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE
* AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER
* LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM,
* OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE
* SOFTWARE.
*/
/// @defgroup cpPivotJoint cpPivotJoint
/// @{
/// Check if a constraint is a slide joint.
CP_EXPORT cpBool cpConstraintIsPivotJoint(const cpConstraint *constraint);
/// Allocate a pivot joint
CP_EXPORT cpPivotJoint* cpPivotJointAlloc(void);
/// Initialize a pivot joint.
CP_EXPORT cpPivotJoint* cpPivotJointInit(cpPivotJoint *joint, cpBody *a, cpBody *b, cpVect anchorA, cpVect anchorB);
/// Allocate and initialize a pivot joint.
CP_EXPORT cpConstraint* cpPivotJointNew(cpBody *a, cpBody *b, cpVect pivot);
/// Allocate and initialize a pivot joint with specific anchors.
CP_EXPORT cpConstraint* cpPivotJointNew2(cpBody *a, cpBody *b, cpVect anchorA, cpVect anchorB);
/// Get the location of the first anchor relative to the first body.
CP_EXPORT cpVect cpPivotJointGetAnchorA(const cpConstraint *constraint);
/// Set the location of the first anchor relative to the first body.
CP_EXPORT void cpPivotJointSetAnchorA(cpConstraint *constraint, cpVect anchorA);
/// Get the location of the second anchor relative to the second body.
CP_EXPORT cpVect cpPivotJointGetAnchorB(const cpConstraint *constraint);
/// Set the location of the second anchor relative to the second body.
CP_EXPORT void cpPivotJointSetAnchorB(cpConstraint *constraint, cpVect anchorB);
/// @}

81
android/arm64-v8a/include/chipmunk/cpPolyShape.h Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,81 @@
/* Copyright (c) 2007 Scott Lembcke
*
* Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy
* of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal
* in the Software without restriction, including without limitation the rights
* to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell
* copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is
* furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:
*
* The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in
* all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
*
* THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
* IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
* FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE
* AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER
* LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM,
* OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE
* SOFTWARE.
*/
/// @defgroup cpPolyShape cpPolyShape
/// @{
/// @private
typedef struct cpSplittingPlane {
cpVect n;
cpFloat d;
} cpSplittingPlane;
/// @private
typedef struct cpPolyShape {
cpShape shape;
int numVerts;
cpVect *verts, *tVerts;
cpSplittingPlane *planes, *tPlanes;
cpFloat r;
} cpPolyShape;
/// Allocate a polygon shape.
cpPolyShape* cpPolyShapeAlloc(void);
/// Initialize a polygon shape.
/// A convex hull will be created from the vertexes.
cpPolyShape* cpPolyShapeInit(cpPolyShape *poly, cpBody *body, int numVerts, const cpVect *verts, cpVect offset);
/// Initialize a polygon shape.
/// A convex hull will be created from the vertexes.
cpPolyShape* cpPolyShapeInit2(cpPolyShape *poly, cpBody *body, int numVerts, const cpVect *verts, cpVect offset, cpFloat radius);
/// Allocate and initialize a polygon shape.
/// A convex hull will be created from the vertexes.
cpShape* cpPolyShapeNew(cpBody *body, int numVerts, const cpVect *verts, cpVect offset);
/// Allocate and initialize a polygon shape.
/// A convex hull will be created from the vertexes.
cpShape* cpPolyShapeNew2(cpBody *body, int numVerts, const cpVect *verts, cpVect offset, cpFloat radius);
/// Initialize a box shaped polygon shape.
cpPolyShape* cpBoxShapeInit(cpPolyShape *poly, cpBody *body, cpFloat width, cpFloat height);
/// Initialize an offset box shaped polygon shape.
cpPolyShape* cpBoxShapeInit2(cpPolyShape *poly, cpBody *body, cpBB box);
/// Initialize an offset box shaped polygon shape.
cpPolyShape* cpBoxShapeInit3(cpPolyShape *poly, cpBody *body, cpBB box, cpFloat radius);
/// Allocate and initialize a box shaped polygon shape.
cpShape* cpBoxShapeNew(cpBody *body, cpFloat width, cpFloat height);
/// Allocate and initialize an offset box shaped polygon shape.
cpShape* cpBoxShapeNew2(cpBody *body, cpBB box);
/// Allocate and initialize an offset box shaped polygon shape.
cpShape* cpBoxShapeNew3(cpBody *body, cpBB box, cpFloat radius);
/// Check that a set of vertexes is convex and has a clockwise winding.
/// NOTE: Due to floating point precision issues, hulls created with cpQuickHull() are not guaranteed to validate!
cpBool cpPolyValidate(const cpVect *verts, const int numVerts);
/// Get the number of verts in a polygon shape.
int cpPolyShapeGetNumVerts(const cpShape *shape);
/// Get the @c ith vertex of a polygon shape.
cpVect cpPolyShapeGetVert(const cpShape *shape, int idx);
/// Get the radius of a polygon shape.
cpFloat cpPolyShapeGetRadius(const cpShape *shape);
/// @}

70
android/arm64-v8a/include/chipmunk/cpPolyline.h Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,70 @@
// Copyright 2013 Howling Moon Software. All rights reserved.
// See http://chipmunk2d.net/legal.php for more information.
// Polylines are just arrays of vertexes.
// They are looped if the first vertex is equal to the last.
// cpPolyline structs are intended to be passed by value and destroyed when you are done with them.
typedef struct cpPolyline {
int count, capacity;
cpVect verts[];
} cpPolyline;
/// Destroy and free a polyline instance.
CP_EXPORT void cpPolylineFree(cpPolyline *line);
/// Returns true if the first vertex is equal to the last.
CP_EXPORT cpBool cpPolylineIsClosed(cpPolyline *line);
/**
Returns a copy of a polyline simplified by using the Douglas-Peucker algorithm.
This works very well on smooth or gently curved shapes, but not well on straight edged or angular shapes.
*/
CP_EXPORT cpPolyline *cpPolylineSimplifyCurves(cpPolyline *line, cpFloat tol);
/**
Returns a copy of a polyline simplified by discarding "flat" vertexes.
This works well on straigt edged or angular shapes, not as well on smooth shapes.
*/
CP_EXPORT cpPolyline *cpPolylineSimplifyVertexes(cpPolyline *line, cpFloat tol);
/// Get the convex hull of a polyline as a looped polyline.
CP_EXPORT cpPolyline *cpPolylineToConvexHull(cpPolyline *line, cpFloat tol);
/// Polyline sets are collections of polylines, generally built by cpMarchSoft() or cpMarchHard().
typedef struct cpPolylineSet {
int count, capacity;
cpPolyline **lines;
} cpPolylineSet;
/// Allocate a new polyline set.
CP_EXPORT cpPolylineSet *cpPolylineSetAlloc(void);
/// Initialize a new polyline set.
CP_EXPORT cpPolylineSet *cpPolylineSetInit(cpPolylineSet *set);
/// Allocate and initialize a polyline set.
CP_EXPORT cpPolylineSet *cpPolylineSetNew(void);
/// Destroy a polyline set.
CP_EXPORT void cpPolylineSetDestroy(cpPolylineSet *set, cpBool freePolylines);
CP_EXPORT /// Destroy and free a polyline set.
void cpPolylineSetFree(cpPolylineSet *set, cpBool freePolylines);
/**
Add a line segment to a polyline set.
A segment will either start a new polyline, join two others, or add to or loop an existing polyline.
This is mostly intended to be used as a callback directly from cpMarchSoft() or cpMarchHard().
*/
CP_EXPORT void cpPolylineSetCollectSegment(cpVect v0, cpVect v1, cpPolylineSet *lines);
/**
Get an approximate convex decomposition from a polyline.
Returns a cpPolylineSet of convex hulls that match the original shape to within 'tol'.
NOTE: If the input is a self intersecting polygon, the output might end up overly simplified.
*/
CP_EXPORT cpPolylineSet *cpPolylineConvexDecomposition(cpPolyline *line, cpFloat tol);
#define cpPolylineConvexDecomposition_BETA cpPolylineConvexDecomposition

50
android/arm64-v8a/include/chipmunk/cpRatchetJoint.h Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,50 @@
/* Copyright (c) 2013 Scott Lembcke and Howling Moon Software
*
* Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy
* of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal
* in the Software without restriction, including without limitation the rights
* to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell
* copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is
* furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:
*
* The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in
* all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
*
* THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
* IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
* FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE
* AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER
* LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM,
* OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE
* SOFTWARE.
*/
/// @defgroup cpRatchetJoint cpRatchetJoint
/// @{
/// Check if a constraint is a damped rotary springs.
CP_EXPORT cpBool cpConstraintIsRatchetJoint(const cpConstraint *constraint);
/// Allocate a ratchet joint.
CP_EXPORT cpRatchetJoint* cpRatchetJointAlloc(void);
/// Initialize a ratched joint.
CP_EXPORT cpRatchetJoint* cpRatchetJointInit(cpRatchetJoint *joint, cpBody *a, cpBody *b, cpFloat phase, cpFloat ratchet);
/// Allocate and initialize a ratchet joint.
CP_EXPORT cpConstraint* cpRatchetJointNew(cpBody *a, cpBody *b, cpFloat phase, cpFloat ratchet);
/// Get the angle of the current ratchet tooth.
CP_EXPORT cpFloat cpRatchetJointGetAngle(const cpConstraint *constraint);
/// Set the angle of the current ratchet tooth.
CP_EXPORT void cpRatchetJointSetAngle(cpConstraint *constraint, cpFloat angle);
/// Get the phase offset of the ratchet.
CP_EXPORT cpFloat cpRatchetJointGetPhase(const cpConstraint *constraint);
/// Get the phase offset of the ratchet.
CP_EXPORT void cpRatchetJointSetPhase(cpConstraint *constraint, cpFloat phase);
/// Get the angular distance of each ratchet.
CP_EXPORT cpFloat cpRatchetJointGetRatchet(const cpConstraint *constraint);
/// Set the angular distance of each ratchet.
CP_EXPORT void cpRatchetJointSetRatchet(cpConstraint *constraint, cpFloat ratchet);
/// @}

9
android/arm64-v8a/include/chipmunk/cpRobust.h Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,9 @@
#include "chipmunk/cpVect.h"
// This is a private header for functions (currently just one) that need strict floating point results.
// It was easier to put this in it's own file than to fiddle with 4 different compiler specific pragmas or attributes.
// "Fast math" should be disabled here.
// Check that the signed area of the triangle a, b, c is positive.
// Compiler optimizations for associativity break certain edge cases (ex: when a or b equals c) that lead to excessive EPA iteration.
cpBool cpCheckSignedArea(const cpVect a, const cpVect b, const cpVect c);

45
android/arm64-v8a/include/chipmunk/cpRotaryLimitJoint.h Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,45 @@
/* Copyright (c) 2013 Scott Lembcke and Howling Moon Software
*
* Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy
* of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal
* in the Software without restriction, including without limitation the rights
* to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell
* copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is
* furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:
*
* The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in
* all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
*
* THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
* IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
* FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE
* AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER
* LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM,
* OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE
* SOFTWARE.
*/
/// @defgroup cpRotaryLimitJoint cpRotaryLimitJoint
/// @{
/// Check if a constraint is a damped rotary springs.
CP_EXPORT cpBool cpConstraintIsRotaryLimitJoint(const cpConstraint *constraint);
/// Allocate a damped rotary limit joint.
CP_EXPORT cpRotaryLimitJoint* cpRotaryLimitJointAlloc(void);
/// Initialize a damped rotary limit joint.
CP_EXPORT cpRotaryLimitJoint* cpRotaryLimitJointInit(cpRotaryLimitJoint *joint, cpBody *a, cpBody *b, cpFloat min, cpFloat max);
/// Allocate and initialize a damped rotary limit joint.
CP_EXPORT cpConstraint* cpRotaryLimitJointNew(cpBody *a, cpBody *b, cpFloat min, cpFloat max);
/// Get the minimum distance the joint will maintain between the two anchors.
CP_EXPORT cpFloat cpRotaryLimitJointGetMin(const cpConstraint *constraint);
/// Set the minimum distance the joint will maintain between the two anchors.
CP_EXPORT void cpRotaryLimitJointSetMin(cpConstraint *constraint, cpFloat min);
/// Get the maximum distance the joint will maintain between the two anchors.
CP_EXPORT cpFloat cpRotaryLimitJointGetMax(const cpConstraint *constraint);
/// Set the maximum distance the joint will maintain between the two anchors.
CP_EXPORT void cpRotaryLimitJointSetMax(cpConstraint *constraint, cpFloat max);
/// @}

232
android/arm64-v8a/include/chipmunk/cpShape.h Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,232 @@
/* Copyright (c) 2007 Scott Lembcke
*
* Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy
* of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal
* in the Software without restriction, including without limitation the rights
* to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell
* copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is
* furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:
*
* The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in
* all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
*
* THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
* IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
* FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE
* AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER
* LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM,
* OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE
* SOFTWARE.
*/
/// @defgroup cpShape cpShape
/// The cpShape struct defines the shape of a rigid body.
/// @{
typedef struct cpShapeClass cpShapeClass;
/// Nearest point query info struct.
typedef struct cpNearestPointQueryInfo {
/// The nearest shape, NULL if no shape was within range.
cpShape *shape;
/// The closest point on the shape's surface. (in world space coordinates)
cpVect p;
/// The distance to the point. The distance is negative if the point is inside the shape.
cpFloat d;
/// The gradient of the signed distance function.
/// The same as info.p/info.d, but accurate even for very small values of info.d.
cpVect g;
} cpNearestPointQueryInfo;
/// Segment query info struct.
typedef struct cpSegmentQueryInfo {
/// The shape that was hit, NULL if no collision occured.
cpShape *shape;
/// The normalized distance along the query segment in the range [0, 1].
cpFloat t;
/// The normal of the surface hit.
cpVect n;
} cpSegmentQueryInfo;
/// @private
typedef enum cpShapeType{
CP_CIRCLE_SHAPE,
CP_SEGMENT_SHAPE,
CP_POLY_SHAPE,
CP_NUM_SHAPES
} cpShapeType;
typedef cpBB (*cpShapeCacheDataImpl)(cpShape *shape, cpVect p, cpVect rot);
typedef void (*cpShapeDestroyImpl)(cpShape *shape);
typedef void (*cpShapeNearestPointQueryImpl)(cpShape *shape, cpVect p, cpNearestPointQueryInfo *info);
typedef void (*cpShapeSegmentQueryImpl)(cpShape *shape, cpVect a, cpVect b, cpSegmentQueryInfo *info);
/// @private
struct cpShapeClass {
cpShapeType type;
cpShapeCacheDataImpl cacheData;
cpShapeDestroyImpl destroy;
cpShapeNearestPointQueryImpl nearestPointQuery;
cpShapeSegmentQueryImpl segmentQuery;
};
/// Opaque collision shape struct.
struct cpShape {
CP_PRIVATE(const cpShapeClass *klass);
/// The rigid body this collision shape is attached to.
cpBody *body;
/// The current bounding box of the shape.
cpBB bb;
/// Sensor flag.
/// Sensor shapes call collision callbacks but don't produce collisions.
cpBool sensor;
/// Coefficient of restitution. (elasticity)
cpFloat e;
/// Coefficient of friction.
cpFloat u;
/// Surface velocity used when solving for friction.
cpVect surface_v;
/// User definable data pointer.
/// Generally this points to your the game object class so you can access it
/// when given a cpShape reference in a callback.
cpDataPointer data;
/// Collision type of this shape used when picking collision handlers.
cpCollisionType collision_type;
/// Group of this shape. Shapes in the same group don't collide.
cpGroup group;
// Layer bitmask for this shape. Shapes only collide if the bitwise and of their layers is non-zero.
cpLayers layers;
CP_PRIVATE(cpSpace *space);
CP_PRIVATE(cpShape *next);
CP_PRIVATE(cpShape *prev);
CP_PRIVATE(cpHashValue hashid);
};
/// Destroy a shape.
void cpShapeDestroy(cpShape *shape);
/// Destroy and Free a shape.
void cpShapeFree(cpShape *shape);
/// Update, cache and return the bounding box of a shape based on the body it's attached to.
cpBB cpShapeCacheBB(cpShape *shape);
/// Update, cache and return the bounding box of a shape with an explicit transformation.
cpBB cpShapeUpdate(cpShape *shape, cpVect pos, cpVect rot);
/// Test if a point lies within a shape.
cpBool cpShapePointQuery(cpShape *shape, cpVect p);
/// Perform a nearest point query. It finds the closest point on the surface of shape to a specific point.
/// The value returned is the distance between the points. A negative distance means the point is inside the shape.
cpFloat cpShapeNearestPointQuery(cpShape *shape, cpVect p, cpNearestPointQueryInfo *out);
/// Perform a segment query against a shape. @c info must be a pointer to a valid cpSegmentQueryInfo structure.
cpBool cpShapeSegmentQuery(cpShape *shape, cpVect a, cpVect b, cpSegmentQueryInfo *info);
/// Get the hit point for a segment query.
static inline cpVect cpSegmentQueryHitPoint(const cpVect start, const cpVect end, const cpSegmentQueryInfo info)
{
return cpvlerp(start, end, info.t);
}
/// Get the hit distance for a segment query.
static inline cpFloat cpSegmentQueryHitDist(const cpVect start, const cpVect end, const cpSegmentQueryInfo info)
{
return cpvdist(start, end)*info.t;
}
#define CP_DefineShapeStructGetter(type, member, name) \
static inline type cpShapeGet##name(const cpShape *shape){return shape->member;}
#define CP_DefineShapeStructSetter(type, member, name, activates) \
static inline void cpShapeSet##name(cpShape *shape, type value){ \
if(activates && shape->body) cpBodyActivate(shape->body); \
shape->member = value; \
}
#define CP_DefineShapeStructProperty(type, member, name, activates) \
CP_DefineShapeStructGetter(type, member, name) \
CP_DefineShapeStructSetter(type, member, name, activates)
CP_DefineShapeStructGetter(cpSpace*, CP_PRIVATE(space), Space)
CP_DefineShapeStructGetter(cpBody*, body, Body)
void cpShapeSetBody(cpShape *shape, cpBody *body);
CP_DefineShapeStructGetter(cpBB, bb, BB)
CP_DefineShapeStructProperty(cpBool, sensor, Sensor, cpTrue)
CP_DefineShapeStructProperty(cpFloat, e, Elasticity, cpFalse)
CP_DefineShapeStructProperty(cpFloat, u, Friction, cpTrue)
CP_DefineShapeStructProperty(cpVect, surface_v, SurfaceVelocity, cpTrue)
CP_DefineShapeStructProperty(cpDataPointer, data, UserData, cpFalse)
CP_DefineShapeStructProperty(cpCollisionType, collision_type, CollisionType, cpTrue)
CP_DefineShapeStructProperty(cpGroup, group, Group, cpTrue)
CP_DefineShapeStructProperty(cpLayers, layers, Layers, cpTrue)
/// When initializing a shape, it's hash value comes from a counter.
/// Because the hash value may affect iteration order, you can reset the shape ID counter
/// when recreating a space. This will make the simulation be deterministic.
void cpResetShapeIdCounter(void);
#define CP_DeclareShapeGetter(struct, type, name) type struct##Get##name(const cpShape *shape)
/// @}
/// @defgroup cpCircleShape cpCircleShape
/// @private
typedef struct cpCircleShape {
cpShape shape;
cpVect c, tc;
cpFloat r;
} cpCircleShape;
/// Allocate a circle shape.
cpCircleShape* cpCircleShapeAlloc(void);
/// Initialize a circle shape.
cpCircleShape* cpCircleShapeInit(cpCircleShape *circle, cpBody *body, cpFloat radius, cpVect offset);
/// Allocate and initialize a circle shape.
cpShape* cpCircleShapeNew(cpBody *body, cpFloat radius, cpVect offset);
CP_DeclareShapeGetter(cpCircleShape, cpVect, Offset);
CP_DeclareShapeGetter(cpCircleShape, cpFloat, Radius);
/// @}
/// @defgroup cpSegmentShape cpSegmentShape
/// @private
typedef struct cpSegmentShape {
cpShape shape;
cpVect a, b, n;
cpVect ta, tb, tn;
cpFloat r;
cpVect a_tangent, b_tangent;
} cpSegmentShape;
/// Allocate a segment shape.
cpSegmentShape* cpSegmentShapeAlloc(void);
/// Initialize a segment shape.
cpSegmentShape* cpSegmentShapeInit(cpSegmentShape *seg, cpBody *body, cpVect a, cpVect b, cpFloat radius);
/// Allocate and initialize a segment shape.
cpShape* cpSegmentShapeNew(cpBody *body, cpVect a, cpVect b, cpFloat radius);
/// Let Chipmunk know about the geometry of adjacent segments to avoid colliding with endcaps.
void cpSegmentShapeSetNeighbors(cpShape *shape, cpVect prev, cpVect next);
CP_DeclareShapeGetter(cpSegmentShape, cpVect, A);
CP_DeclareShapeGetter(cpSegmentShape, cpVect, B);
CP_DeclareShapeGetter(cpSegmentShape, cpVect, Normal);
CP_DeclareShapeGetter(cpSegmentShape, cpFloat, Radius);
/// @}

43
android/arm64-v8a/include/chipmunk/cpSimpleMotor.h Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,43 @@
/* Copyright (c) 2013 Scott Lembcke and Howling Moon Software
*
* Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy
* of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal
* in the Software without restriction, including without limitation the rights
* to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell
* copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is
* furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:
*
* The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in
* all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
*
* THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
* IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
* FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE
* AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER
* LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM,
* OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE
* SOFTWARE.
*/
/// @defgroup cpSimpleMotor cpSimpleMotor
/// @{
/// Opaque struct type for damped rotary springs.
typedef struct cpSimpleMotor cpSimpleMotor;
/// Check if a constraint is a damped rotary springs.
CP_EXPORT cpBool cpConstraintIsSimpleMotor(const cpConstraint *constraint);
/// Allocate a simple motor.
CP_EXPORT cpSimpleMotor* cpSimpleMotorAlloc(void);
/// initialize a simple motor.
CP_EXPORT cpSimpleMotor* cpSimpleMotorInit(cpSimpleMotor *joint, cpBody *a, cpBody *b, cpFloat rate);
/// Allocate and initialize a simple motor.
CP_EXPORT cpConstraint* cpSimpleMotorNew(cpBody *a, cpBody *b, cpFloat rate);
/// Get the rate of the motor.
CP_EXPORT cpFloat cpSimpleMotorGetRate(const cpConstraint *constraint);
/// Set the rate of the motor.
CP_EXPORT void cpSimpleMotorSetRate(cpConstraint *constraint, cpFloat rate);
/// @}

55
android/arm64-v8a/include/chipmunk/cpSlideJoint.h Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,55 @@
/* Copyright (c) 2013 Scott Lembcke and Howling Moon Software
*
* Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy
* of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal
* in the Software without restriction, including without limitation the rights
* to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell
* copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is
* furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:
*
* The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in
* all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
*
* THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
* IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
* FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE
* AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER
* LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM,
* OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE
* SOFTWARE.
*/
/// @defgroup cpSlideJoint cpSlideJoint
/// @{
/// Check if a constraint is a slide joint.
CP_EXPORT cpBool cpConstraintIsSlideJoint(const cpConstraint *constraint);
/// Allocate a slide joint.
CP_EXPORT cpSlideJoint* cpSlideJointAlloc(void);
/// Initialize a slide joint.
CP_EXPORT cpSlideJoint* cpSlideJointInit(cpSlideJoint *joint, cpBody *a, cpBody *b, cpVect anchorA, cpVect anchorB, cpFloat min, cpFloat max);
/// Allocate and initialize a slide joint.
CP_EXPORT cpConstraint* cpSlideJointNew(cpBody *a, cpBody *b, cpVect anchorA, cpVect anchorB, cpFloat min, cpFloat max);
/// Get the location of the first anchor relative to the first body.
CP_EXPORT cpVect cpSlideJointGetAnchorA(const cpConstraint *constraint);
/// Set the location of the first anchor relative to the first body.
CP_EXPORT void cpSlideJointSetAnchorA(cpConstraint *constraint, cpVect anchorA);
/// Get the location of the second anchor relative to the second body.
CP_EXPORT cpVect cpSlideJointGetAnchorB(const cpConstraint *constraint);
/// Set the location of the second anchor relative to the second body.
CP_EXPORT void cpSlideJointSetAnchorB(cpConstraint *constraint, cpVect anchorB);
/// Get the minimum distance the joint will maintain between the two anchors.
CP_EXPORT cpFloat cpSlideJointGetMin(const cpConstraint *constraint);
/// Set the minimum distance the joint will maintain between the two anchors.
CP_EXPORT void cpSlideJointSetMin(cpConstraint *constraint, cpFloat min);
/// Get the maximum distance the joint will maintain between the two anchors.
CP_EXPORT cpFloat cpSlideJointGetMax(const cpConstraint *constraint);
/// Set the maximum distance the joint will maintain between the two anchors.
CP_EXPORT void cpSlideJointSetMax(cpConstraint *constraint, cpFloat max);
/// @}

283
android/arm64-v8a/include/chipmunk/cpSpace.h Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,283 @@
/* Copyright (c) 2007 Scott Lembcke
*
* Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy
* of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal
* in the Software without restriction, including without limitation the rights
* to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell
* copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is
* furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:
*
* The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in
* all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
*
* THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
* IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
* FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE
* AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER
* LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM,
* OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE
* SOFTWARE.
*/
/// @defgroup cpSpace cpSpace
/// @{
typedef struct cpContactBufferHeader cpContactBufferHeader;
typedef void (*cpSpaceArbiterApplyImpulseFunc)(cpArbiter *arb);
/// Basic Unit of Simulation in Chipmunk
struct cpSpace {
/// Number of iterations to use in the impulse solver to solve contacts.
int iterations;
/// Gravity to pass to rigid bodies when integrating velocity.
cpVect gravity;
/// Damping rate expressed as the fraction of velocity bodies retain each second.
/// A value of 0.9 would mean that each body's velocity will drop 10% per second.
/// The default value is 1.0, meaning no damping is applied.
/// @note This damping value is different than those of cpDampedSpring and cpDampedRotarySpring.
cpFloat damping;
/// Speed threshold for a body to be considered idle.
/// The default value of 0 means to let the space guess a good threshold based on gravity.
cpFloat idleSpeedThreshold;
/// Time a group of bodies must remain idle in order to fall asleep.
/// Enabling sleeping also implicitly enables the the contact graph.
/// The default value of INFINITY disables the sleeping algorithm.
cpFloat sleepTimeThreshold;
/// Amount of encouraged penetration between colliding shapes.
/// Used to reduce oscillating contacts and keep the collision cache warm.
/// Defaults to 0.1. If you have poor simulation quality,
/// increase this number as much as possible without allowing visible amounts of overlap.
cpFloat collisionSlop;
/// Determines how fast overlapping shapes are pushed apart.
/// Expressed as a fraction of the error remaining after each second.
/// Defaults to pow(1.0 - 0.1, 60.0) meaning that Chipmunk fixes 10% of overlap each frame at 60Hz.
cpFloat collisionBias;
/// Number of frames that contact information should persist.
/// Defaults to 3. There is probably never a reason to change this value.
cpTimestamp collisionPersistence;
/// Rebuild the contact graph during each step. Must be enabled to use the cpBodyEachArbiter() function.
/// Disabled by default for a small performance boost. Enabled implicitly when the sleeping feature is enabled.
cpBool enableContactGraph;
/// User definable data pointer.
/// Generally this points to your game's controller or game state
/// class so you can access it when given a cpSpace reference in a callback.
cpDataPointer data;
/// The designated static body for this space.
/// You can modify this body, or replace it with your own static body.
/// By default it points to a statically allocated cpBody in the cpSpace struct.
cpBody *staticBody;
CP_PRIVATE(cpTimestamp stamp);
CP_PRIVATE(cpFloat curr_dt);
CP_PRIVATE(cpArray *bodies);
CP_PRIVATE(cpArray *rousedBodies);
CP_PRIVATE(cpArray *sleepingComponents);
CP_PRIVATE(cpSpatialIndex *staticShapes);
CP_PRIVATE(cpSpatialIndex *activeShapes);
CP_PRIVATE(cpArray *arbiters);
CP_PRIVATE(cpContactBufferHeader *contactBuffersHead);
CP_PRIVATE(cpHashSet *cachedArbiters);
CP_PRIVATE(cpArray *pooledArbiters);
CP_PRIVATE(cpArray *constraints);
CP_PRIVATE(cpArray *allocatedBuffers);
CP_PRIVATE(int locked);
CP_PRIVATE(cpHashSet *collisionHandlers);
CP_PRIVATE(cpCollisionHandler defaultHandler);
CP_PRIVATE(cpBool skipPostStep);
CP_PRIVATE(cpArray *postStepCallbacks);
CP_PRIVATE(cpBody _staticBody);
};
/// Allocate a cpSpace.
cpSpace* cpSpaceAlloc(void);
/// Initialize a cpSpace.
cpSpace* cpSpaceInit(cpSpace *space);
/// Allocate and initialize a cpSpace.
cpSpace* cpSpaceNew(void);
/// Destroy a cpSpace.
void cpSpaceDestroy(cpSpace *space);
/// Destroy and free a cpSpace.
void cpSpaceFree(cpSpace *space);
#define CP_DefineSpaceStructGetter(type, member, name) \
static inline type cpSpaceGet##name(const cpSpace *space){return space->member;}
#define CP_DefineSpaceStructSetter(type, member, name) \
static inline void cpSpaceSet##name(cpSpace *space, type value){space->member = value;}
#define CP_DefineSpaceStructProperty(type, member, name) \
CP_DefineSpaceStructGetter(type, member, name) \
CP_DefineSpaceStructSetter(type, member, name)
CP_DefineSpaceStructProperty(int, iterations, Iterations)
CP_DefineSpaceStructProperty(cpVect, gravity, Gravity)
CP_DefineSpaceStructProperty(cpFloat, damping, Damping)
CP_DefineSpaceStructProperty(cpFloat, idleSpeedThreshold, IdleSpeedThreshold)
CP_DefineSpaceStructProperty(cpFloat, sleepTimeThreshold, SleepTimeThreshold)
CP_DefineSpaceStructProperty(cpFloat, collisionSlop, CollisionSlop)
CP_DefineSpaceStructProperty(cpFloat, collisionBias, CollisionBias)
CP_DefineSpaceStructProperty(cpTimestamp, collisionPersistence, CollisionPersistence)
CP_DefineSpaceStructProperty(cpBool, enableContactGraph, EnableContactGraph)
CP_DefineSpaceStructProperty(cpDataPointer, data, UserData)
CP_DefineSpaceStructGetter(cpBody*, staticBody, StaticBody)
CP_DefineSpaceStructGetter(cpFloat, CP_PRIVATE(curr_dt), CurrentTimeStep)
/// returns true from inside a callback and objects cannot be added/removed.
static inline cpBool
cpSpaceIsLocked(cpSpace *space)
{
return space->CP_PRIVATE(locked);
}
/// Set a default collision handler for this space.
/// The default collision handler is invoked for each colliding pair of shapes
/// that isn't explicitly handled by a specific collision handler.
/// You can pass NULL for any function you don't want to implement.
void cpSpaceSetDefaultCollisionHandler(
cpSpace *space,
cpCollisionBeginFunc begin,
cpCollisionPreSolveFunc preSolve,
cpCollisionPostSolveFunc postSolve,
cpCollisionSeparateFunc separate,
void *data
);
/// Set a collision handler to be used whenever the two shapes with the given collision types collide.
/// You can pass NULL for any function you don't want to implement.
void cpSpaceAddCollisionHandler(
cpSpace *space,
cpCollisionType a, cpCollisionType b,
cpCollisionBeginFunc begin,
cpCollisionPreSolveFunc preSolve,
cpCollisionPostSolveFunc postSolve,
cpCollisionSeparateFunc separate,
void *data
);
/// Unset a collision handler.
void cpSpaceRemoveCollisionHandler(cpSpace *space, cpCollisionType a, cpCollisionType b);
/// Add a collision shape to the simulation.
/// If the shape is attached to a static body, it will be added as a static shape.
cpShape* cpSpaceAddShape(cpSpace *space, cpShape *shape);
/// Explicity add a shape as a static shape to the simulation.
cpShape* cpSpaceAddStaticShape(cpSpace *space, cpShape *shape);
/// Add a rigid body to the simulation.
cpBody* cpSpaceAddBody(cpSpace *space, cpBody *body);
/// Add a constraint to the simulation.
cpConstraint* cpSpaceAddConstraint(cpSpace *space, cpConstraint *constraint);
/// Remove a collision shape from the simulation.
void cpSpaceRemoveShape(cpSpace *space, cpShape *shape);
/// Remove a collision shape added using cpSpaceAddStaticShape() from the simulation.
void cpSpaceRemoveStaticShape(cpSpace *space, cpShape *shape);
/// Remove a rigid body from the simulation.
void cpSpaceRemoveBody(cpSpace *space, cpBody *body);
/// Remove a constraint from the simulation.
void cpSpaceRemoveConstraint(cpSpace *space, cpConstraint *constraint);
/// Test if a collision shape has been added to the space.
cpBool cpSpaceContainsShape(cpSpace *space, cpShape *shape);
/// Test if a rigid body has been added to the space.
cpBool cpSpaceContainsBody(cpSpace *space, cpBody *body);
/// Test if a constraint has been added to the space.
cpBool cpSpaceContainsConstraint(cpSpace *space, cpConstraint *constraint);
/// Convert a dynamic rogue body to a static one.
/// If the body is active, you must remove it from the space first.
void cpSpaceConvertBodyToStatic(cpSpace *space, cpBody *body);
/// Convert a body to a dynamic rogue body.
/// If you want the body to be active after the transition, you must add it to the space also.
void cpSpaceConvertBodyToDynamic(cpSpace *space, cpBody *body, cpFloat mass, cpFloat moment);
/// Post Step callback function type.
typedef void (*cpPostStepFunc)(cpSpace *space, void *key, void *data);
/// Schedule a post-step callback to be called when cpSpaceStep() finishes.
/// You can only register one callback per unique value for @c key.
/// Returns true only if @c key has never been scheduled before.
/// It's possible to pass @c NULL for @c func if you only want to mark @c key as being used.
cpBool cpSpaceAddPostStepCallback(cpSpace *space, cpPostStepFunc func, void *key, void *data);
/// Point query callback function type.
typedef void (*cpSpacePointQueryFunc)(cpShape *shape, void *data);
/// Query the space at a point and call @c func for each shape found.
void cpSpacePointQuery(cpSpace *space, cpVect point, cpLayers layers, cpGroup group, cpSpacePointQueryFunc func, void *data);
/// Query the space at a point and return the first shape found. Returns NULL if no shapes were found.
cpShape *cpSpacePointQueryFirst(cpSpace *space, cpVect point, cpLayers layers, cpGroup group);
/// Nearest point query callback function type.
typedef void (*cpSpaceNearestPointQueryFunc)(cpShape *shape, cpFloat distance, cpVect point, void *data);
/// Query the space at a point and call @c func for each shape found.
void cpSpaceNearestPointQuery(cpSpace *space, cpVect point, cpFloat maxDistance, cpLayers layers, cpGroup group, cpSpaceNearestPointQueryFunc func, void *data);
/// Query the space at a point and return the nearest shape found. Returns NULL if no shapes were found.
cpShape *cpSpaceNearestPointQueryNearest(cpSpace *space, cpVect point, cpFloat maxDistance, cpLayers layers, cpGroup group, cpNearestPointQueryInfo *out);
/// Segment query callback function type.
typedef void (*cpSpaceSegmentQueryFunc)(cpShape *shape, cpFloat t, cpVect n, void *data);
/// Perform a directed line segment query (like a raycast) against the space calling @c func for each shape intersected.
void cpSpaceSegmentQuery(cpSpace *space, cpVect start, cpVect end, cpLayers layers, cpGroup group, cpSpaceSegmentQueryFunc func, void *data);
/// Perform a directed line segment query (like a raycast) against the space and return the first shape hit. Returns NULL if no shapes were hit.
cpShape *cpSpaceSegmentQueryFirst(cpSpace *space, cpVect start, cpVect end, cpLayers layers, cpGroup group, cpSegmentQueryInfo *out);
/// Rectangle Query callback function type.
typedef void (*cpSpaceBBQueryFunc)(cpShape *shape, void *data);
/// Perform a fast rectangle query on the space calling @c func for each shape found.
/// Only the shape's bounding boxes are checked for overlap, not their full shape.
void cpSpaceBBQuery(cpSpace *space, cpBB bb, cpLayers layers, cpGroup group, cpSpaceBBQueryFunc func, void *data);
/// Shape query callback function type.
typedef void (*cpSpaceShapeQueryFunc)(cpShape *shape, cpContactPointSet *points, void *data);
/// Query a space for any shapes overlapping the given shape and call @c func for each shape found.
cpBool cpSpaceShapeQuery(cpSpace *space, cpShape *shape, cpSpaceShapeQueryFunc func, void *data);
/// Call cpBodyActivate() for any shape that is overlaps the given shape.
void cpSpaceActivateShapesTouchingShape(cpSpace *space, cpShape *shape);
/// Space/body iterator callback function type.
typedef void (*cpSpaceBodyIteratorFunc)(cpBody *body, void *data);
/// Call @c func for each body in the space.
void cpSpaceEachBody(cpSpace *space, cpSpaceBodyIteratorFunc func, void *data);
/// Space/body iterator callback function type.
typedef void (*cpSpaceShapeIteratorFunc)(cpShape *shape, void *data);
/// Call @c func for each shape in the space.
void cpSpaceEachShape(cpSpace *space, cpSpaceShapeIteratorFunc func, void *data);
/// Space/constraint iterator callback function type.
typedef void (*cpSpaceConstraintIteratorFunc)(cpConstraint *constraint, void *data);
/// Call @c func for each shape in the space.
void cpSpaceEachConstraint(cpSpace *space, cpSpaceConstraintIteratorFunc func, void *data);
/// Update the collision detection info for the static shapes in the space.
void cpSpaceReindexStatic(cpSpace *space);
/// Update the collision detection data for a specific shape in the space.
void cpSpaceReindexShape(cpSpace *space, cpShape *shape);
/// Update the collision detection data for all shapes attached to a body.
void cpSpaceReindexShapesForBody(cpSpace *space, cpBody *body);
/// Switch the space to use a spatial has as it's spatial index.
void cpSpaceUseSpatialHash(cpSpace *space, cpFloat dim, int count);
/// Step the space forward in time by @c dt.
void cpSpaceStep(cpSpace *space, cpFloat dt);
/// @}

227
android/arm64-v8a/include/chipmunk/cpSpatialIndex.h Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,227 @@
/* Copyright (c) 2010 Scott Lembcke
*
* Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy
* of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal
* in the Software without restriction, including without limitation the rights
* to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell
* copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is
* furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:
*
* The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in
* all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
*
* THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
* IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
* FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE
* AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER
* LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM,
* OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE
* SOFTWARE.
*/
/**
@defgroup cpSpatialIndex cpSpatialIndex
Spatial indexes are data structures that are used to accelerate collision detection
and spatial queries. Chipmunk provides a number of spatial index algorithms to pick from
and they are programmed in a generic way so that you can use them for holding more than
just cpShape structs.
It works by using @c void pointers to the objects you add and using a callback to ask your code
for bounding boxes when it needs them. Several types of queries can be performed an index as well
as reindexing and full collision information. All communication to the spatial indexes is performed
through callback functions.
Spatial indexes should be treated as opaque structs.
This meanns you shouldn't be reading any of the struct fields.
@{
*/
//MARK: Spatial Index
/// Spatial index bounding box callback function type.
/// The spatial index calls this function and passes you a pointer to an object you added
/// when it needs to get the bounding box associated with that object.
typedef cpBB (*cpSpatialIndexBBFunc)(void *obj);
/// Spatial index/object iterator callback function type.
typedef void (*cpSpatialIndexIteratorFunc)(void *obj, void *data);
/// Spatial query callback function type.
typedef cpCollisionID (*cpSpatialIndexQueryFunc)(void *obj1, void *obj2, cpCollisionID id, void *data);
/// Spatial segment query callback function type.
typedef cpFloat (*cpSpatialIndexSegmentQueryFunc)(void *obj1, void *obj2, void *data);
typedef struct cpSpatialIndexClass cpSpatialIndexClass;
typedef struct cpSpatialIndex cpSpatialIndex;
/// @private
struct cpSpatialIndex {
cpSpatialIndexClass *klass;
cpSpatialIndexBBFunc bbfunc;
cpSpatialIndex *staticIndex, *dynamicIndex;
};
//MARK: Spatial Hash
typedef struct cpSpaceHash cpSpaceHash;
/// Allocate a spatial hash.
cpSpaceHash* cpSpaceHashAlloc(void);
/// Initialize a spatial hash.
cpSpatialIndex* cpSpaceHashInit(cpSpaceHash *hash, cpFloat celldim, int numcells, cpSpatialIndexBBFunc bbfunc, cpSpatialIndex *staticIndex);
/// Allocate and initialize a spatial hash.
cpSpatialIndex* cpSpaceHashNew(cpFloat celldim, int cells, cpSpatialIndexBBFunc bbfunc, cpSpatialIndex *staticIndex);
/// Change the cell dimensions and table size of the spatial hash to tune it.
/// The cell dimensions should roughly match the average size of your objects
/// and the table size should be ~10 larger than the number of objects inserted.
/// Some trial and error is required to find the optimum numbers for efficiency.
void cpSpaceHashResize(cpSpaceHash *hash, cpFloat celldim, int numcells);
//MARK: AABB Tree
typedef struct cpBBTree cpBBTree;
/// Allocate a bounding box tree.
cpBBTree* cpBBTreeAlloc(void);
/// Initialize a bounding box tree.
cpSpatialIndex* cpBBTreeInit(cpBBTree *tree, cpSpatialIndexBBFunc bbfunc, cpSpatialIndex *staticIndex);
/// Allocate and initialize a bounding box tree.
cpSpatialIndex* cpBBTreeNew(cpSpatialIndexBBFunc bbfunc, cpSpatialIndex *staticIndex);
/// Perform a static top down optimization of the tree.
void cpBBTreeOptimize(cpSpatialIndex *index);
/// Bounding box tree velocity callback function.
/// This function should return an estimate for the object's velocity.
typedef cpVect (*cpBBTreeVelocityFunc)(void *obj);
/// Set the velocity function for the bounding box tree to enable temporal coherence.
void cpBBTreeSetVelocityFunc(cpSpatialIndex *index, cpBBTreeVelocityFunc func);
//MARK: Single Axis Sweep
typedef struct cpSweep1D cpSweep1D;
/// Allocate a 1D sort and sweep broadphase.
cpSweep1D* cpSweep1DAlloc(void);
/// Initialize a 1D sort and sweep broadphase.
cpSpatialIndex* cpSweep1DInit(cpSweep1D *sweep, cpSpatialIndexBBFunc bbfunc, cpSpatialIndex *staticIndex);
/// Allocate and initialize a 1D sort and sweep broadphase.
cpSpatialIndex* cpSweep1DNew(cpSpatialIndexBBFunc bbfunc, cpSpatialIndex *staticIndex);
//MARK: Spatial Index Implementation
typedef void (*cpSpatialIndexDestroyImpl)(cpSpatialIndex *index);
typedef int (*cpSpatialIndexCountImpl)(cpSpatialIndex *index);
typedef void (*cpSpatialIndexEachImpl)(cpSpatialIndex *index, cpSpatialIndexIteratorFunc func, void *data);
typedef cpBool (*cpSpatialIndexContainsImpl)(cpSpatialIndex *index, void *obj, cpHashValue hashid);
typedef void (*cpSpatialIndexInsertImpl)(cpSpatialIndex *index, void *obj, cpHashValue hashid);
typedef void (*cpSpatialIndexRemoveImpl)(cpSpatialIndex *index, void *obj, cpHashValue hashid);
typedef void (*cpSpatialIndexReindexImpl)(cpSpatialIndex *index);
typedef void (*cpSpatialIndexReindexObjectImpl)(cpSpatialIndex *index, void *obj, cpHashValue hashid);
typedef void (*cpSpatialIndexReindexQueryImpl)(cpSpatialIndex *index, cpSpatialIndexQueryFunc func, void *data);
typedef void (*cpSpatialIndexQueryImpl)(cpSpatialIndex *index, void *obj, cpBB bb, cpSpatialIndexQueryFunc func, void *data);
typedef void (*cpSpatialIndexSegmentQueryImpl)(cpSpatialIndex *index, void *obj, cpVect a, cpVect b, cpFloat t_exit, cpSpatialIndexSegmentQueryFunc func, void *data);
struct cpSpatialIndexClass {
cpSpatialIndexDestroyImpl destroy;
cpSpatialIndexCountImpl count;
cpSpatialIndexEachImpl each;
cpSpatialIndexContainsImpl contains;
cpSpatialIndexInsertImpl insert;
cpSpatialIndexRemoveImpl remove;
cpSpatialIndexReindexImpl reindex;
cpSpatialIndexReindexObjectImpl reindexObject;
cpSpatialIndexReindexQueryImpl reindexQuery;
cpSpatialIndexQueryImpl query;
cpSpatialIndexSegmentQueryImpl segmentQuery;
};
/// Destroy and free a spatial index.
void cpSpatialIndexFree(cpSpatialIndex *index);
/// Collide the objects in @c dynamicIndex against the objects in @c staticIndex using the query callback function.
void cpSpatialIndexCollideStatic(cpSpatialIndex *dynamicIndex, cpSpatialIndex *staticIndex, cpSpatialIndexQueryFunc func, void *data);
/// Destroy a spatial index.
static inline void cpSpatialIndexDestroy(cpSpatialIndex *index)
{
if(index->klass) index->klass->destroy(index);
}
/// Get the number of objects in the spatial index.
static inline int cpSpatialIndexCount(cpSpatialIndex *index)
{
return index->klass->count(index);
}
/// Iterate the objects in the spatial index. @c func will be called once for each object.
static inline void cpSpatialIndexEach(cpSpatialIndex *index, cpSpatialIndexIteratorFunc func, void *data)
{
index->klass->each(index, func, data);
}
/// Returns true if the spatial index contains the given object.
/// Most spatial indexes use hashed storage, so you must provide a hash value too.
static inline cpBool cpSpatialIndexContains(cpSpatialIndex *index, void *obj, cpHashValue hashid)
{
return index->klass->contains(index, obj, hashid);
}
/// Add an object to a spatial index.
/// Most spatial indexes use hashed storage, so you must provide a hash value too.
static inline void cpSpatialIndexInsert(cpSpatialIndex *index, void *obj, cpHashValue hashid)
{
index->klass->insert(index, obj, hashid);
}
/// Remove an object from a spatial index.
/// Most spatial indexes use hashed storage, so you must provide a hash value too.
static inline void cpSpatialIndexRemove(cpSpatialIndex *index, void *obj, cpHashValue hashid)
{
index->klass->remove(index, obj, hashid);
}
/// Perform a full reindex of a spatial index.
static inline void cpSpatialIndexReindex(cpSpatialIndex *index)
{
index->klass->reindex(index);
}
/// Reindex a single object in the spatial index.
static inline void cpSpatialIndexReindexObject(cpSpatialIndex *index, void *obj, cpHashValue hashid)
{
index->klass->reindexObject(index, obj, hashid);
}
/// Perform a rectangle query against the spatial index, calling @c func for each potential match.
static inline void cpSpatialIndexQuery(cpSpatialIndex *index, void *obj, cpBB bb, cpSpatialIndexQueryFunc func, void *data)
{
index->klass->query(index, obj, bb, func, data);
}
/// Perform a segment query against the spatial index, calling @c func for each potential match.
static inline void cpSpatialIndexSegmentQuery(cpSpatialIndex *index, void *obj, cpVect a, cpVect b, cpFloat t_exit, cpSpatialIndexSegmentQueryFunc func, void *data)
{
index->klass->segmentQuery(index, obj, a, b, t_exit, func, data);
}
/// Simultaneously reindex and find all colliding objects.
/// @c func will be called once for each potentially overlapping pair of objects found.
/// If the spatial index was initialized with a static index, it will collide it's objects against that as well.
static inline void cpSpatialIndexReindexQuery(cpSpatialIndex *index, cpSpatialIndexQueryFunc func, void *data)
{
index->klass->reindexQuery(index, func, data);
}
///@}

198
android/arm64-v8a/include/chipmunk/cpTransform.h Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,198 @@
/* Copyright (c) 2013 Scott Lembcke and Howling Moon Software
*
* Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy
* of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal
* in the Software without restriction, including without limitation the rights
* to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell
* copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is
* furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:
*
* The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in
* all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
*
* THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
* IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
* FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE
* AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER
* LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM,
* OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE
* SOFTWARE.
*/
#ifndef CHIPMUNK_TRANSFORM_H
#define CHIPMUNK_TRANSFORM_H
#include "chipmunk_types.h"
#include "cpVect.h"
#include "cpBB.h"
/// Identity transform matrix.
static const cpTransform cpTransformIdentity = {1.0f, 0.0f, 0.0f, 1.0f, 0.0f, 0.0f};
/// Construct a new transform matrix.
/// (a, b) is the x basis vector.
/// (c, d) is the y basis vector.
/// (tx, ty) is the translation.
static inline cpTransform
cpTransformNew(cpFloat a, cpFloat b, cpFloat c, cpFloat d, cpFloat tx, cpFloat ty)
{
cpTransform t = {a, b, c, d, tx, ty};
return t;
}
/// Construct a new transform matrix in transposed order.
static inline cpTransform
cpTransformNewTranspose(cpFloat a, cpFloat c, cpFloat tx, cpFloat b, cpFloat d, cpFloat ty)
{
cpTransform t = {a, b, c, d, tx, ty};
return t;
}
/// Get the inverse of a transform matrix.
static inline cpTransform
cpTransformInverse(cpTransform t)
{
cpFloat inv_det = 1.0/(t.a*t.d - t.c*t.b);
return cpTransformNewTranspose(
t.d*inv_det, -t.c*inv_det, (t.c*t.ty - t.tx*t.d)*inv_det,
-t.b*inv_det, t.a*inv_det, (t.tx*t.b - t.a*t.ty)*inv_det
);
}
/// Multiply two transformation matrices.
static inline cpTransform
cpTransformMult(cpTransform t1, cpTransform t2)
{
return cpTransformNewTranspose(
t1.a*t2.a + t1.c*t2.b, t1.a*t2.c + t1.c*t2.d, t1.a*t2.tx + t1.c*t2.ty + t1.tx,
t1.b*t2.a + t1.d*t2.b, t1.b*t2.c + t1.d*t2.d, t1.b*t2.tx + t1.d*t2.ty + t1.ty
);
}
/// Transform an absolute point. (i.e. a vertex)
static inline cpVect
cpTransformPoint(cpTransform t, cpVect p)
{
return cpv(t.a*p.x + t.c*p.y + t.tx, t.b*p.x + t.d*p.y + t.ty);
}
/// Transform a vector (i.e. a normal)
static inline cpVect
cpTransformVect(cpTransform t, cpVect v)
{
return cpv(t.a*v.x + t.c*v.y, t.b*v.x + t.d*v.y);
}
/// Transform a cpBB.
static inline cpBB
cpTransformbBB(cpTransform t, cpBB bb)
{
cpVect center = cpBBCenter(bb);
cpFloat hw = (bb.r - bb.l)*0.5;
cpFloat hh = (bb.t - bb.b)*0.5;
cpFloat a = t.a*hw, b = t.c*hh, d = t.b*hw, e = t.d*hh;
cpFloat hw_max = cpfmax(cpfabs(a + b), cpfabs(a - b));
cpFloat hh_max = cpfmax(cpfabs(d + e), cpfabs(d - e));
return cpBBNewForExtents(cpTransformPoint(t, center), hw_max, hh_max);
}
/// Create a transation matrix.
static inline cpTransform
cpTransformTranslate(cpVect translate)
{
return cpTransformNewTranspose(
1.0, 0.0, translate.x,
0.0, 1.0, translate.y
);
}
/// Create a scale matrix.
static inline cpTransform
cpTransformScale(cpFloat scaleX, cpFloat scaleY)
{
return cpTransformNewTranspose(
scaleX, 0.0, 0.0,
0.0, scaleY, 0.0
);
}
/// Create a rotation matrix.
static inline cpTransform
cpTransformRotate(cpFloat radians)
{
cpVect rot = cpvforangle(radians);
return cpTransformNewTranspose(
rot.x, -rot.y, 0.0,
rot.y, rot.x, 0.0
);
}
/// Create a rigid transformation matrix. (transation + rotation)
static inline cpTransform
cpTransformRigid(cpVect translate, cpFloat radians)
{
cpVect rot = cpvforangle(radians);
return cpTransformNewTranspose(
rot.x, -rot.y, translate.x,
rot.y, rot.x, translate.y
);
}
/// Fast inverse of a rigid transformation matrix.
static inline cpTransform
cpTransformRigidInverse(cpTransform t)
{
return cpTransformNewTranspose(
t.d, -t.c, (t.c*t.ty - t.tx*t.d),
-t.b, t.a, (t.tx*t.b - t.a*t.ty)
);
}
//MARK: Miscellaneous (but useful) transformation matrices.
// See source for documentation...
static inline cpTransform
cpTransformWrap(cpTransform outer, cpTransform inner)
{
return cpTransformMult(cpTransformInverse(outer), cpTransformMult(inner, outer));
}
static inline cpTransform
cpTransformWrapInverse(cpTransform outer, cpTransform inner)
{
return cpTransformMult(outer, cpTransformMult(inner, cpTransformInverse(outer)));
}
static inline cpTransform
cpTransformOrtho(cpBB bb)
{
return cpTransformNewTranspose(
2.0/(bb.r - bb.l), 0.0, -(bb.r + bb.l)/(bb.r - bb.l),
0.0, 2.0/(bb.t - bb.b), -(bb.t + bb.b)/(bb.t - bb.b)
);
}
static inline cpTransform
cpTransformBoneScale(cpVect v0, cpVect v1)
{
cpVect d = cpvsub(v1, v0);
return cpTransformNewTranspose(
d.x, -d.y, v0.x,
d.y, d.x, v0.y
);
}
static inline cpTransform
cpTransformAxialScale(cpVect axis, cpVect pivot, cpFloat scale)
{
cpFloat A = axis.x*axis.y*(scale - 1.0);
cpFloat B = cpvdot(axis, pivot)*(1.0 - scale);
return cpTransformNewTranspose(
scale*axis.x*axis.x + axis.y*axis.y, A, axis.x*B,
A, axis.x*axis.x + scale*axis.y*axis.y, axis.y*B
);
}
#endif

213
android/arm64-v8a/include/chipmunk/cpVect.h Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,213 @@
/* Copyright (c) 2007 Scott Lembcke
*
* Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy
* of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal
* in the Software without restriction, including without limitation the rights
* to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell
* copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is
* furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:
*
* The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in
* all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
*
* THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
* IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
* FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE
* AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER
* LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM,
* OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE
* SOFTWARE.
*/
/// @defgroup cpVect cpVect
/// Chipmunk's 2D vector type along with a handy 2D vector math lib.
/// @{
/// Constant for the zero vector.
static const cpVect cpvzero = {0.0f,0.0f};
/// Convenience constructor for cpVect structs.
static inline cpVect cpv(const cpFloat x, const cpFloat y)
{
cpVect v = {x, y};
return v;
}
/// Spherical linearly interpolate between v1 and v2.
cpVect cpvslerp(const cpVect v1, const cpVect v2, const cpFloat t);
/// Spherical linearly interpolate between v1 towards v2 by no more than angle a radians
cpVect cpvslerpconst(const cpVect v1, const cpVect v2, const cpFloat a);
/// Returns a string representation of v. Intended mostly for debugging purposes and not production use.
/// @attention The string points to a static local and is reset every time the function is called.
/// If you want to print more than one vector you will have to split up your printing onto separate lines.
char* cpvstr(const cpVect v);
/// Check if two vectors are equal. (Be careful when comparing floating point numbers!)
static inline cpBool cpveql(const cpVect v1, const cpVect v2)
{
return (v1.x == v2.x && v1.y == v2.y);
}
/// Add two vectors
static inline cpVect cpvadd(const cpVect v1, const cpVect v2)
{
return cpv(v1.x + v2.x, v1.y + v2.y);
}
/// Subtract two vectors.
static inline cpVect cpvsub(const cpVect v1, const cpVect v2)
{
return cpv(v1.x - v2.x, v1.y - v2.y);
}
/// Negate a vector.
static inline cpVect cpvneg(const cpVect v)
{
return cpv(-v.x, -v.y);
}
/// Scalar multiplication.
static inline cpVect cpvmult(const cpVect v, const cpFloat s)
{
return cpv(v.x*s, v.y*s);
}
/// Vector dot product.
static inline cpFloat cpvdot(const cpVect v1, const cpVect v2)
{
return v1.x*v2.x + v1.y*v2.y;
}
/// 2D vector cross product analog.
/// The cross product of 2D vectors results in a 3D vector with only a z component.
/// This function returns the magnitude of the z value.
static inline cpFloat cpvcross(const cpVect v1, const cpVect v2)
{
return v1.x*v2.y - v1.y*v2.x;
}
/// Returns a perpendicular vector. (90 degree rotation)
static inline cpVect cpvperp(const cpVect v)
{
return cpv(-v.y, v.x);
}
/// Returns a perpendicular vector. (-90 degree rotation)
static inline cpVect cpvrperp(const cpVect v)
{
return cpv(v.y, -v.x);
}
/// Returns the vector projection of v1 onto v2.
static inline cpVect cpvproject(const cpVect v1, const cpVect v2)
{
return cpvmult(v2, cpvdot(v1, v2)/cpvdot(v2, v2));
}
/// Returns the unit length vector for the given angle (in radians).
static inline cpVect cpvforangle(const cpFloat a)
{
return cpv(cpfcos(a), cpfsin(a));
}
/// Returns the angular direction v is pointing in (in radians).
static inline cpFloat cpvtoangle(const cpVect v)
{
return cpfatan2(v.y, v.x);
}
/// Uses complex number multiplication to rotate v1 by v2. Scaling will occur if v1 is not a unit vector.
static inline cpVect cpvrotate(const cpVect v1, const cpVect v2)
{
return cpv(v1.x*v2.x - v1.y*v2.y, v1.x*v2.y + v1.y*v2.x);
}
/// Inverse of cpvrotate().
static inline cpVect cpvunrotate(const cpVect v1, const cpVect v2)
{
return cpv(v1.x*v2.x + v1.y*v2.y, v1.y*v2.x - v1.x*v2.y);
}
/// Returns the squared length of v. Faster than cpvlength() when you only need to compare lengths.
static inline cpFloat cpvlengthsq(const cpVect v)
{
return cpvdot(v, v);
}
/// Returns the length of v.
static inline cpFloat cpvlength(const cpVect v)
{
return cpfsqrt(cpvdot(v, v));
}
/// Linearly interpolate between v1 and v2.
static inline cpVect cpvlerp(const cpVect v1, const cpVect v2, const cpFloat t)
{
return cpvadd(cpvmult(v1, 1.0f - t), cpvmult(v2, t));
}
/// Returns a normalized copy of v.
static inline cpVect cpvnormalize(const cpVect v)
{
// Neat trick I saw somewhere to avoid div/0.
return cpvmult(v, 1.0f/(cpvlength(v) + CPFLOAT_MIN));
}
/// @deprecated Just an alias for cpvnormalize() now.
static inline cpVect cpvnormalize_safe(const cpVect v)
{
return cpvnormalize(v);
}
/// Clamp v to length len.
static inline cpVect cpvclamp(const cpVect v, const cpFloat len)
{
return (cpvdot(v,v) > len*len) ? cpvmult(cpvnormalize(v), len) : v;
}
/// Linearly interpolate between v1 towards v2 by distance d.
static inline cpVect cpvlerpconst(cpVect v1, cpVect v2, cpFloat d)
{
return cpvadd(v1, cpvclamp(cpvsub(v2, v1), d));
}
/// Returns the distance between v1 and v2.
static inline cpFloat cpvdist(const cpVect v1, const cpVect v2)
{
return cpvlength(cpvsub(v1, v2));
}
/// Returns the squared distance between v1 and v2. Faster than cpvdist() when you only need to compare distances.
static inline cpFloat cpvdistsq(const cpVect v1, const cpVect v2)
{
return cpvlengthsq(cpvsub(v1, v2));
}
/// Returns true if the distance between v1 and v2 is less than dist.
static inline cpBool cpvnear(const cpVect v1, const cpVect v2, const cpFloat dist)
{
return cpvdistsq(v1, v2) < dist*dist;
}
/// @}
/// @defgroup cpMat2x2 cpMat2x2
/// 2x2 matrix type used for tensors and such.
/// @{
static inline cpMat2x2
cpMat2x2New(cpFloat a, cpFloat b, cpFloat c, cpFloat d)
{
cpMat2x2 m = {a, b, c, d};
return m;
}
static inline cpVect
cpMat2x2Transform(cpMat2x2 m, cpVect v)
{
return cpv(v.x*m.a + v.y*m.b, v.x*m.c + v.y*m.d);
}
///@}

504
android/arm64-v8a/include/freetype/config/ftconfig.h Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,504 @@
/* ftconfig.h. Generated from ftconfig.in by configure. */
/***************************************************************************/
/* */
/* ftconfig.in */
/* */
/* UNIX-specific configuration file (specification only). */
/* */
/* Copyright 1996-2016 by */
/* David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg. */
/* */
/* This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used, */
/* modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project */
/* license, LICENSE.TXT. By continuing to use, modify, or distribute */
/* this file you indicate that you have read the license and */
/* understand and accept it fully. */
/* */
/***************************************************************************/
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* This header file contains a number of macro definitions that are used */
/* by the rest of the engine. Most of the macros here are automatically */
/* determined at compile time, and you should not need to change it to */
/* port FreeType, except to compile the library with a non-ANSI */
/* compiler. */
/* */
/* Note however that if some specific modifications are needed, we */
/* advise you to place a modified copy in your build directory. */
/* */
/* The build directory is usually `builds/<system>', and contains */
/* system-specific files that are always included first when building */
/* the library. */
/* */
/*************************************************************************/
#ifndef FTCONFIG_H_
#define FTCONFIG_H_
#include <ft2build.h>
#include FT_CONFIG_OPTIONS_H
#include FT_CONFIG_STANDARD_LIBRARY_H
FT_BEGIN_HEADER
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* PLATFORM-SPECIFIC CONFIGURATION MACROS */
/* */
/* These macros can be toggled to suit a specific system. The current */
/* ones are defaults used to compile FreeType in an ANSI C environment */
/* (16bit compilers are also supported). Copy this file to your own */
/* `builds/<system>' directory, and edit it to port the engine. */
/* */
/*************************************************************************/
#define HAVE_UNISTD_H 1
#define HAVE_FCNTL_H 1
#define HAVE_STDINT_H 1
/* There are systems (like the Texas Instruments 'C54x) where a `char' */
/* has 16 bits. ANSI C says that sizeof(char) is always 1. Since an */
/* `int' has 16 bits also for this system, sizeof(int) gives 1 which */
/* is probably unexpected. */
/* */
/* `CHAR_BIT' (defined in limits.h) gives the number of bits in a */
/* `char' type. */
#ifndef FT_CHAR_BIT
#define FT_CHAR_BIT CHAR_BIT
#endif
/* #undef FT_USE_AUTOCONF_SIZEOF_TYPES */
#ifdef FT_USE_AUTOCONF_SIZEOF_TYPES
#define SIZEOF_INT 4
#define SIZEOF_LONG 8
#define FT_SIZEOF_INT SIZEOF_INT
#define FT_SIZEOF_LONG SIZEOF_LONG
#else /* !FT_USE_AUTOCONF_SIZEOF_TYPES */
/* Following cpp computation of the bit length of int and long */
/* is copied from default include/freetype/config/ftconfig.h. */
/* If any improvement is required for this file, it should be */
/* applied to the original header file for the builders that */
/* do not use configure script. */
/* The size of an `int' type. */
#if FT_UINT_MAX == 0xFFFFUL
#define FT_SIZEOF_INT (16 / FT_CHAR_BIT)
#elif FT_UINT_MAX == 0xFFFFFFFFUL
#define FT_SIZEOF_INT (32 / FT_CHAR_BIT)
#elif FT_UINT_MAX > 0xFFFFFFFFUL && FT_UINT_MAX == 0xFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFUL
#define FT_SIZEOF_INT (64 / FT_CHAR_BIT)
#else
#error "Unsupported size of `int' type!"
#endif
/* The size of a `long' type. A five-byte `long' (as used e.g. on the */
/* DM642) is recognized but avoided. */
#if FT_ULONG_MAX == 0xFFFFFFFFUL
#define FT_SIZEOF_LONG (32 / FT_CHAR_BIT)
#elif FT_ULONG_MAX > 0xFFFFFFFFUL && FT_ULONG_MAX == 0xFFFFFFFFFFUL
#define FT_SIZEOF_LONG (32 / FT_CHAR_BIT)
#elif FT_ULONG_MAX > 0xFFFFFFFFUL && FT_ULONG_MAX == 0xFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFUL
#define FT_SIZEOF_LONG (64 / FT_CHAR_BIT)
#else
#error "Unsupported size of `long' type!"
#endif
#endif /* !FT_USE_AUTOCONF_SIZEOF_TYPES */
/* FT_UNUSED is a macro used to indicate that a given parameter is not */
/* used -- this is only used to get rid of unpleasant compiler warnings */
#ifndef FT_UNUSED
#define FT_UNUSED( arg ) ( (arg) = (arg) )
#endif
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* AUTOMATIC CONFIGURATION MACROS */
/* */
/* These macros are computed from the ones defined above. Don't touch */
/* their definition, unless you know precisely what you are doing. No */
/* porter should need to mess with them. */
/* */
/*************************************************************************/
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* Mac support */
/* */
/* This is the only necessary change, so it is defined here instead */
/* providing a new configuration file. */
/* */
#if defined( __APPLE__ ) || ( defined( __MWERKS__ ) && defined( macintosh ) )
/* no Carbon frameworks for 64bit 10.4.x */
/* AvailabilityMacros.h is available since Mac OS X 10.2, */
/* so guess the system version by maximum errno before inclusion */
#include <errno.h>
#ifdef ECANCELED /* defined since 10.2 */
#include "AvailabilityMacros.h"
#endif
#if defined( __LP64__ ) && \
( MAC_OS_X_VERSION_MIN_REQUIRED <= MAC_OS_X_VERSION_10_4 )
#undef FT_MACINTOSH
#endif
#elif defined( __SC__ ) || defined( __MRC__ )
/* Classic MacOS compilers */
#include "ConditionalMacros.h"
#if TARGET_OS_MAC
#define FT_MACINTOSH 1
#endif
#endif
/* Fix compiler warning with sgi compiler */
#if defined( __sgi ) && !defined( __GNUC__ )
#if defined( _COMPILER_VERSION ) && ( _COMPILER_VERSION >= 730 )
#pragma set woff 3505
#endif
#endif
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Section> */
/* basic_types */
/* */
/*************************************************************************/
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Type> */
/* FT_Int16 */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* A typedef for a 16bit signed integer type. */
/* */
typedef signed short FT_Int16;
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Type> */
/* FT_UInt16 */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* A typedef for a 16bit unsigned integer type. */
/* */
typedef unsigned short FT_UInt16;
/* */
/* this #if 0 ... #endif clause is for documentation purposes */
#if 0
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Type> */
/* FT_Int32 */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* A typedef for a 32bit signed integer type. The size depends on */
/* the configuration. */
/* */
typedef signed XXX FT_Int32;
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Type> */
/* FT_UInt32 */
/* */
/* A typedef for a 32bit unsigned integer type. The size depends on */
/* the configuration. */
/* */
typedef unsigned XXX FT_UInt32;
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Type> */
/* FT_Int64 */
/* */
/* A typedef for a 64bit signed integer type. The size depends on */
/* the configuration. Only defined if there is real 64bit support; */
/* otherwise, it gets emulated with a structure (if necessary). */
/* */
typedef signed XXX FT_Int64;
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Type> */
/* FT_UInt64 */
/* */
/* A typedef for a 64bit unsigned integer type. The size depends on */
/* the configuration. Only defined if there is real 64bit support; */
/* otherwise, it gets emulated with a structure (if necessary). */
/* */
typedef unsigned XXX FT_UInt64;
/* */
#endif
#if FT_SIZEOF_INT == 4
typedef signed int FT_Int32;
typedef unsigned int FT_UInt32;
#elif FT_SIZEOF_LONG == 4
typedef signed long FT_Int32;
typedef unsigned long FT_UInt32;
#else
#error "no 32bit type found -- please check your configuration files"
#endif
/* look up an integer type that is at least 32 bits */
#if FT_SIZEOF_INT >= 4
typedef int FT_Fast;
typedef unsigned int FT_UFast;
#elif FT_SIZEOF_LONG >= 4
typedef long FT_Fast;
typedef unsigned long FT_UFast;
#endif
/* determine whether we have a 64-bit int type for platforms without */
/* Autoconf */
#if FT_SIZEOF_LONG == 8
/* FT_LONG64 must be defined if a 64-bit type is available */
#define FT_LONG64
#define FT_INT64 long
#define FT_UINT64 unsigned long
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* A 64-bit data type may create compilation problems if you compile */
/* in strict ANSI mode. To avoid them, we disable other 64-bit data */
/* types if __STDC__ is defined. You can however ignore this rule */
/* by defining the FT_CONFIG_OPTION_FORCE_INT64 configuration macro. */
/* */
#elif !defined( __STDC__ ) || defined( FT_CONFIG_OPTION_FORCE_INT64 )
#if defined( __STDC_VERSION__ ) && __STDC_VERSION__ >= 199901L
#define FT_LONG64
#define FT_INT64 long long int
#define FT_UINT64 unsigned long long int
#elif defined( _MSC_VER ) && _MSC_VER >= 900 /* Visual C++ (and Intel C++) */
/* this compiler provides the __int64 type */
#define FT_LONG64
#define FT_INT64 __int64
#define FT_UINT64 unsigned __int64
#elif defined( __BORLANDC__ ) /* Borland C++ */
/* XXXX: We should probably check the value of __BORLANDC__ in order */
/* to test the compiler version. */
/* this compiler provides the __int64 type */
#define FT_LONG64
#define FT_INT64 __int64
#define FT_UINT64 unsigned __int64
#elif defined( __WATCOMC__ ) /* Watcom C++ */
/* Watcom doesn't provide 64-bit data types */
#elif defined( __MWERKS__ ) /* Metrowerks CodeWarrior */
#define FT_LONG64
#define FT_INT64 long long int
#define FT_UINT64 unsigned long long int
#elif defined( __GNUC__ )
/* GCC provides the `long long' type */
#define FT_LONG64
#define FT_INT64 long long int
#define FT_UINT64 unsigned long long int
#endif /* __STDC_VERSION__ >= 199901L */
#endif /* FT_SIZEOF_LONG == 8 */
#ifdef FT_LONG64
typedef FT_INT64 FT_Int64;
typedef FT_UINT64 FT_UInt64;
#endif
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* miscellaneous */
/* */
/*************************************************************************/
#define FT_BEGIN_STMNT do {
#define FT_END_STMNT } while ( 0 )
#define FT_DUMMY_STMNT FT_BEGIN_STMNT FT_END_STMNT
/* typeof condition taken from gnulib's `intprops.h' header file */
#if ( __GNUC__ >= 2 || \
defined( __IBM__TYPEOF__ ) || \
( __SUNPRO_C >= 0x5110 && !__STDC__ ) )
#define FT_TYPEOF( type ) (__typeof__ (type))
#else
#define FT_TYPEOF( type ) /* empty */
#endif
#ifdef FT_MAKE_OPTION_SINGLE_OBJECT
#define FT_LOCAL( x ) static x
#define FT_LOCAL_DEF( x ) static x
#else
#ifdef __cplusplus
#define FT_LOCAL( x ) extern "C" x
#define FT_LOCAL_DEF( x ) extern "C" x
#else
#define FT_LOCAL( x ) extern x
#define FT_LOCAL_DEF( x ) x
#endif
#endif /* FT_MAKE_OPTION_SINGLE_OBJECT */
#define FT_LOCAL_ARRAY( x ) extern const x
#define FT_LOCAL_ARRAY_DEF( x ) const x
#ifndef FT_BASE
#ifdef __cplusplus
#define FT_BASE( x ) extern "C" x
#else
#define FT_BASE( x ) extern x
#endif
#endif /* !FT_BASE */
#ifndef FT_BASE_DEF
#ifdef __cplusplus
#define FT_BASE_DEF( x ) x
#else
#define FT_BASE_DEF( x ) x
#endif
#endif /* !FT_BASE_DEF */
#ifndef FT_EXPORT
#ifdef __cplusplus
#define FT_EXPORT( x ) extern "C" x
#else
#define FT_EXPORT( x ) extern x
#endif
#endif /* !FT_EXPORT */
#ifndef FT_EXPORT_DEF
#ifdef __cplusplus
#define FT_EXPORT_DEF( x ) extern "C" x
#else
#define FT_EXPORT_DEF( x ) extern x
#endif
#endif /* !FT_EXPORT_DEF */
#ifndef FT_EXPORT_VAR
#ifdef __cplusplus
#define FT_EXPORT_VAR( x ) extern "C" x
#else
#define FT_EXPORT_VAR( x ) extern x
#endif
#endif /* !FT_EXPORT_VAR */
/* The following macros are needed to compile the library with a */
/* C++ compiler and with 16bit compilers. */
/* */
/* This is special. Within C++, you must specify `extern "C"' for */
/* functions which are used via function pointers, and you also */
/* must do that for structures which contain function pointers to */
/* assure C linkage -- it's not possible to have (local) anonymous */
/* functions which are accessed by (global) function pointers. */
/* */
/* */
/* FT_CALLBACK_DEF is used to _define_ a callback function. */
/* */
/* FT_CALLBACK_TABLE is used to _declare_ a constant variable that */
/* contains pointers to callback functions. */
/* */
/* FT_CALLBACK_TABLE_DEF is used to _define_ a constant variable */
/* that contains pointers to callback functions. */
/* */
/* */
/* Some 16bit compilers have to redefine these macros to insert */
/* the infamous `_cdecl' or `__fastcall' declarations. */
/* */
#ifndef FT_CALLBACK_DEF
#ifdef __cplusplus
#define FT_CALLBACK_DEF( x ) extern "C" x
#else
#define FT_CALLBACK_DEF( x ) static x
#endif
#endif /* FT_CALLBACK_DEF */
#ifndef FT_CALLBACK_TABLE
#ifdef __cplusplus
#define FT_CALLBACK_TABLE extern "C"
#define FT_CALLBACK_TABLE_DEF extern "C"
#else
#define FT_CALLBACK_TABLE extern
#define FT_CALLBACK_TABLE_DEF /* nothing */
#endif
#endif /* FT_CALLBACK_TABLE */
FT_END_HEADER
#endif /* FTCONFIG_H_ */
/* END */

833
android/arm64-v8a/include/freetype/config/ftheader.h Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,833 @@
/***************************************************************************/
/* */
/* ftheader.h */
/* */
/* Build macros of the FreeType 2 library. */
/* */
/* Copyright 1996-2016 by */
/* David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg. */
/* */
/* This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used, */
/* modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project */
/* license, LICENSE.TXT. By continuing to use, modify, or distribute */
/* this file you indicate that you have read the license and */
/* understand and accept it fully. */
/* */
/***************************************************************************/
#ifndef FTHEADER_H_
#define FTHEADER_H_
/*@***********************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Macro> */
/* FT_BEGIN_HEADER */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* This macro is used in association with @FT_END_HEADER in header */
/* files to ensure that the declarations within are properly */
/* encapsulated in an `extern "C" { .. }' block when included from a */
/* C++ compiler. */
/* */
#ifdef __cplusplus
#define FT_BEGIN_HEADER extern "C" {
#else
#define FT_BEGIN_HEADER /* nothing */
#endif
/*@***********************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Macro> */
/* FT_END_HEADER */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* This macro is used in association with @FT_BEGIN_HEADER in header */
/* files to ensure that the declarations within are properly */
/* encapsulated in an `extern "C" { .. }' block when included from a */
/* C++ compiler. */
/* */
#ifdef __cplusplus
#define FT_END_HEADER }
#else
#define FT_END_HEADER /* nothing */
#endif
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* Aliases for the FreeType 2 public and configuration files. */
/* */
/*************************************************************************/
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Section> */
/* header_file_macros */
/* */
/* <Title> */
/* Header File Macros */
/* */
/* <Abstract> */
/* Macro definitions used to #include specific header files. */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* The following macros are defined to the name of specific */
/* FreeType~2 header files. They can be used directly in #include */
/* statements as in: */
/* */
/* { */
/* #include FT_FREETYPE_H */
/* #include FT_MULTIPLE_MASTERS_H */
/* #include FT_GLYPH_H */
/* } */
/* */
/* There are several reasons why we are now using macros to name */
/* public header files. The first one is that such macros are not */
/* limited to the infamous 8.3~naming rule required by DOS (and */
/* `FT_MULTIPLE_MASTERS_H' is a lot more meaningful than `ftmm.h'). */
/* */
/* The second reason is that it allows for more flexibility in the */
/* way FreeType~2 is installed on a given system. */
/* */
/*************************************************************************/
/* configuration files */
/*************************************************************************
*
* @macro:
* FT_CONFIG_CONFIG_H
*
* @description:
* A macro used in #include statements to name the file containing
* FreeType~2 configuration data.
*
*/
#ifndef FT_CONFIG_CONFIG_H
#define FT_CONFIG_CONFIG_H <freetype/config/ftconfig.h>
#endif
/*************************************************************************
*
* @macro:
* FT_CONFIG_STANDARD_LIBRARY_H
*
* @description:
* A macro used in #include statements to name the file containing
* FreeType~2 interface to the standard C library functions.
*
*/
#ifndef FT_CONFIG_STANDARD_LIBRARY_H
#define FT_CONFIG_STANDARD_LIBRARY_H <freetype/config/ftstdlib.h>
#endif
/*************************************************************************
*
* @macro:
* FT_CONFIG_OPTIONS_H
*
* @description:
* A macro used in #include statements to name the file containing
* FreeType~2 project-specific configuration options.
*
*/
#ifndef FT_CONFIG_OPTIONS_H
#define FT_CONFIG_OPTIONS_H <freetype/config/ftoption.h>
#endif
/*************************************************************************
*
* @macro:
* FT_CONFIG_MODULES_H
*
* @description:
* A macro used in #include statements to name the file containing the
* list of FreeType~2 modules that are statically linked to new library
* instances in @FT_Init_FreeType.
*
*/
#ifndef FT_CONFIG_MODULES_H
#define FT_CONFIG_MODULES_H <freetype/config/ftmodule.h>
#endif
/* */
/* public headers */
/*************************************************************************
*
* @macro:
* FT_FREETYPE_H
*
* @description:
* A macro used in #include statements to name the file containing the
* base FreeType~2 API.
*
*/
#define FT_FREETYPE_H <freetype/freetype.h>
/*************************************************************************
*
* @macro:
* FT_ERRORS_H
*
* @description:
* A macro used in #include statements to name the file containing the
* list of FreeType~2 error codes (and messages).
*
* It is included by @FT_FREETYPE_H.
*
*/
#define FT_ERRORS_H <freetype/fterrors.h>
/*************************************************************************
*
* @macro:
* FT_MODULE_ERRORS_H
*
* @description:
* A macro used in #include statements to name the file containing the
* list of FreeType~2 module error offsets (and messages).
*
*/
#define FT_MODULE_ERRORS_H <freetype/ftmoderr.h>
/*************************************************************************
*
* @macro:
* FT_SYSTEM_H
*
* @description:
* A macro used in #include statements to name the file containing the
* FreeType~2 interface to low-level operations (i.e., memory management
* and stream i/o).
*
* It is included by @FT_FREETYPE_H.
*
*/
#define FT_SYSTEM_H <freetype/ftsystem.h>
/*************************************************************************
*
* @macro:
* FT_IMAGE_H
*
* @description:
* A macro used in #include statements to name the file containing type
* definitions related to glyph images (i.e., bitmaps, outlines,
* scan-converter parameters).
*
* It is included by @FT_FREETYPE_H.
*
*/
#define FT_IMAGE_H <freetype/ftimage.h>
/*************************************************************************
*
* @macro:
* FT_TYPES_H
*
* @description:
* A macro used in #include statements to name the file containing the
* basic data types defined by FreeType~2.
*
* It is included by @FT_FREETYPE_H.
*
*/
#define FT_TYPES_H <freetype/fttypes.h>
/*************************************************************************
*
* @macro:
* FT_LIST_H
*
* @description:
* A macro used in #include statements to name the file containing the
* list management API of FreeType~2.
*
* (Most applications will never need to include this file.)
*
*/
#define FT_LIST_H <freetype/ftlist.h>
/*************************************************************************
*
* @macro:
* FT_OUTLINE_H
*
* @description:
* A macro used in #include statements to name the file containing the
* scalable outline management API of FreeType~2.
*
*/
#define FT_OUTLINE_H <freetype/ftoutln.h>
/*************************************************************************
*
* @macro:
* FT_SIZES_H
*
* @description:
* A macro used in #include statements to name the file containing the
* API which manages multiple @FT_Size objects per face.
*
*/
#define FT_SIZES_H <freetype/ftsizes.h>
/*************************************************************************
*
* @macro:
* FT_MODULE_H
*
* @description:
* A macro used in #include statements to name the file containing the
* module management API of FreeType~2.
*
*/
#define FT_MODULE_H <freetype/ftmodapi.h>
/*************************************************************************
*
* @macro:
* FT_RENDER_H
*
* @description:
* A macro used in #include statements to name the file containing the
* renderer module management API of FreeType~2.
*
*/
#define FT_RENDER_H <freetype/ftrender.h>
/*************************************************************************
*
* @macro:
* FT_AUTOHINTER_H
*
* @description:
* A macro used in #include statements to name the file containing
* structures and macros related to the auto-hinting module.
*
*/
#define FT_AUTOHINTER_H <freetype/ftautoh.h>
/*************************************************************************
*
* @macro:
* FT_CFF_DRIVER_H
*
* @description:
* A macro used in #include statements to name the file containing
* structures and macros related to the CFF driver module.
*
*/
#define FT_CFF_DRIVER_H <freetype/ftcffdrv.h>
/*************************************************************************
*
* @macro:
* FT_TRUETYPE_DRIVER_H
*
* @description:
* A macro used in #include statements to name the file containing
* structures and macros related to the TrueType driver module.
*
*/
#define FT_TRUETYPE_DRIVER_H <freetype/ftttdrv.h>
/*************************************************************************
*
* @macro:
* FT_TYPE1_TABLES_H
*
* @description:
* A macro used in #include statements to name the file containing the
* types and API specific to the Type~1 format.
*
*/
#define FT_TYPE1_TABLES_H <freetype/t1tables.h>
/*************************************************************************
*
* @macro:
* FT_TRUETYPE_IDS_H
*
* @description:
* A macro used in #include statements to name the file containing the
* enumeration values which identify name strings, languages, encodings,
* etc. This file really contains a _large_ set of constant macro
* definitions, taken from the TrueType and OpenType specifications.
*
*/
#define FT_TRUETYPE_IDS_H <freetype/ttnameid.h>
/*************************************************************************
*
* @macro:
* FT_TRUETYPE_TABLES_H
*
* @description:
* A macro used in #include statements to name the file containing the
* types and API specific to the TrueType (as well as OpenType) format.
*
*/
#define FT_TRUETYPE_TABLES_H <freetype/tttables.h>
/*************************************************************************
*
* @macro:
* FT_TRUETYPE_TAGS_H
*
* @description:
* A macro used in #include statements to name the file containing the
* definitions of TrueType four-byte `tags' which identify blocks in
* SFNT-based font formats (i.e., TrueType and OpenType).
*
*/
#define FT_TRUETYPE_TAGS_H <freetype/tttags.h>
/*************************************************************************
*
* @macro:
* FT_BDF_H
*
* @description:
* A macro used in #include statements to name the file containing the
* definitions of an API which accesses BDF-specific strings from a
* face.
*
*/
#define FT_BDF_H <freetype/ftbdf.h>
/*************************************************************************
*
* @macro:
* FT_CID_H
*
* @description:
* A macro used in #include statements to name the file containing the
* definitions of an API which access CID font information from a
* face.
*
*/
#define FT_CID_H <freetype/ftcid.h>
/*************************************************************************
*
* @macro:
* FT_GZIP_H
*
* @description:
* A macro used in #include statements to name the file containing the
* definitions of an API which supports gzip-compressed files.
*
*/
#define FT_GZIP_H <freetype/ftgzip.h>
/*************************************************************************
*
* @macro:
* FT_LZW_H
*
* @description:
* A macro used in #include statements to name the file containing the
* definitions of an API which supports LZW-compressed files.
*
*/
#define FT_LZW_H <freetype/ftlzw.h>
/*************************************************************************
*
* @macro:
* FT_BZIP2_H
*
* @description:
* A macro used in #include statements to name the file containing the
* definitions of an API which supports bzip2-compressed files.
*
*/
#define FT_BZIP2_H <freetype/ftbzip2.h>
/*************************************************************************
*
* @macro:
* FT_WINFONTS_H
*
* @description:
* A macro used in #include statements to name the file containing the
* definitions of an API which supports Windows FNT files.
*
*/
#define FT_WINFONTS_H <freetype/ftwinfnt.h>
/*************************************************************************
*
* @macro:
* FT_GLYPH_H
*
* @description:
* A macro used in #include statements to name the file containing the
* API of the optional glyph management component.
*
*/
#define FT_GLYPH_H <freetype/ftglyph.h>
/*************************************************************************
*
* @macro:
* FT_BITMAP_H
*
* @description:
* A macro used in #include statements to name the file containing the
* API of the optional bitmap conversion component.
*
*/
#define FT_BITMAP_H <freetype/ftbitmap.h>
/*************************************************************************
*
* @macro:
* FT_BBOX_H
*
* @description:
* A macro used in #include statements to name the file containing the
* API of the optional exact bounding box computation routines.
*
*/
#define FT_BBOX_H <freetype/ftbbox.h>
/*************************************************************************
*
* @macro:
* FT_CACHE_H
*
* @description:
* A macro used in #include statements to name the file containing the
* API of the optional FreeType~2 cache sub-system.
*
*/
#define FT_CACHE_H <freetype/ftcache.h>
/*************************************************************************
*
* @macro:
* FT_CACHE_IMAGE_H
*
* @description:
* A macro used in #include statements to name the file containing the
* `glyph image' API of the FreeType~2 cache sub-system.
*
* It is used to define a cache for @FT_Glyph elements. You can also
* use the API defined in @FT_CACHE_SMALL_BITMAPS_H if you only need to
* store small glyph bitmaps, as it will use less memory.
*
* This macro is deprecated. Simply include @FT_CACHE_H to have all
* glyph image-related cache declarations.
*
*/
#define FT_CACHE_IMAGE_H FT_CACHE_H
/*************************************************************************
*
* @macro:
* FT_CACHE_SMALL_BITMAPS_H
*
* @description:
* A macro used in #include statements to name the file containing the
* `small bitmaps' API of the FreeType~2 cache sub-system.
*
* It is used to define a cache for small glyph bitmaps in a relatively
* memory-efficient way. You can also use the API defined in
* @FT_CACHE_IMAGE_H if you want to cache arbitrary glyph images,
* including scalable outlines.
*
* This macro is deprecated. Simply include @FT_CACHE_H to have all
* small bitmaps-related cache declarations.
*
*/
#define FT_CACHE_SMALL_BITMAPS_H FT_CACHE_H
/*************************************************************************
*
* @macro:
* FT_CACHE_CHARMAP_H
*
* @description:
* A macro used in #include statements to name the file containing the
* `charmap' API of the FreeType~2 cache sub-system.
*
* This macro is deprecated. Simply include @FT_CACHE_H to have all
* charmap-based cache declarations.
*
*/
#define FT_CACHE_CHARMAP_H FT_CACHE_H
/*************************************************************************
*
* @macro:
* FT_MAC_H
*
* @description:
* A macro used in #include statements to name the file containing the
* Macintosh-specific FreeType~2 API. The latter is used to access
* fonts embedded in resource forks.
*
* This header file must be explicitly included by client applications
* compiled on the Mac (note that the base API still works though).
*
*/
#define FT_MAC_H <freetype/ftmac.h>
/*************************************************************************
*
* @macro:
* FT_MULTIPLE_MASTERS_H
*
* @description:
* A macro used in #include statements to name the file containing the
* optional multiple-masters management API of FreeType~2.
*
*/
#define FT_MULTIPLE_MASTERS_H <freetype/ftmm.h>
/*************************************************************************
*
* @macro:
* FT_SFNT_NAMES_H
*
* @description:
* A macro used in #include statements to name the file containing the
* optional FreeType~2 API which accesses embedded `name' strings in
* SFNT-based font formats (i.e., TrueType and OpenType).
*
*/
#define FT_SFNT_NAMES_H <freetype/ftsnames.h>
/*************************************************************************
*
* @macro:
* FT_OPENTYPE_VALIDATE_H
*
* @description:
* A macro used in #include statements to name the file containing the
* optional FreeType~2 API which validates OpenType tables (BASE, GDEF,
* GPOS, GSUB, JSTF).
*
*/
#define FT_OPENTYPE_VALIDATE_H <freetype/ftotval.h>
/*************************************************************************
*
* @macro:
* FT_GX_VALIDATE_H
*
* @description:
* A macro used in #include statements to name the file containing the
* optional FreeType~2 API which validates TrueTypeGX/AAT tables (feat,
* mort, morx, bsln, just, kern, opbd, trak, prop).
*
*/
#define FT_GX_VALIDATE_H <freetype/ftgxval.h>
/*************************************************************************
*
* @macro:
* FT_PFR_H
*
* @description:
* A macro used in #include statements to name the file containing the
* FreeType~2 API which accesses PFR-specific data.
*
*/
#define FT_PFR_H <freetype/ftpfr.h>
/*************************************************************************
*
* @macro:
* FT_STROKER_H
*
* @description:
* A macro used in #include statements to name the file containing the
* FreeType~2 API which provides functions to stroke outline paths.
*/
#define FT_STROKER_H <freetype/ftstroke.h>
/*************************************************************************
*
* @macro:
* FT_SYNTHESIS_H
*
* @description:
* A macro used in #include statements to name the file containing the
* FreeType~2 API which performs artificial obliquing and emboldening.
*/
#define FT_SYNTHESIS_H <freetype/ftsynth.h>
/*************************************************************************
*
* @macro:
* FT_FONT_FORMATS_H
*
* @description:
* A macro used in #include statements to name the file containing the
* FreeType~2 API which provides functions specific to font formats.
*/
#define FT_FONT_FORMATS_H <freetype/ftfntfmt.h>
/* deprecated */
#define FT_XFREE86_H FT_FONT_FORMATS_H
/*************************************************************************
*
* @macro:
* FT_TRIGONOMETRY_H
*
* @description:
* A macro used in #include statements to name the file containing the
* FreeType~2 API which performs trigonometric computations (e.g.,
* cosines and arc tangents).
*/
#define FT_TRIGONOMETRY_H <freetype/fttrigon.h>
/*************************************************************************
*
* @macro:
* FT_LCD_FILTER_H
*
* @description:
* A macro used in #include statements to name the file containing the
* FreeType~2 API which performs color filtering for subpixel rendering.
*/
#define FT_LCD_FILTER_H <freetype/ftlcdfil.h>
/*************************************************************************
*
* @macro:
* FT_UNPATENTED_HINTING_H
*
* @description:
* Deprecated.
*/
#define FT_UNPATENTED_HINTING_H <freetype/ttunpat.h>
/*************************************************************************
*
* @macro:
* FT_INCREMENTAL_H
*
* @description:
* A macro used in #include statements to name the file containing the
* FreeType~2 API which performs incremental glyph loading.
*/
#define FT_INCREMENTAL_H <freetype/ftincrem.h>
/*************************************************************************
*
* @macro:
* FT_GASP_H
*
* @description:
* A macro used in #include statements to name the file containing the
* FreeType~2 API which returns entries from the TrueType GASP table.
*/
#define FT_GASP_H <freetype/ftgasp.h>
/*************************************************************************
*
* @macro:
* FT_ADVANCES_H
*
* @description:
* A macro used in #include statements to name the file containing the
* FreeType~2 API which returns individual and ranged glyph advances.
*/
#define FT_ADVANCES_H <freetype/ftadvanc.h>
/* */
#define FT_ERROR_DEFINITIONS_H <freetype/fterrdef.h>
/* The internals of the cache sub-system are no longer exposed. We */
/* default to FT_CACHE_H at the moment just in case, but we know of */
/* no rogue client that uses them. */
/* */
#define FT_CACHE_MANAGER_H <freetype/ftcache.h>
#define FT_CACHE_INTERNAL_MRU_H <freetype/ftcache.h>
#define FT_CACHE_INTERNAL_MANAGER_H <freetype/ftcache.h>
#define FT_CACHE_INTERNAL_CACHE_H <freetype/ftcache.h>
#define FT_CACHE_INTERNAL_GLYPH_H <freetype/ftcache.h>
#define FT_CACHE_INTERNAL_IMAGE_H <freetype/ftcache.h>
#define FT_CACHE_INTERNAL_SBITS_H <freetype/ftcache.h>
#define FT_INCREMENTAL_H <freetype/ftincrem.h>
#define FT_TRUETYPE_UNPATENTED_H <freetype/ttunpat.h>
/*
* Include internal headers definitions from <internal/...>
* only when building the library.
*/
#ifdef FT2_BUILD_LIBRARY
#define FT_INTERNAL_INTERNAL_H <freetype/internal/internal.h>
#include FT_INTERNAL_INTERNAL_H
#endif /* FT2_BUILD_LIBRARY */
#endif /* FTHEADER_H_ */
/* END */

20
android/arm64-v8a/include/freetype/config/ftmodule.h Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,20 @@
/* This is a generated file. */
FT_USE_MODULE( FT_Driver_ClassRec, tt_driver_class )
FT_USE_MODULE( FT_Driver_ClassRec, t1_driver_class )
FT_USE_MODULE( FT_Driver_ClassRec, cff_driver_class )
FT_USE_MODULE( FT_Driver_ClassRec, t1cid_driver_class )
FT_USE_MODULE( FT_Driver_ClassRec, pfr_driver_class )
FT_USE_MODULE( FT_Driver_ClassRec, t42_driver_class )
FT_USE_MODULE( FT_Driver_ClassRec, winfnt_driver_class )
FT_USE_MODULE( FT_Driver_ClassRec, pcf_driver_class )
FT_USE_MODULE( FT_Driver_ClassRec, bdf_driver_class )
FT_USE_MODULE( FT_Module_Class, sfnt_module_class )
FT_USE_MODULE( FT_Module_Class, autofit_module_class )
FT_USE_MODULE( FT_Module_Class, pshinter_module_class )
FT_USE_MODULE( FT_Renderer_Class, ft_raster1_renderer_class )
FT_USE_MODULE( FT_Renderer_Class, ft_smooth_renderer_class )
FT_USE_MODULE( FT_Renderer_Class, ft_smooth_lcd_renderer_class )
FT_USE_MODULE( FT_Renderer_Class, ft_smooth_lcdv_renderer_class )
FT_USE_MODULE( FT_Module_Class, psaux_module_class )
FT_USE_MODULE( FT_Module_Class, psnames_module_class )
/* EOF */

851
android/arm64-v8a/include/freetype/config/ftoption.h Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,851 @@
/***************************************************************************/
/* */
/* ftoption.h */
/* */
/* User-selectable configuration macros (specification only). */
/* */
/* Copyright 1996-2016 by */
/* David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg. */
/* */
/* This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used, */
/* modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project */
/* license, LICENSE.TXT. By continuing to use, modify, or distribute */
/* this file you indicate that you have read the license and */
/* understand and accept it fully. */
/* */
/***************************************************************************/
#ifndef FTOPTION_H_
#define FTOPTION_H_
#include <ft2build.h>
FT_BEGIN_HEADER
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* USER-SELECTABLE CONFIGURATION MACROS */
/* */
/* This file contains the default configuration macro definitions for */
/* a standard build of the FreeType library. There are three ways to */
/* use this file to build project-specific versions of the library: */
/* */
/* - You can modify this file by hand, but this is not recommended in */
/* cases where you would like to build several versions of the */
/* library from a single source directory. */
/* */
/* - You can put a copy of this file in your build directory, more */
/* precisely in `$BUILD/freetype/config/ftoption.h', where `$BUILD' */
/* is the name of a directory that is included _before_ the FreeType */
/* include path during compilation. */
/* */
/* The default FreeType Makefiles and Jamfiles use the build */
/* directory `builds/<system>' by default, but you can easily change */
/* that for your own projects. */
/* */
/* - Copy the file <ft2build.h> to `$BUILD/ft2build.h' and modify it */
/* slightly to pre-define the macro FT_CONFIG_OPTIONS_H used to */
/* locate this file during the build. For example, */
/* */
/* #define FT_CONFIG_OPTIONS_H <myftoptions.h> */
/* #include <freetype/config/ftheader.h> */
/* */
/* will use `$BUILD/myftoptions.h' instead of this file for macro */
/* definitions. */
/* */
/* Note also that you can similarly pre-define the macro */
/* FT_CONFIG_MODULES_H used to locate the file listing of the modules */
/* that are statically linked to the library at compile time. By */
/* default, this file is <freetype/config/ftmodule.h>. */
/* */
/* We highly recommend using the third method whenever possible. */
/* */
/*************************************************************************/
/*************************************************************************/
/*************************************************************************/
/**** ****/
/**** G E N E R A L F R E E T Y P E 2 C O N F I G U R A T I O N ****/
/**** ****/
/*************************************************************************/
/*************************************************************************/
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* Uncomment the line below if you want to activate sub-pixel rendering */
/* (a.k.a. LCD rendering, or ClearType) in this build of the library. */
/* */
/* Note that this feature is covered by several Microsoft patents */
/* and should not be activated in any default build of the library. */
/* */
/* This macro has no impact on the FreeType API, only on its */
/* _implementation_. For example, using FT_RENDER_MODE_LCD when calling */
/* FT_Render_Glyph still generates a bitmap that is 3 times wider than */
/* the original size in case this macro isn't defined; however, each */
/* triplet of subpixels has R=G=B. */
/* */
/* This is done to allow FreeType clients to run unmodified, forcing */
/* them to display normal gray-level anti-aliased glyphs. */
/* */
/* #define FT_CONFIG_OPTION_SUBPIXEL_RENDERING */
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* Many compilers provide a non-ANSI 64-bit data type that can be used */
/* by FreeType to speed up some computations. However, this will create */
/* some problems when compiling the library in strict ANSI mode. */
/* */
/* For this reason, the use of 64-bit integers is normally disabled when */
/* the __STDC__ macro is defined. You can however disable this by */
/* defining the macro FT_CONFIG_OPTION_FORCE_INT64 here. */
/* */
/* For most compilers, this will only create compilation warnings when */
/* building the library. */
/* */
/* ObNote: The compiler-specific 64-bit integers are detected in the */
/* file `ftconfig.h' either statically or through the */
/* `configure' script on supported platforms. */
/* */
#undef FT_CONFIG_OPTION_FORCE_INT64
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* If this macro is defined, do not try to use an assembler version of */
/* performance-critical functions (e.g. FT_MulFix). You should only do */
/* that to verify that the assembler function works properly, or to */
/* execute benchmark tests of the various implementations. */
/* #define FT_CONFIG_OPTION_NO_ASSEMBLER */
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* If this macro is defined, try to use an inlined assembler version of */
/* the `FT_MulFix' function, which is a `hotspot' when loading and */
/* hinting glyphs, and which should be executed as fast as possible. */
/* */
/* Note that if your compiler or CPU is not supported, this will default */
/* to the standard and portable implementation found in `ftcalc.c'. */
/* */
#define FT_CONFIG_OPTION_INLINE_MULFIX
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* LZW-compressed file support. */
/* */
/* FreeType now handles font files that have been compressed with the */
/* `compress' program. This is mostly used to parse many of the PCF */
/* files that come with various X11 distributions. The implementation */
/* uses NetBSD's `zopen' to partially uncompress the file on the fly */
/* (see src/lzw/ftgzip.c). */
/* */
/* Define this macro if you want to enable this `feature'. */
/* */
#define FT_CONFIG_OPTION_USE_LZW
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* Gzip-compressed file support. */
/* */
/* FreeType now handles font files that have been compressed with the */
/* `gzip' program. This is mostly used to parse many of the PCF files */
/* that come with XFree86. The implementation uses `zlib' to */
/* partially uncompress the file on the fly (see src/gzip/ftgzip.c). */
/* */
/* Define this macro if you want to enable this `feature'. See also */
/* the macro FT_CONFIG_OPTION_SYSTEM_ZLIB below. */
/* */
#define FT_CONFIG_OPTION_USE_ZLIB
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* ZLib library selection */
/* */
/* This macro is only used when FT_CONFIG_OPTION_USE_ZLIB is defined. */
/* It allows FreeType's `ftgzip' component to link to the system's */
/* installation of the ZLib library. This is useful on systems like */
/* Unix or VMS where it generally is already available. */
/* */
/* If you let it undefined, the component will use its own copy */
/* of the zlib sources instead. These have been modified to be */
/* included directly within the component and *not* export external */
/* function names. This allows you to link any program with FreeType */
/* _and_ ZLib without linking conflicts. */
/* */
/* Do not #undef this macro here since the build system might define */
/* it for certain configurations only. */
/* */
/* #define FT_CONFIG_OPTION_SYSTEM_ZLIB */
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* Bzip2-compressed file support. */
/* */
/* FreeType now handles font files that have been compressed with the */
/* `bzip2' program. This is mostly used to parse many of the PCF */
/* files that come with XFree86. The implementation uses `libbz2' to */
/* partially uncompress the file on the fly (see src/bzip2/ftbzip2.c). */
/* Contrary to gzip, bzip2 currently is not included and need to use */
/* the system available bzip2 implementation. */
/* */
/* Define this macro if you want to enable this `feature'. */
/* */
/* #define FT_CONFIG_OPTION_USE_BZIP2 */
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* Define to disable the use of file stream functions and types, FILE, */
/* fopen() etc. Enables the use of smaller system libraries on embedded */
/* systems that have multiple system libraries, some with or without */
/* file stream support, in the cases where file stream support is not */
/* necessary such as memory loading of font files. */
/* */
/* #define FT_CONFIG_OPTION_DISABLE_STREAM_SUPPORT */
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* PNG bitmap support. */
/* */
/* FreeType now handles loading color bitmap glyphs in the PNG format. */
/* This requires help from the external libpng library. Uncompressed */
/* color bitmaps do not need any external libraries and will be */
/* supported regardless of this configuration. */
/* */
/* Define this macro if you want to enable this `feature'. */
/* */
/* #define FT_CONFIG_OPTION_USE_PNG */
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* HarfBuzz support. */
/* */
/* FreeType uses the HarfBuzz library to improve auto-hinting of */
/* OpenType fonts. If available, many glyphs not directly addressable */
/* by a font's character map will be hinted also. */
/* */
/* Define this macro if you want to enable this `feature'. */
/* */
/* #define FT_CONFIG_OPTION_USE_HARFBUZZ */
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* DLL export compilation */
/* */
/* When compiling FreeType as a DLL, some systems/compilers need a */
/* special keyword in front OR after the return type of function */
/* declarations. */
/* */
/* Two macros are used within the FreeType source code to define */
/* exported library functions: FT_EXPORT and FT_EXPORT_DEF. */
/* */
/* FT_EXPORT( return_type ) */
/* */
/* is used in a function declaration, as in */
/* */
/* FT_EXPORT( FT_Error ) */
/* FT_Init_FreeType( FT_Library* alibrary ); */
/* */
/* */
/* FT_EXPORT_DEF( return_type ) */
/* */
/* is used in a function definition, as in */
/* */
/* FT_EXPORT_DEF( FT_Error ) */
/* FT_Init_FreeType( FT_Library* alibrary ) */
/* { */
/* ... some code ... */
/* return FT_Err_Ok; */
/* } */
/* */
/* You can provide your own implementation of FT_EXPORT and */
/* FT_EXPORT_DEF here if you want. If you leave them undefined, they */
/* will be later automatically defined as `extern return_type' to */
/* allow normal compilation. */
/* */
/* Do not #undef these macros here since the build system might define */
/* them for certain configurations only. */
/* */
/* #define FT_EXPORT(x) extern x */
/* #define FT_EXPORT_DEF(x) x */
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* Glyph Postscript Names handling */
/* */
/* By default, FreeType 2 is compiled with the `psnames' module. This */
/* module is in charge of converting a glyph name string into a */
/* Unicode value, or return a Macintosh standard glyph name for the */
/* use with the TrueType `post' table. */
/* */
/* Undefine this macro if you do not want `psnames' compiled in your */
/* build of FreeType. This has the following effects: */
/* */
/* - The TrueType driver will provide its own set of glyph names, */
/* if you build it to support postscript names in the TrueType */
/* `post' table. */
/* */
/* - The Type 1 driver will not be able to synthesize a Unicode */
/* charmap out of the glyphs found in the fonts. */
/* */
/* You would normally undefine this configuration macro when building */
/* a version of FreeType that doesn't contain a Type 1 or CFF driver. */
/* */
#define FT_CONFIG_OPTION_POSTSCRIPT_NAMES
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* Postscript Names to Unicode Values support */
/* */
/* By default, FreeType 2 is built with the `PSNames' module compiled */
/* in. Among other things, the module is used to convert a glyph name */
/* into a Unicode value. This is especially useful in order to */
/* synthesize on the fly a Unicode charmap from the CFF/Type 1 driver */
/* through a big table named the `Adobe Glyph List' (AGL). */
/* */
/* Undefine this macro if you do not want the Adobe Glyph List */
/* compiled in your `PSNames' module. The Type 1 driver will not be */
/* able to synthesize a Unicode charmap out of the glyphs found in the */
/* fonts. */
/* */
#define FT_CONFIG_OPTION_ADOBE_GLYPH_LIST
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* Support for Mac fonts */
/* */
/* Define this macro if you want support for outline fonts in Mac */
/* format (mac dfont, mac resource, macbinary containing a mac */
/* resource) on non-Mac platforms. */
/* */
/* Note that the `FOND' resource isn't checked. */
/* */
#define FT_CONFIG_OPTION_MAC_FONTS
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* Guessing methods to access embedded resource forks */
/* */
/* Enable extra Mac fonts support on non-Mac platforms (e.g. */
/* GNU/Linux). */
/* */
/* Resource forks which include fonts data are stored sometimes in */
/* locations which users or developers don't expected. In some cases, */
/* resource forks start with some offset from the head of a file. In */
/* other cases, the actual resource fork is stored in file different */
/* from what the user specifies. If this option is activated, */
/* FreeType tries to guess whether such offsets or different file */
/* names must be used. */
/* */
/* Note that normal, direct access of resource forks is controlled via */
/* the FT_CONFIG_OPTION_MAC_FONTS option. */
/* */
#ifdef FT_CONFIG_OPTION_MAC_FONTS
#define FT_CONFIG_OPTION_GUESSING_EMBEDDED_RFORK
#endif
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* Allow the use of FT_Incremental_Interface to load typefaces that */
/* contain no glyph data, but supply it via a callback function. */
/* This is required by clients supporting document formats which */
/* supply font data incrementally as the document is parsed, such */
/* as the Ghostscript interpreter for the PostScript language. */
/* */
#define FT_CONFIG_OPTION_INCREMENTAL
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* The size in bytes of the render pool used by the scan-line converter */
/* to do all of its work. */
/* */
#define FT_RENDER_POOL_SIZE 16384L
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* FT_MAX_MODULES */
/* */
/* The maximum number of modules that can be registered in a single */
/* FreeType library object. 32 is the default. */
/* */
#define FT_MAX_MODULES 32
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* Debug level */
/* */
/* FreeType can be compiled in debug or trace mode. In debug mode, */
/* errors are reported through the `ftdebug' component. In trace */
/* mode, additional messages are sent to the standard output during */
/* execution. */
/* */
/* Define FT_DEBUG_LEVEL_ERROR to build the library in debug mode. */
/* Define FT_DEBUG_LEVEL_TRACE to build it in trace mode. */
/* */
/* Don't define any of these macros to compile in `release' mode! */
/* */
/* Do not #undef these macros here since the build system might define */
/* them for certain configurations only. */
/* */
/* #define FT_DEBUG_LEVEL_ERROR */
/* #define FT_DEBUG_LEVEL_TRACE */
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* Autofitter debugging */
/* */
/* If FT_DEBUG_AUTOFIT is defined, FreeType provides some means to */
/* control the autofitter behaviour for debugging purposes with global */
/* boolean variables (consequently, you should *never* enable this */
/* while compiling in `release' mode): */
/* */
/* _af_debug_disable_horz_hints */
/* _af_debug_disable_vert_hints */
/* _af_debug_disable_blue_hints */
/* */
/* Additionally, the following functions provide dumps of various */
/* internal autofit structures to stdout (using `printf'): */
/* */
/* af_glyph_hints_dump_points */
/* af_glyph_hints_dump_segments */
/* af_glyph_hints_dump_edges */
/* af_glyph_hints_get_num_segments */
/* af_glyph_hints_get_segment_offset */
/* */
/* As an argument, they use another global variable: */
/* */
/* _af_debug_hints */
/* */
/* Please have a look at the `ftgrid' demo program to see how those */
/* variables and macros should be used. */
/* */
/* Do not #undef these macros here since the build system might define */
/* them for certain configurations only. */
/* */
/* #define FT_DEBUG_AUTOFIT */
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* Memory Debugging */
/* */
/* FreeType now comes with an integrated memory debugger that is */
/* capable of detecting simple errors like memory leaks or double */
/* deletes. To compile it within your build of the library, you */
/* should define FT_DEBUG_MEMORY here. */
/* */
/* Note that the memory debugger is only activated at runtime when */
/* when the _environment_ variable `FT2_DEBUG_MEMORY' is defined also! */
/* */
/* Do not #undef this macro here since the build system might define */
/* it for certain configurations only. */
/* */
/* #define FT_DEBUG_MEMORY */
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* Module errors */
/* */
/* If this macro is set (which is _not_ the default), the higher byte */
/* of an error code gives the module in which the error has occurred, */
/* while the lower byte is the real error code. */
/* */
/* Setting this macro makes sense for debugging purposes only, since */
/* it would break source compatibility of certain programs that use */
/* FreeType 2. */
/* */
/* More details can be found in the files ftmoderr.h and fterrors.h. */
/* */
#undef FT_CONFIG_OPTION_USE_MODULE_ERRORS
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* Position Independent Code */
/* */
/* If this macro is set (which is _not_ the default), FreeType2 will */
/* avoid creating constants that require address fixups. Instead the */
/* constants will be moved into a struct and additional intialization */
/* code will be used. */
/* */
/* Setting this macro is needed for systems that prohibit address */
/* fixups, such as BREW. */
/* */
/* #define FT_CONFIG_OPTION_PIC */
/*************************************************************************/
/*************************************************************************/
/**** ****/
/**** S F N T D R I V E R C O N F I G U R A T I O N ****/
/**** ****/
/*************************************************************************/
/*************************************************************************/
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* Define TT_CONFIG_OPTION_EMBEDDED_BITMAPS if you want to support */
/* embedded bitmaps in all formats using the SFNT module (namely */
/* TrueType & OpenType). */
/* */
#define TT_CONFIG_OPTION_EMBEDDED_BITMAPS
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* Define TT_CONFIG_OPTION_POSTSCRIPT_NAMES if you want to be able to */
/* load and enumerate the glyph Postscript names in a TrueType or */
/* OpenType file. */
/* */
/* Note that when you do not compile the `PSNames' module by undefining */
/* the above FT_CONFIG_OPTION_POSTSCRIPT_NAMES, the `sfnt' module will */
/* contain additional code used to read the PS Names table from a font. */
/* */
/* (By default, the module uses `PSNames' to extract glyph names.) */
/* */
#define TT_CONFIG_OPTION_POSTSCRIPT_NAMES
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* Define TT_CONFIG_OPTION_SFNT_NAMES if your applications need to */
/* access the internal name table in a SFNT-based format like TrueType */
/* or OpenType. The name table contains various strings used to */
/* describe the font, like family name, copyright, version, etc. It */
/* does not contain any glyph name though. */
/* */
/* Accessing SFNT names is done through the functions declared in */
/* `ftsnames.h'. */
/* */
#define TT_CONFIG_OPTION_SFNT_NAMES
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* TrueType CMap support */
/* */
/* Here you can fine-tune which TrueType CMap table format shall be */
/* supported. */
#define TT_CONFIG_CMAP_FORMAT_0
#define TT_CONFIG_CMAP_FORMAT_2
#define TT_CONFIG_CMAP_FORMAT_4
#define TT_CONFIG_CMAP_FORMAT_6
#define TT_CONFIG_CMAP_FORMAT_8
#define TT_CONFIG_CMAP_FORMAT_10
#define TT_CONFIG_CMAP_FORMAT_12
#define TT_CONFIG_CMAP_FORMAT_13
#define TT_CONFIG_CMAP_FORMAT_14
/*************************************************************************/
/*************************************************************************/
/**** ****/
/**** T R U E T Y P E D R I V E R C O N F I G U R A T I O N ****/
/**** ****/
/*************************************************************************/
/*************************************************************************/
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* Define TT_CONFIG_OPTION_BYTECODE_INTERPRETER if you want to compile */
/* a bytecode interpreter in the TrueType driver. */
/* */
/* By undefining this, you will only compile the code necessary to load */
/* TrueType glyphs without hinting. */
/* */
/* Do not #undef this macro here, since the build system might */
/* define it for certain configurations only. */
/* */
#define TT_CONFIG_OPTION_BYTECODE_INTERPRETER
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* Define TT_CONFIG_OPTION_SUBPIXEL_HINTING if you want to compile */
/* EXPERIMENTAL subpixel hinting support into the TrueType driver. This */
/* replaces the native TrueType hinting mechanism when anything but */
/* FT_RENDER_MODE_MONO is requested. */
/* */
/* Enabling this causes the TrueType driver to ignore instructions under */
/* certain conditions. This is done in accordance with the guide here, */
/* with some minor differences: */
/* */
/* http://www.microsoft.com/typography/cleartype/truetypecleartype.aspx */
/* */
/* By undefining this, you only compile the code necessary to hint */
/* TrueType glyphs with native TT hinting. */
/* */
/* This option requires TT_CONFIG_OPTION_BYTECODE_INTERPRETER to be */
/* defined. */
/* */
/* #define TT_CONFIG_OPTION_SUBPIXEL_HINTING */
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* Define TT_CONFIG_OPTION_COMPONENT_OFFSET_SCALED to compile the */
/* TrueType glyph loader to use Apple's definition of how to handle */
/* component offsets in composite glyphs. */
/* */
/* Apple and MS disagree on the default behavior of component offsets */
/* in composites. Apple says that they should be scaled by the scaling */
/* factors in the transformation matrix (roughly, it's more complex) */
/* while MS says they should not. OpenType defines two bits in the */
/* composite flags array which can be used to disambiguate, but old */
/* fonts will not have them. */
/* */
/* http://www.microsoft.com/typography/otspec/glyf.htm */
/* https://developer.apple.com/fonts/TrueType-Reference-Manual/RM06/Chap6glyf.html */
/* */
#undef TT_CONFIG_OPTION_COMPONENT_OFFSET_SCALED
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* Define TT_CONFIG_OPTION_GX_VAR_SUPPORT if you want to include */
/* support for Apple's distortable font technology (fvar, gvar, cvar, */
/* and avar tables). This has many similarities to Type 1 Multiple */
/* Masters support. */
/* */
#define TT_CONFIG_OPTION_GX_VAR_SUPPORT
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* Define TT_CONFIG_OPTION_BDF if you want to include support for */
/* an embedded `BDF ' table within SFNT-based bitmap formats. */
/* */
#define TT_CONFIG_OPTION_BDF
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* Option TT_CONFIG_OPTION_MAX_RUNNABLE_OPCODES controls the maximum */
/* number of bytecode instructions executed for a single run of the */
/* bytecode interpreter, needed to prevent infinite loops. You don't */
/* want to change this except for very special situations (e.g., making */
/* a library fuzzer spend less time to handle broken fonts). */
/* */
/* It is not expected that this value is ever modified by a configuring */
/* script; instead, it gets surrounded with #ifndef ... #endif so that */
/* the value can be set as a preprocessor option on the compiler's */
/* command line. */
/* */
#ifndef TT_CONFIG_OPTION_MAX_RUNNABLE_OPCODES
#define TT_CONFIG_OPTION_MAX_RUNNABLE_OPCODES 1000000L
#endif
/*************************************************************************/
/*************************************************************************/
/**** ****/
/**** T Y P E 1 D R I V E R C O N F I G U R A T I O N ****/
/**** ****/
/*************************************************************************/
/*************************************************************************/
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* T1_MAX_DICT_DEPTH is the maximum depth of nest dictionaries and */
/* arrays in the Type 1 stream (see t1load.c). A minimum of 4 is */
/* required. */
/* */
#define T1_MAX_DICT_DEPTH 5
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* T1_MAX_SUBRS_CALLS details the maximum number of nested sub-routine */
/* calls during glyph loading. */
/* */
#define T1_MAX_SUBRS_CALLS 16
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* T1_MAX_CHARSTRING_OPERANDS is the charstring stack's capacity. A */
/* minimum of 16 is required. */
/* */
/* The Chinese font MingTiEG-Medium (CNS 11643 character set) needs 256. */
/* */
#define T1_MAX_CHARSTRINGS_OPERANDS 256
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* Define this configuration macro if you want to prevent the */
/* compilation of `t1afm', which is in charge of reading Type 1 AFM */
/* files into an existing face. Note that if set, the T1 driver will be */
/* unable to produce kerning distances. */
/* */
#undef T1_CONFIG_OPTION_NO_AFM
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* Define this configuration macro if you want to prevent the */
/* compilation of the Multiple Masters font support in the Type 1 */
/* driver. */
/* */
#undef T1_CONFIG_OPTION_NO_MM_SUPPORT
/*************************************************************************/
/*************************************************************************/
/**** ****/
/**** C F F D R I V E R C O N F I G U R A T I O N ****/
/**** ****/
/*************************************************************************/
/*************************************************************************/
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* Using CFF_CONFIG_OPTION_DARKENING_PARAMETER_{X,Y}{1,2,3,4} it is */
/* possible to set up the default values of the four control points that */
/* define the stem darkening behaviour of the (new) CFF engine. For */
/* more details please read the documentation of the */
/* `darkening-parameters' property of the cff driver module (file */
/* `ftcffdrv.h'), which allows the control at run-time. */
/* */
/* Do *not* undefine these macros! */
/* */
#define CFF_CONFIG_OPTION_DARKENING_PARAMETER_X1 500
#define CFF_CONFIG_OPTION_DARKENING_PARAMETER_Y1 400
#define CFF_CONFIG_OPTION_DARKENING_PARAMETER_X2 1000
#define CFF_CONFIG_OPTION_DARKENING_PARAMETER_Y2 275
#define CFF_CONFIG_OPTION_DARKENING_PARAMETER_X3 1667
#define CFF_CONFIG_OPTION_DARKENING_PARAMETER_Y3 275
#define CFF_CONFIG_OPTION_DARKENING_PARAMETER_X4 2333
#define CFF_CONFIG_OPTION_DARKENING_PARAMETER_Y4 0
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* CFF_CONFIG_OPTION_OLD_ENGINE controls whether the pre-Adobe CFF */
/* engine gets compiled into FreeType. If defined, it is possible to */
/* switch between the two engines using the `hinting-engine' property of */
/* the cff driver module. */
/* */
/* #define CFF_CONFIG_OPTION_OLD_ENGINE */
/*************************************************************************/
/*************************************************************************/
/**** ****/
/**** A U T O F I T M O D U L E C O N F I G U R A T I O N ****/
/**** ****/
/*************************************************************************/
/*************************************************************************/
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* Compile autofit module with CJK (Chinese, Japanese, Korean) script */
/* support. */
/* */
#define AF_CONFIG_OPTION_CJK
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* Compile autofit module with Indic script support. */
/* */
#define AF_CONFIG_OPTION_INDIC
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* Compile autofit module with warp hinting. The idea of the warping */
/* code is to slightly scale and shift a glyph within a single dimension */
/* so that as much of its segments are aligned (more or less) on the */
/* grid. To find out the optimal scaling and shifting value, various */
/* parameter combinations are tried and scored. */
/* */
/* This experimental option is active only if the rendering mode is */
/* FT_RENDER_MODE_LIGHT; you can switch warping on and off with the */
/* `warping' property of the auto-hinter (see file `ftautoh.h' for more */
/* information; by default it is switched off). */
/* */
#define AF_CONFIG_OPTION_USE_WARPER
/* */
/*
* This macro is obsolete. Support has been removed in FreeType
* version 2.5.
*/
/* #define FT_CONFIG_OPTION_OLD_INTERNALS */
/*
* This macro is defined if native TrueType hinting is requested by the
* definitions above.
*/
#ifdef TT_CONFIG_OPTION_BYTECODE_INTERPRETER
#define TT_USE_BYTECODE_INTERPRETER
#endif
/*
* Check CFF darkening parameters. The checks are the same as in function
* `cff_property_set' in file `cffdrivr.c'.
*/
#if CFF_CONFIG_OPTION_DARKENING_PARAMETER_X1 < 0 || \
CFF_CONFIG_OPTION_DARKENING_PARAMETER_X2 < 0 || \
CFF_CONFIG_OPTION_DARKENING_PARAMETER_X3 < 0 || \
CFF_CONFIG_OPTION_DARKENING_PARAMETER_X4 < 0 || \
\
CFF_CONFIG_OPTION_DARKENING_PARAMETER_Y1 < 0 || \
CFF_CONFIG_OPTION_DARKENING_PARAMETER_Y2 < 0 || \
CFF_CONFIG_OPTION_DARKENING_PARAMETER_Y3 < 0 || \
CFF_CONFIG_OPTION_DARKENING_PARAMETER_Y4 < 0 || \
\
CFF_CONFIG_OPTION_DARKENING_PARAMETER_X1 > \
CFF_CONFIG_OPTION_DARKENING_PARAMETER_X2 || \
CFF_CONFIG_OPTION_DARKENING_PARAMETER_X2 > \
CFF_CONFIG_OPTION_DARKENING_PARAMETER_X3 || \
CFF_CONFIG_OPTION_DARKENING_PARAMETER_X3 > \
CFF_CONFIG_OPTION_DARKENING_PARAMETER_X4 || \
\
CFF_CONFIG_OPTION_DARKENING_PARAMETER_Y1 > 500 || \
CFF_CONFIG_OPTION_DARKENING_PARAMETER_Y2 > 500 || \
CFF_CONFIG_OPTION_DARKENING_PARAMETER_Y3 > 500 || \
CFF_CONFIG_OPTION_DARKENING_PARAMETER_Y4 > 500
#error "Invalid CFF darkening parameters!"
#endif
FT_END_HEADER
#endif /* FTOPTION_H_ */
/* END */

173
android/arm64-v8a/include/freetype/config/ftstdlib.h Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,173 @@
/***************************************************************************/
/* */
/* ftstdlib.h */
/* */
/* ANSI-specific library and header configuration file (specification */
/* only). */
/* */
/* Copyright 2002-2016 by */
/* David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg. */
/* */
/* This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used, */
/* modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project */
/* license, LICENSE.TXT. By continuing to use, modify, or distribute */
/* this file you indicate that you have read the license and */
/* understand and accept it fully. */
/* */
/***************************************************************************/
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* This file is used to group all #includes to the ANSI C library that */
/* FreeType normally requires. It also defines macros to rename the */
/* standard functions within the FreeType source code. */
/* */
/* Load a file which defines FTSTDLIB_H_ before this one to override it. */
/* */
/*************************************************************************/
#ifndef FTSTDLIB_H_
#define FTSTDLIB_H_
#include <stddef.h>
#define ft_ptrdiff_t ptrdiff_t
/**********************************************************************/
/* */
/* integer limits */
/* */
/* UINT_MAX and ULONG_MAX are used to automatically compute the size */
/* of `int' and `long' in bytes at compile-time. So far, this works */
/* for all platforms the library has been tested on. */
/* */
/* Note that on the extremely rare platforms that do not provide */
/* integer types that are _exactly_ 16 and 32 bits wide (e.g. some */
/* old Crays where `int' is 36 bits), we do not make any guarantee */
/* about the correct behaviour of FT2 with all fonts. */
/* */
/* In these case, `ftconfig.h' will refuse to compile anyway with a */
/* message like `couldn't find 32-bit type' or something similar. */
/* */
/**********************************************************************/
#include <limits.h>
#define FT_CHAR_BIT CHAR_BIT
#define FT_USHORT_MAX USHRT_MAX
#define FT_INT_MAX INT_MAX
#define FT_INT_MIN INT_MIN
#define FT_UINT_MAX UINT_MAX
#define FT_LONG_MAX LONG_MAX
#define FT_ULONG_MAX ULONG_MAX
/**********************************************************************/
/* */
/* character and string processing */
/* */
/**********************************************************************/
#include <string.h>
#define ft_memchr memchr
#define ft_memcmp memcmp
#define ft_memcpy memcpy
#define ft_memmove memmove
#define ft_memset memset
#define ft_strcat strcat
#define ft_strcmp strcmp
#define ft_strcpy strcpy
#define ft_strlen strlen
#define ft_strncmp strncmp
#define ft_strncpy strncpy
#define ft_strrchr strrchr
#define ft_strstr strstr
/**********************************************************************/
/* */
/* file handling */
/* */
/**********************************************************************/
#include <stdio.h>
#define FT_FILE FILE
#define ft_fclose fclose
#define ft_fopen fopen
#define ft_fread fread
#define ft_fseek fseek
#define ft_ftell ftell
#define ft_sprintf sprintf
/**********************************************************************/
/* */
/* sorting */
/* */
/**********************************************************************/
#include <stdlib.h>
#define ft_qsort qsort
/**********************************************************************/
/* */
/* memory allocation */
/* */
/**********************************************************************/
#define ft_scalloc calloc
#define ft_sfree free
#define ft_smalloc malloc
#define ft_srealloc realloc
/**********************************************************************/
/* */
/* miscellaneous */
/* */
/**********************************************************************/
#define ft_atol atol
/**********************************************************************/
/* */
/* execution control */
/* */
/**********************************************************************/
#include <setjmp.h>
#define ft_jmp_buf jmp_buf /* note: this cannot be a typedef since */
/* jmp_buf is defined as a macro */
/* on certain platforms */
#define ft_longjmp longjmp
#define ft_setjmp( b ) setjmp( *(ft_jmp_buf*) &(b) ) /* same thing here */
/* the following is only used for debugging purposes, i.e., if */
/* FT_DEBUG_LEVEL_ERROR or FT_DEBUG_LEVEL_TRACE are defined */
#include <stdarg.h>
#endif /* FTSTDLIB_H_ */
/* END */

4272
android/arm64-v8a/include/freetype/freetype.h Normal file
View File

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff

42
android/arm64-v8a/include/freetype/ft2build.h Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,42 @@
/***************************************************************************/
/* */
/* ft2build.h */
/* */
/* FreeType 2 build and setup macros. */
/* */
/* Copyright 1996-2016 by */
/* David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg. */
/* */
/* This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used, */
/* modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project */
/* license, LICENSE.TXT. By continuing to use, modify, or distribute */
/* this file you indicate that you have read the license and */
/* understand and accept it fully. */
/* */
/***************************************************************************/
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* This is the `entry point' for FreeType header file inclusions. It is */
/* the only header file which should be included directly; all other */
/* FreeType header files should be accessed with macro names (after */
/* including `ft2build.h'). */
/* */
/* A typical example is */
/* */
/* #include <ft2build.h> */
/* #include FT_FREETYPE_H */
/* */
/*************************************************************************/
#ifndef FT2BUILD_H_
#define FT2BUILD_H_
#include "config/ftheader.h"
#endif /* FT2BUILD_H_ */
/* END */

187
android/arm64-v8a/include/freetype/ftadvanc.h Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,187 @@
/***************************************************************************/
/* */
/* ftadvanc.h */
/* */
/* Quick computation of advance widths (specification only). */
/* */
/* Copyright 2008-2016 by */
/* David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg. */
/* */
/* This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used, */
/* modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project */
/* license, LICENSE.TXT. By continuing to use, modify, or distribute */
/* this file you indicate that you have read the license and */
/* understand and accept it fully. */
/* */
/***************************************************************************/
#ifndef FTADVANC_H_
#define FTADVANC_H_
#include <ft2build.h>
#include FT_FREETYPE_H
#ifdef FREETYPE_H
#error "freetype.h of FreeType 1 has been loaded!"
#error "Please fix the directory search order for header files"
#error "so that freetype.h of FreeType 2 is found first."
#endif
FT_BEGIN_HEADER
/**************************************************************************
*
* @section:
* quick_advance
*
* @title:
* Quick retrieval of advance values
*
* @abstract:
* Retrieve horizontal and vertical advance values without processing
* glyph outlines, if possible.
*
* @description:
* This section contains functions to quickly extract advance values
* without handling glyph outlines, if possible.
*
* @order:
* FT_Get_Advance
* FT_Get_Advances
*
*/
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Const> */
/* FT_ADVANCE_FLAG_FAST_ONLY */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* A bit-flag to be OR-ed with the `flags' parameter of the */
/* @FT_Get_Advance and @FT_Get_Advances functions. */
/* */
/* If set, it indicates that you want these functions to fail if the */
/* corresponding hinting mode or font driver doesn't allow for very */
/* quick advance computation. */
/* */
/* Typically, glyphs that are either unscaled, unhinted, bitmapped, */
/* or light-hinted can have their advance width computed very */
/* quickly. */
/* */
/* Normal and bytecode hinted modes that require loading, scaling, */
/* and hinting of the glyph outline, are extremely slow by */
/* comparison. */
/* */
#define FT_ADVANCE_FLAG_FAST_ONLY 0x20000000L
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Function> */
/* FT_Get_Advance */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* Retrieve the advance value of a given glyph outline in an */
/* @FT_Face. */
/* */
/* <Input> */
/* face :: The source @FT_Face handle. */
/* */
/* gindex :: The glyph index. */
/* */
/* load_flags :: A set of bit flags similar to those used when */
/* calling @FT_Load_Glyph, used to determine what kind */
/* of advances you need. */
/* <Output> */
/* padvance :: The advance value. If scaling is performed (based on */
/* the value of `load_flags'), the advance value is in */
/* 16.16 format. Otherwise, it is in font units. */
/* */
/* If @FT_LOAD_VERTICAL_LAYOUT is set, this is the */
/* vertical advance corresponding to a vertical layout. */
/* Otherwise, it is the horizontal advance in a */
/* horizontal layout. */
/* */
/* <Return> */
/* FreeType error code. 0 means success. */
/* */
/* <Note> */
/* This function may fail if you use @FT_ADVANCE_FLAG_FAST_ONLY and */
/* if the corresponding font backend doesn't have a quick way to */
/* retrieve the advances. */
/* */
/* A scaled advance is returned in 16.16 format but isn't transformed */
/* by the affine transformation specified by @FT_Set_Transform. */
/* */
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
FT_Get_Advance( FT_Face face,
FT_UInt gindex,
FT_Int32 load_flags,
FT_Fixed *padvance );
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Function> */
/* FT_Get_Advances */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* Retrieve the advance values of several glyph outlines in an */
/* @FT_Face. */
/* */
/* <Input> */
/* face :: The source @FT_Face handle. */
/* */
/* start :: The first glyph index. */
/* */
/* count :: The number of advance values you want to retrieve. */
/* */
/* load_flags :: A set of bit flags similar to those used when */
/* calling @FT_Load_Glyph. */
/* */
/* <Output> */
/* padvance :: The advance values. This array, to be provided by the */
/* caller, must contain at least `count' elements. */
/* */
/* If scaling is performed (based on the value of */
/* `load_flags'), the advance values are in 16.16 format. */
/* Otherwise, they are in font units. */
/* */
/* If @FT_LOAD_VERTICAL_LAYOUT is set, these are the */
/* vertical advances corresponding to a vertical layout. */
/* Otherwise, they are the horizontal advances in a */
/* horizontal layout. */
/* */
/* <Return> */
/* FreeType error code. 0 means success. */
/* */
/* <Note> */
/* This function may fail if you use @FT_ADVANCE_FLAG_FAST_ONLY and */
/* if the corresponding font backend doesn't have a quick way to */
/* retrieve the advances. */
/* */
/* Scaled advances are returned in 16.16 format but aren't */
/* transformed by the affine transformation specified by */
/* @FT_Set_Transform. */
/* */
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
FT_Get_Advances( FT_Face face,
FT_UInt start,
FT_UInt count,
FT_Int32 load_flags,
FT_Fixed *padvances );
/* */
FT_END_HEADER
#endif /* FTADVANC_H_ */
/* END */

503
android/arm64-v8a/include/freetype/ftautoh.h Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,503 @@
/***************************************************************************/
/* */
/* ftautoh.h */
/* */
/* FreeType API for controlling the auto-hinter (specification only). */
/* */
/* Copyright 2012-2016 by */
/* David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg. */
/* */
/* This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used, */
/* modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project */
/* license, LICENSE.TXT. By continuing to use, modify, or distribute */
/* this file you indicate that you have read the license and */
/* understand and accept it fully. */
/* */
/***************************************************************************/
#ifndef FTAUTOH_H_
#define FTAUTOH_H_
#include <ft2build.h>
#include FT_FREETYPE_H
#ifdef FREETYPE_H
#error "freetype.h of FreeType 1 has been loaded!"
#error "Please fix the directory search order for header files"
#error "so that freetype.h of FreeType 2 is found first."
#endif
FT_BEGIN_HEADER
/**************************************************************************
*
* @section:
* auto_hinter
*
* @title:
* The auto-hinter
*
* @abstract:
* Controlling the auto-hinting module.
*
* @description:
* While FreeType's auto-hinter doesn't expose API functions by itself,
* it is possible to control its behaviour with @FT_Property_Set and
* @FT_Property_Get. The following lists the available properties
* together with the necessary macros and structures.
*
* Note that the auto-hinter's module name is `autofitter' for
* historical reasons.
*
*/
/**************************************************************************
*
* @property:
* glyph-to-script-map
*
* @description:
* *Experimental* *only*
*
* The auto-hinter provides various script modules to hint glyphs.
* Examples of supported scripts are Latin or CJK. Before a glyph is
* auto-hinted, the Unicode character map of the font gets examined, and
* the script is then determined based on Unicode character ranges, see
* below.
*
* OpenType fonts, however, often provide much more glyphs than
* character codes (small caps, superscripts, ligatures, swashes, etc.),
* to be controlled by so-called `features'. Handling OpenType features
* can be quite complicated and thus needs a separate library on top of
* FreeType.
*
* The mapping between glyph indices and scripts (in the auto-hinter
* sense, see the @FT_AUTOHINTER_SCRIPT_XXX values) is stored as an
* array with `num_glyphs' elements, as found in the font's @FT_Face
* structure. The `glyph-to-script-map' property returns a pointer to
* this array, which can be modified as needed. Note that the
* modification should happen before the first glyph gets processed by
* the auto-hinter so that the global analysis of the font shapes
* actually uses the modified mapping.
*
* The following example code demonstrates how to access it (omitting
* the error handling).
*
* {
* FT_Library library;
* FT_Face face;
* FT_Prop_GlyphToScriptMap prop;
*
*
* FT_Init_FreeType( &library );
* FT_New_Face( library, "foo.ttf", 0, &face );
*
* prop.face = face;
*
* FT_Property_Get( library, "autofitter",
* "glyph-to-script-map", &prop );
*
* // adjust `prop.map' as needed right here
*
* FT_Load_Glyph( face, ..., FT_LOAD_FORCE_AUTOHINT );
* }
*
*/
/**************************************************************************
*
* @enum:
* FT_AUTOHINTER_SCRIPT_XXX
*
* @description:
* *Experimental* *only*
*
* A list of constants used for the @glyph-to-script-map property to
* specify the script submodule the auto-hinter should use for hinting a
* particular glyph.
*
* @values:
* FT_AUTOHINTER_SCRIPT_NONE ::
* Don't auto-hint this glyph.
*
* FT_AUTOHINTER_SCRIPT_LATIN ::
* Apply the latin auto-hinter. For the auto-hinter, `latin' is a
* very broad term, including Cyrillic and Greek also since characters
* from those scripts share the same design constraints.
*
* By default, characters from the following Unicode ranges are
* assigned to this submodule.
*
* {
* U+0020 - U+007F // Basic Latin (no control characters)
* U+00A0 - U+00FF // Latin-1 Supplement (no control characters)
* U+0100 - U+017F // Latin Extended-A
* U+0180 - U+024F // Latin Extended-B
* U+0250 - U+02AF // IPA Extensions
* U+02B0 - U+02FF // Spacing Modifier Letters
* U+0300 - U+036F // Combining Diacritical Marks
* U+0370 - U+03FF // Greek and Coptic
* U+0400 - U+04FF // Cyrillic
* U+0500 - U+052F // Cyrillic Supplement
* U+1D00 - U+1D7F // Phonetic Extensions
* U+1D80 - U+1DBF // Phonetic Extensions Supplement
* U+1DC0 - U+1DFF // Combining Diacritical Marks Supplement
* U+1E00 - U+1EFF // Latin Extended Additional
* U+1F00 - U+1FFF // Greek Extended
* U+2000 - U+206F // General Punctuation
* U+2070 - U+209F // Superscripts and Subscripts
* U+20A0 - U+20CF // Currency Symbols
* U+2150 - U+218F // Number Forms
* U+2460 - U+24FF // Enclosed Alphanumerics
* U+2C60 - U+2C7F // Latin Extended-C
* U+2DE0 - U+2DFF // Cyrillic Extended-A
* U+2E00 - U+2E7F // Supplemental Punctuation
* U+A640 - U+A69F // Cyrillic Extended-B
* U+A720 - U+A7FF // Latin Extended-D
* U+FB00 - U+FB06 // Alphab. Present. Forms (Latin Ligatures)
* U+1D400 - U+1D7FF // Mathematical Alphanumeric Symbols
* U+1F100 - U+1F1FF // Enclosed Alphanumeric Supplement
* }
*
* FT_AUTOHINTER_SCRIPT_CJK ::
* Apply the CJK auto-hinter, covering Chinese, Japanese, Korean, old
* Vietnamese, and some other scripts.
*
* By default, characters from the following Unicode ranges are
* assigned to this submodule.
*
* {
* U+1100 - U+11FF // Hangul Jamo
* U+2E80 - U+2EFF // CJK Radicals Supplement
* U+2F00 - U+2FDF // Kangxi Radicals
* U+2FF0 - U+2FFF // Ideographic Description Characters
* U+3000 - U+303F // CJK Symbols and Punctuation
* U+3040 - U+309F // Hiragana
* U+30A0 - U+30FF // Katakana
* U+3100 - U+312F // Bopomofo
* U+3130 - U+318F // Hangul Compatibility Jamo
* U+3190 - U+319F // Kanbun
* U+31A0 - U+31BF // Bopomofo Extended
* U+31C0 - U+31EF // CJK Strokes
* U+31F0 - U+31FF // Katakana Phonetic Extensions
* U+3200 - U+32FF // Enclosed CJK Letters and Months
* U+3300 - U+33FF // CJK Compatibility
* U+3400 - U+4DBF // CJK Unified Ideographs Extension A
* U+4DC0 - U+4DFF // Yijing Hexagram Symbols
* U+4E00 - U+9FFF // CJK Unified Ideographs
* U+A960 - U+A97F // Hangul Jamo Extended-A
* U+AC00 - U+D7AF // Hangul Syllables
* U+D7B0 - U+D7FF // Hangul Jamo Extended-B
* U+F900 - U+FAFF // CJK Compatibility Ideographs
* U+FE10 - U+FE1F // Vertical forms
* U+FE30 - U+FE4F // CJK Compatibility Forms
* U+FF00 - U+FFEF // Halfwidth and Fullwidth Forms
* U+1B000 - U+1B0FF // Kana Supplement
* U+1D300 - U+1D35F // Tai Xuan Hing Symbols
* U+1F200 - U+1F2FF // Enclosed Ideographic Supplement
* U+20000 - U+2A6DF // CJK Unified Ideographs Extension B
* U+2A700 - U+2B73F // CJK Unified Ideographs Extension C
* U+2B740 - U+2B81F // CJK Unified Ideographs Extension D
* U+2F800 - U+2FA1F // CJK Compatibility Ideographs Supplement
* }
*
* FT_AUTOHINTER_SCRIPT_INDIC ::
* Apply the indic auto-hinter, covering all major scripts from the
* Indian sub-continent and some other related scripts like Thai, Lao,
* or Tibetan.
*
* By default, characters from the following Unicode ranges are
* assigned to this submodule.
*
* {
* U+0900 - U+0DFF // Indic Range
* U+0F00 - U+0FFF // Tibetan
* U+1900 - U+194F // Limbu
* U+1B80 - U+1BBF // Sundanese
* U+1C80 - U+1CDF // Meetei Mayak
* U+A800 - U+A82F // Syloti Nagri
* U+11800 - U+118DF // Sharada
* }
*
* Note that currently Indic support is rudimentary only, missing blue
* zone support.
*
*/
#define FT_AUTOHINTER_SCRIPT_NONE 0
#define FT_AUTOHINTER_SCRIPT_LATIN 1
#define FT_AUTOHINTER_SCRIPT_CJK 2
#define FT_AUTOHINTER_SCRIPT_INDIC 3
/**************************************************************************
*
* @struct:
* FT_Prop_GlyphToScriptMap
*
* @description:
* *Experimental* *only*
*
* The data exchange structure for the @glyph-to-script-map property.
*
*/
typedef struct FT_Prop_GlyphToScriptMap_
{
FT_Face face;
FT_UShort* map;
} FT_Prop_GlyphToScriptMap;
/**************************************************************************
*
* @property:
* fallback-script
*
* @description:
* *Experimental* *only*
*
* If no auto-hinter script module can be assigned to a glyph, a
* fallback script gets assigned to it (see also the
* @glyph-to-script-map property). By default, this is
* @FT_AUTOHINTER_SCRIPT_CJK. Using the `fallback-script' property,
* this fallback value can be changed.
*
* {
* FT_Library library;
* FT_UInt fallback_script = FT_AUTOHINTER_SCRIPT_NONE;
*
*
* FT_Init_FreeType( &library );
*
* FT_Property_Set( library, "autofitter",
* "fallback-script", &fallback_script );
* }
*
* @note:
* This property can be used with @FT_Property_Get also.
*
* It's important to use the right timing for changing this value: The
* creation of the glyph-to-script map that eventually uses the
* fallback script value gets triggered either by setting or reading a
* face-specific property like @glyph-to-script-map, or by auto-hinting
* any glyph from that face. In particular, if you have already created
* an @FT_Face structure but not loaded any glyph (using the
* auto-hinter), a change of the fallback script will affect this face.
*
*/
/**************************************************************************
*
* @property:
* default-script
*
* @description:
* *Experimental* *only*
*
* If FreeType gets compiled with FT_CONFIG_OPTION_USE_HARFBUZZ to make
* the HarfBuzz library access OpenType features for getting better
* glyph coverages, this property sets the (auto-fitter) script to be
* used for the default (OpenType) script data of a font's GSUB table.
* Features for the default script are intended for all scripts not
* explicitly handled in GSUB; an example is a `dlig' feature,
* containing the combination of the characters `T', `E', and `L' to
* form a `TEL' ligature.
*
* By default, this is @FT_AUTOHINTER_SCRIPT_LATIN. Using the
* `default-script' property, this default value can be changed.
*
* {
* FT_Library library;
* FT_UInt default_script = FT_AUTOHINTER_SCRIPT_NONE;
*
*
* FT_Init_FreeType( &library );
*
* FT_Property_Set( library, "autofitter",
* "default-script", &default_script );
* }
*
* @note:
* This property can be used with @FT_Property_Get also.
*
* It's important to use the right timing for changing this value: The
* creation of the glyph-to-script map that eventually uses the
* default script value gets triggered either by setting or reading a
* face-specific property like @glyph-to-script-map, or by auto-hinting
* any glyph from that face. In particular, if you have already created
* an @FT_Face structure but not loaded any glyph (using the
* auto-hinter), a change of the default script will affect this face.
*
*/
/**************************************************************************
*
* @property:
* increase-x-height
*
* @description:
* For ppem values in the range 6~<= ppem <= `increase-x-height', round
* up the font's x~height much more often than normally. If the value
* is set to~0, which is the default, this feature is switched off. Use
* this property to improve the legibility of small font sizes if
* necessary.
*
* {
* FT_Library library;
* FT_Face face;
* FT_Prop_IncreaseXHeight prop;
*
*
* FT_Init_FreeType( &library );
* FT_New_Face( library, "foo.ttf", 0, &face );
* FT_Set_Char_Size( face, 10 * 64, 0, 72, 0 );
*
* prop.face = face;
* prop.limit = 14;
*
* FT_Property_Set( library, "autofitter",
* "increase-x-height", &prop );
* }
*
* @note:
* This property can be used with @FT_Property_Get also.
*
* Set this value right after calling @FT_Set_Char_Size, but before
* loading any glyph (using the auto-hinter).
*
*/
/**************************************************************************
*
* @struct:
* FT_Prop_IncreaseXHeight
*
* @description:
* The data exchange structure for the @increase-x-height property.
*
*/
typedef struct FT_Prop_IncreaseXHeight_
{
FT_Face face;
FT_UInt limit;
} FT_Prop_IncreaseXHeight;
/**************************************************************************
*
* @property:
* warping
*
* @description:
* *Experimental* *only*
*
* If FreeType gets compiled with option AF_CONFIG_OPTION_USE_WARPER to
* activate the warp hinting code in the auto-hinter, this property
* switches warping on and off.
*
* Warping only works in `light' auto-hinting mode. The idea of the
* code is to slightly scale and shift a glyph along the non-hinted
* dimension (which is usually the horizontal axis) so that as much of
* its segments are aligned (more or less) to the grid. To find out a
* glyph's optimal scaling and shifting value, various parameter
* combinations are tried and scored.
*
* By default, warping is off. The example below shows how to switch on
* warping (omitting the error handling).
*
* {
* FT_Library library;
* FT_Bool warping = 1;
*
*
* FT_Init_FreeType( &library );
*
* FT_Property_Set( library, "autofitter",
* "warping", &warping );
* }
*
* @note:
* This property can be used with @FT_Property_Get also.
*
* The warping code can also change advance widths. Have a look at the
* `lsb_delta' and `rsb_delta' fields in the @FT_GlyphSlotRec structure
* for details on improving inter-glyph distances while rendering.
*
* Since warping is a global property of the auto-hinter it is best to
* change its value before rendering any face. Otherwise, you should
* reload all faces that get auto-hinted in `light' hinting mode.
*
*/
/**************************************************************************
*
* @property:
* no-stem-darkening[autofit]
*
* @description:
* *Experimental* *only,* *requires* *linear* *alpha* *blending* *and*
* *gamma* *correction*
*
* Stem darkening emboldens glyphs at smaller sizes to make them more
* readable on common low-DPI screens when using linear alpha blending
* and gamma correction, see @FT_Render_Glyph. When not using linear
* alpha blending and gamma correction, glyphs will appear heavy and
* fuzzy!
*
* Gamma correction essentially lightens fonts since shades of grey are
* shifted to higher pixel values (=~higher brightness) to match the
* original intention to the reality of our screens. The side-effect is
* that glyphs `thin out'. Mac OS~X and Adobe's proprietary font
* rendering library implement a counter-measure: stem darkening at
* smaller sizes where shades of gray dominate. By emboldening a glyph
* slightly in relation to its pixel size, individual pixels get higher
* coverage of filled-in outlines and are therefore `blacker'. This
* counteracts the `thinning out' of glyphs, making text remain readable
* at smaller sizes. All glyphs that pass through the auto-hinter will
* be emboldened unless this property is set to TRUE.
*
* See the description of the CFF driver for algorithmic details. Total
* consistency with the CFF driver is currently not achieved because the
* emboldening method differs and glyphs must be scaled down on the
* Y-axis to keep outline points inside their precomputed blue zones.
* The smaller the size (especially 9ppem and down), the higher the loss
* of emboldening versus the CFF driver.
*
*/
/**************************************************************************
*
* @property:
* darkening-parameters[autofit]
*
* @description:
* *Experimental* *only*
*
* See the description of the CFF driver for details. This
* implementation appropriates the
* CFF_CONFIG_OPTION_DARKENING_PARAMETER_* #defines for consistency.
* Note the differences described in @no-stem-darkening[autofit].
*
*/
/* */
FT_END_HEADER
#endif /* FTAUTOH_H_ */
/* END */

101
android/arm64-v8a/include/freetype/ftbbox.h Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,101 @@
/***************************************************************************/
/* */
/* ftbbox.h */
/* */
/* FreeType exact bbox computation (specification). */
/* */
/* Copyright 1996-2016 by */
/* David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg. */
/* */
/* This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used, */
/* modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project */
/* license, LICENSE.TXT. By continuing to use, modify, or distribute */
/* this file you indicate that you have read the license and */
/* understand and accept it fully. */
/* */
/***************************************************************************/
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* This component has a _single_ role: to compute exact outline bounding */
/* boxes. */
/* */
/* It is separated from the rest of the engine for various technical */
/* reasons. It may well be integrated in `ftoutln' later. */
/* */
/*************************************************************************/
#ifndef FTBBOX_H_
#define FTBBOX_H_
#include <ft2build.h>
#include FT_FREETYPE_H
#ifdef FREETYPE_H
#error "freetype.h of FreeType 1 has been loaded!"
#error "Please fix the directory search order for header files"
#error "so that freetype.h of FreeType 2 is found first."
#endif
FT_BEGIN_HEADER
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Section> */
/* outline_processing */
/* */
/*************************************************************************/
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Function> */
/* FT_Outline_Get_BBox */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* Compute the exact bounding box of an outline. This is slower */
/* than computing the control box. However, it uses an advanced */
/* algorithm that returns _very_ quickly when the two boxes */
/* coincide. Otherwise, the outline Bézier arcs are traversed to */
/* extract their extrema. */
/* */
/* <Input> */
/* outline :: A pointer to the source outline. */
/* */
/* <Output> */
/* abbox :: The outline's exact bounding box. */
/* */
/* <Return> */
/* FreeType error code. 0~means success. */
/* */
/* <Note> */
/* If the font is tricky and the glyph has been loaded with */
/* @FT_LOAD_NO_SCALE, the resulting BBox is meaningless. To get */
/* reasonable values for the BBox it is necessary to load the glyph */
/* at a large ppem value (so that the hinting instructions can */
/* properly shift and scale the subglyphs), then extracting the BBox, */
/* which can be eventually converted back to font units. */
/* */
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
FT_Outline_Get_BBox( FT_Outline* outline,
FT_BBox *abbox );
/* */
FT_END_HEADER
#endif /* FTBBOX_H_ */
/* END */
/* Local Variables: */
/* coding: utf-8 */
/* End: */

210
android/arm64-v8a/include/freetype/ftbdf.h Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,210 @@
/***************************************************************************/
/* */
/* ftbdf.h */
/* */
/* FreeType API for accessing BDF-specific strings (specification). */
/* */
/* Copyright 2002-2016 by */
/* David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg. */
/* */
/* This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used, */
/* modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project */
/* license, LICENSE.TXT. By continuing to use, modify, or distribute */
/* this file you indicate that you have read the license and */
/* understand and accept it fully. */
/* */
/***************************************************************************/
#ifndef FTBDF_H_
#define FTBDF_H_
#include <ft2build.h>
#include FT_FREETYPE_H
#ifdef FREETYPE_H
#error "freetype.h of FreeType 1 has been loaded!"
#error "Please fix the directory search order for header files"
#error "so that freetype.h of FreeType 2 is found first."
#endif
FT_BEGIN_HEADER
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Section> */
/* bdf_fonts */
/* */
/* <Title> */
/* BDF and PCF Files */
/* */
/* <Abstract> */
/* BDF and PCF specific API. */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* This section contains the declaration of functions specific to BDF */
/* and PCF fonts. */
/* */
/*************************************************************************/
/**********************************************************************
*
* @enum:
* BDF_PropertyType
*
* @description:
* A list of BDF property types.
*
* @values:
* BDF_PROPERTY_TYPE_NONE ::
* Value~0 is used to indicate a missing property.
*
* BDF_PROPERTY_TYPE_ATOM ::
* Property is a string atom.
*
* BDF_PROPERTY_TYPE_INTEGER ::
* Property is a 32-bit signed integer.
*
* BDF_PROPERTY_TYPE_CARDINAL ::
* Property is a 32-bit unsigned integer.
*/
typedef enum BDF_PropertyType_
{
BDF_PROPERTY_TYPE_NONE = 0,
BDF_PROPERTY_TYPE_ATOM = 1,
BDF_PROPERTY_TYPE_INTEGER = 2,
BDF_PROPERTY_TYPE_CARDINAL = 3
} BDF_PropertyType;
/**********************************************************************
*
* @type:
* BDF_Property
*
* @description:
* A handle to a @BDF_PropertyRec structure to model a given
* BDF/PCF property.
*/
typedef struct BDF_PropertyRec_* BDF_Property;
/**********************************************************************
*
* @struct:
* BDF_PropertyRec
*
* @description:
* This structure models a given BDF/PCF property.
*
* @fields:
* type ::
* The property type.
*
* u.atom ::
* The atom string, if type is @BDF_PROPERTY_TYPE_ATOM. May be
* NULL, indicating an empty string.
*
* u.integer ::
* A signed integer, if type is @BDF_PROPERTY_TYPE_INTEGER.
*
* u.cardinal ::
* An unsigned integer, if type is @BDF_PROPERTY_TYPE_CARDINAL.
*/
typedef struct BDF_PropertyRec_
{
BDF_PropertyType type;
union {
const char* atom;
FT_Int32 integer;
FT_UInt32 cardinal;
} u;
} BDF_PropertyRec;
/**********************************************************************
*
* @function:
* FT_Get_BDF_Charset_ID
*
* @description:
* Retrieve a BDF font character set identity, according to
* the BDF specification.
*
* @input:
* face ::
* A handle to the input face.
*
* @output:
* acharset_encoding ::
* Charset encoding, as a C~string, owned by the face.
*
* acharset_registry ::
* Charset registry, as a C~string, owned by the face.
*
* @return:
* FreeType error code. 0~means success.
*
* @note:
* This function only works with BDF faces, returning an error otherwise.
*/
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
FT_Get_BDF_Charset_ID( FT_Face face,
const char* *acharset_encoding,
const char* *acharset_registry );
/**********************************************************************
*
* @function:
* FT_Get_BDF_Property
*
* @description:
* Retrieve a BDF property from a BDF or PCF font file.
*
* @input:
* face :: A handle to the input face.
*
* name :: The property name.
*
* @output:
* aproperty :: The property.
*
* @return:
* FreeType error code. 0~means success.
*
* @note:
* This function works with BDF _and_ PCF fonts. It returns an error
* otherwise. It also returns an error if the property is not in the
* font.
*
* A `property' is a either key-value pair within the STARTPROPERTIES
* ... ENDPROPERTIES block of a BDF font or a key-value pair from the
* `info->props' array within a `FontRec' structure of a PCF font.
*
* Integer properties are always stored as `signed' within PCF fonts;
* consequently, @BDF_PROPERTY_TYPE_CARDINAL is a possible return value
* for BDF fonts only.
*
* In case of error, `aproperty->type' is always set to
* @BDF_PROPERTY_TYPE_NONE.
*/
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
FT_Get_BDF_Property( FT_Face face,
const char* prop_name,
BDF_PropertyRec *aproperty );
/* */
FT_END_HEADER
#endif /* FTBDF_H_ */
/* END */

240
android/arm64-v8a/include/freetype/ftbitmap.h Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,240 @@
/***************************************************************************/
/* */
/* ftbitmap.h */
/* */
/* FreeType utility functions for bitmaps (specification). */
/* */
/* Copyright 2004-2016 by */
/* David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg. */
/* */
/* This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used, */
/* modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project */
/* license, LICENSE.TXT. By continuing to use, modify, or distribute */
/* this file you indicate that you have read the license and */
/* understand and accept it fully. */
/* */
/***************************************************************************/
#ifndef FTBITMAP_H_
#define FTBITMAP_H_
#include <ft2build.h>
#include FT_FREETYPE_H
#ifdef FREETYPE_H
#error "freetype.h of FreeType 1 has been loaded!"
#error "Please fix the directory search order for header files"
#error "so that freetype.h of FreeType 2 is found first."
#endif
FT_BEGIN_HEADER
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Section> */
/* bitmap_handling */
/* */
/* <Title> */
/* Bitmap Handling */
/* */
/* <Abstract> */
/* Handling FT_Bitmap objects. */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* This section contains functions for handling @FT_Bitmap objects. */
/* Note that none of the functions changes the bitmap's `flow' (as */
/* indicated by the sign of the `pitch' field in `FT_Bitmap'). */
/* */
/*************************************************************************/
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Function> */
/* FT_Bitmap_Init */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* Initialize a pointer to an @FT_Bitmap structure. */
/* */
/* <InOut> */
/* abitmap :: A pointer to the bitmap structure. */
/* */
/* <Note> */
/* A deprecated name for the same function is `FT_Bitmap_New'. */
/* */
FT_EXPORT( void )
FT_Bitmap_Init( FT_Bitmap *abitmap );
/* deprecated */
FT_EXPORT( void )
FT_Bitmap_New( FT_Bitmap *abitmap );
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Function> */
/* FT_Bitmap_Copy */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* Copy a bitmap into another one. */
/* */
/* <Input> */
/* library :: A handle to a library object. */
/* */
/* source :: A handle to the source bitmap. */
/* */
/* <Output> */
/* target :: A handle to the target bitmap. */
/* */
/* <Return> */
/* FreeType error code. 0~means success. */
/* */
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
FT_Bitmap_Copy( FT_Library library,
const FT_Bitmap *source,
FT_Bitmap *target);
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Function> */
/* FT_Bitmap_Embolden */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* Embolden a bitmap. The new bitmap will be about `xStrength' */
/* pixels wider and `yStrength' pixels higher. The left and bottom */
/* borders are kept unchanged. */
/* */
/* <Input> */
/* library :: A handle to a library object. */
/* */
/* xStrength :: How strong the glyph is emboldened horizontally. */
/* Expressed in 26.6 pixel format. */
/* */
/* yStrength :: How strong the glyph is emboldened vertically. */
/* Expressed in 26.6 pixel format. */
/* */
/* <InOut> */
/* bitmap :: A handle to the target bitmap. */
/* */
/* <Return> */
/* FreeType error code. 0~means success. */
/* */
/* <Note> */
/* The current implementation restricts `xStrength' to be less than */
/* or equal to~8 if bitmap is of pixel_mode @FT_PIXEL_MODE_MONO. */
/* */
/* If you want to embolden the bitmap owned by a @FT_GlyphSlotRec, */
/* you should call @FT_GlyphSlot_Own_Bitmap on the slot first. */
/* */
/* Bitmaps in @FT_PIXEL_MODE_GRAY2 and @FT_PIXEL_MODE_GRAY@ format */
/* are converted to @FT_PIXEL_MODE_GRAY format (i.e., 8bpp). */
/* */
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
FT_Bitmap_Embolden( FT_Library library,
FT_Bitmap* bitmap,
FT_Pos xStrength,
FT_Pos yStrength );
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Function> */
/* FT_Bitmap_Convert */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* Convert a bitmap object with depth 1bpp, 2bpp, 4bpp, 8bpp or 32bpp */
/* to a bitmap object with depth 8bpp, making the number of used */
/* bytes line (a.k.a. the `pitch') a multiple of `alignment'. */
/* */
/* <Input> */
/* library :: A handle to a library object. */
/* */
/* source :: The source bitmap. */
/* */
/* alignment :: The pitch of the bitmap is a multiple of this */
/* parameter. Common values are 1, 2, or 4. */
/* */
/* <Output> */
/* target :: The target bitmap. */
/* */
/* <Return> */
/* FreeType error code. 0~means success. */
/* */
/* <Note> */
/* It is possible to call @FT_Bitmap_Convert multiple times without */
/* calling @FT_Bitmap_Done (the memory is simply reallocated). */
/* */
/* Use @FT_Bitmap_Done to finally remove the bitmap object. */
/* */
/* The `library' argument is taken to have access to FreeType's */
/* memory handling functions. */
/* */
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
FT_Bitmap_Convert( FT_Library library,
const FT_Bitmap *source,
FT_Bitmap *target,
FT_Int alignment );
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Function> */
/* FT_GlyphSlot_Own_Bitmap */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* Make sure that a glyph slot owns `slot->bitmap'. */
/* */
/* <Input> */
/* slot :: The glyph slot. */
/* */
/* <Return> */
/* FreeType error code. 0~means success. */
/* */
/* <Note> */
/* This function is to be used in combination with */
/* @FT_Bitmap_Embolden. */
/* */
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
FT_GlyphSlot_Own_Bitmap( FT_GlyphSlot slot );
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Function> */
/* FT_Bitmap_Done */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* Destroy a bitmap object initialized with @FT_Bitmap_Init. */
/* */
/* <Input> */
/* library :: A handle to a library object. */
/* */
/* bitmap :: The bitmap object to be freed. */
/* */
/* <Return> */
/* FreeType error code. 0~means success. */
/* */
/* <Note> */
/* The `library' argument is taken to have access to FreeType's */
/* memory handling functions. */
/* */
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
FT_Bitmap_Done( FT_Library library,
FT_Bitmap *bitmap );
/* */
FT_END_HEADER
#endif /* FTBITMAP_H_ */
/* END */

102
android/arm64-v8a/include/freetype/ftbzip2.h Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,102 @@
/***************************************************************************/
/* */
/* ftbzip2.h */
/* */
/* Bzip2-compressed stream support. */
/* */
/* Copyright 2010-2016 by */
/* Joel Klinghed. */
/* */
/* This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used, */
/* modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project */
/* license, LICENSE.TXT. By continuing to use, modify, or distribute */
/* this file you indicate that you have read the license and */
/* understand and accept it fully. */
/* */
/***************************************************************************/
#ifndef FTBZIP2_H_
#define FTBZIP2_H_
#include <ft2build.h>
#include FT_FREETYPE_H
#ifdef FREETYPE_H
#error "freetype.h of FreeType 1 has been loaded!"
#error "Please fix the directory search order for header files"
#error "so that freetype.h of FreeType 2 is found first."
#endif
FT_BEGIN_HEADER
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Section> */
/* bzip2 */
/* */
/* <Title> */
/* BZIP2 Streams */
/* */
/* <Abstract> */
/* Using bzip2-compressed font files. */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* This section contains the declaration of Bzip2-specific functions. */
/* */
/*************************************************************************/
/************************************************************************
*
* @function:
* FT_Stream_OpenBzip2
*
* @description:
* Open a new stream to parse bzip2-compressed font files. This is
* mainly used to support the compressed `*.pcf.bz2' fonts that come
* with XFree86.
*
* @input:
* stream ::
* The target embedding stream.
*
* source ::
* The source stream.
*
* @return:
* FreeType error code. 0~means success.
*
* @note:
* The source stream must be opened _before_ calling this function.
*
* Calling the internal function `FT_Stream_Close' on the new stream will
* *not* call `FT_Stream_Close' on the source stream. None of the stream
* objects will be released to the heap.
*
* The stream implementation is very basic and resets the decompression
* process each time seeking backwards is needed within the stream.
*
* In certain builds of the library, bzip2 compression recognition is
* automatically handled when calling @FT_New_Face or @FT_Open_Face.
* This means that if no font driver is capable of handling the raw
* compressed file, the library will try to open a bzip2 compressed stream
* from it and re-open the face with it.
*
* This function may return `FT_Err_Unimplemented_Feature' if your build
* of FreeType was not compiled with bzip2 support.
*/
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
FT_Stream_OpenBzip2( FT_Stream stream,
FT_Stream source );
/* */
FT_END_HEADER
#endif /* FTBZIP2_H_ */
/* END */

1057
android/arm64-v8a/include/freetype/ftcache.h Normal file
View File

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff

262
android/arm64-v8a/include/freetype/ftcffdrv.h Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,262 @@
/***************************************************************************/
/* */
/* ftcffdrv.h */
/* */
/* FreeType API for controlling the CFF driver (specification only). */
/* */
/* Copyright 2013-2016 by */
/* David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg. */
/* */
/* This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used, */
/* modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project */
/* license, LICENSE.TXT. By continuing to use, modify, or distribute */
/* this file you indicate that you have read the license and */
/* understand and accept it fully. */
/* */
/***************************************************************************/
#ifndef FTCFFDRV_H_
#define FTCFFDRV_H_
#include <ft2build.h>
#include FT_FREETYPE_H
#ifdef FREETYPE_H
#error "freetype.h of FreeType 1 has been loaded!"
#error "Please fix the directory search order for header files"
#error "so that freetype.h of FreeType 2 is found first."
#endif
FT_BEGIN_HEADER
/**************************************************************************
*
* @section:
* cff_driver
*
* @title:
* The CFF driver
*
* @abstract:
* Controlling the CFF driver module.
*
* @description:
* While FreeType's CFF driver doesn't expose API functions by itself,
* it is possible to control its behaviour with @FT_Property_Set and
* @FT_Property_Get. The list below gives the available properties
* together with the necessary macros and structures.
*
* The CFF driver's module name is `cff'.
*
* *Hinting* *and* *antialiasing* *principles* *of* *the* *new* *engine*
*
* The rasterizer is positioning horizontal features (e.g., ascender
* height & x-height, or crossbars) on the pixel grid and minimizing the
* amount of antialiasing applied to them, while placing vertical
* features (vertical stems) on the pixel grid without hinting, thus
* representing the stem position and weight accurately. Sometimes the
* vertical stems may be only partially black. In this context,
* `antialiasing' means that stems are not positioned exactly on pixel
* borders, causing a fuzzy appearance.
*
* There are two principles behind this approach.
*
* 1) No hinting in the horizontal direction: Unlike `superhinted'
* TrueType, which changes glyph widths to accommodate regular
* inter-glyph spacing, Adobe's approach is `faithful to the design' in
* representing both the glyph width and the inter-glyph spacing
* designed for the font. This makes the screen display as close as it
* can be to the result one would get with infinite resolution, while
* preserving what is considered the key characteristics of each glyph.
* Note that the distances between unhinted and grid-fitted positions at
* small sizes are comparable to kerning values and thus would be
* noticeable (and distracting) while reading if hinting were applied.
*
* One of the reasons to not hint horizontally is antialiasing for LCD
* screens: The pixel geometry of modern displays supplies three
* vertical sub-pixels as the eye moves horizontally across each visible
* pixel. On devices where we can be certain this characteristic is
* present a rasterizer can take advantage of the sub-pixels to add
* increments of weight. In Western writing systems this turns out to
* be the more critical direction anyway; the weights and spacing of
* vertical stems (see above) are central to Armenian, Cyrillic, Greek,
* and Latin type designs. Even when the rasterizer uses greyscale
* antialiasing instead of color (a necessary compromise when one
* doesn't know the screen characteristics), the unhinted vertical
* features preserve the design's weight and spacing much better than
* aliased type would.
*
* 2) Aligment in the vertical direction: Weights and spacing along the
* y~axis are less critical; what is much more important is the visual
* alignment of related features (like cap-height and x-height). The
* sense of alignment for these is enhanced by the sharpness of grid-fit
* edges, while the cruder vertical resolution (full pixels instead of
* 1/3 pixels) is less of a problem.
*
* On the technical side, horizontal alignment zones for ascender,
* x-height, and other important height values (traditionally called
* `blue zones') as defined in the font are positioned independently,
* each being rounded to the nearest pixel edge, taking care of
* overshoot suppression at small sizes, stem darkening, and scaling.
*
* Hstems (this is, hint values defined in the font to help align
* horizontal features) that fall within a blue zone are said to be
* `captured' and are aligned to that zone. Uncaptured stems are moved
* in one of four ways, top edge up or down, bottom edge up or down.
* Unless there are conflicting hstems, the smallest movement is taken
* to minimize distortion.
*
* @order:
* hinting-engine
* no-stem-darkening[cff]
* darkening-parameters[cff]
*
*/
/**************************************************************************
*
* @property:
* hinting-engine
*
* @description:
* Thanks to Adobe, which contributed a new hinting (and parsing)
* engine, an application can select between `freetype' and `adobe' if
* compiled with CFF_CONFIG_OPTION_OLD_ENGINE. If this configuration
* macro isn't defined, `hinting-engine' does nothing.
*
* The default engine is `freetype' if CFF_CONFIG_OPTION_OLD_ENGINE is
* defined, and `adobe' otherwise.
*
* The following example code demonstrates how to select Adobe's hinting
* engine (omitting the error handling).
*
* {
* FT_Library library;
* FT_UInt hinting_engine = FT_CFF_HINTING_ADOBE;
*
*
* FT_Init_FreeType( &library );
*
* FT_Property_Set( library, "cff",
* "hinting-engine", &hinting_engine );
* }
*
* @note:
* This property can be used with @FT_Property_Get also.
*
*/
/**************************************************************************
*
* @enum:
* FT_CFF_HINTING_XXX
*
* @description:
* A list of constants used for the @hinting-engine property to select
* the hinting engine for CFF fonts.
*
* @values:
* FT_CFF_HINTING_FREETYPE ::
* Use the old FreeType hinting engine.
*
* FT_CFF_HINTING_ADOBE ::
* Use the hinting engine contributed by Adobe.
*
*/
#define FT_CFF_HINTING_FREETYPE 0
#define FT_CFF_HINTING_ADOBE 1
/**************************************************************************
*
* @property:
* no-stem-darkening[cff]
*
* @description:
* By default, the Adobe CFF engine darkens stems at smaller sizes,
* regardless of hinting, to enhance contrast. This feature requires
* a rendering system with proper gamma correction. Setting this
* property, stem darkening gets switched off.
*
* Note that stem darkening is never applied if @FT_LOAD_NO_SCALE is set.
*
* {
* FT_Library library;
* FT_Bool no_stem_darkening = TRUE;
*
*
* FT_Init_FreeType( &library );
*
* FT_Property_Set( library, "cff",
* "no-stem-darkening", &no_stem_darkening );
* }
*
* @note:
* This property can be used with @FT_Property_Get also.
*
*/
/**************************************************************************
*
* @property:
* darkening-parameters[cff]
*
* @description:
* By default, the Adobe CFF engine darkens stems as follows (if the
* `no-stem-darkening' property isn't set):
*
* {
* stem width <= 0.5px: darkening amount = 0.4px
* stem width = 1px: darkening amount = 0.275px
* stem width = 1.667px: darkening amount = 0.275px
* stem width >= 2.333px: darkening amount = 0px
* }
*
* and piecewise linear in-between. At configuration time, these four
* control points can be set with the macro
* `CFF_CONFIG_OPTION_DARKENING_PARAMETERS'. At runtime, the control
* points can be changed using the `darkening-parameters' property, as
* the following example demonstrates.
*
* {
* FT_Library library;
* FT_Int darken_params[8] = { 500, 300, // x1, y1
* 1000, 200, // x2, y2
* 1500, 100, // x3, y3
* 2000, 0 }; // x4, y4
*
*
* FT_Init_FreeType( &library );
*
* FT_Property_Set( library, "cff",
* "darkening-parameters", darken_params );
* }
*
* The x~values give the stem width, and the y~values the darkening
* amount. The unit is 1000th of pixels. All coordinate values must be
* positive; the x~values must be monotonically increasing; the
* y~values must be monotonically decreasing and smaller than or
* equal to 500 (corresponding to half a pixel); the slope of each
* linear piece must be shallower than -1 (e.g., -.4).
*
* @note:
* This property can be used with @FT_Property_Get also.
*
*/
/* */
FT_END_HEADER
#endif /* FTCFFDRV_H_ */
/* END */

135
android/arm64-v8a/include/freetype/ftchapters.h Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,135 @@
/***************************************************************************/
/* */
/* This file defines the structure of the FreeType reference. */
/* It is used by the python script that generates the HTML files. */
/* */
/***************************************************************************/
/***************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Chapter> */
/* general_remarks */
/* */
/* <Title> */
/* General Remarks */
/* */
/* <Sections> */
/* header_inclusion */
/* user_allocation */
/* */
/***************************************************************************/
/***************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Chapter> */
/* core_api */
/* */
/* <Title> */
/* Core API */
/* */
/* <Sections> */
/* version */
/* basic_types */
/* base_interface */
/* glyph_variants */
/* glyph_management */
/* mac_specific */
/* sizes_management */
/* header_file_macros */
/* */
/***************************************************************************/
/***************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Chapter> */
/* format_specific */
/* */
/* <Title> */
/* Format-Specific API */
/* */
/* <Sections> */
/* multiple_masters */
/* truetype_tables */
/* type1_tables */
/* sfnt_names */
/* bdf_fonts */
/* cid_fonts */
/* pfr_fonts */
/* winfnt_fonts */
/* font_formats */
/* gasp_table */
/* */
/***************************************************************************/
/***************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Chapter> */
/* module_specific */
/* */
/* <Title> */
/* Controlling FreeType Modules */
/* */
/* <Sections> */
/* auto_hinter */
/* cff_driver */
/* tt_driver */
/* */
/***************************************************************************/
/***************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Chapter> */
/* cache_subsystem */
/* */
/* <Title> */
/* Cache Sub-System */
/* */
/* <Sections> */
/* cache_subsystem */
/* */
/***************************************************************************/
/***************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Chapter> */
/* support_api */
/* */
/* <Title> */
/* Support API */
/* */
/* <Sections> */
/* computations */
/* list_processing */
/* outline_processing */
/* quick_advance */
/* bitmap_handling */
/* raster */
/* glyph_stroker */
/* system_interface */
/* module_management */
/* gzip */
/* lzw */
/* bzip2 */
/* lcd_filtering */
/* */
/***************************************************************************/
/***************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Chapter> */
/* error_codes */
/* */
/* <Title> */
/* Error Codes */
/* */
/* <Sections> */
/* error_enumerations */
/* error_code_values */
/* */
/***************************************************************************/

168
android/arm64-v8a/include/freetype/ftcid.h Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,168 @@
/***************************************************************************/
/* */
/* ftcid.h */
/* */
/* FreeType API for accessing CID font information (specification). */
/* */
/* Copyright 2007-2016 by */
/* Dereg Clegg and Michael Toftdal. */
/* */
/* This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used, */
/* modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project */
/* license, LICENSE.TXT. By continuing to use, modify, or distribute */
/* this file you indicate that you have read the license and */
/* understand and accept it fully. */
/* */
/***************************************************************************/
#ifndef FTCID_H_
#define FTCID_H_
#include <ft2build.h>
#include FT_FREETYPE_H
#ifdef FREETYPE_H
#error "freetype.h of FreeType 1 has been loaded!"
#error "Please fix the directory search order for header files"
#error "so that freetype.h of FreeType 2 is found first."
#endif
FT_BEGIN_HEADER
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Section> */
/* cid_fonts */
/* */
/* <Title> */
/* CID Fonts */
/* */
/* <Abstract> */
/* CID-keyed font specific API. */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* This section contains the declaration of CID-keyed font specific */
/* functions. */
/* */
/*************************************************************************/
/**********************************************************************
*
* @function:
* FT_Get_CID_Registry_Ordering_Supplement
*
* @description:
* Retrieve the Registry/Ordering/Supplement triple (also known as the
* "R/O/S") from a CID-keyed font.
*
* @input:
* face ::
* A handle to the input face.
*
* @output:
* registry ::
* The registry, as a C~string, owned by the face.
*
* ordering ::
* The ordering, as a C~string, owned by the face.
*
* supplement ::
* The supplement.
*
* @return:
* FreeType error code. 0~means success.
*
* @note:
* This function only works with CID faces, returning an error
* otherwise.
*
* @since:
* 2.3.6
*/
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
FT_Get_CID_Registry_Ordering_Supplement( FT_Face face,
const char* *registry,
const char* *ordering,
FT_Int *supplement);
/**********************************************************************
*
* @function:
* FT_Get_CID_Is_Internally_CID_Keyed
*
* @description:
* Retrieve the type of the input face, CID keyed or not. In
* constrast to the @FT_IS_CID_KEYED macro this function returns
* successfully also for CID-keyed fonts in an SNFT wrapper.
*
* @input:
* face ::
* A handle to the input face.
*
* @output:
* is_cid ::
* The type of the face as an @FT_Bool.
*
* @return:
* FreeType error code. 0~means success.
*
* @note:
* This function only works with CID faces and OpenType fonts,
* returning an error otherwise.
*
* @since:
* 2.3.9
*/
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
FT_Get_CID_Is_Internally_CID_Keyed( FT_Face face,
FT_Bool *is_cid );
/**********************************************************************
*
* @function:
* FT_Get_CID_From_Glyph_Index
*
* @description:
* Retrieve the CID of the input glyph index.
*
* @input:
* face ::
* A handle to the input face.
*
* glyph_index ::
* The input glyph index.
*
* @output:
* cid ::
* The CID as an @FT_UInt.
*
* @return:
* FreeType error code. 0~means success.
*
* @note:
* This function only works with CID faces and OpenType fonts,
* returning an error otherwise.
*
* @since:
* 2.3.9
*/
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
FT_Get_CID_From_Glyph_Index( FT_Face face,
FT_UInt glyph_index,
FT_UInt *cid );
/* */
FT_END_HEADER
#endif /* FTCID_H_ */
/* END */

276
android/arm64-v8a/include/freetype/fterrdef.h Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,276 @@
/***************************************************************************/
/* */
/* fterrdef.h */
/* */
/* FreeType error codes (specification). */
/* */
/* Copyright 2002-2016 by */
/* David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg. */
/* */
/* This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used, */
/* modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project */
/* license, LICENSE.TXT. By continuing to use, modify, or distribute */
/* this file you indicate that you have read the license and */
/* understand and accept it fully. */
/* */
/***************************************************************************/
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Section> */
/* error_code_values */
/* */
/* <Title> */
/* Error Code Values */
/* */
/* <Abstract> */
/* All possible error codes returned by FreeType functions. */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* The list below is taken verbatim from the file `fterrdef.h' */
/* (loaded automatically by including `FT_FREETYPE_H'). The first */
/* argument of the `FT_ERROR_DEF_' macro is the error label; by */
/* default, the prefix `FT_Err_' gets added so that you get error */
/* names like `FT_Err_Cannot_Open_Resource'. The second argument is */
/* the error code, and the last argument an error string, which is not */
/* used by FreeType. */
/* */
/* Within your application you should *only* use error names and */
/* *never* its numeric values! The latter might (and actually do) */
/* change in forthcoming FreeType versions. */
/* */
/* Macro `FT_NOERRORDEF_' defines `FT_Err_Ok', which is always zero. */
/* See the `Error Enumerations' subsection how to automatically */
/* generate a list of error strings. */
/* */
/*************************************************************************/
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Enum> */
/* FT_Err_XXX */
/* */
/*************************************************************************/
/* generic errors */
FT_NOERRORDEF_( Ok, 0x00,
"no error" )
FT_ERRORDEF_( Cannot_Open_Resource, 0x01,
"cannot open resource" )
FT_ERRORDEF_( Unknown_File_Format, 0x02,
"unknown file format" )
FT_ERRORDEF_( Invalid_File_Format, 0x03,
"broken file" )
FT_ERRORDEF_( Invalid_Version, 0x04,
"invalid FreeType version" )
FT_ERRORDEF_( Lower_Module_Version, 0x05,
"module version is too low" )
FT_ERRORDEF_( Invalid_Argument, 0x06,
"invalid argument" )
FT_ERRORDEF_( Unimplemented_Feature, 0x07,
"unimplemented feature" )
FT_ERRORDEF_( Invalid_Table, 0x08,
"broken table" )
FT_ERRORDEF_( Invalid_Offset, 0x09,
"broken offset within table" )
FT_ERRORDEF_( Array_Too_Large, 0x0A,
"array allocation size too large" )
FT_ERRORDEF_( Missing_Module, 0x0B,
"missing module" )
FT_ERRORDEF_( Missing_Property, 0x0C,
"missing property" )
/* glyph/character errors */
FT_ERRORDEF_( Invalid_Glyph_Index, 0x10,
"invalid glyph index" )
FT_ERRORDEF_( Invalid_Character_Code, 0x11,
"invalid character code" )
FT_ERRORDEF_( Invalid_Glyph_Format, 0x12,
"unsupported glyph image format" )
FT_ERRORDEF_( Cannot_Render_Glyph, 0x13,
"cannot render this glyph format" )
FT_ERRORDEF_( Invalid_Outline, 0x14,
"invalid outline" )
FT_ERRORDEF_( Invalid_Composite, 0x15,
"invalid composite glyph" )
FT_ERRORDEF_( Too_Many_Hints, 0x16,
"too many hints" )
FT_ERRORDEF_( Invalid_Pixel_Size, 0x17,
"invalid pixel size" )
/* handle errors */
FT_ERRORDEF_( Invalid_Handle, 0x20,
"invalid object handle" )
FT_ERRORDEF_( Invalid_Library_Handle, 0x21,
"invalid library handle" )
FT_ERRORDEF_( Invalid_Driver_Handle, 0x22,
"invalid module handle" )
FT_ERRORDEF_( Invalid_Face_Handle, 0x23,
"invalid face handle" )
FT_ERRORDEF_( Invalid_Size_Handle, 0x24,
"invalid size handle" )
FT_ERRORDEF_( Invalid_Slot_Handle, 0x25,
"invalid glyph slot handle" )
FT_ERRORDEF_( Invalid_CharMap_Handle, 0x26,
"invalid charmap handle" )
FT_ERRORDEF_( Invalid_Cache_Handle, 0x27,
"invalid cache manager handle" )
FT_ERRORDEF_( Invalid_Stream_Handle, 0x28,
"invalid stream handle" )
/* driver errors */
FT_ERRORDEF_( Too_Many_Drivers, 0x30,
"too many modules" )
FT_ERRORDEF_( Too_Many_Extensions, 0x31,
"too many extensions" )
/* memory errors */
FT_ERRORDEF_( Out_Of_Memory, 0x40,
"out of memory" )
FT_ERRORDEF_( Unlisted_Object, 0x41,
"unlisted object" )
/* stream errors */
FT_ERRORDEF_( Cannot_Open_Stream, 0x51,
"cannot open stream" )
FT_ERRORDEF_( Invalid_Stream_Seek, 0x52,
"invalid stream seek" )
FT_ERRORDEF_( Invalid_Stream_Skip, 0x53,
"invalid stream skip" )
FT_ERRORDEF_( Invalid_Stream_Read, 0x54,
"invalid stream read" )
FT_ERRORDEF_( Invalid_Stream_Operation, 0x55,
"invalid stream operation" )
FT_ERRORDEF_( Invalid_Frame_Operation, 0x56,
"invalid frame operation" )
FT_ERRORDEF_( Nested_Frame_Access, 0x57,
"nested frame access" )
FT_ERRORDEF_( Invalid_Frame_Read, 0x58,
"invalid frame read" )
/* raster errors */
FT_ERRORDEF_( Raster_Uninitialized, 0x60,
"raster uninitialized" )
FT_ERRORDEF_( Raster_Corrupted, 0x61,
"raster corrupted" )
FT_ERRORDEF_( Raster_Overflow, 0x62,
"raster overflow" )
FT_ERRORDEF_( Raster_Negative_Height, 0x63,
"negative height while rastering" )
/* cache errors */
FT_ERRORDEF_( Too_Many_Caches, 0x70,
"too many registered caches" )
/* TrueType and SFNT errors */
FT_ERRORDEF_( Invalid_Opcode, 0x80,
"invalid opcode" )
FT_ERRORDEF_( Too_Few_Arguments, 0x81,
"too few arguments" )
FT_ERRORDEF_( Stack_Overflow, 0x82,
"stack overflow" )
FT_ERRORDEF_( Code_Overflow, 0x83,
"code overflow" )
FT_ERRORDEF_( Bad_Argument, 0x84,
"bad argument" )
FT_ERRORDEF_( Divide_By_Zero, 0x85,
"division by zero" )
FT_ERRORDEF_( Invalid_Reference, 0x86,
"invalid reference" )
FT_ERRORDEF_( Debug_OpCode, 0x87,
"found debug opcode" )
FT_ERRORDEF_( ENDF_In_Exec_Stream, 0x88,
"found ENDF opcode in execution stream" )
FT_ERRORDEF_( Nested_DEFS, 0x89,
"nested DEFS" )
FT_ERRORDEF_( Invalid_CodeRange, 0x8A,
"invalid code range" )
FT_ERRORDEF_( Execution_Too_Long, 0x8B,
"execution context too long" )
FT_ERRORDEF_( Too_Many_Function_Defs, 0x8C,
"too many function definitions" )
FT_ERRORDEF_( Too_Many_Instruction_Defs, 0x8D,
"too many instruction definitions" )
FT_ERRORDEF_( Table_Missing, 0x8E,
"SFNT font table missing" )
FT_ERRORDEF_( Horiz_Header_Missing, 0x8F,
"horizontal header (hhea) table missing" )
FT_ERRORDEF_( Locations_Missing, 0x90,
"locations (loca) table missing" )
FT_ERRORDEF_( Name_Table_Missing, 0x91,
"name table missing" )
FT_ERRORDEF_( CMap_Table_Missing, 0x92,
"character map (cmap) table missing" )
FT_ERRORDEF_( Hmtx_Table_Missing, 0x93,
"horizontal metrics (hmtx) table missing" )
FT_ERRORDEF_( Post_Table_Missing, 0x94,
"PostScript (post) table missing" )
FT_ERRORDEF_( Invalid_Horiz_Metrics, 0x95,
"invalid horizontal metrics" )
FT_ERRORDEF_( Invalid_CharMap_Format, 0x96,
"invalid character map (cmap) format" )
FT_ERRORDEF_( Invalid_PPem, 0x97,
"invalid ppem value" )
FT_ERRORDEF_( Invalid_Vert_Metrics, 0x98,
"invalid vertical metrics" )
FT_ERRORDEF_( Could_Not_Find_Context, 0x99,
"could not find context" )
FT_ERRORDEF_( Invalid_Post_Table_Format, 0x9A,
"invalid PostScript (post) table format" )
FT_ERRORDEF_( Invalid_Post_Table, 0x9B,
"invalid PostScript (post) table" )
/* CFF, CID, and Type 1 errors */
FT_ERRORDEF_( Syntax_Error, 0xA0,
"opcode syntax error" )
FT_ERRORDEF_( Stack_Underflow, 0xA1,
"argument stack underflow" )
FT_ERRORDEF_( Ignore, 0xA2,
"ignore" )
FT_ERRORDEF_( No_Unicode_Glyph_Name, 0xA3,
"no Unicode glyph name found" )
FT_ERRORDEF_( Glyph_Too_Big, 0xA4,
"glyph too big for hinting" )
/* BDF errors */
FT_ERRORDEF_( Missing_Startfont_Field, 0xB0,
"`STARTFONT' field missing" )
FT_ERRORDEF_( Missing_Font_Field, 0xB1,
"`FONT' field missing" )
FT_ERRORDEF_( Missing_Size_Field, 0xB2,
"`SIZE' field missing" )
FT_ERRORDEF_( Missing_Fontboundingbox_Field, 0xB3,
"`FONTBOUNDINGBOX' field missing" )
FT_ERRORDEF_( Missing_Chars_Field, 0xB4,
"`CHARS' field missing" )
FT_ERRORDEF_( Missing_Startchar_Field, 0xB5,
"`STARTCHAR' field missing" )
FT_ERRORDEF_( Missing_Encoding_Field, 0xB6,
"`ENCODING' field missing" )
FT_ERRORDEF_( Missing_Bbx_Field, 0xB7,
"`BBX' field missing" )
FT_ERRORDEF_( Bbx_Too_Big, 0xB8,
"`BBX' too big" )
FT_ERRORDEF_( Corrupted_Font_Header, 0xB9,
"Font header corrupted or missing fields" )
FT_ERRORDEF_( Corrupted_Font_Glyphs, 0xBA,
"Font glyphs corrupted or missing fields" )
/* */
/* END */

226
android/arm64-v8a/include/freetype/fterrors.h Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,226 @@
/***************************************************************************/
/* */
/* fterrors.h */
/* */
/* FreeType error code handling (specification). */
/* */
/* Copyright 1996-2016 by */
/* David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg. */
/* */
/* This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used, */
/* modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project */
/* license, LICENSE.TXT. By continuing to use, modify, or distribute */
/* this file you indicate that you have read the license and */
/* understand and accept it fully. */
/* */
/***************************************************************************/
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Section> */
/* error_enumerations */
/* */
/* <Title> */
/* Error Enumerations */
/* */
/* <Abstract> */
/* How to handle errors and error strings. */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* The header file `fterrors.h' (which is automatically included by */
/* `freetype.h' defines the handling of FreeType's enumeration */
/* constants. It can also be used to generate error message strings */
/* with a small macro trick explained below. */
/* */
/* *Error* *Formats* */
/* */
/* The configuration macro FT_CONFIG_OPTION_USE_MODULE_ERRORS can be */
/* defined in `ftoption.h' in order to make the higher byte indicate */
/* the module where the error has happened (this is not compatible */
/* with standard builds of FreeType&nbsp;2, however). See the file */
/* `ftmoderr.h' for more details. */
/* */
/* *Error* *Message* *Strings* */
/* */
/* Error definitions are set up with special macros that allow client */
/* applications to build a table of error message strings. The */
/* strings are not included in a normal build of FreeType&nbsp;2 to */
/* save space (most client applications do not use them). */
/* */
/* To do so, you have to define the following macros before including */
/* this file. */
/* */
/* { */
/* FT_ERROR_START_LIST */
/* } */
/* */
/* This macro is called before anything else to define the start of */
/* the error list. It is followed by several FT_ERROR_DEF calls. */
/* */
/* { */
/* FT_ERROR_DEF( e, v, s ) */
/* } */
/* */
/* This macro is called to define one single error. `e' is the error */
/* code identifier (e.g., `Invalid_Argument'), `v' is the error's */
/* numerical value, and `s' is the corresponding error string. */
/* */
/* { */
/* FT_ERROR_END_LIST */
/* } */
/* */
/* This macro ends the list. */
/* */
/* Additionally, you have to undefine `FTERRORS_H_' before #including */
/* this file. */
/* */
/* Here is a simple example. */
/* */
/* { */
/* #undef FTERRORS_H_ */
/* #define FT_ERRORDEF( e, v, s ) { e, s }, */
/* #define FT_ERROR_START_LIST { */
/* #define FT_ERROR_END_LIST { 0, NULL } }; */
/* */
/* const struct */
/* { */
/* int err_code; */
/* const char* err_msg; */
/* } ft_errors[] = */
/* */
/* #include FT_ERRORS_H */
/* } */
/* */
/* Note that `FT_Err_Ok' is _not_ defined with `FT_ERRORDEF' but with */
/* `FT_NOERRORDEF'; it is always zero. */
/* */
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* In previous FreeType versions we used `__FTERRORS_H__'. However, */
/* using two successive underscores in a non-system symbol name */
/* violates the C (and C++) standard, so it was changed to the */
/* current form. In spite of this, we have to make */
/* */
/* #undefine __FTERRORS_H__ */
/* */
/* work for backwards compatibility. */
/* */
#if !( defined( FTERRORS_H_ ) && defined ( __FTERRORS_H__ ) )
#define FTERRORS_H_
#define __FTERRORS_H__
/* include module base error codes */
#include FT_MODULE_ERRORS_H
/*******************************************************************/
/*******************************************************************/
/***** *****/
/***** SETUP MACROS *****/
/***** *****/
/*******************************************************************/
/*******************************************************************/
#undef FT_NEED_EXTERN_C
/* FT_ERR_PREFIX is used as a prefix for error identifiers. */
/* By default, we use `FT_Err_'. */
/* */
#ifndef FT_ERR_PREFIX
#define FT_ERR_PREFIX FT_Err_
#endif
/* FT_ERR_BASE is used as the base for module-specific errors. */
/* */
#ifdef FT_CONFIG_OPTION_USE_MODULE_ERRORS
#ifndef FT_ERR_BASE
#define FT_ERR_BASE FT_Mod_Err_Base
#endif
#else
#undef FT_ERR_BASE
#define FT_ERR_BASE 0
#endif /* FT_CONFIG_OPTION_USE_MODULE_ERRORS */
/* If FT_ERRORDEF is not defined, we need to define a simple */
/* enumeration type. */
/* */
#ifndef FT_ERRORDEF
#define FT_ERRORDEF( e, v, s ) e = v,
#define FT_ERROR_START_LIST enum {
#define FT_ERROR_END_LIST FT_ERR_CAT( FT_ERR_PREFIX, Max ) };
#ifdef __cplusplus
#define FT_NEED_EXTERN_C
extern "C" {
#endif
#endif /* !FT_ERRORDEF */
/* this macro is used to define an error */
#define FT_ERRORDEF_( e, v, s ) \
FT_ERRORDEF( FT_ERR_CAT( FT_ERR_PREFIX, e ), v + FT_ERR_BASE, s )
/* this is only used for <module>_Err_Ok, which must be 0! */
#define FT_NOERRORDEF_( e, v, s ) \
FT_ERRORDEF( FT_ERR_CAT( FT_ERR_PREFIX, e ), v, s )
#ifdef FT_ERROR_START_LIST
FT_ERROR_START_LIST
#endif
/* now include the error codes */
#include FT_ERROR_DEFINITIONS_H
#ifdef FT_ERROR_END_LIST
FT_ERROR_END_LIST
#endif
/*******************************************************************/
/*******************************************************************/
/***** *****/
/***** SIMPLE CLEANUP *****/
/***** *****/
/*******************************************************************/
/*******************************************************************/
#ifdef FT_NEED_EXTERN_C
}
#endif
#undef FT_ERROR_START_LIST
#undef FT_ERROR_END_LIST
#undef FT_ERRORDEF
#undef FT_ERRORDEF_
#undef FT_NOERRORDEF_
#undef FT_NEED_EXTERN_C
#undef FT_ERR_BASE
/* FT_ERR_PREFIX is needed internally */
#ifndef FT2_BUILD_LIBRARY
#undef FT_ERR_PREFIX
#endif
#endif /* !(FTERRORS_H_ && __FTERRORS_H__) */
/* END */

95
android/arm64-v8a/include/freetype/ftfntfmt.h Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,95 @@
/***************************************************************************/
/* */
/* ftfntfmt.h */
/* */
/* Support functions for font formats. */
/* */
/* Copyright 2002-2016 by */
/* David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg. */
/* */
/* This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used, */
/* modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project */
/* license, LICENSE.TXT. By continuing to use, modify, or distribute */
/* this file you indicate that you have read the license and */
/* understand and accept it fully. */
/* */
/***************************************************************************/
#ifndef FTFNTFMT_H_
#define FTFNTFMT_H_
#include <ft2build.h>
#include FT_FREETYPE_H
#ifdef FREETYPE_H
#error "freetype.h of FreeType 1 has been loaded!"
#error "Please fix the directory search order for header files"
#error "so that freetype.h of FreeType 2 is found first."
#endif
FT_BEGIN_HEADER
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Section> */
/* font_formats */
/* */
/* <Title> */
/* Font Formats */
/* */
/* <Abstract> */
/* Getting the font format. */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* The single function in this section can be used to get the font */
/* format. Note that this information is not needed normally; */
/* however, there are special cases (like in PDF devices) where it is */
/* important to differentiate, in spite of FreeType's uniform API. */
/* */
/*************************************************************************/
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Function> */
/* FT_Get_Font_Format */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* Return a string describing the format of a given face. Possible */
/* values are `TrueType', `Type~1', `BDF', `PCF', `Type~42', */
/* `CID~Type~1', `CFF', `PFR', and `Windows~FNT'. */
/* */
/* The return value is suitable to be used as an X11 FONT_PROPERTY. */
/* */
/* <Input> */
/* face :: */
/* Input face handle. */
/* */
/* <Return> */
/* Font format string. NULL in case of error. */
/* */
/* <Note> */
/* A deprecated name for the same function is */
/* `FT_Get_X11_Font_Format'. */
/* */
FT_EXPORT( const char* )
FT_Get_Font_Format( FT_Face face );
/* deprecated */
FT_EXPORT( const char* )
FT_Get_X11_Font_Format( FT_Face face );
/* */
FT_END_HEADER
#endif /* FTFNTFMT_H_ */
/* END */

129
android/arm64-v8a/include/freetype/ftgasp.h Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,129 @@
/***************************************************************************/
/* */
/* ftgasp.h */
/* */
/* Access of TrueType's `gasp' table (specification). */
/* */
/* Copyright 2007-2016 by */
/* David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg. */
/* */
/* This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used, */
/* modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project */
/* license, LICENSE.TXT. By continuing to use, modify, or distribute */
/* this file you indicate that you have read the license and */
/* understand and accept it fully. */
/* */
/***************************************************************************/
#ifndef FTGASP_H_
#define FTGASP_H_
#include <ft2build.h>
#include FT_FREETYPE_H
#ifdef FREETYPE_H
#error "freetype.h of FreeType 1 has been loaded!"
#error "Please fix the directory search order for header files"
#error "so that freetype.h of FreeType 2 is found first."
#endif
/***************************************************************************
*
* @section:
* gasp_table
*
* @title:
* Gasp Table
*
* @abstract:
* Retrieving TrueType `gasp' table entries.
*
* @description:
* The function @FT_Get_Gasp can be used to query a TrueType or OpenType
* font for specific entries in its `gasp' table, if any. This is
* mainly useful when implementing native TrueType hinting with the
* bytecode interpreter to duplicate the Windows text rendering results.
*/
/*************************************************************************
*
* @enum:
* FT_GASP_XXX
*
* @description:
* A list of values and/or bit-flags returned by the @FT_Get_Gasp
* function.
*
* @values:
* FT_GASP_NO_TABLE ::
* This special value means that there is no GASP table in this face.
* It is up to the client to decide what to do.
*
* FT_GASP_DO_GRIDFIT ::
* Grid-fitting and hinting should be performed at the specified ppem.
* This *really* means TrueType bytecode interpretation. If this bit
* is not set, no hinting gets applied.
*
* FT_GASP_DO_GRAY ::
* Anti-aliased rendering should be performed at the specified ppem.
* If not set, do monochrome rendering.
*
* FT_GASP_SYMMETRIC_SMOOTHING ::
* If set, smoothing along multiple axes must be used with ClearType.
*
* FT_GASP_SYMMETRIC_GRIDFIT ::
* Grid-fitting must be used with ClearType's symmetric smoothing.
*
* @note:
* The bit-flags `FT_GASP_DO_GRIDFIT' and `FT_GASP_DO_GRAY' are to be
* used for standard font rasterization only. Independently of that,
* `FT_GASP_SYMMETRIC_SMOOTHING' and `FT_GASP_SYMMETRIC_GRIDFIT' are to
* be used if ClearType is enabled (and `FT_GASP_DO_GRIDFIT' and
* `FT_GASP_DO_GRAY' are consequently ignored).
*
* `ClearType' is Microsoft's implementation of LCD rendering, partly
* protected by patents.
*
* @since:
* 2.3.0
*/
#define FT_GASP_NO_TABLE -1
#define FT_GASP_DO_GRIDFIT 0x01
#define FT_GASP_DO_GRAY 0x02
#define FT_GASP_SYMMETRIC_SMOOTHING 0x08
#define FT_GASP_SYMMETRIC_GRIDFIT 0x10
/*************************************************************************
*
* @func:
* FT_Get_Gasp
*
* @description:
* Read the `gasp' table from a TrueType or OpenType font file and
* return the entry corresponding to a given character pixel size.
*
* @input:
* face :: The source face handle.
* ppem :: The vertical character pixel size.
*
* @return:
* Bit flags (see @FT_GASP_XXX), or @FT_GASP_NO_TABLE if there is no
* `gasp' table in the face.
*
* @since:
* 2.3.0
*/
FT_EXPORT( FT_Int )
FT_Get_Gasp( FT_Face face,
FT_UInt ppem );
/* */
#endif /* FTGASP_H_ */
/* END */

605
android/arm64-v8a/include/freetype/ftglyph.h Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,605 @@
/***************************************************************************/
/* */
/* ftglyph.h */
/* */
/* FreeType convenience functions to handle glyphs (specification). */
/* */
/* Copyright 1996-2016 by */
/* David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg. */
/* */
/* This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used, */
/* modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project */
/* license, LICENSE.TXT. By continuing to use, modify, or distribute */
/* this file you indicate that you have read the license and */
/* understand and accept it fully. */
/* */
/***************************************************************************/
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* This file contains the definition of several convenience functions */
/* that can be used by client applications to easily retrieve glyph */
/* bitmaps and outlines from a given face. */
/* */
/* These functions should be optional if you are writing a font server */
/* or text layout engine on top of FreeType. However, they are pretty */
/* handy for many other simple uses of the library. */
/* */
/*************************************************************************/
#ifndef FTGLYPH_H_
#define FTGLYPH_H_
#include <ft2build.h>
#include FT_FREETYPE_H
#ifdef FREETYPE_H
#error "freetype.h of FreeType 1 has been loaded!"
#error "Please fix the directory search order for header files"
#error "so that freetype.h of FreeType 2 is found first."
#endif
FT_BEGIN_HEADER
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Section> */
/* glyph_management */
/* */
/* <Title> */
/* Glyph Management */
/* */
/* <Abstract> */
/* Generic interface to manage individual glyph data. */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* This section contains definitions used to manage glyph data */
/* through generic FT_Glyph objects. Each of them can contain a */
/* bitmap, a vector outline, or even images in other formats. */
/* */
/*************************************************************************/
/* forward declaration to a private type */
typedef struct FT_Glyph_Class_ FT_Glyph_Class;
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Type> */
/* FT_Glyph */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* Handle to an object used to model generic glyph images. It is a */
/* pointer to the @FT_GlyphRec structure and can contain a glyph */
/* bitmap or pointer. */
/* */
/* <Note> */
/* Glyph objects are not owned by the library. You must thus release */
/* them manually (through @FT_Done_Glyph) _before_ calling */
/* @FT_Done_FreeType. */
/* */
typedef struct FT_GlyphRec_* FT_Glyph;
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Struct> */
/* FT_GlyphRec */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* The root glyph structure contains a given glyph image plus its */
/* advance width in 16.16 fixed-point format. */
/* */
/* <Fields> */
/* library :: A handle to the FreeType library object. */
/* */
/* clazz :: A pointer to the glyph's class. Private. */
/* */
/* format :: The format of the glyph's image. */
/* */
/* advance :: A 16.16 vector that gives the glyph's advance width. */
/* */
typedef struct FT_GlyphRec_
{
FT_Library library;
const FT_Glyph_Class* clazz;
FT_Glyph_Format format;
FT_Vector advance;
} FT_GlyphRec;
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Type> */
/* FT_BitmapGlyph */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* A handle to an object used to model a bitmap glyph image. This is */
/* a sub-class of @FT_Glyph, and a pointer to @FT_BitmapGlyphRec. */
/* */
typedef struct FT_BitmapGlyphRec_* FT_BitmapGlyph;
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Struct> */
/* FT_BitmapGlyphRec */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* A structure used for bitmap glyph images. This really is a */
/* `sub-class' of @FT_GlyphRec. */
/* */
/* <Fields> */
/* root :: The root @FT_Glyph fields. */
/* */
/* left :: The left-side bearing, i.e., the horizontal distance */
/* from the current pen position to the left border of the */
/* glyph bitmap. */
/* */
/* top :: The top-side bearing, i.e., the vertical distance from */
/* the current pen position to the top border of the glyph */
/* bitmap. This distance is positive for upwards~y! */
/* */
/* bitmap :: A descriptor for the bitmap. */
/* */
/* <Note> */
/* You can typecast an @FT_Glyph to @FT_BitmapGlyph if you have */
/* `glyph->format == FT_GLYPH_FORMAT_BITMAP'. This lets you access */
/* the bitmap's contents easily. */
/* */
/* The corresponding pixel buffer is always owned by @FT_BitmapGlyph */
/* and is thus created and destroyed with it. */
/* */
typedef struct FT_BitmapGlyphRec_
{
FT_GlyphRec root;
FT_Int left;
FT_Int top;
FT_Bitmap bitmap;
} FT_BitmapGlyphRec;
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Type> */
/* FT_OutlineGlyph */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* A handle to an object used to model an outline glyph image. This */
/* is a sub-class of @FT_Glyph, and a pointer to @FT_OutlineGlyphRec. */
/* */
typedef struct FT_OutlineGlyphRec_* FT_OutlineGlyph;
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Struct> */
/* FT_OutlineGlyphRec */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* A structure used for outline (vectorial) glyph images. This */
/* really is a `sub-class' of @FT_GlyphRec. */
/* */
/* <Fields> */
/* root :: The root @FT_Glyph fields. */
/* */
/* outline :: A descriptor for the outline. */
/* */
/* <Note> */
/* You can typecast an @FT_Glyph to @FT_OutlineGlyph if you have */
/* `glyph->format == FT_GLYPH_FORMAT_OUTLINE'. This lets you access */
/* the outline's content easily. */
/* */
/* As the outline is extracted from a glyph slot, its coordinates are */
/* expressed normally in 26.6 pixels, unless the flag */
/* @FT_LOAD_NO_SCALE was used in @FT_Load_Glyph() or @FT_Load_Char(). */
/* */
/* The outline's tables are always owned by the object and are */
/* destroyed with it. */
/* */
typedef struct FT_OutlineGlyphRec_
{
FT_GlyphRec root;
FT_Outline outline;
} FT_OutlineGlyphRec;
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Function> */
/* FT_Get_Glyph */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* A function used to extract a glyph image from a slot. Note that */
/* the created @FT_Glyph object must be released with @FT_Done_Glyph. */
/* */
/* <Input> */
/* slot :: A handle to the source glyph slot. */
/* */
/* <Output> */
/* aglyph :: A handle to the glyph object. */
/* */
/* <Return> */
/* FreeType error code. 0~means success. */
/* */
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
FT_Get_Glyph( FT_GlyphSlot slot,
FT_Glyph *aglyph );
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Function> */
/* FT_Glyph_Copy */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* A function used to copy a glyph image. Note that the created */
/* @FT_Glyph object must be released with @FT_Done_Glyph. */
/* */
/* <Input> */
/* source :: A handle to the source glyph object. */
/* */
/* <Output> */
/* target :: A handle to the target glyph object. 0~in case of */
/* error. */
/* */
/* <Return> */
/* FreeType error code. 0~means success. */
/* */
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
FT_Glyph_Copy( FT_Glyph source,
FT_Glyph *target );
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Function> */
/* FT_Glyph_Transform */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* Transform a glyph image if its format is scalable. */
/* */
/* <InOut> */
/* glyph :: A handle to the target glyph object. */
/* */
/* <Input> */
/* matrix :: A pointer to a 2x2 matrix to apply. */
/* */
/* delta :: A pointer to a 2d vector to apply. Coordinates are */
/* expressed in 1/64th of a pixel. */
/* */
/* <Return> */
/* FreeType error code (if not 0, the glyph format is not scalable). */
/* */
/* <Note> */
/* The 2x2 transformation matrix is also applied to the glyph's */
/* advance vector. */
/* */
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
FT_Glyph_Transform( FT_Glyph glyph,
FT_Matrix* matrix,
FT_Vector* delta );
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Enum> */
/* FT_Glyph_BBox_Mode */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* The mode how the values of @FT_Glyph_Get_CBox are returned. */
/* */
/* <Values> */
/* FT_GLYPH_BBOX_UNSCALED :: */
/* Return unscaled font units. */
/* */
/* FT_GLYPH_BBOX_SUBPIXELS :: */
/* Return unfitted 26.6 coordinates. */
/* */
/* FT_GLYPH_BBOX_GRIDFIT :: */
/* Return grid-fitted 26.6 coordinates. */
/* */
/* FT_GLYPH_BBOX_TRUNCATE :: */
/* Return coordinates in integer pixels. */
/* */
/* FT_GLYPH_BBOX_PIXELS :: */
/* Return grid-fitted pixel coordinates. */
/* */
typedef enum FT_Glyph_BBox_Mode_
{
FT_GLYPH_BBOX_UNSCALED = 0,
FT_GLYPH_BBOX_SUBPIXELS = 0,
FT_GLYPH_BBOX_GRIDFIT = 1,
FT_GLYPH_BBOX_TRUNCATE = 2,
FT_GLYPH_BBOX_PIXELS = 3
} FT_Glyph_BBox_Mode;
/* these constants are deprecated; use the corresponding */
/* `FT_Glyph_BBox_Mode' values instead */
#define ft_glyph_bbox_unscaled FT_GLYPH_BBOX_UNSCALED
#define ft_glyph_bbox_subpixels FT_GLYPH_BBOX_SUBPIXELS
#define ft_glyph_bbox_gridfit FT_GLYPH_BBOX_GRIDFIT
#define ft_glyph_bbox_truncate FT_GLYPH_BBOX_TRUNCATE
#define ft_glyph_bbox_pixels FT_GLYPH_BBOX_PIXELS
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Function> */
/* FT_Glyph_Get_CBox */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* Return a glyph's `control box'. The control box encloses all the */
/* outline's points, including Bézier control points. Though it */
/* coincides with the exact bounding box for most glyphs, it can be */
/* slightly larger in some situations (like when rotating an outline */
/* that contains Bézier outside arcs). */
/* */
/* Computing the control box is very fast, while getting the bounding */
/* box can take much more time as it needs to walk over all segments */
/* and arcs in the outline. To get the latter, you can use the */
/* `ftbbox' component, which is dedicated to this single task. */
/* */
/* <Input> */
/* glyph :: A handle to the source glyph object. */
/* */
/* mode :: The mode that indicates how to interpret the returned */
/* bounding box values. */
/* */
/* <Output> */
/* acbox :: The glyph coordinate bounding box. Coordinates are */
/* expressed in 1/64th of pixels if it is grid-fitted. */
/* */
/* <Note> */
/* Coordinates are relative to the glyph origin, using the y~upwards */
/* convention. */
/* */
/* If the glyph has been loaded with @FT_LOAD_NO_SCALE, `bbox_mode' */
/* must be set to @FT_GLYPH_BBOX_UNSCALED to get unscaled font */
/* units in 26.6 pixel format. The value @FT_GLYPH_BBOX_SUBPIXELS */
/* is another name for this constant. */
/* */
/* If the font is tricky and the glyph has been loaded with */
/* @FT_LOAD_NO_SCALE, the resulting CBox is meaningless. To get */
/* reasonable values for the CBox it is necessary to load the glyph */
/* at a large ppem value (so that the hinting instructions can */
/* properly shift and scale the subglyphs), then extracting the CBox, */
/* which can be eventually converted back to font units. */
/* */
/* Note that the maximum coordinates are exclusive, which means that */
/* one can compute the width and height of the glyph image (be it in */
/* integer or 26.6 pixels) as: */
/* */
/* { */
/* width = bbox.xMax - bbox.xMin; */
/* height = bbox.yMax - bbox.yMin; */
/* } */
/* */
/* Note also that for 26.6 coordinates, if `bbox_mode' is set to */
/* @FT_GLYPH_BBOX_GRIDFIT, the coordinates will also be grid-fitted, */
/* which corresponds to: */
/* */
/* { */
/* bbox.xMin = FLOOR(bbox.xMin); */
/* bbox.yMin = FLOOR(bbox.yMin); */
/* bbox.xMax = CEILING(bbox.xMax); */
/* bbox.yMax = CEILING(bbox.yMax); */
/* } */
/* */
/* To get the bbox in pixel coordinates, set `bbox_mode' to */
/* @FT_GLYPH_BBOX_TRUNCATE. */
/* */
/* To get the bbox in grid-fitted pixel coordinates, set `bbox_mode' */
/* to @FT_GLYPH_BBOX_PIXELS. */
/* */
FT_EXPORT( void )
FT_Glyph_Get_CBox( FT_Glyph glyph,
FT_UInt bbox_mode,
FT_BBox *acbox );
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Function> */
/* FT_Glyph_To_Bitmap */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* Convert a given glyph object to a bitmap glyph object. */
/* */
/* <InOut> */
/* the_glyph :: A pointer to a handle to the target glyph. */
/* */
/* <Input> */
/* render_mode :: An enumeration that describes how the data is */
/* rendered. */
/* */
/* origin :: A pointer to a vector used to translate the glyph */
/* image before rendering. Can be~0 (if no */
/* translation). The origin is expressed in */
/* 26.6 pixels. */
/* */
/* destroy :: A boolean that indicates that the original glyph */
/* image should be destroyed by this function. It is */
/* never destroyed in case of error. */
/* */
/* <Return> */
/* FreeType error code. 0~means success. */
/* */
/* <Note> */
/* This function does nothing if the glyph format isn't scalable. */
/* */
/* The glyph image is translated with the `origin' vector before */
/* rendering. */
/* */
/* The first parameter is a pointer to an @FT_Glyph handle, that will */
/* be _replaced_ by this function (with newly allocated data). */
/* Typically, you would use (omitting error handling): */
/* */
/* */
/* { */
/* FT_Glyph glyph; */
/* FT_BitmapGlyph glyph_bitmap; */
/* */
/* */
/* // load glyph */
/* error = FT_Load_Char( face, glyph_index, FT_LOAD_DEFAUT ); */
/* */
/* // extract glyph image */
/* error = FT_Get_Glyph( face->glyph, &glyph ); */
/* */
/* // convert to a bitmap (default render mode + destroying old) */
/* if ( glyph->format != FT_GLYPH_FORMAT_BITMAP ) */
/* { */
/* error = FT_Glyph_To_Bitmap( &glyph, FT_RENDER_MODE_NORMAL, */
/* 0, 1 ); */
/* if ( error ) // `glyph' unchanged */
/* ... */
/* } */
/* */
/* // access bitmap content by typecasting */
/* glyph_bitmap = (FT_BitmapGlyph)glyph; */
/* */
/* // do funny stuff with it, like blitting/drawing */
/* ... */
/* */
/* // discard glyph image (bitmap or not) */
/* FT_Done_Glyph( glyph ); */
/* } */
/* */
/* */
/* Here another example, again without error handling: */
/* */
/* */
/* { */
/* FT_Glyph glyphs[MAX_GLYPHS] */
/* */
/* */
/* ... */
/* */
/* for ( idx = 0; i < MAX_GLYPHS; i++ ) */
/* error = FT_Load_Glyph( face, idx, FT_LOAD_DEFAULT ) || */
/* FT_Get_Glyph ( face->glyph, &glyph[idx] ); */
/* */
/* ... */
/* */
/* for ( idx = 0; i < MAX_GLYPHS; i++ ) */
/* { */
/* FT_Glyph bitmap = glyphs[idx]; */
/* */
/* */
/* ... */
/* */
/* // after this call, `bitmap' no longer points into */
/* // the `glyphs' array (and the old value isn't destroyed) */
/* FT_Glyph_To_Bitmap( &bitmap, FT_RENDER_MODE_MONO, 0, 0 ); */
/* */
/* ... */
/* */
/* FT_Done_Glyph( bitmap ); */
/* } */
/* */
/* ... */
/* */
/* for ( idx = 0; i < MAX_GLYPHS; i++ ) */
/* FT_Done_Glyph( glyphs[idx] ); */
/* } */
/* */
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
FT_Glyph_To_Bitmap( FT_Glyph* the_glyph,
FT_Render_Mode render_mode,
FT_Vector* origin,
FT_Bool destroy );
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Function> */
/* FT_Done_Glyph */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* Destroy a given glyph. */
/* */
/* <Input> */
/* glyph :: A handle to the target glyph object. */
/* */
FT_EXPORT( void )
FT_Done_Glyph( FT_Glyph glyph );
/* */
/* other helpful functions */
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Section> */
/* computations */
/* */
/*************************************************************************/
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Function> */
/* FT_Matrix_Multiply */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* Perform the matrix operation `b = a*b'. */
/* */
/* <Input> */
/* a :: A pointer to matrix `a'. */
/* */
/* <InOut> */
/* b :: A pointer to matrix `b'. */
/* */
/* <Note> */
/* The result is undefined if either `a' or `b' is zero. */
/* */
FT_EXPORT( void )
FT_Matrix_Multiply( const FT_Matrix* a,
FT_Matrix* b );
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Function> */
/* FT_Matrix_Invert */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* Invert a 2x2 matrix. Return an error if it can't be inverted. */
/* */
/* <InOut> */
/* matrix :: A pointer to the target matrix. Remains untouched in */
/* case of error. */
/* */
/* <Return> */
/* FreeType error code. 0~means success. */
/* */
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
FT_Matrix_Invert( FT_Matrix* matrix );
/* */
FT_END_HEADER
#endif /* FTGLYPH_H_ */
/* END */
/* Local Variables: */
/* coding: utf-8 */
/* End: */

357
android/arm64-v8a/include/freetype/ftgxval.h Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,357 @@
/***************************************************************************/
/* */
/* ftgxval.h */
/* */
/* FreeType API for validating TrueTypeGX/AAT tables (specification). */
/* */
/* Copyright 2004-2016 by */
/* Masatake YAMATO, Redhat K.K, */
/* David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg. */
/* */
/* This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used, */
/* modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project */
/* license, LICENSE.TXT. By continuing to use, modify, or distribute */
/* this file you indicate that you have read the license and */
/* understand and accept it fully. */
/* */
/***************************************************************************/
/***************************************************************************/
/* */
/* gxvalid is derived from both gxlayout module and otvalid module. */
/* Development of gxlayout is supported by the Information-technology */
/* Promotion Agency(IPA), Japan. */
/* */
/***************************************************************************/
#ifndef FTGXVAL_H_
#define FTGXVAL_H_
#include <ft2build.h>
#include FT_FREETYPE_H
#ifdef FREETYPE_H
#error "freetype.h of FreeType 1 has been loaded!"
#error "Please fix the directory search order for header files"
#error "so that freetype.h of FreeType 2 is found first."
#endif
FT_BEGIN_HEADER
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Section> */
/* gx_validation */
/* */
/* <Title> */
/* TrueTypeGX/AAT Validation */
/* */
/* <Abstract> */
/* An API to validate TrueTypeGX/AAT tables. */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* This section contains the declaration of functions to validate */
/* some TrueTypeGX tables (feat, mort, morx, bsln, just, kern, opbd, */
/* trak, prop, lcar). */
/* */
/* <Order> */
/* FT_TrueTypeGX_Validate */
/* FT_TrueTypeGX_Free */
/* */
/* FT_ClassicKern_Validate */
/* FT_ClassicKern_Free */
/* */
/* FT_VALIDATE_GX_LENGTH */
/* FT_VALIDATE_GXXXX */
/* FT_VALIDATE_CKERNXXX */
/* */
/*************************************************************************/
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* */
/* Warning: Use FT_VALIDATE_XXX to validate a table. */
/* Following definitions are for gxvalid developers. */
/* */
/* */
/*************************************************************************/
#define FT_VALIDATE_feat_INDEX 0
#define FT_VALIDATE_mort_INDEX 1
#define FT_VALIDATE_morx_INDEX 2
#define FT_VALIDATE_bsln_INDEX 3
#define FT_VALIDATE_just_INDEX 4
#define FT_VALIDATE_kern_INDEX 5
#define FT_VALIDATE_opbd_INDEX 6
#define FT_VALIDATE_trak_INDEX 7
#define FT_VALIDATE_prop_INDEX 8
#define FT_VALIDATE_lcar_INDEX 9
#define FT_VALIDATE_GX_LAST_INDEX FT_VALIDATE_lcar_INDEX
/*************************************************************************
*
* @macro:
* FT_VALIDATE_GX_LENGTH
*
* @description:
* The number of tables checked in this module. Use it as a parameter
* for the `table-length' argument of function @FT_TrueTypeGX_Validate.
*/
#define FT_VALIDATE_GX_LENGTH (FT_VALIDATE_GX_LAST_INDEX + 1)
/* */
/* Up to 0x1000 is used by otvalid.
Ox2xxx is reserved for feature OT extension. */
#define FT_VALIDATE_GX_START 0x4000
#define FT_VALIDATE_GX_BITFIELD( tag ) \
( FT_VALIDATE_GX_START << FT_VALIDATE_##tag##_INDEX )
/**********************************************************************
*
* @enum:
* FT_VALIDATE_GXXXX
*
* @description:
* A list of bit-field constants used with @FT_TrueTypeGX_Validate to
* indicate which TrueTypeGX/AAT Type tables should be validated.
*
* @values:
* FT_VALIDATE_feat ::
* Validate `feat' table.
*
* FT_VALIDATE_mort ::
* Validate `mort' table.
*
* FT_VALIDATE_morx ::
* Validate `morx' table.
*
* FT_VALIDATE_bsln ::
* Validate `bsln' table.
*
* FT_VALIDATE_just ::
* Validate `just' table.
*
* FT_VALIDATE_kern ::
* Validate `kern' table.
*
* FT_VALIDATE_opbd ::
* Validate `opbd' table.
*
* FT_VALIDATE_trak ::
* Validate `trak' table.
*
* FT_VALIDATE_prop ::
* Validate `prop' table.
*
* FT_VALIDATE_lcar ::
* Validate `lcar' table.
*
* FT_VALIDATE_GX ::
* Validate all TrueTypeGX tables (feat, mort, morx, bsln, just, kern,
* opbd, trak, prop and lcar).
*
*/
#define FT_VALIDATE_feat FT_VALIDATE_GX_BITFIELD( feat )
#define FT_VALIDATE_mort FT_VALIDATE_GX_BITFIELD( mort )
#define FT_VALIDATE_morx FT_VALIDATE_GX_BITFIELD( morx )
#define FT_VALIDATE_bsln FT_VALIDATE_GX_BITFIELD( bsln )
#define FT_VALIDATE_just FT_VALIDATE_GX_BITFIELD( just )
#define FT_VALIDATE_kern FT_VALIDATE_GX_BITFIELD( kern )
#define FT_VALIDATE_opbd FT_VALIDATE_GX_BITFIELD( opbd )
#define FT_VALIDATE_trak FT_VALIDATE_GX_BITFIELD( trak )
#define FT_VALIDATE_prop FT_VALIDATE_GX_BITFIELD( prop )
#define FT_VALIDATE_lcar FT_VALIDATE_GX_BITFIELD( lcar )
#define FT_VALIDATE_GX ( FT_VALIDATE_feat | \
FT_VALIDATE_mort | \
FT_VALIDATE_morx | \
FT_VALIDATE_bsln | \
FT_VALIDATE_just | \
FT_VALIDATE_kern | \
FT_VALIDATE_opbd | \
FT_VALIDATE_trak | \
FT_VALIDATE_prop | \
FT_VALIDATE_lcar )
/**********************************************************************
*
* @function:
* FT_TrueTypeGX_Validate
*
* @description:
* Validate various TrueTypeGX tables to assure that all offsets and
* indices are valid. The idea is that a higher-level library that
* actually does the text layout can access those tables without
* error checking (which can be quite time consuming).
*
* @input:
* face ::
* A handle to the input face.
*
* validation_flags ::
* A bit field that specifies the tables to be validated. See
* @FT_VALIDATE_GXXXX for possible values.
*
* table_length ::
* The size of the `tables' array. Normally, @FT_VALIDATE_GX_LENGTH
* should be passed.
*
* @output:
* tables ::
* The array where all validated sfnt tables are stored.
* The array itself must be allocated by a client.
*
* @return:
* FreeType error code. 0~means success.
*
* @note:
* This function only works with TrueTypeGX fonts, returning an error
* otherwise.
*
* After use, the application should deallocate the buffers pointed to by
* each `tables' element, by calling @FT_TrueTypeGX_Free. A NULL value
* indicates that the table either doesn't exist in the font, the
* application hasn't asked for validation, or the validator doesn't have
* the ability to validate the sfnt table.
*/
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
FT_TrueTypeGX_Validate( FT_Face face,
FT_UInt validation_flags,
FT_Bytes tables[FT_VALIDATE_GX_LENGTH],
FT_UInt table_length );
/**********************************************************************
*
* @function:
* FT_TrueTypeGX_Free
*
* @description:
* Free the buffer allocated by TrueTypeGX validator.
*
* @input:
* face ::
* A handle to the input face.
*
* table ::
* The pointer to the buffer allocated by
* @FT_TrueTypeGX_Validate.
*
* @note:
* This function must be used to free the buffer allocated by
* @FT_TrueTypeGX_Validate only.
*/
FT_EXPORT( void )
FT_TrueTypeGX_Free( FT_Face face,
FT_Bytes table );
/**********************************************************************
*
* @enum:
* FT_VALIDATE_CKERNXXX
*
* @description:
* A list of bit-field constants used with @FT_ClassicKern_Validate
* to indicate the classic kern dialect or dialects. If the selected
* type doesn't fit, @FT_ClassicKern_Validate regards the table as
* invalid.
*
* @values:
* FT_VALIDATE_MS ::
* Handle the `kern' table as a classic Microsoft kern table.
*
* FT_VALIDATE_APPLE ::
* Handle the `kern' table as a classic Apple kern table.
*
* FT_VALIDATE_CKERN ::
* Handle the `kern' as either classic Apple or Microsoft kern table.
*/
#define FT_VALIDATE_MS ( FT_VALIDATE_GX_START << 0 )
#define FT_VALIDATE_APPLE ( FT_VALIDATE_GX_START << 1 )
#define FT_VALIDATE_CKERN ( FT_VALIDATE_MS | FT_VALIDATE_APPLE )
/**********************************************************************
*
* @function:
* FT_ClassicKern_Validate
*
* @description:
* Validate classic (16-bit format) kern table to assure that the offsets
* and indices are valid. The idea is that a higher-level library that
* actually does the text layout can access those tables without error
* checking (which can be quite time consuming).
*
* The `kern' table validator in @FT_TrueTypeGX_Validate deals with both
* the new 32-bit format and the classic 16-bit format, while
* FT_ClassicKern_Validate only supports the classic 16-bit format.
*
* @input:
* face ::
* A handle to the input face.
*
* validation_flags ::
* A bit field that specifies the dialect to be validated. See
* @FT_VALIDATE_CKERNXXX for possible values.
*
* @output:
* ckern_table ::
* A pointer to the kern table.
*
* @return:
* FreeType error code. 0~means success.
*
* @note:
* After use, the application should deallocate the buffers pointed to by
* `ckern_table', by calling @FT_ClassicKern_Free. A NULL value
* indicates that the table doesn't exist in the font.
*/
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
FT_ClassicKern_Validate( FT_Face face,
FT_UInt validation_flags,
FT_Bytes *ckern_table );
/**********************************************************************
*
* @function:
* FT_ClassicKern_Free
*
* @description:
* Free the buffer allocated by classic Kern validator.
*
* @input:
* face ::
* A handle to the input face.
*
* table ::
* The pointer to the buffer that is allocated by
* @FT_ClassicKern_Validate.
*
* @note:
* This function must be used to free the buffer allocated by
* @FT_ClassicKern_Validate only.
*/
FT_EXPORT( void )
FT_ClassicKern_Free( FT_Face face,
FT_Bytes table );
/* */
FT_END_HEADER
#endif /* FTGXVAL_H_ */
/* END */

148
android/arm64-v8a/include/freetype/ftgzip.h Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,148 @@
/***************************************************************************/
/* */
/* ftgzip.h */
/* */
/* Gzip-compressed stream support. */
/* */
/* Copyright 2002-2016 by */
/* David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg. */
/* */
/* This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used, */
/* modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project */
/* license, LICENSE.TXT. By continuing to use, modify, or distribute */
/* this file you indicate that you have read the license and */
/* understand and accept it fully. */
/* */
/***************************************************************************/
#ifndef FTGZIP_H_
#define FTGZIP_H_
#include <ft2build.h>
#include FT_FREETYPE_H
#ifdef FREETYPE_H
#error "freetype.h of FreeType 1 has been loaded!"
#error "Please fix the directory search order for header files"
#error "so that freetype.h of FreeType 2 is found first."
#endif
FT_BEGIN_HEADER
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Section> */
/* gzip */
/* */
/* <Title> */
/* GZIP Streams */
/* */
/* <Abstract> */
/* Using gzip-compressed font files. */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* This section contains the declaration of Gzip-specific functions. */
/* */
/*************************************************************************/
/************************************************************************
*
* @function:
* FT_Stream_OpenGzip
*
* @description:
* Open a new stream to parse gzip-compressed font files. This is
* mainly used to support the compressed `*.pcf.gz' fonts that come
* with XFree86.
*
* @input:
* stream ::
* The target embedding stream.
*
* source ::
* The source stream.
*
* @return:
* FreeType error code. 0~means success.
*
* @note:
* The source stream must be opened _before_ calling this function.
*
* Calling the internal function `FT_Stream_Close' on the new stream will
* *not* call `FT_Stream_Close' on the source stream. None of the stream
* objects will be released to the heap.
*
* The stream implementation is very basic and resets the decompression
* process each time seeking backwards is needed within the stream.
*
* In certain builds of the library, gzip compression recognition is
* automatically handled when calling @FT_New_Face or @FT_Open_Face.
* This means that if no font driver is capable of handling the raw
* compressed file, the library will try to open a gzipped stream from
* it and re-open the face with it.
*
* This function may return `FT_Err_Unimplemented_Feature' if your build
* of FreeType was not compiled with zlib support.
*/
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
FT_Stream_OpenGzip( FT_Stream stream,
FT_Stream source );
/************************************************************************
*
* @function:
* FT_Gzip_Uncompress
*
* @description:
* Decompress a zipped input buffer into an output buffer. This function
* is modeled after zlib's `uncompress' function.
*
* @input:
* memory ::
* A FreeType memory handle.
*
* input ::
* The input buffer.
*
* input_len ::
* The length of the input buffer.
*
* @output:
* output::
* The output buffer.
*
* @inout:
* output_len ::
* Before calling the function, this is the the total size of the
* output buffer, which must be large enough to hold the entire
* uncompressed data (so the size of the uncompressed data must be
* known in advance). After calling the function, `output_len' is the
* size of the used data in `output'.
*
* @return:
* FreeType error code. 0~means success.
*
* @note:
* This function may return `FT_Err_Unimplemented_Feature' if your build
* of FreeType was not compiled with zlib support.
*/
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
FT_Gzip_Uncompress( FT_Memory memory,
FT_Byte* output,
FT_ULong* output_len,
const FT_Byte* input,
FT_ULong input_len );
/* */
FT_END_HEADER
#endif /* FTGZIP_H_ */
/* END */

1214
android/arm64-v8a/include/freetype/ftimage.h Normal file
View File

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff

354
android/arm64-v8a/include/freetype/ftincrem.h Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,354 @@
/***************************************************************************/
/* */
/* ftincrem.h */
/* */
/* FreeType incremental loading (specification). */
/* */
/* Copyright 2002-2016 by */
/* David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg. */
/* */
/* This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used, */
/* modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project */
/* license, LICENSE.TXT. By continuing to use, modify, or distribute */
/* this file you indicate that you have read the license and */
/* understand and accept it fully. */
/* */
/***************************************************************************/
#ifndef FTINCREM_H_
#define FTINCREM_H_
#include <ft2build.h>
#include FT_FREETYPE_H
#ifdef FREETYPE_H
#error "freetype.h of FreeType 1 has been loaded!"
#error "Please fix the directory search order for header files"
#error "so that freetype.h of FreeType 2 is found first."
#endif
FT_BEGIN_HEADER
/***************************************************************************
*
* @section:
* incremental
*
* @title:
* Incremental Loading
*
* @abstract:
* Custom Glyph Loading.
*
* @description:
* This section contains various functions used to perform so-called
* `incremental' glyph loading. This is a mode where all glyphs loaded
* from a given @FT_Face are provided by the client application.
*
* Apart from that, all other tables are loaded normally from the font
* file. This mode is useful when FreeType is used within another
* engine, e.g., a PostScript Imaging Processor.
*
* To enable this mode, you must use @FT_Open_Face, passing an
* @FT_Parameter with the @FT_PARAM_TAG_INCREMENTAL tag and an
* @FT_Incremental_Interface value. See the comments for
* @FT_Incremental_InterfaceRec for an example.
*
*/
/***************************************************************************
*
* @type:
* FT_Incremental
*
* @description:
* An opaque type describing a user-provided object used to implement
* `incremental' glyph loading within FreeType. This is used to support
* embedded fonts in certain environments (e.g., PostScript interpreters),
* where the glyph data isn't in the font file, or must be overridden by
* different values.
*
* @note:
* It is up to client applications to create and implement @FT_Incremental
* objects, as long as they provide implementations for the methods
* @FT_Incremental_GetGlyphDataFunc, @FT_Incremental_FreeGlyphDataFunc
* and @FT_Incremental_GetGlyphMetricsFunc.
*
* See the description of @FT_Incremental_InterfaceRec to understand how
* to use incremental objects with FreeType.
*
*/
typedef struct FT_IncrementalRec_* FT_Incremental;
/***************************************************************************
*
* @struct:
* FT_Incremental_MetricsRec
*
* @description:
* A small structure used to contain the basic glyph metrics returned
* by the @FT_Incremental_GetGlyphMetricsFunc method.
*
* @fields:
* bearing_x ::
* Left bearing, in font units.
*
* bearing_y ::
* Top bearing, in font units.
*
* advance ::
* Horizontal component of glyph advance, in font units.
*
* advance_v ::
* Vertical component of glyph advance, in font units.
*
* @note:
* These correspond to horizontal or vertical metrics depending on the
* value of the `vertical' argument to the function
* @FT_Incremental_GetGlyphMetricsFunc.
*
*/
typedef struct FT_Incremental_MetricsRec_
{
FT_Long bearing_x;
FT_Long bearing_y;
FT_Long advance;
FT_Long advance_v; /* since 2.3.12 */
} FT_Incremental_MetricsRec;
/***************************************************************************
*
* @struct:
* FT_Incremental_Metrics
*
* @description:
* A handle to an @FT_Incremental_MetricsRec structure.
*
*/
typedef struct FT_Incremental_MetricsRec_* FT_Incremental_Metrics;
/***************************************************************************
*
* @type:
* FT_Incremental_GetGlyphDataFunc
*
* @description:
* A function called by FreeType to access a given glyph's data bytes
* during @FT_Load_Glyph or @FT_Load_Char if incremental loading is
* enabled.
*
* Note that the format of the glyph's data bytes depends on the font
* file format. For TrueType, it must correspond to the raw bytes within
* the `glyf' table. For PostScript formats, it must correspond to the
* *unencrypted* charstring bytes, without any `lenIV' header. It is
* undefined for any other format.
*
* @input:
* incremental ::
* Handle to an opaque @FT_Incremental handle provided by the client
* application.
*
* glyph_index ::
* Index of relevant glyph.
*
* @output:
* adata ::
* A structure describing the returned glyph data bytes (which will be
* accessed as a read-only byte block).
*
* @return:
* FreeType error code. 0~means success.
*
* @note:
* If this function returns successfully the method
* @FT_Incremental_FreeGlyphDataFunc will be called later to release
* the data bytes.
*
* Nested calls to @FT_Incremental_GetGlyphDataFunc can happen for
* compound glyphs.
*
*/
typedef FT_Error
(*FT_Incremental_GetGlyphDataFunc)( FT_Incremental incremental,
FT_UInt glyph_index,
FT_Data* adata );
/***************************************************************************
*
* @type:
* FT_Incremental_FreeGlyphDataFunc
*
* @description:
* A function used to release the glyph data bytes returned by a
* successful call to @FT_Incremental_GetGlyphDataFunc.
*
* @input:
* incremental ::
* A handle to an opaque @FT_Incremental handle provided by the client
* application.
*
* data ::
* A structure describing the glyph data bytes (which will be accessed
* as a read-only byte block).
*
*/
typedef void
(*FT_Incremental_FreeGlyphDataFunc)( FT_Incremental incremental,
FT_Data* data );
/***************************************************************************
*
* @type:
* FT_Incremental_GetGlyphMetricsFunc
*
* @description:
* A function used to retrieve the basic metrics of a given glyph index
* before accessing its data. This is necessary because, in certain
* formats like TrueType, the metrics are stored in a different place from
* the glyph images proper.
*
* @input:
* incremental ::
* A handle to an opaque @FT_Incremental handle provided by the client
* application.
*
* glyph_index ::
* Index of relevant glyph.
*
* vertical ::
* If true, return vertical metrics.
*
* ametrics ::
* This parameter is used for both input and output.
* The original glyph metrics, if any, in font units. If metrics are
* not available all the values must be set to zero.
*
* @output:
* ametrics ::
* The replacement glyph metrics in font units.
*
*/
typedef FT_Error
(*FT_Incremental_GetGlyphMetricsFunc)
( FT_Incremental incremental,
FT_UInt glyph_index,
FT_Bool vertical,
FT_Incremental_MetricsRec *ametrics );
/**************************************************************************
*
* @struct:
* FT_Incremental_FuncsRec
*
* @description:
* A table of functions for accessing fonts that load data
* incrementally. Used in @FT_Incremental_InterfaceRec.
*
* @fields:
* get_glyph_data ::
* The function to get glyph data. Must not be null.
*
* free_glyph_data ::
* The function to release glyph data. Must not be null.
*
* get_glyph_metrics ::
* The function to get glyph metrics. May be null if the font does
* not provide overriding glyph metrics.
*
*/
typedef struct FT_Incremental_FuncsRec_
{
FT_Incremental_GetGlyphDataFunc get_glyph_data;
FT_Incremental_FreeGlyphDataFunc free_glyph_data;
FT_Incremental_GetGlyphMetricsFunc get_glyph_metrics;
} FT_Incremental_FuncsRec;
/***************************************************************************
*
* @struct:
* FT_Incremental_InterfaceRec
*
* @description:
* A structure to be used with @FT_Open_Face to indicate that the user
* wants to support incremental glyph loading. You should use it with
* @FT_PARAM_TAG_INCREMENTAL as in the following example:
*
* {
* FT_Incremental_InterfaceRec inc_int;
* FT_Parameter parameter;
* FT_Open_Args open_args;
*
*
* // set up incremental descriptor
* inc_int.funcs = my_funcs;
* inc_int.object = my_object;
*
* // set up optional parameter
* parameter.tag = FT_PARAM_TAG_INCREMENTAL;
* parameter.data = &inc_int;
*
* // set up FT_Open_Args structure
* open_args.flags = FT_OPEN_PATHNAME | FT_OPEN_PARAMS;
* open_args.pathname = my_font_pathname;
* open_args.num_params = 1;
* open_args.params = &parameter; // we use one optional argument
*
* // open the font
* error = FT_Open_Face( library, &open_args, index, &face );
* ...
* }
*
*/
typedef struct FT_Incremental_InterfaceRec_
{
const FT_Incremental_FuncsRec* funcs;
FT_Incremental object;
} FT_Incremental_InterfaceRec;
/***************************************************************************
*
* @type:
* FT_Incremental_Interface
*
* @description:
* A pointer to an @FT_Incremental_InterfaceRec structure.
*
*/
typedef FT_Incremental_InterfaceRec* FT_Incremental_Interface;
/***************************************************************************
*
* @constant:
* FT_PARAM_TAG_INCREMENTAL
*
* @description:
* A constant used as the tag of @FT_Parameter structures to indicate
* an incremental loading object to be used by FreeType.
*
*/
#define FT_PARAM_TAG_INCREMENTAL FT_MAKE_TAG( 'i', 'n', 'c', 'r' )
/* */
FT_END_HEADER
#endif /* FTINCREM_H_ */
/* END */

286
android/arm64-v8a/include/freetype/ftlcdfil.h Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,286 @@
/***************************************************************************/
/* */
/* ftlcdfil.h */
/* */
/* FreeType API for color filtering of subpixel bitmap glyphs */
/* (specification). */
/* */
/* Copyright 2006-2016 by */
/* David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg. */
/* */
/* This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used, */
/* modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project */
/* license, LICENSE.TXT. By continuing to use, modify, or distribute */
/* this file you indicate that you have read the license and */
/* understand and accept it fully. */
/* */
/***************************************************************************/
#ifndef FTLCDFIL_H_
#define FTLCDFIL_H_
#include <ft2build.h>
#include FT_FREETYPE_H
#ifdef FREETYPE_H
#error "freetype.h of FreeType 1 has been loaded!"
#error "Please fix the directory search order for header files"
#error "so that freetype.h of FreeType 2 is found first."
#endif
FT_BEGIN_HEADER
/***************************************************************************
*
* @section:
* lcd_filtering
*
* @title:
* LCD Filtering
*
* @abstract:
* Reduce color fringes of subpixel-rendered bitmaps.
*
* @description:
* Subpixel rendering exploits the color-striped structure of LCD
* pixels, increasing the available resolution in the direction of the
* stripe (usually horizontal RGB) by a factor of~3. Since these
* subpixels are color pixels, using them unfiltered creates severe
* color fringes. Use the @FT_Library_SetLcdFilter API to specify a
* low-pass filter, which is then applied to subpixel-rendered bitmaps
* generated through @FT_Render_Glyph. The filter sacrifices some of
* the higher resolution to reduce color fringes, making the glyph image
* slightly blurrier. Positional improvements will remain.
*
* Note that no filter is active by default, and that this function is
* *not* implemented in default builds of the library. You need to
* #define FT_CONFIG_OPTION_SUBPIXEL_RENDERING in your `ftoption.h' file
* in order to activate it and explicitly call @FT_Library_SetLcdFilter
* to enable it.
*
* A filter should have two properties:
*
* 1) It should be normalized, meaning the sum of the 5~components
* should be 256 (0x100). It is possible to go above or under this
* target sum, however: going under means tossing out contrast, going
* over means invoking clamping and thereby non-linearities that
* increase contrast somewhat at the expense of greater distortion
* and color-fringing. Contrast is better enhanced through stem
* darkening.
*
* 2) It should be color-balanced, meaning a filter `{~a, b, c, b, a~}'
* where a~+ b~=~c. It distributes the computed coverage for one
* subpixel to all subpixels equally, sacrificing some won resolution
* but drastically reducing color-fringing. Positioning improvements
* remain! Note that color-fringing can only really be minimized
* when using a color-balanced filter and alpha-blending the glyph
* onto a surface in linear space; see @FT_Render_Glyph.
*
* Regarding the form, a filter can be a `boxy' filter or a `beveled'
* filter. Boxy filters are sharper but are less forgiving of non-ideal
* gamma curves of a screen (viewing angles!), beveled filters are
* fuzzier but more tolerant.
*
* Examples:
*
* - [0x10 0x40 0x70 0x40 0x10] is beveled and neither balanced nor
* normalized.
*
* - [0x1A 0x33 0x4D 0x33 0x1A] is beveled and balanced but not
* normalized.
*
* - [0x19 0x33 0x66 0x4c 0x19] is beveled and normalized but not
* balanced.
*
* - [0x00 0x4c 0x66 0x4c 0x00] is boxily beveled and normalized but not
* balanced.
*
* - [0x00 0x55 0x56 0x55 0x00] is boxy, normalized, and almost
* balanced.
*
* - [0x08 0x4D 0x56 0x4D 0x08] is beveled, normalized and, almost
* balanced.
*
* The filter affects glyph bitmaps rendered through @FT_Render_Glyph,
* @FT_Load_Glyph, and @FT_Load_Char. It does _not_ affect the output
* of @FT_Outline_Render and @FT_Outline_Get_Bitmap.
*
* If this feature is activated, the dimensions of LCD glyph bitmaps are
* either wider or taller than the dimensions of the corresponding
* outline with regard to the pixel grid. For example, for
* @FT_RENDER_MODE_LCD, the filter adds 3~subpixels to the left, and
* 3~subpixels to the right. The bitmap offset values are adjusted
* accordingly, so clients shouldn't need to modify their layout and
* glyph positioning code when enabling the filter.
*
* It is important to understand that linear alpha blending and gamma
* correction is critical for correctly rendering glyphs onto surfaces
* without artifacts and even more critical when subpixel rendering is
* involved.
*
* Each of the 3~alpha values (subpixels) is independently used to blend
* one color channel. That is, red alpha blends the red channel of the
* text color with the red channel of the background pixel. The
* distribution of density values by the color-balanced filter assumes
* alpha blending is done in linear space; only then color artifacts
* cancel out.
*/
/****************************************************************************
*
* @enum:
* FT_LcdFilter
*
* @description:
* A list of values to identify various types of LCD filters.
*
* @values:
* FT_LCD_FILTER_NONE ::
* Do not perform filtering. When used with subpixel rendering, this
* results in sometimes severe color fringes.
*
* FT_LCD_FILTER_DEFAULT ::
* The default filter reduces color fringes considerably, at the cost
* of a slight blurriness in the output.
*
* It is a beveled, normalized, and color-balanced five-tap filter
* that is more forgiving to screens with non-ideal gamma curves and
* viewing angles. Note that while color-fringing is reduced, it can
* only be minimized by using linear alpha blending and gamma
* correction to render glyphs onto surfaces. The default filter
* weights are [0x08 0x4D 0x56 0x4D 0x08].
*
* FT_LCD_FILTER_LIGHT ::
* The light filter is a variant that is sharper at the cost of
* slightly more color fringes than the default one.
*
* It is a boxy, normalized, and color-balanced three-tap filter that
* is less forgiving to screens with non-ideal gamma curves and
* viewing angles. This filter works best when the rendering system
* uses linear alpha blending and gamma correction to render glyphs
* onto surfaces. The light filter weights are
* [0x00 0x55 0x56 0x55 0x00].
*
* FT_LCD_FILTER_LEGACY ::
* This filter corresponds to the original libXft color filter. It
* provides high contrast output but can exhibit really bad color
* fringes if glyphs are not extremely well hinted to the pixel grid.
* In other words, it only works well if the TrueType bytecode
* interpreter is enabled *and* high-quality hinted fonts are used.
*
* This filter is only provided for comparison purposes, and might be
* disabled or stay unsupported in the future.
*
* FT_LCD_FILTER_LEGACY1 ::
* For historical reasons, the FontConfig library returns a different
* enumeration value for legacy LCD filtering. To make code work that
* (incorrectly) forwards FontConfig's enumeration value to
* @FT_Library_SetLcdFilter without proper mapping, it is thus easiest
* to have another enumeration value, which is completely equal to
* `FT_LCD_FILTER_LEGACY'.
*
* @since:
* 2.3.0 (`FT_LCD_FILTER_LEGACY1' since 2.6.2)
*/
typedef enum FT_LcdFilter_
{
FT_LCD_FILTER_NONE = 0,
FT_LCD_FILTER_DEFAULT = 1,
FT_LCD_FILTER_LIGHT = 2,
FT_LCD_FILTER_LEGACY1 = 3,
FT_LCD_FILTER_LEGACY = 16,
FT_LCD_FILTER_MAX /* do not remove */
} FT_LcdFilter;
/**************************************************************************
*
* @func:
* FT_Library_SetLcdFilter
*
* @description:
* This function is used to apply color filtering to LCD decimated
* bitmaps, like the ones used when calling @FT_Render_Glyph with
* @FT_RENDER_MODE_LCD or @FT_RENDER_MODE_LCD_V.
*
* @input:
* library ::
* A handle to the target library instance.
*
* filter ::
* The filter type.
*
* You can use @FT_LCD_FILTER_NONE here to disable this feature, or
* @FT_LCD_FILTER_DEFAULT to use a default filter that should work
* well on most LCD screens.
*
* @return:
* FreeType error code. 0~means success.
*
* @note:
* This feature is always disabled by default. Clients must make an
* explicit call to this function with a `filter' value other than
* @FT_LCD_FILTER_NONE in order to enable it.
*
* Due to *PATENTS* covering subpixel rendering, this function doesn't
* do anything except returning `FT_Err_Unimplemented_Feature' if the
* configuration macro FT_CONFIG_OPTION_SUBPIXEL_RENDERING is not
* defined in your build of the library, which should correspond to all
* default builds of FreeType.
*
* @since:
* 2.3.0
*/
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
FT_Library_SetLcdFilter( FT_Library library,
FT_LcdFilter filter );
/**************************************************************************
*
* @func:
* FT_Library_SetLcdFilterWeights
*
* @description:
* This function can be used to enable LCD filter with custom weights,
* instead of using presets in @FT_Library_SetLcdFilter.
*
* @input:
* library ::
* A handle to the target library instance.
*
* weights ::
* A pointer to an array; the function copies the first five bytes and
* uses them to specify the filter weights.
*
* @return:
* FreeType error code. 0~means success.
*
* @note:
* Due to *PATENTS* covering subpixel rendering, this function doesn't
* do anything except returning `FT_Err_Unimplemented_Feature' if the
* configuration macro FT_CONFIG_OPTION_SUBPIXEL_RENDERING is not
* defined in your build of the library, which should correspond to all
* default builds of FreeType.
*
* @since:
* 2.4.0
*/
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
FT_Library_SetLcdFilterWeights( FT_Library library,
unsigned char *weights );
/* */
FT_END_HEADER
#endif /* FTLCDFIL_H_ */
/* END */

276
android/arm64-v8a/include/freetype/ftlist.h Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,276 @@
/***************************************************************************/
/* */
/* ftlist.h */
/* */
/* Generic list support for FreeType (specification). */
/* */
/* Copyright 1996-2016 by */
/* David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg. */
/* */
/* This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used, */
/* modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project */
/* license, LICENSE.TXT. By continuing to use, modify, or distribute */
/* this file you indicate that you have read the license and */
/* understand and accept it fully. */
/* */
/***************************************************************************/
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* This file implements functions relative to list processing. Its */
/* data structures are defined in `freetype.h'. */
/* */
/*************************************************************************/
#ifndef FTLIST_H_
#define FTLIST_H_
#include <ft2build.h>
#include FT_FREETYPE_H
#ifdef FREETYPE_H
#error "freetype.h of FreeType 1 has been loaded!"
#error "Please fix the directory search order for header files"
#error "so that freetype.h of FreeType 2 is found first."
#endif
FT_BEGIN_HEADER
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Section> */
/* list_processing */
/* */
/* <Title> */
/* List Processing */
/* */
/* <Abstract> */
/* Simple management of lists. */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* This section contains various definitions related to list */
/* processing using doubly-linked nodes. */
/* */
/* <Order> */
/* FT_List */
/* FT_ListNode */
/* FT_ListRec */
/* FT_ListNodeRec */
/* */
/* FT_List_Add */
/* FT_List_Insert */
/* FT_List_Find */
/* FT_List_Remove */
/* FT_List_Up */
/* FT_List_Iterate */
/* FT_List_Iterator */
/* FT_List_Finalize */
/* FT_List_Destructor */
/* */
/*************************************************************************/
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Function> */
/* FT_List_Find */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* Find the list node for a given listed object. */
/* */
/* <Input> */
/* list :: A pointer to the parent list. */
/* data :: The address of the listed object. */
/* */
/* <Return> */
/* List node. NULL if it wasn't found. */
/* */
FT_EXPORT( FT_ListNode )
FT_List_Find( FT_List list,
void* data );
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Function> */
/* FT_List_Add */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* Append an element to the end of a list. */
/* */
/* <InOut> */
/* list :: A pointer to the parent list. */
/* node :: The node to append. */
/* */
FT_EXPORT( void )
FT_List_Add( FT_List list,
FT_ListNode node );
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Function> */
/* FT_List_Insert */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* Insert an element at the head of a list. */
/* */
/* <InOut> */
/* list :: A pointer to parent list. */
/* node :: The node to insert. */
/* */
FT_EXPORT( void )
FT_List_Insert( FT_List list,
FT_ListNode node );
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Function> */
/* FT_List_Remove */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* Remove a node from a list. This function doesn't check whether */
/* the node is in the list! */
/* */
/* <Input> */
/* node :: The node to remove. */
/* */
/* <InOut> */
/* list :: A pointer to the parent list. */
/* */
FT_EXPORT( void )
FT_List_Remove( FT_List list,
FT_ListNode node );
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Function> */
/* FT_List_Up */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* Move a node to the head/top of a list. Used to maintain LRU */
/* lists. */
/* */
/* <InOut> */
/* list :: A pointer to the parent list. */
/* node :: The node to move. */
/* */
FT_EXPORT( void )
FT_List_Up( FT_List list,
FT_ListNode node );
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <FuncType> */
/* FT_List_Iterator */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* An FT_List iterator function that is called during a list parse */
/* by @FT_List_Iterate. */
/* */
/* <Input> */
/* node :: The current iteration list node. */
/* */
/* user :: A typeless pointer passed to @FT_List_Iterate. */
/* Can be used to point to the iteration's state. */
/* */
typedef FT_Error
(*FT_List_Iterator)( FT_ListNode node,
void* user );
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Function> */
/* FT_List_Iterate */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* Parse a list and calls a given iterator function on each element. */
/* Note that parsing is stopped as soon as one of the iterator calls */
/* returns a non-zero value. */
/* */
/* <Input> */
/* list :: A handle to the list. */
/* iterator :: An iterator function, called on each node of the list. */
/* user :: A user-supplied field that is passed as the second */
/* argument to the iterator. */
/* */
/* <Return> */
/* The result (a FreeType error code) of the last iterator call. */
/* */
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
FT_List_Iterate( FT_List list,
FT_List_Iterator iterator,
void* user );
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <FuncType> */
/* FT_List_Destructor */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* An @FT_List iterator function that is called during a list */
/* finalization by @FT_List_Finalize to destroy all elements in a */
/* given list. */
/* */
/* <Input> */
/* system :: The current system object. */
/* */
/* data :: The current object to destroy. */
/* */
/* user :: A typeless pointer passed to @FT_List_Iterate. It can */
/* be used to point to the iteration's state. */
/* */
typedef void
(*FT_List_Destructor)( FT_Memory memory,
void* data,
void* user );
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Function> */
/* FT_List_Finalize */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* Destroy all elements in the list as well as the list itself. */
/* */
/* <Input> */
/* list :: A handle to the list. */
/* */
/* destroy :: A list destructor that will be applied to each element */
/* of the list. Set this to NULL if not needed. */
/* */
/* memory :: The current memory object that handles deallocation. */
/* */
/* user :: A user-supplied field that is passed as the last */
/* argument to the destructor. */
/* */
/* <Note> */
/* This function expects that all nodes added by @FT_List_Add or */
/* @FT_List_Insert have been dynamically allocated. */
/* */
FT_EXPORT( void )
FT_List_Finalize( FT_List list,
FT_List_Destructor destroy,
FT_Memory memory,
void* user );
/* */
FT_END_HEADER
#endif /* FTLIST_H_ */
/* END */

99
android/arm64-v8a/include/freetype/ftlzw.h Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,99 @@
/***************************************************************************/
/* */
/* ftlzw.h */
/* */
/* LZW-compressed stream support. */
/* */
/* Copyright 2004-2016 by */
/* David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg. */
/* */
/* This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used, */
/* modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project */
/* license, LICENSE.TXT. By continuing to use, modify, or distribute */
/* this file you indicate that you have read the license and */
/* understand and accept it fully. */
/* */
/***************************************************************************/
#ifndef FTLZW_H_
#define FTLZW_H_
#include <ft2build.h>
#include FT_FREETYPE_H
#ifdef FREETYPE_H
#error "freetype.h of FreeType 1 has been loaded!"
#error "Please fix the directory search order for header files"
#error "so that freetype.h of FreeType 2 is found first."
#endif
FT_BEGIN_HEADER
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Section> */
/* lzw */
/* */
/* <Title> */
/* LZW Streams */
/* */
/* <Abstract> */
/* Using LZW-compressed font files. */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* This section contains the declaration of LZW-specific functions. */
/* */
/*************************************************************************/
/************************************************************************
*
* @function:
* FT_Stream_OpenLZW
*
* @description:
* Open a new stream to parse LZW-compressed font files. This is
* mainly used to support the compressed `*.pcf.Z' fonts that come
* with XFree86.
*
* @input:
* stream :: The target embedding stream.
*
* source :: The source stream.
*
* @return:
* FreeType error code. 0~means success.
*
* @note:
* The source stream must be opened _before_ calling this function.
*
* Calling the internal function `FT_Stream_Close' on the new stream will
* *not* call `FT_Stream_Close' on the source stream. None of the stream
* objects will be released to the heap.
*
* The stream implementation is very basic and resets the decompression
* process each time seeking backwards is needed within the stream
*
* In certain builds of the library, LZW compression recognition is
* automatically handled when calling @FT_New_Face or @FT_Open_Face.
* This means that if no font driver is capable of handling the raw
* compressed file, the library will try to open a LZW stream from it
* and re-open the face with it.
*
* This function may return `FT_Err_Unimplemented_Feature' if your build
* of FreeType was not compiled with LZW support.
*/
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
FT_Stream_OpenLZW( FT_Stream stream,
FT_Stream source );
/* */
FT_END_HEADER
#endif /* FTLZW_H_ */
/* END */

274
android/arm64-v8a/include/freetype/ftmac.h Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,274 @@
/***************************************************************************/
/* */
/* ftmac.h */
/* */
/* Additional Mac-specific API. */
/* */
/* Copyright 1996-2016 by */
/* Just van Rossum, David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg. */
/* */
/* This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used, */
/* modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project */
/* license, LICENSE.TXT. By continuing to use, modify, or distribute */
/* this file you indicate that you have read the license and */
/* understand and accept it fully. */
/* */
/***************************************************************************/
/***************************************************************************/
/* */
/* NOTE: Include this file after FT_FREETYPE_H and after any */
/* Mac-specific headers (because this header uses Mac types such as */
/* Handle, FSSpec, FSRef, etc.) */
/* */
/***************************************************************************/
#ifndef FTMAC_H_
#define FTMAC_H_
#include <ft2build.h>
FT_BEGIN_HEADER
/* gcc-3.4.1 and later can warn about functions tagged as deprecated */
#ifndef FT_DEPRECATED_ATTRIBUTE
#if defined(__GNUC__) && \
((__GNUC__ >= 4) || ((__GNUC__ == 3) && (__GNUC_MINOR__ >= 1)))
#define FT_DEPRECATED_ATTRIBUTE __attribute__((deprecated))
#else
#define FT_DEPRECATED_ATTRIBUTE
#endif
#endif
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Section> */
/* mac_specific */
/* */
/* <Title> */
/* Mac Specific Interface */
/* */
/* <Abstract> */
/* Only available on the Macintosh. */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* The following definitions are only available if FreeType is */
/* compiled on a Macintosh. */
/* */
/*************************************************************************/
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Function> */
/* FT_New_Face_From_FOND */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* Create a new face object from a FOND resource. */
/* */
/* <InOut> */
/* library :: A handle to the library resource. */
/* */
/* <Input> */
/* fond :: A FOND resource. */
/* */
/* face_index :: Only supported for the -1 `sanity check' special */
/* case. */
/* */
/* <Output> */
/* aface :: A handle to a new face object. */
/* */
/* <Return> */
/* FreeType error code. 0~means success. */
/* */
/* <Notes> */
/* This function can be used to create @FT_Face objects from fonts */
/* that are installed in the system as follows. */
/* */
/* { */
/* fond = GetResource( 'FOND', fontName ); */
/* error = FT_New_Face_From_FOND( library, fond, 0, &face ); */
/* } */
/* */
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
FT_New_Face_From_FOND( FT_Library library,
Handle fond,
FT_Long face_index,
FT_Face *aface )
FT_DEPRECATED_ATTRIBUTE;
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Function> */
/* FT_GetFile_From_Mac_Name */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* Return an FSSpec for the disk file containing the named font. */
/* */
/* <Input> */
/* fontName :: Mac OS name of the font (e.g., Times New Roman */
/* Bold). */
/* */
/* <Output> */
/* pathSpec :: FSSpec to the file. For passing to */
/* @FT_New_Face_From_FSSpec. */
/* */
/* face_index :: Index of the face. For passing to */
/* @FT_New_Face_From_FSSpec. */
/* */
/* <Return> */
/* FreeType error code. 0~means success. */
/* */
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
FT_GetFile_From_Mac_Name( const char* fontName,
FSSpec* pathSpec,
FT_Long* face_index )
FT_DEPRECATED_ATTRIBUTE;
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Function> */
/* FT_GetFile_From_Mac_ATS_Name */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* Return an FSSpec for the disk file containing the named font. */
/* */
/* <Input> */
/* fontName :: Mac OS name of the font in ATS framework. */
/* */
/* <Output> */
/* pathSpec :: FSSpec to the file. For passing to */
/* @FT_New_Face_From_FSSpec. */
/* */
/* face_index :: Index of the face. For passing to */
/* @FT_New_Face_From_FSSpec. */
/* */
/* <Return> */
/* FreeType error code. 0~means success. */
/* */
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
FT_GetFile_From_Mac_ATS_Name( const char* fontName,
FSSpec* pathSpec,
FT_Long* face_index )
FT_DEPRECATED_ATTRIBUTE;
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Function> */
/* FT_GetFilePath_From_Mac_ATS_Name */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* Return a pathname of the disk file and face index for given font */
/* name that is handled by ATS framework. */
/* */
/* <Input> */
/* fontName :: Mac OS name of the font in ATS framework. */
/* */
/* <Output> */
/* path :: Buffer to store pathname of the file. For passing */
/* to @FT_New_Face. The client must allocate this */
/* buffer before calling this function. */
/* */
/* maxPathSize :: Lengths of the buffer `path' that client allocated. */
/* */
/* face_index :: Index of the face. For passing to @FT_New_Face. */
/* */
/* <Return> */
/* FreeType error code. 0~means success. */
/* */
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
FT_GetFilePath_From_Mac_ATS_Name( const char* fontName,
UInt8* path,
UInt32 maxPathSize,
FT_Long* face_index )
FT_DEPRECATED_ATTRIBUTE;
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Function> */
/* FT_New_Face_From_FSSpec */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* Create a new face object from a given resource and typeface index */
/* using an FSSpec to the font file. */
/* */
/* <InOut> */
/* library :: A handle to the library resource. */
/* */
/* <Input> */
/* spec :: FSSpec to the font file. */
/* */
/* face_index :: The index of the face within the resource. The */
/* first face has index~0. */
/* <Output> */
/* aface :: A handle to a new face object. */
/* */
/* <Return> */
/* FreeType error code. 0~means success. */
/* */
/* <Note> */
/* @FT_New_Face_From_FSSpec is identical to @FT_New_Face except */
/* it accepts an FSSpec instead of a path. */
/* */
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
FT_New_Face_From_FSSpec( FT_Library library,
const FSSpec *spec,
FT_Long face_index,
FT_Face *aface )
FT_DEPRECATED_ATTRIBUTE;
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Function> */
/* FT_New_Face_From_FSRef */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* Create a new face object from a given resource and typeface index */
/* using an FSRef to the font file. */
/* */
/* <InOut> */
/* library :: A handle to the library resource. */
/* */
/* <Input> */
/* spec :: FSRef to the font file. */
/* */
/* face_index :: The index of the face within the resource. The */
/* first face has index~0. */
/* <Output> */
/* aface :: A handle to a new face object. */
/* */
/* <Return> */
/* FreeType error code. 0~means success. */
/* */
/* <Note> */
/* @FT_New_Face_From_FSRef is identical to @FT_New_Face except */
/* it accepts an FSRef instead of a path. */
/* */
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
FT_New_Face_From_FSRef( FT_Library library,
const FSRef *ref,
FT_Long face_index,
FT_Face *aface )
FT_DEPRECATED_ATTRIBUTE;
/* */
FT_END_HEADER
#endif /* FTMAC_H_ */
/* END */

384
android/arm64-v8a/include/freetype/ftmm.h Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,384 @@
/***************************************************************************/
/* */
/* ftmm.h */
/* */
/* FreeType Multiple Master font interface (specification). */
/* */
/* Copyright 1996-2016 by */
/* David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg. */
/* */
/* This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used, */
/* modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project */
/* license, LICENSE.TXT. By continuing to use, modify, or distribute */
/* this file you indicate that you have read the license and */
/* understand and accept it fully. */
/* */
/***************************************************************************/
#ifndef FTMM_H_
#define FTMM_H_
#include <ft2build.h>
#include FT_TYPE1_TABLES_H
FT_BEGIN_HEADER
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Section> */
/* multiple_masters */
/* */
/* <Title> */
/* Multiple Masters */
/* */
/* <Abstract> */
/* How to manage Multiple Masters fonts. */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* The following types and functions are used to manage Multiple */
/* Master fonts, i.e., the selection of specific design instances by */
/* setting design axis coordinates. */
/* */
/* George Williams has extended this interface to make it work with */
/* both Type~1 Multiple Masters fonts and GX distortable (var) */
/* fonts. Some of these routines only work with MM fonts, others */
/* will work with both types. They are similar enough that a */
/* consistent interface makes sense. */
/* */
/*************************************************************************/
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Struct> */
/* FT_MM_Axis */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* A simple structure used to model a given axis in design space for */
/* Multiple Masters fonts. */
/* */
/* This structure can't be used for GX var fonts. */
/* */
/* <Fields> */
/* name :: The axis's name. */
/* */
/* minimum :: The axis's minimum design coordinate. */
/* */
/* maximum :: The axis's maximum design coordinate. */
/* */
typedef struct FT_MM_Axis_
{
FT_String* name;
FT_Long minimum;
FT_Long maximum;
} FT_MM_Axis;
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Struct> */
/* FT_Multi_Master */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* A structure used to model the axes and space of a Multiple Masters */
/* font. */
/* */
/* This structure can't be used for GX var fonts. */
/* */
/* <Fields> */
/* num_axis :: Number of axes. Cannot exceed~4. */
/* */
/* num_designs :: Number of designs; should be normally 2^num_axis */
/* even though the Type~1 specification strangely */
/* allows for intermediate designs to be present. */
/* This number cannot exceed~16. */
/* */
/* axis :: A table of axis descriptors. */
/* */
typedef struct FT_Multi_Master_
{
FT_UInt num_axis;
FT_UInt num_designs;
FT_MM_Axis axis[T1_MAX_MM_AXIS];
} FT_Multi_Master;
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Struct> */
/* FT_Var_Axis */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* A simple structure used to model a given axis in design space for */
/* Multiple Masters and GX var fonts. */
/* */
/* <Fields> */
/* name :: The axis's name. */
/* Not always meaningful for GX. */
/* */
/* minimum :: The axis's minimum design coordinate. */
/* */
/* def :: The axis's default design coordinate. */
/* FreeType computes meaningful default values for MM; it */
/* is then an integer value, not in 16.16 format. */
/* */
/* maximum :: The axis's maximum design coordinate. */
/* */
/* tag :: The axis's tag (the GX equivalent to `name'). */
/* FreeType provides default values for MM if possible. */
/* */
/* strid :: The entry in `name' table (another GX version of */
/* `name'). */
/* Not meaningful for MM. */
/* */
typedef struct FT_Var_Axis_
{
FT_String* name;
FT_Fixed minimum;
FT_Fixed def;
FT_Fixed maximum;
FT_ULong tag;
FT_UInt strid;
} FT_Var_Axis;
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Struct> */
/* FT_Var_Named_Style */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* A simple structure used to model a named style in a GX var font. */
/* */
/* This structure can't be used for MM fonts. */
/* */
/* <Fields> */
/* coords :: The design coordinates for this style. */
/* This is an array with one entry for each axis. */
/* */
/* strid :: The entry in `name' table identifying this style. */
/* */
typedef struct FT_Var_Named_Style_
{
FT_Fixed* coords;
FT_UInt strid;
} FT_Var_Named_Style;
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Struct> */
/* FT_MM_Var */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* A structure used to model the axes and space of a Multiple Masters */
/* or GX var distortable font. */
/* */
/* Some fields are specific to one format and not to the other. */
/* */
/* <Fields> */
/* num_axis :: The number of axes. The maximum value is~4 for */
/* MM; no limit in GX. */
/* */
/* num_designs :: The number of designs; should be normally */
/* 2^num_axis for MM fonts. Not meaningful for GX */
/* (where every glyph could have a different */
/* number of designs). */
/* */
/* num_namedstyles :: The number of named styles; only meaningful for */
/* GX that allows certain design coordinates to */
/* have a string ID (in the `name' table) */
/* associated with them. The font can tell the */
/* user that, for example, Weight=1.5 is `Bold'. */
/* */
/* axis :: An axis descriptor table. */
/* GX fonts contain slightly more data than MM. */
/* Memory management of this pointer is done */
/* internally by FreeType. */
/* */
/* namedstyle :: A named style table. */
/* Only meaningful with GX. */
/* Memory management of this pointer is done */
/* internally by FreeType. */
/* */
typedef struct FT_MM_Var_
{
FT_UInt num_axis;
FT_UInt num_designs;
FT_UInt num_namedstyles;
FT_Var_Axis* axis;
FT_Var_Named_Style* namedstyle;
} FT_MM_Var;
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Function> */
/* FT_Get_Multi_Master */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* Retrieve the Multiple Master descriptor of a given font. */
/* */
/* This function can't be used with GX fonts. */
/* */
/* <Input> */
/* face :: A handle to the source face. */
/* */
/* <Output> */
/* amaster :: The Multiple Masters descriptor. */
/* */
/* <Return> */
/* FreeType error code. 0~means success. */
/* */
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
FT_Get_Multi_Master( FT_Face face,
FT_Multi_Master *amaster );
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Function> */
/* FT_Get_MM_Var */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* Retrieve the Multiple Master/GX var descriptor of a given font. */
/* */
/* <Input> */
/* face :: A handle to the source face. */
/* */
/* <Output> */
/* amaster :: The Multiple Masters/GX var descriptor. */
/* Allocates a data structure, which the user must */
/* deallocate with `free' after use. */
/* */
/* <Return> */
/* FreeType error code. 0~means success. */
/* */
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
FT_Get_MM_Var( FT_Face face,
FT_MM_Var* *amaster );
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Function> */
/* FT_Set_MM_Design_Coordinates */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* For Multiple Masters fonts, choose an interpolated font design */
/* through design coordinates. */
/* */
/* This function can't be used with GX fonts. */
/* */
/* <InOut> */
/* face :: A handle to the source face. */
/* */
/* <Input> */
/* num_coords :: The number of available design coordinates. If it */
/* is larger than the number of axes, ignore the excess */
/* values. If it is smaller than the number of axes, */
/* use default values for the remaining axes. */
/* */
/* coords :: An array of design coordinates. */
/* */
/* <Return> */
/* FreeType error code. 0~means success. */
/* */
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
FT_Set_MM_Design_Coordinates( FT_Face face,
FT_UInt num_coords,
FT_Long* coords );
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Function> */
/* FT_Set_Var_Design_Coordinates */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* For Multiple Master or GX Var fonts, choose an interpolated font */
/* design through design coordinates. */
/* */
/* <InOut> */
/* face :: A handle to the source face. */
/* */
/* <Input> */
/* num_coords :: The number of available design coordinates. If it */
/* is larger than the number of axes, ignore the excess */
/* values. If it is smaller than the number of axes, */
/* use default values for the remaining axes. */
/* */
/* coords :: An array of design coordinates. */
/* */
/* <Return> */
/* FreeType error code. 0~means success. */
/* */
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
FT_Set_Var_Design_Coordinates( FT_Face face,
FT_UInt num_coords,
FT_Fixed* coords );
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Function> */
/* FT_Set_MM_Blend_Coordinates */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* For Multiple Masters and GX var fonts, choose an interpolated font */
/* design through normalized blend coordinates. */
/* */
/* <InOut> */
/* face :: A handle to the source face. */
/* */
/* <Input> */
/* num_coords :: The number of available design coordinates. If it */
/* is larger than the number of axes, ignore the excess */
/* values. If it is smaller than the number of axes, */
/* use default values for the remaining axes. */
/* */
/* coords :: The design coordinates array (each element must be */
/* between 0 and 1.0). */
/* */
/* <Return> */
/* FreeType error code. 0~means success. */
/* */
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
FT_Set_MM_Blend_Coordinates( FT_Face face,
FT_UInt num_coords,
FT_Fixed* coords );
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Function> */
/* FT_Set_Var_Blend_Coordinates */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* This is another name of @FT_Set_MM_Blend_Coordinates. */
/* */
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
FT_Set_Var_Blend_Coordinates( FT_Face face,
FT_UInt num_coords,
FT_Fixed* coords );
/* */
FT_END_HEADER
#endif /* FTMM_H_ */
/* END */

667
android/arm64-v8a/include/freetype/ftmodapi.h Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,667 @@
/***************************************************************************/
/* */
/* ftmodapi.h */
/* */
/* FreeType modules public interface (specification). */
/* */
/* Copyright 1996-2016 by */
/* David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg. */
/* */
/* This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used, */
/* modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project */
/* license, LICENSE.TXT. By continuing to use, modify, or distribute */
/* this file you indicate that you have read the license and */
/* understand and accept it fully. */
/* */
/***************************************************************************/
#ifndef FTMODAPI_H_
#define FTMODAPI_H_
#include <ft2build.h>
#include FT_FREETYPE_H
#ifdef FREETYPE_H
#error "freetype.h of FreeType 1 has been loaded!"
#error "Please fix the directory search order for header files"
#error "so that freetype.h of FreeType 2 is found first."
#endif
FT_BEGIN_HEADER
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Section> */
/* module_management */
/* */
/* <Title> */
/* Module Management */
/* */
/* <Abstract> */
/* How to add, upgrade, remove, and control modules from FreeType. */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* The definitions below are used to manage modules within FreeType. */
/* Modules can be added, upgraded, and removed at runtime. */
/* Additionally, some module properties can be controlled also. */
/* */
/* Here is a list of possible values of the `module_name' field in */
/* the @FT_Module_Class structure. */
/* */
/* { */
/* autofitter */
/* bdf */
/* cff */
/* gxvalid */
/* otvalid */
/* pcf */
/* pfr */
/* psaux */
/* pshinter */
/* psnames */
/* raster1 */
/* sfnt */
/* smooth, smooth-lcd, smooth-lcdv */
/* truetype */
/* type1 */
/* type42 */
/* t1cid */
/* winfonts */
/* } */
/* */
/* Note that the FreeType Cache sub-system is not a FreeType module. */
/* */
/* <Order> */
/* FT_Module */
/* FT_Module_Constructor */
/* FT_Module_Destructor */
/* FT_Module_Requester */
/* FT_Module_Class */
/* */
/* FT_Add_Module */
/* FT_Get_Module */
/* FT_Remove_Module */
/* FT_Add_Default_Modules */
/* */
/* FT_Property_Set */
/* FT_Property_Get */
/* */
/* FT_New_Library */
/* FT_Done_Library */
/* FT_Reference_Library */
/* */
/* FT_Renderer */
/* FT_Renderer_Class */
/* */
/* FT_Get_Renderer */
/* FT_Set_Renderer */
/* */
/* FT_Set_Debug_Hook */
/* */
/*************************************************************************/
/* module bit flags */
#define FT_MODULE_FONT_DRIVER 1 /* this module is a font driver */
#define FT_MODULE_RENDERER 2 /* this module is a renderer */
#define FT_MODULE_HINTER 4 /* this module is a glyph hinter */
#define FT_MODULE_STYLER 8 /* this module is a styler */
#define FT_MODULE_DRIVER_SCALABLE 0x100 /* the driver supports */
/* scalable fonts */
#define FT_MODULE_DRIVER_NO_OUTLINES 0x200 /* the driver does not */
/* support vector outlines */
#define FT_MODULE_DRIVER_HAS_HINTER 0x400 /* the driver provides its */
/* own hinter */
#define FT_MODULE_DRIVER_HINTS_LIGHTLY 0x800 /* the driver's hinter */
/* produces LIGHT hints */
/* deprecated values */
#define ft_module_font_driver FT_MODULE_FONT_DRIVER
#define ft_module_renderer FT_MODULE_RENDERER
#define ft_module_hinter FT_MODULE_HINTER
#define ft_module_styler FT_MODULE_STYLER
#define ft_module_driver_scalable FT_MODULE_DRIVER_SCALABLE
#define ft_module_driver_no_outlines FT_MODULE_DRIVER_NO_OUTLINES
#define ft_module_driver_has_hinter FT_MODULE_DRIVER_HAS_HINTER
#define ft_module_driver_hints_lightly FT_MODULE_DRIVER_HINTS_LIGHTLY
typedef FT_Pointer FT_Module_Interface;
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <FuncType> */
/* FT_Module_Constructor */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* A function used to initialize (not create) a new module object. */
/* */
/* <Input> */
/* module :: The module to initialize. */
/* */
typedef FT_Error
(*FT_Module_Constructor)( FT_Module module );
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <FuncType> */
/* FT_Module_Destructor */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* A function used to finalize (not destroy) a given module object. */
/* */
/* <Input> */
/* module :: The module to finalize. */
/* */
typedef void
(*FT_Module_Destructor)( FT_Module module );
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <FuncType> */
/* FT_Module_Requester */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* A function used to query a given module for a specific interface. */
/* */
/* <Input> */
/* module :: The module to be searched. */
/* */
/* name :: The name of the interface in the module. */
/* */
typedef FT_Module_Interface
(*FT_Module_Requester)( FT_Module module,
const char* name );
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Struct> */
/* FT_Module_Class */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* The module class descriptor. */
/* */
/* <Fields> */
/* module_flags :: Bit flags describing the module. */
/* */
/* module_size :: The size of one module object/instance in */
/* bytes. */
/* */
/* module_name :: The name of the module. */
/* */
/* module_version :: The version, as a 16.16 fixed number */
/* (major.minor). */
/* */
/* module_requires :: The version of FreeType this module requires, */
/* as a 16.16 fixed number (major.minor). Starts */
/* at version 2.0, i.e., 0x20000. */
/* */
/* module_init :: The initializing function. */
/* */
/* module_done :: The finalizing function. */
/* */
/* get_interface :: The interface requesting function. */
/* */
typedef struct FT_Module_Class_
{
FT_ULong module_flags;
FT_Long module_size;
const FT_String* module_name;
FT_Fixed module_version;
FT_Fixed module_requires;
const void* module_interface;
FT_Module_Constructor module_init;
FT_Module_Destructor module_done;
FT_Module_Requester get_interface;
} FT_Module_Class;
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Function> */
/* FT_Add_Module */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* Add a new module to a given library instance. */
/* */
/* <InOut> */
/* library :: A handle to the library object. */
/* */
/* <Input> */
/* clazz :: A pointer to class descriptor for the module. */
/* */
/* <Return> */
/* FreeType error code. 0~means success. */
/* */
/* <Note> */
/* An error will be returned if a module already exists by that name, */
/* or if the module requires a version of FreeType that is too great. */
/* */
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
FT_Add_Module( FT_Library library,
const FT_Module_Class* clazz );
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Function> */
/* FT_Get_Module */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* Find a module by its name. */
/* */
/* <Input> */
/* library :: A handle to the library object. */
/* */
/* module_name :: The module's name (as an ASCII string). */
/* */
/* <Return> */
/* A module handle. 0~if none was found. */
/* */
/* <Note> */
/* FreeType's internal modules aren't documented very well, and you */
/* should look up the source code for details. */
/* */
FT_EXPORT( FT_Module )
FT_Get_Module( FT_Library library,
const char* module_name );
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Function> */
/* FT_Remove_Module */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* Remove a given module from a library instance. */
/* */
/* <InOut> */
/* library :: A handle to a library object. */
/* */
/* <Input> */
/* module :: A handle to a module object. */
/* */
/* <Return> */
/* FreeType error code. 0~means success. */
/* */
/* <Note> */
/* The module object is destroyed by the function in case of success. */
/* */
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
FT_Remove_Module( FT_Library library,
FT_Module module );
/**********************************************************************
*
* @function:
* FT_Property_Set
*
* @description:
* Set a property for a given module.
*
* @input:
* library ::
* A handle to the library the module is part of.
*
* module_name ::
* The module name.
*
* property_name ::
* The property name. Properties are described in the `Synopsis'
* subsection of the module's documentation.
*
* Note that only a few modules have properties.
*
* value ::
* A generic pointer to a variable or structure that gives the new
* value of the property. The exact definition of `value' is
* dependent on the property; see the `Synopsis' subsection of the
* module's documentation.
*
* @return:
* FreeType error code. 0~means success.
*
* @note:
* If `module_name' isn't a valid module name, or `property_name'
* doesn't specify a valid property, or if `value' doesn't represent a
* valid value for the given property, an error is returned.
*
* The following example sets property `bar' (a simple integer) in
* module `foo' to value~1.
*
* {
* FT_UInt bar;
*
*
* bar = 1;
* FT_Property_Set( library, "foo", "bar", &bar );
* }
*
* Note that the FreeType Cache sub-system doesn't recognize module
* property changes. To avoid glyph lookup confusion within the cache
* you should call @FTC_Manager_Reset to completely flush the cache if
* a module property gets changed after @FTC_Manager_New has been
* called.
*
* It is not possible to set properties of the FreeType Cache
* sub-system itself with FT_Property_Set; use @FTC_Property_Set
* instead.
*
* @since:
* 2.4.11
*
*/
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
FT_Property_Set( FT_Library library,
const FT_String* module_name,
const FT_String* property_name,
const void* value );
/**********************************************************************
*
* @function:
* FT_Property_Get
*
* @description:
* Get a module's property value.
*
* @input:
* library ::
* A handle to the library the module is part of.
*
* module_name ::
* The module name.
*
* property_name ::
* The property name. Properties are described in the `Synopsis'
* subsection of the module's documentation.
*
* @inout:
* value ::
* A generic pointer to a variable or structure that gives the
* value of the property. The exact definition of `value' is
* dependent on the property; see the `Synopsis' subsection of the
* module's documentation.
*
* @return:
* FreeType error code. 0~means success.
*
* @note:
* If `module_name' isn't a valid module name, or `property_name'
* doesn't specify a valid property, or if `value' doesn't represent a
* valid value for the given property, an error is returned.
*
* The following example gets property `baz' (a range) in module `foo'.
*
* {
* typedef range_
* {
* FT_Int32 min;
* FT_Int32 max;
*
* } range;
*
* range baz;
*
*
* FT_Property_Get( library, "foo", "baz", &baz );
* }
*
* It is not possible to retrieve properties of the FreeType Cache
* sub-system with FT_Property_Get; use @FTC_Property_Get instead.
*
* @since:
* 2.4.11
*
*/
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
FT_Property_Get( FT_Library library,
const FT_String* module_name,
const FT_String* property_name,
void* value );
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Function> */
/* FT_Reference_Library */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* A counter gets initialized to~1 at the time an @FT_Library */
/* structure is created. This function increments the counter. */
/* @FT_Done_Library then only destroys a library if the counter is~1, */
/* otherwise it simply decrements the counter. */
/* */
/* This function helps in managing life-cycles of structures that */
/* reference @FT_Library objects. */
/* */
/* <Input> */
/* library :: A handle to a target library object. */
/* */
/* <Return> */
/* FreeType error code. 0~means success. */
/* */
/* <Since> */
/* 2.4.2 */
/* */
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
FT_Reference_Library( FT_Library library );
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Function> */
/* FT_New_Library */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* This function is used to create a new FreeType library instance */
/* from a given memory object. It is thus possible to use libraries */
/* with distinct memory allocators within the same program. Note, */
/* however, that the used @FT_Memory structure is expected to remain */
/* valid for the life of the @FT_Library object. */
/* */
/* Normally, you would call this function (followed by a call to */
/* @FT_Add_Default_Modules or a series of calls to @FT_Add_Module) */
/* instead of @FT_Init_FreeType to initialize the FreeType library. */
/* */
/* Don't use @FT_Done_FreeType but @FT_Done_Library to destroy a */
/* library instance. */
/* */
/* <Input> */
/* memory :: A handle to the original memory object. */
/* */
/* <Output> */
/* alibrary :: A pointer to handle of a new library object. */
/* */
/* <Return> */
/* FreeType error code. 0~means success. */
/* */
/* <Note> */
/* See the discussion of reference counters in the description of */
/* @FT_Reference_Library. */
/* */
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
FT_New_Library( FT_Memory memory,
FT_Library *alibrary );
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Function> */
/* FT_Done_Library */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* Discard a given library object. This closes all drivers and */
/* discards all resource objects. */
/* */
/* <Input> */
/* library :: A handle to the target library. */
/* */
/* <Return> */
/* FreeType error code. 0~means success. */
/* */
/* <Note> */
/* See the discussion of reference counters in the description of */
/* @FT_Reference_Library. */
/* */
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
FT_Done_Library( FT_Library library );
/* */
typedef void
(*FT_DebugHook_Func)( void* arg );
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Function> */
/* FT_Set_Debug_Hook */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* Set a debug hook function for debugging the interpreter of a font */
/* format. */
/* */
/* <InOut> */
/* library :: A handle to the library object. */
/* */
/* <Input> */
/* hook_index :: The index of the debug hook. You should use the */
/* values defined in `ftobjs.h', e.g., */
/* `FT_DEBUG_HOOK_TRUETYPE'. */
/* */
/* debug_hook :: The function used to debug the interpreter. */
/* */
/* <Note> */
/* Currently, four debug hook slots are available, but only two (for */
/* the TrueType and the Type~1 interpreter) are defined. */
/* */
/* Since the internal headers of FreeType are no longer installed, */
/* the symbol `FT_DEBUG_HOOK_TRUETYPE' isn't available publicly. */
/* This is a bug and will be fixed in a forthcoming release. */
/* */
FT_EXPORT( void )
FT_Set_Debug_Hook( FT_Library library,
FT_UInt hook_index,
FT_DebugHook_Func debug_hook );
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Function> */
/* FT_Add_Default_Modules */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* Add the set of default drivers to a given library object. */
/* This is only useful when you create a library object with */
/* @FT_New_Library (usually to plug a custom memory manager). */
/* */
/* <InOut> */
/* library :: A handle to a new library object. */
/* */
FT_EXPORT( void )
FT_Add_Default_Modules( FT_Library library );
/**************************************************************************
*
* @section:
* truetype_engine
*
* @title:
* The TrueType Engine
*
* @abstract:
* TrueType bytecode support.
*
* @description:
* This section contains a function used to query the level of TrueType
* bytecode support compiled in this version of the library.
*
*/
/**************************************************************************
*
* @enum:
* FT_TrueTypeEngineType
*
* @description:
* A list of values describing which kind of TrueType bytecode
* engine is implemented in a given FT_Library instance. It is used
* by the @FT_Get_TrueType_Engine_Type function.
*
* @values:
* FT_TRUETYPE_ENGINE_TYPE_NONE ::
* The library doesn't implement any kind of bytecode interpreter.
*
* FT_TRUETYPE_ENGINE_TYPE_UNPATENTED ::
* Deprecated and removed.
*
* FT_TRUETYPE_ENGINE_TYPE_PATENTED ::
* The library implements a bytecode interpreter that covers
* the full instruction set of the TrueType virtual machine (this
* was governed by patents until May 2010, hence the name).
*
* @since:
* 2.2
*
*/
typedef enum FT_TrueTypeEngineType_
{
FT_TRUETYPE_ENGINE_TYPE_NONE = 0,
FT_TRUETYPE_ENGINE_TYPE_UNPATENTED,
FT_TRUETYPE_ENGINE_TYPE_PATENTED
} FT_TrueTypeEngineType;
/**************************************************************************
*
* @func:
* FT_Get_TrueType_Engine_Type
*
* @description:
* Return an @FT_TrueTypeEngineType value to indicate which level of
* the TrueType virtual machine a given library instance supports.
*
* @input:
* library ::
* A library instance.
*
* @return:
* A value indicating which level is supported.
*
* @since:
* 2.2
*
*/
FT_EXPORT( FT_TrueTypeEngineType )
FT_Get_TrueType_Engine_Type( FT_Library library );
/* */
FT_END_HEADER
#endif /* FTMODAPI_H_ */
/* END */

194
android/arm64-v8a/include/freetype/ftmoderr.h Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,194 @@
/***************************************************************************/
/* */
/* ftmoderr.h */
/* */
/* FreeType module error offsets (specification). */
/* */
/* Copyright 2001-2016 by */
/* David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg. */
/* */
/* This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used, */
/* modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project */
/* license, LICENSE.TXT. By continuing to use, modify, or distribute */
/* this file you indicate that you have read the license and */
/* understand and accept it fully. */
/* */
/***************************************************************************/
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* This file is used to define the FreeType module error codes. */
/* */
/* If the macro FT_CONFIG_OPTION_USE_MODULE_ERRORS in `ftoption.h' is */
/* set, the lower byte of an error value identifies the error code as */
/* usual. In addition, the higher byte identifies the module. For */
/* example, the error `FT_Err_Invalid_File_Format' has value 0x0003, the */
/* error `TT_Err_Invalid_File_Format' has value 0x1303, the error */
/* `T1_Err_Invalid_File_Format' has value 0x1403, etc. */
/* */
/* Note that `FT_Err_Ok', `TT_Err_Ok', etc. are always equal to zero, */
/* including the high byte. */
/* */
/* If FT_CONFIG_OPTION_USE_MODULE_ERRORS isn't set, the higher byte of */
/* an error value is set to zero. */
/* */
/* To hide the various `XXX_Err_' prefixes in the source code, FreeType */
/* provides some macros in `fttypes.h'. */
/* */
/* FT_ERR( err ) */
/* Add current error module prefix (as defined with the */
/* `FT_ERR_PREFIX' macro) to `err'. For example, in the BDF module */
/* the line */
/* */
/* error = FT_ERR( Invalid_Outline ); */
/* */
/* expands to */
/* */
/* error = BDF_Err_Invalid_Outline; */
/* */
/* For simplicity, you can always use `FT_Err_Ok' directly instead */
/* of `FT_ERR( Ok )'. */
/* */
/* FT_ERR_EQ( errcode, err ) */
/* FT_ERR_NEQ( errcode, err ) */
/* Compare error code `errcode' with the error `err' for equality */
/* and inequality, respectively. Example: */
/* */
/* if ( FT_ERR_EQ( error, Invalid_Outline ) ) */
/* ... */
/* */
/* Using this macro you don't have to think about error prefixes. */
/* Of course, if module errors are not active, the above example is */
/* the same as */
/* */
/* if ( error == FT_Err_Invalid_Outline ) */
/* ... */
/* */
/* FT_ERROR_BASE( errcode ) */
/* FT_ERROR_MODULE( errcode ) */
/* Get base error and module error code, respectively. */
/* */
/* */
/* It can also be used to create a module error message table easily */
/* with something like */
/* */
/* { */
/* #undef FTMODERR_H_ */
/* #define FT_MODERRDEF( e, v, s ) { FT_Mod_Err_ ## e, s }, */
/* #define FT_MODERR_START_LIST { */
/* #define FT_MODERR_END_LIST { 0, 0 } }; */
/* */
/* const struct */
/* { */
/* int mod_err_offset; */
/* const char* mod_err_msg */
/* } ft_mod_errors[] = */
/* */
/* #include FT_MODULE_ERRORS_H */
/* } */
/* */
/*************************************************************************/
#ifndef FTMODERR_H_
#define FTMODERR_H_
/*******************************************************************/
/*******************************************************************/
/***** *****/
/***** SETUP MACROS *****/
/***** *****/
/*******************************************************************/
/*******************************************************************/
#undef FT_NEED_EXTERN_C
#ifndef FT_MODERRDEF
#ifdef FT_CONFIG_OPTION_USE_MODULE_ERRORS
#define FT_MODERRDEF( e, v, s ) FT_Mod_Err_ ## e = v,
#else
#define FT_MODERRDEF( e, v, s ) FT_Mod_Err_ ## e = 0,
#endif
#define FT_MODERR_START_LIST enum {
#define FT_MODERR_END_LIST FT_Mod_Err_Max };
#ifdef __cplusplus
#define FT_NEED_EXTERN_C
extern "C" {
#endif
#endif /* !FT_MODERRDEF */
/*******************************************************************/
/*******************************************************************/
/***** *****/
/***** LIST MODULE ERROR BASES *****/
/***** *****/
/*******************************************************************/
/*******************************************************************/
#ifdef FT_MODERR_START_LIST
FT_MODERR_START_LIST
#endif
FT_MODERRDEF( Base, 0x000, "base module" )
FT_MODERRDEF( Autofit, 0x100, "autofitter module" )
FT_MODERRDEF( BDF, 0x200, "BDF module" )
FT_MODERRDEF( Bzip2, 0x300, "Bzip2 module" )
FT_MODERRDEF( Cache, 0x400, "cache module" )
FT_MODERRDEF( CFF, 0x500, "CFF module" )
FT_MODERRDEF( CID, 0x600, "CID module" )
FT_MODERRDEF( Gzip, 0x700, "Gzip module" )
FT_MODERRDEF( LZW, 0x800, "LZW module" )
FT_MODERRDEF( OTvalid, 0x900, "OpenType validation module" )
FT_MODERRDEF( PCF, 0xA00, "PCF module" )
FT_MODERRDEF( PFR, 0xB00, "PFR module" )
FT_MODERRDEF( PSaux, 0xC00, "PS auxiliary module" )
FT_MODERRDEF( PShinter, 0xD00, "PS hinter module" )
FT_MODERRDEF( PSnames, 0xE00, "PS names module" )
FT_MODERRDEF( Raster, 0xF00, "raster module" )
FT_MODERRDEF( SFNT, 0x1000, "SFNT module" )
FT_MODERRDEF( Smooth, 0x1100, "smooth raster module" )
FT_MODERRDEF( TrueType, 0x1200, "TrueType module" )
FT_MODERRDEF( Type1, 0x1300, "Type 1 module" )
FT_MODERRDEF( Type42, 0x1400, "Type 42 module" )
FT_MODERRDEF( Winfonts, 0x1500, "Windows FON/FNT module" )
FT_MODERRDEF( GXvalid, 0x1600, "GX validation module" )
#ifdef FT_MODERR_END_LIST
FT_MODERR_END_LIST
#endif
/*******************************************************************/
/*******************************************************************/
/***** *****/
/***** CLEANUP *****/
/***** *****/
/*******************************************************************/
/*******************************************************************/
#ifdef FT_NEED_EXTERN_C
}
#endif
#undef FT_MODERR_START_LIST
#undef FT_MODERR_END_LIST
#undef FT_MODERRDEF
#undef FT_NEED_EXTERN_C
#endif /* FTMODERR_H_ */
/* END */

204
android/arm64-v8a/include/freetype/ftotval.h Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,204 @@
/***************************************************************************/
/* */
/* ftotval.h */
/* */
/* FreeType API for validating OpenType tables (specification). */
/* */
/* Copyright 2004-2016 by */
/* David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg. */
/* */
/* This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used, */
/* modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project */
/* license, LICENSE.TXT. By continuing to use, modify, or distribute */
/* this file you indicate that you have read the license and */
/* understand and accept it fully. */
/* */
/***************************************************************************/
/***************************************************************************/
/* */
/* */
/* Warning: This module might be moved to a different library in the */
/* future to avoid a tight dependency between FreeType and the */
/* OpenType specification. */
/* */
/* */
/***************************************************************************/
#ifndef FTOTVAL_H_
#define FTOTVAL_H_
#include <ft2build.h>
#include FT_FREETYPE_H
#ifdef FREETYPE_H
#error "freetype.h of FreeType 1 has been loaded!"
#error "Please fix the directory search order for header files"
#error "so that freetype.h of FreeType 2 is found first."
#endif
FT_BEGIN_HEADER
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Section> */
/* ot_validation */
/* */
/* <Title> */
/* OpenType Validation */
/* */
/* <Abstract> */
/* An API to validate OpenType tables. */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* This section contains the declaration of functions to validate */
/* some OpenType tables (BASE, GDEF, GPOS, GSUB, JSTF, MATH). */
/* */
/* <Order> */
/* FT_OpenType_Validate */
/* FT_OpenType_Free */
/* */
/* FT_VALIDATE_OTXXX */
/* */
/*************************************************************************/
/**********************************************************************
*
* @enum:
* FT_VALIDATE_OTXXX
*
* @description:
* A list of bit-field constants used with @FT_OpenType_Validate to
* indicate which OpenType tables should be validated.
*
* @values:
* FT_VALIDATE_BASE ::
* Validate BASE table.
*
* FT_VALIDATE_GDEF ::
* Validate GDEF table.
*
* FT_VALIDATE_GPOS ::
* Validate GPOS table.
*
* FT_VALIDATE_GSUB ::
* Validate GSUB table.
*
* FT_VALIDATE_JSTF ::
* Validate JSTF table.
*
* FT_VALIDATE_MATH ::
* Validate MATH table.
*
* FT_VALIDATE_OT ::
* Validate all OpenType tables (BASE, GDEF, GPOS, GSUB, JSTF, MATH).
*
*/
#define FT_VALIDATE_BASE 0x0100
#define FT_VALIDATE_GDEF 0x0200
#define FT_VALIDATE_GPOS 0x0400
#define FT_VALIDATE_GSUB 0x0800
#define FT_VALIDATE_JSTF 0x1000
#define FT_VALIDATE_MATH 0x2000
#define FT_VALIDATE_OT FT_VALIDATE_BASE | \
FT_VALIDATE_GDEF | \
FT_VALIDATE_GPOS | \
FT_VALIDATE_GSUB | \
FT_VALIDATE_JSTF | \
FT_VALIDATE_MATH
/**********************************************************************
*
* @function:
* FT_OpenType_Validate
*
* @description:
* Validate various OpenType tables to assure that all offsets and
* indices are valid. The idea is that a higher-level library that
* actually does the text layout can access those tables without
* error checking (which can be quite time consuming).
*
* @input:
* face ::
* A handle to the input face.
*
* validation_flags ::
* A bit field that specifies the tables to be validated. See
* @FT_VALIDATE_OTXXX for possible values.
*
* @output:
* BASE_table ::
* A pointer to the BASE table.
*
* GDEF_table ::
* A pointer to the GDEF table.
*
* GPOS_table ::
* A pointer to the GPOS table.
*
* GSUB_table ::
* A pointer to the GSUB table.
*
* JSTF_table ::
* A pointer to the JSTF table.
*
* @return:
* FreeType error code. 0~means success.
*
* @note:
* This function only works with OpenType fonts, returning an error
* otherwise.
*
* After use, the application should deallocate the five tables with
* @FT_OpenType_Free. A NULL value indicates that the table either
* doesn't exist in the font, or the application hasn't asked for
* validation.
*/
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
FT_OpenType_Validate( FT_Face face,
FT_UInt validation_flags,
FT_Bytes *BASE_table,
FT_Bytes *GDEF_table,
FT_Bytes *GPOS_table,
FT_Bytes *GSUB_table,
FT_Bytes *JSTF_table );
/**********************************************************************
*
* @function:
* FT_OpenType_Free
*
* @description:
* Free the buffer allocated by OpenType validator.
*
* @input:
* face ::
* A handle to the input face.
*
* table ::
* The pointer to the buffer that is allocated by
* @FT_OpenType_Validate.
*
* @note:
* This function must be used to free the buffer allocated by
* @FT_OpenType_Validate only.
*/
FT_EXPORT( void )
FT_OpenType_Free( FT_Face face,
FT_Bytes table );
/* */
FT_END_HEADER
#endif /* FTOTVAL_H_ */
/* END */

574
android/arm64-v8a/include/freetype/ftoutln.h Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,574 @@
/***************************************************************************/
/* */
/* ftoutln.h */
/* */
/* Support for the FT_Outline type used to store glyph shapes of */
/* most scalable font formats (specification). */
/* */
/* Copyright 1996-2016 by */
/* David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg. */
/* */
/* This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used, */
/* modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project */
/* license, LICENSE.TXT. By continuing to use, modify, or distribute */
/* this file you indicate that you have read the license and */
/* understand and accept it fully. */
/* */
/***************************************************************************/
#ifndef FTOUTLN_H_
#define FTOUTLN_H_
#include <ft2build.h>
#include FT_FREETYPE_H
#ifdef FREETYPE_H
#error "freetype.h of FreeType 1 has been loaded!"
#error "Please fix the directory search order for header files"
#error "so that freetype.h of FreeType 2 is found first."
#endif
FT_BEGIN_HEADER
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Section> */
/* outline_processing */
/* */
/* <Title> */
/* Outline Processing */
/* */
/* <Abstract> */
/* Functions to create, transform, and render vectorial glyph images. */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* This section contains routines used to create and destroy scalable */
/* glyph images known as `outlines'. These can also be measured, */
/* transformed, and converted into bitmaps and pixmaps. */
/* */
/* <Order> */
/* FT_Outline */
/* FT_Outline_New */
/* FT_Outline_Done */
/* FT_Outline_Copy */
/* FT_Outline_Translate */
/* FT_Outline_Transform */
/* FT_Outline_Embolden */
/* FT_Outline_EmboldenXY */
/* FT_Outline_Reverse */
/* FT_Outline_Check */
/* */
/* FT_Outline_Get_CBox */
/* FT_Outline_Get_BBox */
/* */
/* FT_Outline_Get_Bitmap */
/* FT_Outline_Render */
/* FT_Outline_Decompose */
/* FT_Outline_Funcs */
/* FT_Outline_MoveToFunc */
/* FT_Outline_LineToFunc */
/* FT_Outline_ConicToFunc */
/* FT_Outline_CubicToFunc */
/* */
/* FT_Orientation */
/* FT_Outline_Get_Orientation */
/* */
/* FT_OUTLINE_XXX */
/* */
/*************************************************************************/
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Function> */
/* FT_Outline_Decompose */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* Walk over an outline's structure to decompose it into individual */
/* segments and Bézier arcs. This function also emits `move to' */
/* operations to indicate the start of new contours in the outline. */
/* */
/* <Input> */
/* outline :: A pointer to the source target. */
/* */
/* func_interface :: A table of `emitters', i.e., function pointers */
/* called during decomposition to indicate path */
/* operations. */
/* */
/* <InOut> */
/* user :: A typeless pointer that is passed to each */
/* emitter during the decomposition. It can be */
/* used to store the state during the */
/* decomposition. */
/* */
/* <Return> */
/* FreeType error code. 0~means success. */
/* */
/* <Note> */
/* A contour that contains a single point only is represented by a */
/* `move to' operation followed by `line to' to the same point. In */
/* most cases, it is best to filter this out before using the */
/* outline for stroking purposes (otherwise it would result in a */
/* visible dot when round caps are used). */
/* */
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
FT_Outline_Decompose( FT_Outline* outline,
const FT_Outline_Funcs* func_interface,
void* user );
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Function> */
/* FT_Outline_New */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* Create a new outline of a given size. */
/* */
/* <Input> */
/* library :: A handle to the library object from where the */
/* outline is allocated. Note however that the new */
/* outline will *not* necessarily be *freed*, when */
/* destroying the library, by @FT_Done_FreeType. */
/* */
/* numPoints :: The maximum number of points within the outline. */
/* Must be smaller than or equal to 0xFFFF (65535). */
/* */
/* numContours :: The maximum number of contours within the outline. */
/* This value must be in the range 0 to `numPoints'. */
/* */
/* <Output> */
/* anoutline :: A handle to the new outline. */
/* */
/* <Return> */
/* FreeType error code. 0~means success. */
/* */
/* <Note> */
/* The reason why this function takes a `library' parameter is simply */
/* to use the library's memory allocator. */
/* */
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
FT_Outline_New( FT_Library library,
FT_UInt numPoints,
FT_Int numContours,
FT_Outline *anoutline );
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
FT_Outline_New_Internal( FT_Memory memory,
FT_UInt numPoints,
FT_Int numContours,
FT_Outline *anoutline );
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Function> */
/* FT_Outline_Done */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* Destroy an outline created with @FT_Outline_New. */
/* */
/* <Input> */
/* library :: A handle of the library object used to allocate the */
/* outline. */
/* */
/* outline :: A pointer to the outline object to be discarded. */
/* */
/* <Return> */
/* FreeType error code. 0~means success. */
/* */
/* <Note> */
/* If the outline's `owner' field is not set, only the outline */
/* descriptor will be released. */
/* */
/* The reason why this function takes an `library' parameter is */
/* simply to use ft_mem_free(). */
/* */
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
FT_Outline_Done( FT_Library library,
FT_Outline* outline );
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
FT_Outline_Done_Internal( FT_Memory memory,
FT_Outline* outline );
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Function> */
/* FT_Outline_Check */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* Check the contents of an outline descriptor. */
/* */
/* <Input> */
/* outline :: A handle to a source outline. */
/* */
/* <Return> */
/* FreeType error code. 0~means success. */
/* */
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
FT_Outline_Check( FT_Outline* outline );
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Function> */
/* FT_Outline_Get_CBox */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* Return an outline's `control box'. The control box encloses all */
/* the outline's points, including Bézier control points. Though it */
/* coincides with the exact bounding box for most glyphs, it can be */
/* slightly larger in some situations (like when rotating an outline */
/* that contains Bézier outside arcs). */
/* */
/* Computing the control box is very fast, while getting the bounding */
/* box can take much more time as it needs to walk over all segments */
/* and arcs in the outline. To get the latter, you can use the */
/* `ftbbox' component, which is dedicated to this single task. */
/* */
/* <Input> */
/* outline :: A pointer to the source outline descriptor. */
/* */
/* <Output> */
/* acbox :: The outline's control box. */
/* */
/* <Note> */
/* See @FT_Glyph_Get_CBox for a discussion of tricky fonts. */
/* */
FT_EXPORT( void )
FT_Outline_Get_CBox( const FT_Outline* outline,
FT_BBox *acbox );
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Function> */
/* FT_Outline_Translate */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* Apply a simple translation to the points of an outline. */
/* */
/* <InOut> */
/* outline :: A pointer to the target outline descriptor. */
/* */
/* <Input> */
/* xOffset :: The horizontal offset. */
/* */
/* yOffset :: The vertical offset. */
/* */
FT_EXPORT( void )
FT_Outline_Translate( const FT_Outline* outline,
FT_Pos xOffset,
FT_Pos yOffset );
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Function> */
/* FT_Outline_Copy */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* Copy an outline into another one. Both objects must have the */
/* same sizes (number of points & number of contours) when this */
/* function is called. */
/* */
/* <Input> */
/* source :: A handle to the source outline. */
/* */
/* <Output> */
/* target :: A handle to the target outline. */
/* */
/* <Return> */
/* FreeType error code. 0~means success. */
/* */
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
FT_Outline_Copy( const FT_Outline* source,
FT_Outline *target );
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Function> */
/* FT_Outline_Transform */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* Apply a simple 2x2 matrix to all of an outline's points. Useful */
/* for applying rotations, slanting, flipping, etc. */
/* */
/* <InOut> */
/* outline :: A pointer to the target outline descriptor. */
/* */
/* <Input> */
/* matrix :: A pointer to the transformation matrix. */
/* */
/* <Note> */
/* You can use @FT_Outline_Translate if you need to translate the */
/* outline's points. */
/* */
FT_EXPORT( void )
FT_Outline_Transform( const FT_Outline* outline,
const FT_Matrix* matrix );
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Function> */
/* FT_Outline_Embolden */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* Embolden an outline. The new outline will be at most 4~times */
/* `strength' pixels wider and higher. You may think of the left and */
/* bottom borders as unchanged. */
/* */
/* Negative `strength' values to reduce the outline thickness are */
/* possible also. */
/* */
/* <InOut> */
/* outline :: A handle to the target outline. */
/* */
/* <Input> */
/* strength :: How strong the glyph is emboldened. Expressed in */
/* 26.6 pixel format. */
/* */
/* <Return> */
/* FreeType error code. 0~means success. */
/* */
/* <Note> */
/* The used algorithm to increase or decrease the thickness of the */
/* glyph doesn't change the number of points; this means that certain */
/* situations like acute angles or intersections are sometimes */
/* handled incorrectly. */
/* */
/* If you need `better' metrics values you should call */
/* @FT_Outline_Get_CBox or @FT_Outline_Get_BBox. */
/* */
/* Example call: */
/* */
/* { */
/* FT_Load_Glyph( face, index, FT_LOAD_DEFAULT ); */
/* if ( face->glyph->format == FT_GLYPH_FORMAT_OUTLINE ) */
/* FT_Outline_Embolden( &face->glyph->outline, strength ); */
/* } */
/* */
/* To get meaningful results, font scaling values must be set with */
/* functions like @FT_Set_Char_Size before calling FT_Render_Glyph. */
/* */
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
FT_Outline_Embolden( FT_Outline* outline,
FT_Pos strength );
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Function> */
/* FT_Outline_EmboldenXY */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* Embolden an outline. The new outline will be `xstrength' pixels */
/* wider and `ystrength' pixels higher. Otherwise, it is similar to */
/* @FT_Outline_Embolden, which uses the same strength in both */
/* directions. */
/* */
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
FT_Outline_EmboldenXY( FT_Outline* outline,
FT_Pos xstrength,
FT_Pos ystrength );
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Function> */
/* FT_Outline_Reverse */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* Reverse the drawing direction of an outline. This is used to */
/* ensure consistent fill conventions for mirrored glyphs. */
/* */
/* <InOut> */
/* outline :: A pointer to the target outline descriptor. */
/* */
/* <Note> */
/* This function toggles the bit flag @FT_OUTLINE_REVERSE_FILL in */
/* the outline's `flags' field. */
/* */
/* It shouldn't be used by a normal client application, unless it */
/* knows what it is doing. */
/* */
FT_EXPORT( void )
FT_Outline_Reverse( FT_Outline* outline );
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Function> */
/* FT_Outline_Get_Bitmap */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* Render an outline within a bitmap. The outline's image is simply */
/* OR-ed to the target bitmap. */
/* */
/* <Input> */
/* library :: A handle to a FreeType library object. */
/* */
/* outline :: A pointer to the source outline descriptor. */
/* */
/* <InOut> */
/* abitmap :: A pointer to the target bitmap descriptor. */
/* */
/* <Return> */
/* FreeType error code. 0~means success. */
/* */
/* <Note> */
/* This function does NOT CREATE the bitmap, it only renders an */
/* outline image within the one you pass to it! Consequently, the */
/* various fields in `abitmap' should be set accordingly. */
/* */
/* It will use the raster corresponding to the default glyph format. */
/* */
/* The value of the `num_grays' field in `abitmap' is ignored. If */
/* you select the gray-level rasterizer, and you want less than 256 */
/* gray levels, you have to use @FT_Outline_Render directly. */
/* */
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
FT_Outline_Get_Bitmap( FT_Library library,
FT_Outline* outline,
const FT_Bitmap *abitmap );
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Function> */
/* FT_Outline_Render */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* Render an outline within a bitmap using the current scan-convert. */
/* This function uses an @FT_Raster_Params structure as an argument, */
/* allowing advanced features like direct composition, translucency, */
/* etc. */
/* */
/* <Input> */
/* library :: A handle to a FreeType library object. */
/* */
/* outline :: A pointer to the source outline descriptor. */
/* */
/* <InOut> */
/* params :: A pointer to an @FT_Raster_Params structure used to */
/* describe the rendering operation. */
/* */
/* <Return> */
/* FreeType error code. 0~means success. */
/* */
/* <Note> */
/* You should know what you are doing and how @FT_Raster_Params works */
/* to use this function. */
/* */
/* The field `params.source' will be set to `outline' before the scan */
/* converter is called, which means that the value you give to it is */
/* actually ignored. */
/* */
/* The gray-level rasterizer always uses 256 gray levels. If you */
/* want less gray levels, you have to provide your own span callback. */
/* See the @FT_RASTER_FLAG_DIRECT value of the `flags' field in the */
/* @FT_Raster_Params structure for more details. */
/* */
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
FT_Outline_Render( FT_Library library,
FT_Outline* outline,
FT_Raster_Params* params );
/**************************************************************************
*
* @enum:
* FT_Orientation
*
* @description:
* A list of values used to describe an outline's contour orientation.
*
* The TrueType and PostScript specifications use different conventions
* to determine whether outline contours should be filled or unfilled.
*
* @values:
* FT_ORIENTATION_TRUETYPE ::
* According to the TrueType specification, clockwise contours must
* be filled, and counter-clockwise ones must be unfilled.
*
* FT_ORIENTATION_POSTSCRIPT ::
* According to the PostScript specification, counter-clockwise contours
* must be filled, and clockwise ones must be unfilled.
*
* FT_ORIENTATION_FILL_RIGHT ::
* This is identical to @FT_ORIENTATION_TRUETYPE, but is used to
* remember that in TrueType, everything that is to the right of
* the drawing direction of a contour must be filled.
*
* FT_ORIENTATION_FILL_LEFT ::
* This is identical to @FT_ORIENTATION_POSTSCRIPT, but is used to
* remember that in PostScript, everything that is to the left of
* the drawing direction of a contour must be filled.
*
* FT_ORIENTATION_NONE ::
* The orientation cannot be determined. That is, different parts of
* the glyph have different orientation.
*
*/
typedef enum FT_Orientation_
{
FT_ORIENTATION_TRUETYPE = 0,
FT_ORIENTATION_POSTSCRIPT = 1,
FT_ORIENTATION_FILL_RIGHT = FT_ORIENTATION_TRUETYPE,
FT_ORIENTATION_FILL_LEFT = FT_ORIENTATION_POSTSCRIPT,
FT_ORIENTATION_NONE
} FT_Orientation;
/**************************************************************************
*
* @function:
* FT_Outline_Get_Orientation
*
* @description:
* This function analyzes a glyph outline and tries to compute its
* fill orientation (see @FT_Orientation). This is done by integrating
* the total area covered by the outline. The positive integral
* corresponds to the clockwise orientation and @FT_ORIENTATION_POSTSCRIPT
* is returned. The negative integral corresponds to the counter-clockwise
* orientation and @FT_ORIENTATION_TRUETYPE is returned.
*
* Note that this will return @FT_ORIENTATION_TRUETYPE for empty
* outlines.
*
* @input:
* outline ::
* A handle to the source outline.
*
* @return:
* The orientation.
*
*/
FT_EXPORT( FT_Orientation )
FT_Outline_Get_Orientation( FT_Outline* outline );
/* */
FT_END_HEADER
#endif /* FTOUTLN_H_ */
/* END */
/* Local Variables: */
/* coding: utf-8 */
/* End: */

172
android/arm64-v8a/include/freetype/ftpfr.h Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,172 @@
/***************************************************************************/
/* */
/* ftpfr.h */
/* */
/* FreeType API for accessing PFR-specific data (specification only). */
/* */
/* Copyright 2002-2016 by */
/* David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg. */
/* */
/* This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used, */
/* modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project */
/* license, LICENSE.TXT. By continuing to use, modify, or distribute */
/* this file you indicate that you have read the license and */
/* understand and accept it fully. */
/* */
/***************************************************************************/
#ifndef FTPFR_H_
#define FTPFR_H_
#include <ft2build.h>
#include FT_FREETYPE_H
#ifdef FREETYPE_H
#error "freetype.h of FreeType 1 has been loaded!"
#error "Please fix the directory search order for header files"
#error "so that freetype.h of FreeType 2 is found first."
#endif
FT_BEGIN_HEADER
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Section> */
/* pfr_fonts */
/* */
/* <Title> */
/* PFR Fonts */
/* */
/* <Abstract> */
/* PFR/TrueDoc specific API. */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* This section contains the declaration of PFR-specific functions. */
/* */
/*************************************************************************/
/**********************************************************************
*
* @function:
* FT_Get_PFR_Metrics
*
* @description:
* Return the outline and metrics resolutions of a given PFR face.
*
* @input:
* face :: Handle to the input face. It can be a non-PFR face.
*
* @output:
* aoutline_resolution ::
* Outline resolution. This is equivalent to `face->units_per_EM'
* for non-PFR fonts. Optional (parameter can be NULL).
*
* ametrics_resolution ::
* Metrics resolution. This is equivalent to `outline_resolution'
* for non-PFR fonts. Optional (parameter can be NULL).
*
* ametrics_x_scale ::
* A 16.16 fixed-point number used to scale distance expressed
* in metrics units to device sub-pixels. This is equivalent to
* `face->size->x_scale', but for metrics only. Optional (parameter
* can be NULL).
*
* ametrics_y_scale ::
* Same as `ametrics_x_scale' but for the vertical direction.
* optional (parameter can be NULL).
*
* @return:
* FreeType error code. 0~means success.
*
* @note:
* If the input face is not a PFR, this function will return an error.
* However, in all cases, it will return valid values.
*/
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
FT_Get_PFR_Metrics( FT_Face face,
FT_UInt *aoutline_resolution,
FT_UInt *ametrics_resolution,
FT_Fixed *ametrics_x_scale,
FT_Fixed *ametrics_y_scale );
/**********************************************************************
*
* @function:
* FT_Get_PFR_Kerning
*
* @description:
* Return the kerning pair corresponding to two glyphs in a PFR face.
* The distance is expressed in metrics units, unlike the result of
* @FT_Get_Kerning.
*
* @input:
* face :: A handle to the input face.
*
* left :: Index of the left glyph.
*
* right :: Index of the right glyph.
*
* @output:
* avector :: A kerning vector.
*
* @return:
* FreeType error code. 0~means success.
*
* @note:
* This function always return distances in original PFR metrics
* units. This is unlike @FT_Get_Kerning with the @FT_KERNING_UNSCALED
* mode, which always returns distances converted to outline units.
*
* You can use the value of the `x_scale' and `y_scale' parameters
* returned by @FT_Get_PFR_Metrics to scale these to device sub-pixels.
*/
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
FT_Get_PFR_Kerning( FT_Face face,
FT_UInt left,
FT_UInt right,
FT_Vector *avector );
/**********************************************************************
*
* @function:
* FT_Get_PFR_Advance
*
* @description:
* Return a given glyph advance, expressed in original metrics units,
* from a PFR font.
*
* @input:
* face :: A handle to the input face.
*
* gindex :: The glyph index.
*
* @output:
* aadvance :: The glyph advance in metrics units.
*
* @return:
* FreeType error code. 0~means success.
*
* @note:
* You can use the `x_scale' or `y_scale' results of @FT_Get_PFR_Metrics
* to convert the advance to device sub-pixels (i.e., 1/64th of pixels).
*/
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
FT_Get_PFR_Advance( FT_Face face,
FT_UInt gindex,
FT_Pos *aadvance );
/* */
FT_END_HEADER
#endif /* FTPFR_H_ */
/* END */

232
android/arm64-v8a/include/freetype/ftrender.h Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,232 @@
/***************************************************************************/
/* */
/* ftrender.h */
/* */
/* FreeType renderer modules public interface (specification). */
/* */
/* Copyright 1996-2016 by */
/* David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg. */
/* */
/* This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used, */
/* modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project */
/* license, LICENSE.TXT. By continuing to use, modify, or distribute */
/* this file you indicate that you have read the license and */
/* understand and accept it fully. */
/* */
/***************************************************************************/
#ifndef FTRENDER_H_
#define FTRENDER_H_
#include <ft2build.h>
#include FT_MODULE_H
#include FT_GLYPH_H
FT_BEGIN_HEADER
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Section> */
/* module_management */
/* */
/*************************************************************************/
/* create a new glyph object */
typedef FT_Error
(*FT_Glyph_InitFunc)( FT_Glyph glyph,
FT_GlyphSlot slot );
/* destroys a given glyph object */
typedef void
(*FT_Glyph_DoneFunc)( FT_Glyph glyph );
typedef void
(*FT_Glyph_TransformFunc)( FT_Glyph glyph,
const FT_Matrix* matrix,
const FT_Vector* delta );
typedef void
(*FT_Glyph_GetBBoxFunc)( FT_Glyph glyph,
FT_BBox* abbox );
typedef FT_Error
(*FT_Glyph_CopyFunc)( FT_Glyph source,
FT_Glyph target );
typedef FT_Error
(*FT_Glyph_PrepareFunc)( FT_Glyph glyph,
FT_GlyphSlot slot );
/* deprecated */
#define FT_Glyph_Init_Func FT_Glyph_InitFunc
#define FT_Glyph_Done_Func FT_Glyph_DoneFunc
#define FT_Glyph_Transform_Func FT_Glyph_TransformFunc
#define FT_Glyph_BBox_Func FT_Glyph_GetBBoxFunc
#define FT_Glyph_Copy_Func FT_Glyph_CopyFunc
#define FT_Glyph_Prepare_Func FT_Glyph_PrepareFunc
struct FT_Glyph_Class_
{
FT_Long glyph_size;
FT_Glyph_Format glyph_format;
FT_Glyph_InitFunc glyph_init;
FT_Glyph_DoneFunc glyph_done;
FT_Glyph_CopyFunc glyph_copy;
FT_Glyph_TransformFunc glyph_transform;
FT_Glyph_GetBBoxFunc glyph_bbox;
FT_Glyph_PrepareFunc glyph_prepare;
};
typedef FT_Error
(*FT_Renderer_RenderFunc)( FT_Renderer renderer,
FT_GlyphSlot slot,
FT_UInt mode,
const FT_Vector* origin );
typedef FT_Error
(*FT_Renderer_TransformFunc)( FT_Renderer renderer,
FT_GlyphSlot slot,
const FT_Matrix* matrix,
const FT_Vector* delta );
typedef void
(*FT_Renderer_GetCBoxFunc)( FT_Renderer renderer,
FT_GlyphSlot slot,
FT_BBox* cbox );
typedef FT_Error
(*FT_Renderer_SetModeFunc)( FT_Renderer renderer,
FT_ULong mode_tag,
FT_Pointer mode_ptr );
/* deprecated identifiers */
#define FTRenderer_render FT_Renderer_RenderFunc
#define FTRenderer_transform FT_Renderer_TransformFunc
#define FTRenderer_getCBox FT_Renderer_GetCBoxFunc
#define FTRenderer_setMode FT_Renderer_SetModeFunc
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Struct> */
/* FT_Renderer_Class */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* The renderer module class descriptor. */
/* */
/* <Fields> */
/* root :: The root @FT_Module_Class fields. */
/* */
/* glyph_format :: The glyph image format this renderer handles. */
/* */
/* render_glyph :: A method used to render the image that is in a */
/* given glyph slot into a bitmap. */
/* */
/* transform_glyph :: A method used to transform the image that is in */
/* a given glyph slot. */
/* */
/* get_glyph_cbox :: A method used to access the glyph's cbox. */
/* */
/* set_mode :: A method used to pass additional parameters. */
/* */
/* raster_class :: For @FT_GLYPH_FORMAT_OUTLINE renderers only. */
/* This is a pointer to its raster's class. */
/* */
typedef struct FT_Renderer_Class_
{
FT_Module_Class root;
FT_Glyph_Format glyph_format;
FT_Renderer_RenderFunc render_glyph;
FT_Renderer_TransformFunc transform_glyph;
FT_Renderer_GetCBoxFunc get_glyph_cbox;
FT_Renderer_SetModeFunc set_mode;
FT_Raster_Funcs* raster_class;
} FT_Renderer_Class;
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Function> */
/* FT_Get_Renderer */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* Retrieve the current renderer for a given glyph format. */
/* */
/* <Input> */
/* library :: A handle to the library object. */
/* */
/* format :: The glyph format. */
/* */
/* <Return> */
/* A renderer handle. 0~if none found. */
/* */
/* <Note> */
/* An error will be returned if a module already exists by that name, */
/* or if the module requires a version of FreeType that is too great. */
/* */
/* To add a new renderer, simply use @FT_Add_Module. To retrieve a */
/* renderer by its name, use @FT_Get_Module. */
/* */
FT_EXPORT( FT_Renderer )
FT_Get_Renderer( FT_Library library,
FT_Glyph_Format format );
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Function> */
/* FT_Set_Renderer */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* Set the current renderer to use, and set additional mode. */
/* */
/* <InOut> */
/* library :: A handle to the library object. */
/* */
/* <Input> */
/* renderer :: A handle to the renderer object. */
/* */
/* num_params :: The number of additional parameters. */
/* */
/* parameters :: Additional parameters. */
/* */
/* <Return> */
/* FreeType error code. 0~means success. */
/* */
/* <Note> */
/* In case of success, the renderer will be used to convert glyph */
/* images in the renderer's known format into bitmaps. */
/* */
/* This doesn't change the current renderer for other formats. */
/* */
/* Currently, no FreeType renderer module uses `parameters'; you */
/* should thus always pass NULL as the value. */
/* */
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
FT_Set_Renderer( FT_Library library,
FT_Renderer renderer,
FT_UInt num_params,
FT_Parameter* parameters );
/* */
FT_END_HEADER
#endif /* FTRENDER_H_ */
/* END */

159
android/arm64-v8a/include/freetype/ftsizes.h Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,159 @@
/***************************************************************************/
/* */
/* ftsizes.h */
/* */
/* FreeType size objects management (specification). */
/* */
/* Copyright 1996-2016 by */
/* David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg. */
/* */
/* This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used, */
/* modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project */
/* license, LICENSE.TXT. By continuing to use, modify, or distribute */
/* this file you indicate that you have read the license and */
/* understand and accept it fully. */
/* */
/***************************************************************************/
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* Typical application would normally not need to use these functions. */
/* However, they have been placed in a public API for the rare cases */
/* where they are needed. */
/* */
/*************************************************************************/
#ifndef FTSIZES_H_
#define FTSIZES_H_
#include <ft2build.h>
#include FT_FREETYPE_H
#ifdef FREETYPE_H
#error "freetype.h of FreeType 1 has been loaded!"
#error "Please fix the directory search order for header files"
#error "so that freetype.h of FreeType 2 is found first."
#endif
FT_BEGIN_HEADER
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Section> */
/* sizes_management */
/* */
/* <Title> */
/* Size Management */
/* */
/* <Abstract> */
/* Managing multiple sizes per face. */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* When creating a new face object (e.g., with @FT_New_Face), an */
/* @FT_Size object is automatically created and used to store all */
/* pixel-size dependent information, available in the `face->size' */
/* field. */
/* */
/* It is however possible to create more sizes for a given face, */
/* mostly in order to manage several character pixel sizes of the */
/* same font family and style. See @FT_New_Size and @FT_Done_Size. */
/* */
/* Note that @FT_Set_Pixel_Sizes and @FT_Set_Char_Size only */
/* modify the contents of the current `active' size; you thus need */
/* to use @FT_Activate_Size to change it. */
/* */
/* 99% of applications won't need the functions provided here, */
/* especially if they use the caching sub-system, so be cautious */
/* when using these. */
/* */
/*************************************************************************/
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Function> */
/* FT_New_Size */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* Create a new size object from a given face object. */
/* */
/* <Input> */
/* face :: A handle to a parent face object. */
/* */
/* <Output> */
/* asize :: A handle to a new size object. */
/* */
/* <Return> */
/* FreeType error code. 0~means success. */
/* */
/* <Note> */
/* You need to call @FT_Activate_Size in order to select the new size */
/* for upcoming calls to @FT_Set_Pixel_Sizes, @FT_Set_Char_Size, */
/* @FT_Load_Glyph, @FT_Load_Char, etc. */
/* */
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
FT_New_Size( FT_Face face,
FT_Size* size );
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Function> */
/* FT_Done_Size */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* Discard a given size object. Note that @FT_Done_Face */
/* automatically discards all size objects allocated with */
/* @FT_New_Size. */
/* */
/* <Input> */
/* size :: A handle to a target size object. */
/* */
/* <Return> */
/* FreeType error code. 0~means success. */
/* */
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
FT_Done_Size( FT_Size size );
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Function> */
/* FT_Activate_Size */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* Even though it is possible to create several size objects for a */
/* given face (see @FT_New_Size for details), functions like */
/* @FT_Load_Glyph or @FT_Load_Char only use the one that has been */
/* activated last to determine the `current character pixel size'. */
/* */
/* This function can be used to `activate' a previously created size */
/* object. */
/* */
/* <Input> */
/* size :: A handle to a target size object. */
/* */
/* <Return> */
/* FreeType error code. 0~means success. */
/* */
/* <Note> */
/* If `face' is the size's parent face object, this function changes */
/* the value of `face->size' to the input size handle. */
/* */
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
FT_Activate_Size( FT_Size size );
/* */
FT_END_HEADER
#endif /* FTSIZES_H_ */
/* END */

200
android/arm64-v8a/include/freetype/ftsnames.h Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,200 @@
/***************************************************************************/
/* */
/* ftsnames.h */
/* */
/* Simple interface to access SFNT name tables (which are used */
/* to hold font names, copyright info, notices, etc.) (specification). */
/* */
/* This is _not_ used to retrieve glyph names! */
/* */
/* Copyright 1996-2016 by */
/* David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg. */
/* */
/* This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used, */
/* modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project */
/* license, LICENSE.TXT. By continuing to use, modify, or distribute */
/* this file you indicate that you have read the license and */
/* understand and accept it fully. */
/* */
/***************************************************************************/
#ifndef FTSNAMES_H_
#define FTSNAMES_H_
#include <ft2build.h>
#include FT_FREETYPE_H
#ifdef FREETYPE_H
#error "freetype.h of FreeType 1 has been loaded!"
#error "Please fix the directory search order for header files"
#error "so that freetype.h of FreeType 2 is found first."
#endif
FT_BEGIN_HEADER
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Section> */
/* sfnt_names */
/* */
/* <Title> */
/* SFNT Names */
/* */
/* <Abstract> */
/* Access the names embedded in TrueType and OpenType files. */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* The TrueType and OpenType specifications allow the inclusion of */
/* a special `names table' in font files. This table contains */
/* textual (and internationalized) information regarding the font, */
/* like family name, copyright, version, etc. */
/* */
/* The definitions below are used to access them if available. */
/* */
/* Note that this has nothing to do with glyph names! */
/* */
/*************************************************************************/
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Struct> */
/* FT_SfntName */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* A structure used to model an SFNT `name' table entry. */
/* */
/* <Fields> */
/* platform_id :: The platform ID for `string'. */
/* */
/* encoding_id :: The encoding ID for `string'. */
/* */
/* language_id :: The language ID for `string'. */
/* */
/* name_id :: An identifier for `string'. */
/* */
/* string :: The `name' string. Note that its format differs */
/* depending on the (platform,encoding) pair. It can */
/* be a Pascal String, a UTF-16 one, etc. */
/* */
/* Generally speaking, the string is not */
/* zero-terminated. Please refer to the TrueType */
/* specification for details. */
/* */
/* string_len :: The length of `string' in bytes. */
/* */
/* <Note> */
/* Possible values for `platform_id', `encoding_id', `language_id', */
/* and `name_id' are given in the file `ttnameid.h'. For details */
/* please refer to the TrueType or OpenType specification. */
/* */
/* See also @TT_PLATFORM_XXX, @TT_APPLE_ID_XXX, @TT_MAC_ID_XXX, */
/* @TT_ISO_ID_XXX, and @TT_MS_ID_XXX. */
/* */
typedef struct FT_SfntName_
{
FT_UShort platform_id;
FT_UShort encoding_id;
FT_UShort language_id;
FT_UShort name_id;
FT_Byte* string; /* this string is *not* null-terminated! */
FT_UInt string_len; /* in bytes */
} FT_SfntName;
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Function> */
/* FT_Get_Sfnt_Name_Count */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* Retrieve the number of name strings in the SFNT `name' table. */
/* */
/* <Input> */
/* face :: A handle to the source face. */
/* */
/* <Return> */
/* The number of strings in the `name' table. */
/* */
FT_EXPORT( FT_UInt )
FT_Get_Sfnt_Name_Count( FT_Face face );
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Function> */
/* FT_Get_Sfnt_Name */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* Retrieve a string of the SFNT `name' table for a given index. */
/* */
/* <Input> */
/* face :: A handle to the source face. */
/* */
/* idx :: The index of the `name' string. */
/* */
/* <Output> */
/* aname :: The indexed @FT_SfntName structure. */
/* */
/* <Return> */
/* FreeType error code. 0~means success. */
/* */
/* <Note> */
/* The `string' array returned in the `aname' structure is not */
/* null-terminated. The application should deallocate it if it is no */
/* longer in use. */
/* */
/* Use @FT_Get_Sfnt_Name_Count to get the total number of available */
/* `name' table entries, then do a loop until you get the right */
/* platform, encoding, and name ID. */
/* */
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
FT_Get_Sfnt_Name( FT_Face face,
FT_UInt idx,
FT_SfntName *aname );
/***************************************************************************
*
* @constant:
* FT_PARAM_TAG_IGNORE_PREFERRED_FAMILY
*
* @description:
* A constant used as the tag of @FT_Parameter structures to make
* FT_Open_Face() ignore preferred family subfamily names in `name'
* table since OpenType version 1.4. For backwards compatibility with
* legacy systems that have a 4-face-per-family restriction.
*
*/
#define FT_PARAM_TAG_IGNORE_PREFERRED_FAMILY FT_MAKE_TAG( 'i', 'g', 'p', 'f' )
/***************************************************************************
*
* @constant:
* FT_PARAM_TAG_IGNORE_PREFERRED_SUBFAMILY
*
* @description:
* A constant used as the tag of @FT_Parameter structures to make
* FT_Open_Face() ignore preferred subfamily names in `name' table since
* OpenType version 1.4. For backwards compatibility with legacy
* systems that have a 4-face-per-family restriction.
*
*/
#define FT_PARAM_TAG_IGNORE_PREFERRED_SUBFAMILY FT_MAKE_TAG( 'i', 'g', 'p', 's' )
/* */
FT_END_HEADER
#endif /* FTSNAMES_H_ */
/* END */

785
android/arm64-v8a/include/freetype/ftstroke.h Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,785 @@
/***************************************************************************/
/* */
/* ftstroke.h */
/* */
/* FreeType path stroker (specification). */
/* */
/* Copyright 2002-2016 by */
/* David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg. */
/* */
/* This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used, */
/* modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project */
/* license, LICENSE.TXT. By continuing to use, modify, or distribute */
/* this file you indicate that you have read the license and */
/* understand and accept it fully. */
/* */
/***************************************************************************/
#ifndef FTSTROKE_H_
#define FTSTROKE_H_
#include <ft2build.h>
#include FT_OUTLINE_H
#include FT_GLYPH_H
FT_BEGIN_HEADER
/************************************************************************
*
* @section:
* glyph_stroker
*
* @title:
* Glyph Stroker
*
* @abstract:
* Generating bordered and stroked glyphs.
*
* @description:
* This component generates stroked outlines of a given vectorial
* glyph. It also allows you to retrieve the `outside' and/or the
* `inside' borders of the stroke.
*
* This can be useful to generate `bordered' glyph, i.e., glyphs
* displayed with a coloured (and anti-aliased) border around their
* shape.
*
* @order:
* FT_Stroker
*
* FT_Stroker_LineJoin
* FT_Stroker_LineCap
* FT_StrokerBorder
*
* FT_Outline_GetInsideBorder
* FT_Outline_GetOutsideBorder
*
* FT_Glyph_Stroke
* FT_Glyph_StrokeBorder
*
* FT_Stroker_New
* FT_Stroker_Set
* FT_Stroker_Rewind
* FT_Stroker_ParseOutline
* FT_Stroker_Done
*
* FT_Stroker_BeginSubPath
* FT_Stroker_EndSubPath
*
* FT_Stroker_LineTo
* FT_Stroker_ConicTo
* FT_Stroker_CubicTo
*
* FT_Stroker_GetBorderCounts
* FT_Stroker_ExportBorder
* FT_Stroker_GetCounts
* FT_Stroker_Export
*
*/
/**************************************************************
*
* @type:
* FT_Stroker
*
* @description:
* Opaque handle to a path stroker object.
*/
typedef struct FT_StrokerRec_* FT_Stroker;
/**************************************************************
*
* @enum:
* FT_Stroker_LineJoin
*
* @description:
* These values determine how two joining lines are rendered
* in a stroker.
*
* @values:
* FT_STROKER_LINEJOIN_ROUND ::
* Used to render rounded line joins. Circular arcs are used
* to join two lines smoothly.
*
* FT_STROKER_LINEJOIN_BEVEL ::
* Used to render beveled line joins. The outer corner of
* the joined lines is filled by enclosing the triangular
* region of the corner with a straight line between the
* outer corners of each stroke.
*
* FT_STROKER_LINEJOIN_MITER_FIXED ::
* Used to render mitered line joins, with fixed bevels if the
* miter limit is exceeded. The outer edges of the strokes
* for the two segments are extended until they meet at an
* angle. If the segments meet at too sharp an angle (such
* that the miter would extend from the intersection of the
* segments a distance greater than the product of the miter
* limit value and the border radius), then a bevel join (see
* above) is used instead. This prevents long spikes being
* created. FT_STROKER_LINEJOIN_MITER_FIXED generates a miter
* line join as used in PostScript and PDF.
*
* FT_STROKER_LINEJOIN_MITER_VARIABLE ::
* FT_STROKER_LINEJOIN_MITER ::
* Used to render mitered line joins, with variable bevels if
* the miter limit is exceeded. The intersection of the
* strokes is clipped at a line perpendicular to the bisector
* of the angle between the strokes, at the distance from the
* intersection of the segments equal to the product of the
* miter limit value and the border radius. This prevents
* long spikes being created.
* FT_STROKER_LINEJOIN_MITER_VARIABLE generates a mitered line
* join as used in XPS. FT_STROKER_LINEJOIN_MITER is an alias
* for FT_STROKER_LINEJOIN_MITER_VARIABLE, retained for
* backwards compatibility.
*/
typedef enum FT_Stroker_LineJoin_
{
FT_STROKER_LINEJOIN_ROUND = 0,
FT_STROKER_LINEJOIN_BEVEL = 1,
FT_STROKER_LINEJOIN_MITER_VARIABLE = 2,
FT_STROKER_LINEJOIN_MITER = FT_STROKER_LINEJOIN_MITER_VARIABLE,
FT_STROKER_LINEJOIN_MITER_FIXED = 3
} FT_Stroker_LineJoin;
/**************************************************************
*
* @enum:
* FT_Stroker_LineCap
*
* @description:
* These values determine how the end of opened sub-paths are
* rendered in a stroke.
*
* @values:
* FT_STROKER_LINECAP_BUTT ::
* The end of lines is rendered as a full stop on the last
* point itself.
*
* FT_STROKER_LINECAP_ROUND ::
* The end of lines is rendered as a half-circle around the
* last point.
*
* FT_STROKER_LINECAP_SQUARE ::
* The end of lines is rendered as a square around the
* last point.
*/
typedef enum FT_Stroker_LineCap_
{
FT_STROKER_LINECAP_BUTT = 0,
FT_STROKER_LINECAP_ROUND,
FT_STROKER_LINECAP_SQUARE
} FT_Stroker_LineCap;
/**************************************************************
*
* @enum:
* FT_StrokerBorder
*
* @description:
* These values are used to select a given stroke border
* in @FT_Stroker_GetBorderCounts and @FT_Stroker_ExportBorder.
*
* @values:
* FT_STROKER_BORDER_LEFT ::
* Select the left border, relative to the drawing direction.
*
* FT_STROKER_BORDER_RIGHT ::
* Select the right border, relative to the drawing direction.
*
* @note:
* Applications are generally interested in the `inside' and `outside'
* borders. However, there is no direct mapping between these and the
* `left' and `right' ones, since this really depends on the glyph's
* drawing orientation, which varies between font formats.
*
* You can however use @FT_Outline_GetInsideBorder and
* @FT_Outline_GetOutsideBorder to get these.
*/
typedef enum FT_StrokerBorder_
{
FT_STROKER_BORDER_LEFT = 0,
FT_STROKER_BORDER_RIGHT
} FT_StrokerBorder;
/**************************************************************
*
* @function:
* FT_Outline_GetInsideBorder
*
* @description:
* Retrieve the @FT_StrokerBorder value corresponding to the
* `inside' borders of a given outline.
*
* @input:
* outline ::
* The source outline handle.
*
* @return:
* The border index. @FT_STROKER_BORDER_RIGHT for empty or invalid
* outlines.
*/
FT_EXPORT( FT_StrokerBorder )
FT_Outline_GetInsideBorder( FT_Outline* outline );
/**************************************************************
*
* @function:
* FT_Outline_GetOutsideBorder
*
* @description:
* Retrieve the @FT_StrokerBorder value corresponding to the
* `outside' borders of a given outline.
*
* @input:
* outline ::
* The source outline handle.
*
* @return:
* The border index. @FT_STROKER_BORDER_LEFT for empty or invalid
* outlines.
*/
FT_EXPORT( FT_StrokerBorder )
FT_Outline_GetOutsideBorder( FT_Outline* outline );
/**************************************************************
*
* @function:
* FT_Stroker_New
*
* @description:
* Create a new stroker object.
*
* @input:
* library ::
* FreeType library handle.
*
* @output:
* astroker ::
* A new stroker object handle. NULL in case of error.
*
* @return:
* FreeType error code. 0~means success.
*/
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
FT_Stroker_New( FT_Library library,
FT_Stroker *astroker );
/**************************************************************
*
* @function:
* FT_Stroker_Set
*
* @description:
* Reset a stroker object's attributes.
*
* @input:
* stroker ::
* The target stroker handle.
*
* radius ::
* The border radius.
*
* line_cap ::
* The line cap style.
*
* line_join ::
* The line join style.
*
* miter_limit ::
* The miter limit for the FT_STROKER_LINEJOIN_MITER_FIXED and
* FT_STROKER_LINEJOIN_MITER_VARIABLE line join styles,
* expressed as 16.16 fixed-point value.
*
* @note:
* The radius is expressed in the same units as the outline
* coordinates.
*
* This function calls @FT_Stroker_Rewind automatically.
*/
FT_EXPORT( void )
FT_Stroker_Set( FT_Stroker stroker,
FT_Fixed radius,
FT_Stroker_LineCap line_cap,
FT_Stroker_LineJoin line_join,
FT_Fixed miter_limit );
/**************************************************************
*
* @function:
* FT_Stroker_Rewind
*
* @description:
* Reset a stroker object without changing its attributes.
* You should call this function before beginning a new
* series of calls to @FT_Stroker_BeginSubPath or
* @FT_Stroker_EndSubPath.
*
* @input:
* stroker ::
* The target stroker handle.
*/
FT_EXPORT( void )
FT_Stroker_Rewind( FT_Stroker stroker );
/**************************************************************
*
* @function:
* FT_Stroker_ParseOutline
*
* @description:
* A convenience function used to parse a whole outline with
* the stroker. The resulting outline(s) can be retrieved
* later by functions like @FT_Stroker_GetCounts and @FT_Stroker_Export.
*
* @input:
* stroker ::
* The target stroker handle.
*
* outline ::
* The source outline.
*
* opened ::
* A boolean. If~1, the outline is treated as an open path instead
* of a closed one.
*
* @return:
* FreeType error code. 0~means success.
*
* @note:
* If `opened' is~0 (the default), the outline is treated as a closed
* path, and the stroker generates two distinct `border' outlines.
*
* If `opened' is~1, the outline is processed as an open path, and the
* stroker generates a single `stroke' outline.
*
* This function calls @FT_Stroker_Rewind automatically.
*/
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
FT_Stroker_ParseOutline( FT_Stroker stroker,
FT_Outline* outline,
FT_Bool opened );
/**************************************************************
*
* @function:
* FT_Stroker_BeginSubPath
*
* @description:
* Start a new sub-path in the stroker.
*
* @input:
* stroker ::
* The target stroker handle.
*
* to ::
* A pointer to the start vector.
*
* open ::
* A boolean. If~1, the sub-path is treated as an open one.
*
* @return:
* FreeType error code. 0~means success.
*
* @note:
* This function is useful when you need to stroke a path that is
* not stored as an @FT_Outline object.
*/
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
FT_Stroker_BeginSubPath( FT_Stroker stroker,
FT_Vector* to,
FT_Bool open );
/**************************************************************
*
* @function:
* FT_Stroker_EndSubPath
*
* @description:
* Close the current sub-path in the stroker.
*
* @input:
* stroker ::
* The target stroker handle.
*
* @return:
* FreeType error code. 0~means success.
*
* @note:
* You should call this function after @FT_Stroker_BeginSubPath.
* If the subpath was not `opened', this function `draws' a
* single line segment to the start position when needed.
*/
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
FT_Stroker_EndSubPath( FT_Stroker stroker );
/**************************************************************
*
* @function:
* FT_Stroker_LineTo
*
* @description:
* `Draw' a single line segment in the stroker's current sub-path,
* from the last position.
*
* @input:
* stroker ::
* The target stroker handle.
*
* to ::
* A pointer to the destination point.
*
* @return:
* FreeType error code. 0~means success.
*
* @note:
* You should call this function between @FT_Stroker_BeginSubPath and
* @FT_Stroker_EndSubPath.
*/
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
FT_Stroker_LineTo( FT_Stroker stroker,
FT_Vector* to );
/**************************************************************
*
* @function:
* FT_Stroker_ConicTo
*
* @description:
* `Draw' a single quadratic Bézier in the stroker's current sub-path,
* from the last position.
*
* @input:
* stroker ::
* The target stroker handle.
*
* control ::
* A pointer to a Bézier control point.
*
* to ::
* A pointer to the destination point.
*
* @return:
* FreeType error code. 0~means success.
*
* @note:
* You should call this function between @FT_Stroker_BeginSubPath and
* @FT_Stroker_EndSubPath.
*/
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
FT_Stroker_ConicTo( FT_Stroker stroker,
FT_Vector* control,
FT_Vector* to );
/**************************************************************
*
* @function:
* FT_Stroker_CubicTo
*
* @description:
* `Draw' a single cubic Bézier in the stroker's current sub-path,
* from the last position.
*
* @input:
* stroker ::
* The target stroker handle.
*
* control1 ::
* A pointer to the first Bézier control point.
*
* control2 ::
* A pointer to second Bézier control point.
*
* to ::
* A pointer to the destination point.
*
* @return:
* FreeType error code. 0~means success.
*
* @note:
* You should call this function between @FT_Stroker_BeginSubPath and
* @FT_Stroker_EndSubPath.
*/
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
FT_Stroker_CubicTo( FT_Stroker stroker,
FT_Vector* control1,
FT_Vector* control2,
FT_Vector* to );
/**************************************************************
*
* @function:
* FT_Stroker_GetBorderCounts
*
* @description:
* Call this function once you have finished parsing your paths
* with the stroker. It returns the number of points and
* contours necessary to export one of the `border' or `stroke'
* outlines generated by the stroker.
*
* @input:
* stroker ::
* The target stroker handle.
*
* border ::
* The border index.
*
* @output:
* anum_points ::
* The number of points.
*
* anum_contours ::
* The number of contours.
*
* @return:
* FreeType error code. 0~means success.
*
* @note:
* When an outline, or a sub-path, is `closed', the stroker generates
* two independent `border' outlines, named `left' and `right'.
*
* When the outline, or a sub-path, is `opened', the stroker merges
* the `border' outlines with caps. The `left' border receives all
* points, while the `right' border becomes empty.
*
* Use the function @FT_Stroker_GetCounts instead if you want to
* retrieve the counts associated to both borders.
*/
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
FT_Stroker_GetBorderCounts( FT_Stroker stroker,
FT_StrokerBorder border,
FT_UInt *anum_points,
FT_UInt *anum_contours );
/**************************************************************
*
* @function:
* FT_Stroker_ExportBorder
*
* @description:
* Call this function after @FT_Stroker_GetBorderCounts to
* export the corresponding border to your own @FT_Outline
* structure.
*
* Note that this function appends the border points and
* contours to your outline, but does not try to resize its
* arrays.
*
* @input:
* stroker ::
* The target stroker handle.
*
* border ::
* The border index.
*
* outline ::
* The target outline handle.
*
* @note:
* Always call this function after @FT_Stroker_GetBorderCounts to
* get sure that there is enough room in your @FT_Outline object to
* receive all new data.
*
* When an outline, or a sub-path, is `closed', the stroker generates
* two independent `border' outlines, named `left' and `right'.
*
* When the outline, or a sub-path, is `opened', the stroker merges
* the `border' outlines with caps. The `left' border receives all
* points, while the `right' border becomes empty.
*
* Use the function @FT_Stroker_Export instead if you want to
* retrieve all borders at once.
*/
FT_EXPORT( void )
FT_Stroker_ExportBorder( FT_Stroker stroker,
FT_StrokerBorder border,
FT_Outline* outline );
/**************************************************************
*
* @function:
* FT_Stroker_GetCounts
*
* @description:
* Call this function once you have finished parsing your paths
* with the stroker. It returns the number of points and
* contours necessary to export all points/borders from the stroked
* outline/path.
*
* @input:
* stroker ::
* The target stroker handle.
*
* @output:
* anum_points ::
* The number of points.
*
* anum_contours ::
* The number of contours.
*
* @return:
* FreeType error code. 0~means success.
*/
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
FT_Stroker_GetCounts( FT_Stroker stroker,
FT_UInt *anum_points,
FT_UInt *anum_contours );
/**************************************************************
*
* @function:
* FT_Stroker_Export
*
* @description:
* Call this function after @FT_Stroker_GetBorderCounts to
* export all borders to your own @FT_Outline structure.
*
* Note that this function appends the border points and
* contours to your outline, but does not try to resize its
* arrays.
*
* @input:
* stroker ::
* The target stroker handle.
*
* outline ::
* The target outline handle.
*/
FT_EXPORT( void )
FT_Stroker_Export( FT_Stroker stroker,
FT_Outline* outline );
/**************************************************************
*
* @function:
* FT_Stroker_Done
*
* @description:
* Destroy a stroker object.
*
* @input:
* stroker ::
* A stroker handle. Can be NULL.
*/
FT_EXPORT( void )
FT_Stroker_Done( FT_Stroker stroker );
/**************************************************************
*
* @function:
* FT_Glyph_Stroke
*
* @description:
* Stroke a given outline glyph object with a given stroker.
*
* @inout:
* pglyph ::
* Source glyph handle on input, new glyph handle on output.
*
* @input:
* stroker ::
* A stroker handle.
*
* destroy ::
* A Boolean. If~1, the source glyph object is destroyed
* on success.
*
* @return:
* FreeType error code. 0~means success.
*
* @note:
* The source glyph is untouched in case of error.
*
* Adding stroke may yield a significantly wider and taller glyph
* depending on how large of a radius was used to stroke the glyph. You
* may need to manually adjust horizontal and vertical advance amounts
* to account for this added size.
*/
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
FT_Glyph_Stroke( FT_Glyph *pglyph,
FT_Stroker stroker,
FT_Bool destroy );
/**************************************************************
*
* @function:
* FT_Glyph_StrokeBorder
*
* @description:
* Stroke a given outline glyph object with a given stroker, but
* only return either its inside or outside border.
*
* @inout:
* pglyph ::
* Source glyph handle on input, new glyph handle on output.
*
* @input:
* stroker ::
* A stroker handle.
*
* inside ::
* A Boolean. If~1, return the inside border, otherwise
* the outside border.
*
* destroy ::
* A Boolean. If~1, the source glyph object is destroyed
* on success.
*
* @return:
* FreeType error code. 0~means success.
*
* @note:
* The source glyph is untouched in case of error.
*
* Adding stroke may yield a significantly wider and taller glyph
* depending on how large of a radius was used to stroke the glyph. You
* may need to manually adjust horizontal and vertical advance amounts
* to account for this added size.
*/
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
FT_Glyph_StrokeBorder( FT_Glyph *pglyph,
FT_Stroker stroker,
FT_Bool inside,
FT_Bool destroy );
/* */
FT_END_HEADER
#endif /* FTSTROKE_H_ */
/* END */
/* Local Variables: */
/* coding: utf-8 */
/* End: */

84
android/arm64-v8a/include/freetype/ftsynth.h Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,84 @@
/***************************************************************************/
/* */
/* ftsynth.h */
/* */
/* FreeType synthesizing code for emboldening and slanting */
/* (specification). */
/* */
/* Copyright 2000-2016 by */
/* David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg. */
/* */
/* This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used, */
/* modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project */
/* license, LICENSE.TXT. By continuing to use, modify, or distribute */
/* this file you indicate that you have read the license and */
/* understand and accept it fully. */
/* */
/***************************************************************************/
/*************************************************************************/
/*************************************************************************/
/*************************************************************************/
/*************************************************************************/
/*************************************************************************/
/********* *********/
/********* WARNING, THIS IS ALPHA CODE! THIS API *********/
/********* IS DUE TO CHANGE UNTIL STRICTLY NOTIFIED BY THE *********/
/********* FREETYPE DEVELOPMENT TEAM *********/
/********* *********/
/*************************************************************************/
/*************************************************************************/
/*************************************************************************/
/*************************************************************************/
/*************************************************************************/
/* Main reason for not lifting the functions in this module to a */
/* `standard' API is that the used parameters for emboldening and */
/* slanting are not configurable. Consider the functions as a */
/* code resource that should be copied into the application and */
/* adapted to the particular needs. */
#ifndef FTSYNTH_H_
#define FTSYNTH_H_
#include <ft2build.h>
#include FT_FREETYPE_H
#ifdef FREETYPE_H
#error "freetype.h of FreeType 1 has been loaded!"
#error "Please fix the directory search order for header files"
#error "so that freetype.h of FreeType 2 is found first."
#endif
FT_BEGIN_HEADER
/* Embolden a glyph by a `reasonable' value (which is highly a matter of */
/* taste). This function is actually a convenience function, providing */
/* a wrapper for @FT_Outline_Embolden and @FT_Bitmap_Embolden. */
/* */
/* For emboldened outlines the height, width, and advance metrics are */
/* increased by the strength of the emboldening -- this even affects */
/* mono-width fonts! */
/* */
/* You can also call @FT_Outline_Get_CBox to get precise values. */
FT_EXPORT( void )
FT_GlyphSlot_Embolden( FT_GlyphSlot slot );
/* Slant an outline glyph to the right by about 12 degrees. */
FT_EXPORT( void )
FT_GlyphSlot_Oblique( FT_GlyphSlot slot );
/* */
FT_END_HEADER
#endif /* FTSYNTH_H_ */
/* END */

355
android/arm64-v8a/include/freetype/ftsystem.h Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,355 @@
/***************************************************************************/
/* */
/* ftsystem.h */
/* */
/* FreeType low-level system interface definition (specification). */
/* */
/* Copyright 1996-2016 by */
/* David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg. */
/* */
/* This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used, */
/* modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project */
/* license, LICENSE.TXT. By continuing to use, modify, or distribute */
/* this file you indicate that you have read the license and */
/* understand and accept it fully. */
/* */
/***************************************************************************/
#ifndef FTSYSTEM_H_
#define FTSYSTEM_H_
#include <ft2build.h>
FT_BEGIN_HEADER
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Section> */
/* system_interface */
/* */
/* <Title> */
/* System Interface */
/* */
/* <Abstract> */
/* How FreeType manages memory and i/o. */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* This section contains various definitions related to memory */
/* management and i/o access. You need to understand this */
/* information if you want to use a custom memory manager or you own */
/* i/o streams. */
/* */
/*************************************************************************/
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* M E M O R Y M A N A G E M E N T */
/* */
/*************************************************************************/
/*************************************************************************
*
* @type:
* FT_Memory
*
* @description:
* A handle to a given memory manager object, defined with an
* @FT_MemoryRec structure.
*
*/
typedef struct FT_MemoryRec_* FT_Memory;
/*************************************************************************
*
* @functype:
* FT_Alloc_Func
*
* @description:
* A function used to allocate `size' bytes from `memory'.
*
* @input:
* memory ::
* A handle to the source memory manager.
*
* size ::
* The size in bytes to allocate.
*
* @return:
* Address of new memory block. 0~in case of failure.
*
*/
typedef void*
(*FT_Alloc_Func)( FT_Memory memory,
long size );
/*************************************************************************
*
* @functype:
* FT_Free_Func
*
* @description:
* A function used to release a given block of memory.
*
* @input:
* memory ::
* A handle to the source memory manager.
*
* block ::
* The address of the target memory block.
*
*/
typedef void
(*FT_Free_Func)( FT_Memory memory,
void* block );
/*************************************************************************
*
* @functype:
* FT_Realloc_Func
*
* @description:
* A function used to re-allocate a given block of memory.
*
* @input:
* memory ::
* A handle to the source memory manager.
*
* cur_size ::
* The block's current size in bytes.
*
* new_size ::
* The block's requested new size.
*
* block ::
* The block's current address.
*
* @return:
* New block address. 0~in case of memory shortage.
*
* @note:
* In case of error, the old block must still be available.
*
*/
typedef void*
(*FT_Realloc_Func)( FT_Memory memory,
long cur_size,
long new_size,
void* block );
/*************************************************************************
*
* @struct:
* FT_MemoryRec
*
* @description:
* A structure used to describe a given memory manager to FreeType~2.
*
* @fields:
* user ::
* A generic typeless pointer for user data.
*
* alloc ::
* A pointer type to an allocation function.
*
* free ::
* A pointer type to an memory freeing function.
*
* realloc ::
* A pointer type to a reallocation function.
*
*/
struct FT_MemoryRec_
{
void* user;
FT_Alloc_Func alloc;
FT_Free_Func free;
FT_Realloc_Func realloc;
};
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* I / O M A N A G E M E N T */
/* */
/*************************************************************************/
/*************************************************************************
*
* @type:
* FT_Stream
*
* @description:
* A handle to an input stream.
*
* @also:
* See @FT_StreamRec for the publicly accessible fields of a given
* stream object.
*
*/
typedef struct FT_StreamRec_* FT_Stream;
/*************************************************************************
*
* @struct:
* FT_StreamDesc
*
* @description:
* A union type used to store either a long or a pointer. This is used
* to store a file descriptor or a `FILE*' in an input stream.
*
*/
typedef union FT_StreamDesc_
{
long value;
void* pointer;
} FT_StreamDesc;
/*************************************************************************
*
* @functype:
* FT_Stream_IoFunc
*
* @description:
* A function used to seek and read data from a given input stream.
*
* @input:
* stream ::
* A handle to the source stream.
*
* offset ::
* The offset of read in stream (always from start).
*
* buffer ::
* The address of the read buffer.
*
* count ::
* The number of bytes to read from the stream.
*
* @return:
* The number of bytes effectively read by the stream.
*
* @note:
* This function might be called to perform a seek or skip operation
* with a `count' of~0. A non-zero return value then indicates an
* error.
*
*/
typedef unsigned long
(*FT_Stream_IoFunc)( FT_Stream stream,
unsigned long offset,
unsigned char* buffer,
unsigned long count );
/*************************************************************************
*
* @functype:
* FT_Stream_CloseFunc
*
* @description:
* A function used to close a given input stream.
*
* @input:
* stream ::
* A handle to the target stream.
*
*/
typedef void
(*FT_Stream_CloseFunc)( FT_Stream stream );
/*************************************************************************
*
* @struct:
* FT_StreamRec
*
* @description:
* A structure used to describe an input stream.
*
* @input:
* base ::
* For memory-based streams, this is the address of the first stream
* byte in memory. This field should always be set to NULL for
* disk-based streams.
*
* size ::
* The stream size in bytes.
*
* In case of compressed streams where the size is unknown before
* actually doing the decompression, the value is set to 0x7FFFFFFF.
* (Note that this size value can occur for normal streams also; it is
* thus just a hint.)
*
* pos ::
* The current position within the stream.
*
* descriptor ::
* This field is a union that can hold an integer or a pointer. It is
* used by stream implementations to store file descriptors or `FILE*'
* pointers.
*
* pathname ::
* This field is completely ignored by FreeType. However, it is often
* useful during debugging to use it to store the stream's filename
* (where available).
*
* read ::
* The stream's input function.
*
* close ::
* The stream's close function.
*
* memory ::
* The memory manager to use to preload frames. This is set
* internally by FreeType and shouldn't be touched by stream
* implementations.
*
* cursor ::
* This field is set and used internally by FreeType when parsing
* frames.
*
* limit ::
* This field is set and used internally by FreeType when parsing
* frames.
*
*/
typedef struct FT_StreamRec_
{
unsigned char* base;
unsigned long size;
unsigned long pos;
FT_StreamDesc descriptor;
FT_StreamDesc pathname;
FT_Stream_IoFunc read;
FT_Stream_CloseFunc close;
FT_Memory memory;
unsigned char* cursor;
unsigned char* limit;
} FT_StreamRec;
/* */
FT_END_HEADER
#endif /* FTSYSTEM_H_ */
/* END */

350
android/arm64-v8a/include/freetype/fttrigon.h Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,350 @@
/***************************************************************************/
/* */
/* fttrigon.h */
/* */
/* FreeType trigonometric functions (specification). */
/* */
/* Copyright 2001-2016 by */
/* David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg. */
/* */
/* This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used, */
/* modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project */
/* license, LICENSE.TXT. By continuing to use, modify, or distribute */
/* this file you indicate that you have read the license and */
/* understand and accept it fully. */
/* */
/***************************************************************************/
#ifndef FTTRIGON_H_
#define FTTRIGON_H_
#include FT_FREETYPE_H
#ifdef FREETYPE_H
#error "freetype.h of FreeType 1 has been loaded!"
#error "Please fix the directory search order for header files"
#error "so that freetype.h of FreeType 2 is found first."
#endif
FT_BEGIN_HEADER
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Section> */
/* computations */
/* */
/*************************************************************************/
/*************************************************************************
*
* @type:
* FT_Angle
*
* @description:
* This type is used to model angle values in FreeType. Note that the
* angle is a 16.16 fixed-point value expressed in degrees.
*
*/
typedef FT_Fixed FT_Angle;
/*************************************************************************
*
* @macro:
* FT_ANGLE_PI
*
* @description:
* The angle pi expressed in @FT_Angle units.
*
*/
#define FT_ANGLE_PI ( 180L << 16 )
/*************************************************************************
*
* @macro:
* FT_ANGLE_2PI
*
* @description:
* The angle 2*pi expressed in @FT_Angle units.
*
*/
#define FT_ANGLE_2PI ( FT_ANGLE_PI * 2 )
/*************************************************************************
*
* @macro:
* FT_ANGLE_PI2
*
* @description:
* The angle pi/2 expressed in @FT_Angle units.
*
*/
#define FT_ANGLE_PI2 ( FT_ANGLE_PI / 2 )
/*************************************************************************
*
* @macro:
* FT_ANGLE_PI4
*
* @description:
* The angle pi/4 expressed in @FT_Angle units.
*
*/
#define FT_ANGLE_PI4 ( FT_ANGLE_PI / 4 )
/*************************************************************************
*
* @function:
* FT_Sin
*
* @description:
* Return the sinus of a given angle in fixed-point format.
*
* @input:
* angle ::
* The input angle.
*
* @return:
* The sinus value.
*
* @note:
* If you need both the sinus and cosinus for a given angle, use the
* function @FT_Vector_Unit.
*
*/
FT_EXPORT( FT_Fixed )
FT_Sin( FT_Angle angle );
/*************************************************************************
*
* @function:
* FT_Cos
*
* @description:
* Return the cosinus of a given angle in fixed-point format.
*
* @input:
* angle ::
* The input angle.
*
* @return:
* The cosinus value.
*
* @note:
* If you need both the sinus and cosinus for a given angle, use the
* function @FT_Vector_Unit.
*
*/
FT_EXPORT( FT_Fixed )
FT_Cos( FT_Angle angle );
/*************************************************************************
*
* @function:
* FT_Tan
*
* @description:
* Return the tangent of a given angle in fixed-point format.
*
* @input:
* angle ::
* The input angle.
*
* @return:
* The tangent value.
*
*/
FT_EXPORT( FT_Fixed )
FT_Tan( FT_Angle angle );
/*************************************************************************
*
* @function:
* FT_Atan2
*
* @description:
* Return the arc-tangent corresponding to a given vector (x,y) in
* the 2d plane.
*
* @input:
* x ::
* The horizontal vector coordinate.
*
* y ::
* The vertical vector coordinate.
*
* @return:
* The arc-tangent value (i.e. angle).
*
*/
FT_EXPORT( FT_Angle )
FT_Atan2( FT_Fixed x,
FT_Fixed y );
/*************************************************************************
*
* @function:
* FT_Angle_Diff
*
* @description:
* Return the difference between two angles. The result is always
* constrained to the ]-PI..PI] interval.
*
* @input:
* angle1 ::
* First angle.
*
* angle2 ::
* Second angle.
*
* @return:
* Constrained value of `value2-value1'.
*
*/
FT_EXPORT( FT_Angle )
FT_Angle_Diff( FT_Angle angle1,
FT_Angle angle2 );
/*************************************************************************
*
* @function:
* FT_Vector_Unit
*
* @description:
* Return the unit vector corresponding to a given angle. After the
* call, the value of `vec.x' will be `cos(angle)', and the value of
* `vec.y' will be `sin(angle)'.
*
* This function is useful to retrieve both the sinus and cosinus of a
* given angle quickly.
*
* @output:
* vec ::
* The address of target vector.
*
* @input:
* angle ::
* The input angle.
*
*/
FT_EXPORT( void )
FT_Vector_Unit( FT_Vector* vec,
FT_Angle angle );
/*************************************************************************
*
* @function:
* FT_Vector_Rotate
*
* @description:
* Rotate a vector by a given angle.
*
* @inout:
* vec ::
* The address of target vector.
*
* @input:
* angle ::
* The input angle.
*
*/
FT_EXPORT( void )
FT_Vector_Rotate( FT_Vector* vec,
FT_Angle angle );
/*************************************************************************
*
* @function:
* FT_Vector_Length
*
* @description:
* Return the length of a given vector.
*
* @input:
* vec ::
* The address of target vector.
*
* @return:
* The vector length, expressed in the same units that the original
* vector coordinates.
*
*/
FT_EXPORT( FT_Fixed )
FT_Vector_Length( FT_Vector* vec );
/*************************************************************************
*
* @function:
* FT_Vector_Polarize
*
* @description:
* Compute both the length and angle of a given vector.
*
* @input:
* vec ::
* The address of source vector.
*
* @output:
* length ::
* The vector length.
*
* angle ::
* The vector angle.
*
*/
FT_EXPORT( void )
FT_Vector_Polarize( FT_Vector* vec,
FT_Fixed *length,
FT_Angle *angle );
/*************************************************************************
*
* @function:
* FT_Vector_From_Polar
*
* @description:
* Compute vector coordinates from a length and angle.
*
* @output:
* vec ::
* The address of source vector.
*
* @input:
* length ::
* The vector length.
*
* angle ::
* The vector angle.
*
*/
FT_EXPORT( void )
FT_Vector_From_Polar( FT_Vector* vec,
FT_Fixed length,
FT_Angle angle );
/* */
FT_END_HEADER
#endif /* FTTRIGON_H_ */
/* END */

310
android/arm64-v8a/include/freetype/ftttdrv.h Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,310 @@
/***************************************************************************/
/* */
/* ftttdrv.h */
/* */
/* FreeType API for controlling the TrueType driver */
/* (specification only). */
/* */
/* Copyright 2013-2016 by */
/* David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg. */
/* */
/* This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used, */
/* modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project */
/* license, LICENSE.TXT. By continuing to use, modify, or distribute */
/* this file you indicate that you have read the license and */
/* understand and accept it fully. */
/* */
/***************************************************************************/
#ifndef FTTTDRV_H_
#define FTTTDRV_H_
#include <ft2build.h>
#include FT_FREETYPE_H
#ifdef FREETYPE_H
#error "freetype.h of FreeType 1 has been loaded!"
#error "Please fix the directory search order for header files"
#error "so that freetype.h of FreeType 2 is found first."
#endif
FT_BEGIN_HEADER
/**************************************************************************
*
* @section:
* tt_driver
*
* @title:
* The TrueType driver
*
* @abstract:
* Controlling the TrueType driver module.
*
* @description:
* While FreeType's TrueType driver doesn't expose API functions by
* itself, it is possible to control its behaviour with @FT_Property_Set
* and @FT_Property_Get. The following lists the available properties
* together with the necessary macros and structures.
*
* The TrueType driver's module name is `truetype'.
*
* We start with a list of definitions, kindly provided by Greg
* Hitchcock.
*
* _Bi-Level_ _Rendering_
*
* Monochromatic rendering, exclusively used in the early days of
* TrueType by both Apple and Microsoft. Microsoft's GDI interface
* supported hinting of the right-side bearing point, such that the
* advance width could be non-linear. Most often this was done to
* achieve some level of glyph symmetry. To enable reasonable
* performance (e.g., not having to run hinting on all glyphs just to
* get the widths) there was a bit in the head table indicating if the
* side bearing was hinted, and additional tables, `hdmx' and `LTSH', to
* cache hinting widths across multiple sizes and device aspect ratios.
*
* _Font_ _Smoothing_
*
* Microsoft's GDI implementation of anti-aliasing. Not traditional
* anti-aliasing as the outlines were hinted before the sampling. The
* widths matched the bi-level rendering.
*
* _ClearType_ _Rendering_
*
* Technique that uses physical subpixels to improve rendering on LCD
* (and other) displays. Because of the higher resolution, many methods
* of improving symmetry in glyphs through hinting the right-side
* bearing were no longer necessary. This lead to what GDI calls
* `natural widths' ClearType, see
* http://www.beatstamm.com/typography/RTRCh4.htm#Sec21. Since hinting
* has extra resolution, most non-linearity went away, but it is still
* possible for hints to change the advance widths in this mode.
*
* _ClearType_ _Compatible_ _Widths_
*
* One of the earliest challenges with ClearType was allowing the
* implementation in GDI to be selected without requiring all UI and
* documents to reflow. To address this, a compatible method of
* rendering ClearType was added where the font hints are executed once
* to determine the width in bi-level rendering, and then re-run in
* ClearType, with the difference in widths being absorbed in the font
* hints for ClearType (mostly in the white space of hints); see
* http://www.beatstamm.com/typography/RTRCh4.htm#Sec20. Somewhat by
* definition, compatible width ClearType allows for non-linear widths,
* but only when the bi-level version has non-linear widths.
*
* _ClearType_ _Subpixel_ _Positioning_
*
* One of the nice benefits of ClearType is the ability to more crisply
* display fractional widths; unfortunately, the GDI model of integer
* bitmaps did not support this. However, the WPF and Direct Write
* frameworks do support fractional widths. DWrite calls this `natural
* mode', not to be confused with GDI's `natural widths'. Subpixel
* positioning, in the current implementation of Direct Write,
* unfortunately does not support hinted advance widths, see
* http://www.beatstamm.com/typography/RTRCh4.htm#Sec22. Note that the
* TrueType interpreter fully allows the advance width to be adjusted in
* this mode, just the DWrite client will ignore those changes.
*
* _ClearType_ _Backwards_ _Compatibility_
*
* This is a set of exceptions made in the TrueType interpreter to
* minimize hinting techniques that were problematic with the extra
* resolution of ClearType; see
* http://www.beatstamm.com/typography/RTRCh4.htm#Sec1 and
* http://www.microsoft.com/typography/cleartype/truetypecleartype.aspx.
* This technique is not to be confused with ClearType compatible
* widths. ClearType backwards compatibility has no direct impact on
* changing advance widths, but there might be an indirect impact on
* disabling some deltas. This could be worked around in backwards
* compatibility mode.
*
* _Native_ _ClearType_ _Mode_
*
* (Not to be confused with `natural widths'.) This mode removes all
* the exceptions in the TrueType interpreter when running with
* ClearType. Any issues on widths would still apply, though.
*
*/
/**************************************************************************
*
* @property:
* interpreter-version
*
* @description:
* Currently, two versions are available, representing the bytecode
* interpreter with and without subpixel hinting support,
* respectively. The default is subpixel support if
* TT_CONFIG_OPTION_SUBPIXEL_HINTING is defined, and no subpixel
* support otherwise (since it isn't available then).
*
* If subpixel hinting is on, many TrueType bytecode instructions behave
* differently compared to B/W or grayscale rendering (except if `native
* ClearType' is selected by the font). The main idea is to render at a
* much increased horizontal resolution, then sampling down the created
* output to subpixel precision. However, many older fonts are not
* suited to this and must be specially taken care of by applying
* (hardcoded) font-specific tweaks.
*
* Details on subpixel hinting and some of the necessary tweaks can be
* found in Greg Hitchcock's whitepaper at
* `http://www.microsoft.com/typography/cleartype/truetypecleartype.aspx'.
*
* The following example code demonstrates how to activate subpixel
* hinting (omitting the error handling).
*
* {
* FT_Library library;
* FT_Face face;
* FT_UInt interpreter_version = TT_INTERPRETER_VERSION_38;
*
*
* FT_Init_FreeType( &library );
*
* FT_Property_Set( library, "truetype",
* "interpreter-version",
* &interpreter_version );
* }
*
* @note:
* This property can be used with @FT_Property_Get also.
*
*/
/**************************************************************************
*
* @enum:
* TT_INTERPRETER_VERSION_XXX
*
* @description:
* A list of constants used for the @interpreter-version property to
* select the hinting engine for Truetype fonts.
*
* The numeric value in the constant names represents the version
* number as returned by the `GETINFO' bytecode instruction.
*
* @values:
* TT_INTERPRETER_VERSION_35 ::
* Version~35 corresponds to MS rasterizer v.1.7 as used e.g. in
* Windows~98; only grayscale and B/W rasterizing is supported.
*
* TT_INTERPRETER_VERSION_38 ::
* Version~38 corresponds to MS rasterizer v.1.9; it is roughly
* equivalent to the hinting provided by DirectWrite ClearType (as
* can be found, for example, in the Internet Explorer~9 running on
* Windows~7).
*
* @note:
* This property controls the behaviour of the bytecode interpreter
* and thus how outlines get hinted. It does *not* control how glyph
* get rasterized! In particular, it does not control subpixel color
* filtering.
*
* If FreeType has not been compiled with configuration option
* FT_CONFIG_OPTION_SUBPIXEL_HINTING, selecting version~38 causes an
* `FT_Err_Unimplemented_Feature' error.
*
* Depending on the graphics framework, Microsoft uses different
* bytecode and rendering engines. As a consequence, the version
* numbers returned by a call to the `GETINFO' bytecode instruction are
* more convoluted than desired.
*
* Here are two tables that try to shed some light on the possible
* values for the MS rasterizer engine, together with the additional
* features introduced by it.
*
* {
* GETINFO framework version feature
* -------------------------------------------------------------------
* 3 GDI (Win 3.1), v1.0 16-bit, first version
* TrueImage
* 33 GDI (Win NT 3.1), v1.5 32-bit
* HP Laserjet
* 34 GDI (Win 95) v1.6 font smoothing,
* new SCANTYPE opcode
* 35 GDI (Win 98/2000) v1.7 (UN)SCALED_COMPONENT_OFFSET
* bits in composite glyphs
* 36 MGDI (Win CE 2) v1.6+ classic ClearType
* 37 GDI (XP and later), v1.8 ClearType
* GDI+ old (before Vista)
* 38 GDI+ old (Vista, Win 7), v1.9 subpixel ClearType,
* WPF Y-direction ClearType,
* additional error checking
* 39 DWrite (before Win 8) v2.0 subpixel ClearType flags
* in GETINFO opcode,
* bug fixes
* 40 GDI+ (after Win 7), v2.1 Y-direction ClearType flag
* DWrite (Win 8) in GETINFO opcode,
* Gray ClearType
* }
*
* The `version' field gives a rough orientation only, since some
* applications provided certain features much earlier (as an example,
* Microsoft Reader used subpixel and Y-direction ClearType already in
* Windows 2000). Similarly, updates to a given framework might include
* improved hinting support.
*
* {
* version sampling rendering comment
* x y x y
* --------------------------------------------------------------
* v1.0 normal normal B/W B/W bi-level
* v1.6 high high gray gray grayscale
* v1.8 high normal color-filter B/W (GDI) ClearType
* v1.9 high high color-filter gray Color ClearType
* v2.1 high normal gray B/W Gray ClearType
* v2.1 high high gray gray Gray ClearType
* }
*
* Color and Gray ClearType are the two available variants of
* `Y-direction ClearType', meaning grayscale rasterization along the
* Y-direction; the name used in the TrueType specification for this
* feature is `symmetric smoothing'. `Classic ClearType' is the
* original algorithm used before introducing a modified version in
* Win~XP. Another name for v1.6's grayscale rendering is `font
* smoothing', and `Color ClearType' is sometimes also called `DWrite
* ClearType'. To differentiate between today's Color ClearType and the
* earlier ClearType variant with B/W rendering along the vertical axis,
* the latter is sometimes called `GDI ClearType'.
*
* `Normal' and `high' sampling describe the (virtual) resolution to
* access the rasterized outline after the hinting process. `Normal'
* means 1 sample per grid line (i.e., B/W). In the current Microsoft
* implementation, `high' means an extra virtual resolution of 16x16 (or
* 16x1) grid lines per pixel for bytecode instructions like `MIRP'.
* After hinting, these 16 grid lines are mapped to 6x5 (or 6x1) grid
* lines for color filtering if Color ClearType is activated.
*
* Note that `Gray ClearType' is essentially the same as v1.6's
* grayscale rendering. However, the GETINFO instruction handles it
* differently: v1.6 returns bit~12 (hinting for grayscale), while v2.1
* returns bits~13 (hinting for ClearType), 18 (symmetrical smoothing),
* and~19 (Gray ClearType). Also, this mode respects bits 2 and~3 for
* the version~1 gasp table exclusively (like Color ClearType), while
* v1.6 only respects the values of version~0 (bits 0 and~1).
*
* FreeType doesn't provide all capabilities of the most recent
* ClearType incarnation, thus we identify our subpixel support as
* version~38.
*
*/
#define TT_INTERPRETER_VERSION_35 35
#define TT_INTERPRETER_VERSION_38 38
/* */
FT_END_HEADER
#endif /* FTTTDRV_H_ */
/* END */

602
android/arm64-v8a/include/freetype/fttypes.h Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,602 @@
/***************************************************************************/
/* */
/* fttypes.h */
/* */
/* FreeType simple types definitions (specification only). */
/* */
/* Copyright 1996-2016 by */
/* David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg. */
/* */
/* This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used, */
/* modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project */
/* license, LICENSE.TXT. By continuing to use, modify, or distribute */
/* this file you indicate that you have read the license and */
/* understand and accept it fully. */
/* */
/***************************************************************************/
#ifndef FTTYPES_H_
#define FTTYPES_H_
#include <ft2build.h>
#include FT_CONFIG_CONFIG_H
#include FT_SYSTEM_H
#include FT_IMAGE_H
#include <stddef.h>
FT_BEGIN_HEADER
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Section> */
/* basic_types */
/* */
/* <Title> */
/* Basic Data Types */
/* */
/* <Abstract> */
/* The basic data types defined by the library. */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* This section contains the basic data types defined by FreeType~2, */
/* ranging from simple scalar types to bitmap descriptors. More */
/* font-specific structures are defined in a different section. */
/* */
/* <Order> */
/* FT_Byte */
/* FT_Bytes */
/* FT_Char */
/* FT_Int */
/* FT_UInt */
/* FT_Int16 */
/* FT_UInt16 */
/* FT_Int32 */
/* FT_UInt32 */
/* FT_Int64 */
/* FT_UInt64 */
/* FT_Short */
/* FT_UShort */
/* FT_Long */
/* FT_ULong */
/* FT_Bool */
/* FT_Offset */
/* FT_PtrDist */
/* FT_String */
/* FT_Tag */
/* FT_Error */
/* FT_Fixed */
/* FT_Pointer */
/* FT_Pos */
/* FT_Vector */
/* FT_BBox */
/* FT_Matrix */
/* FT_FWord */
/* FT_UFWord */
/* FT_F2Dot14 */
/* FT_UnitVector */
/* FT_F26Dot6 */
/* FT_Data */
/* */
/* FT_MAKE_TAG */
/* */
/* FT_Generic */
/* FT_Generic_Finalizer */
/* */
/* FT_Bitmap */
/* FT_Pixel_Mode */
/* FT_Palette_Mode */
/* FT_Glyph_Format */
/* FT_IMAGE_TAG */
/* */
/*************************************************************************/
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Type> */
/* FT_Bool */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* A typedef of unsigned char, used for simple booleans. As usual, */
/* values 1 and~0 represent true and false, respectively. */
/* */
typedef unsigned char FT_Bool;
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Type> */
/* FT_FWord */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* A signed 16-bit integer used to store a distance in original font */
/* units. */
/* */
typedef signed short FT_FWord; /* distance in FUnits */
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Type> */
/* FT_UFWord */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* An unsigned 16-bit integer used to store a distance in original */
/* font units. */
/* */
typedef unsigned short FT_UFWord; /* unsigned distance */
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Type> */
/* FT_Char */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* A simple typedef for the _signed_ char type. */
/* */
typedef signed char FT_Char;
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Type> */
/* FT_Byte */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* A simple typedef for the _unsigned_ char type. */
/* */
typedef unsigned char FT_Byte;
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Type> */
/* FT_Bytes */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* A typedef for constant memory areas. */
/* */
typedef const FT_Byte* FT_Bytes;
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Type> */
/* FT_Tag */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* A typedef for 32-bit tags (as used in the SFNT format). */
/* */
typedef FT_UInt32 FT_Tag;
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Type> */
/* FT_String */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* A simple typedef for the char type, usually used for strings. */
/* */
typedef char FT_String;
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Type> */
/* FT_Short */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* A typedef for signed short. */
/* */
typedef signed short FT_Short;
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Type> */
/* FT_UShort */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* A typedef for unsigned short. */
/* */
typedef unsigned short FT_UShort;
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Type> */
/* FT_Int */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* A typedef for the int type. */
/* */
typedef signed int FT_Int;
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Type> */
/* FT_UInt */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* A typedef for the unsigned int type. */
/* */
typedef unsigned int FT_UInt;
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Type> */
/* FT_Long */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* A typedef for signed long. */
/* */
typedef signed long FT_Long;
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Type> */
/* FT_ULong */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* A typedef for unsigned long. */
/* */
typedef unsigned long FT_ULong;
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Type> */
/* FT_F2Dot14 */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* A signed 2.14 fixed-point type used for unit vectors. */
/* */
typedef signed short FT_F2Dot14;
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Type> */
/* FT_F26Dot6 */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* A signed 26.6 fixed-point type used for vectorial pixel */
/* coordinates. */
/* */
typedef signed long FT_F26Dot6;
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Type> */
/* FT_Fixed */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* This type is used to store 16.16 fixed-point values, like scaling */
/* values or matrix coefficients. */
/* */
typedef signed long FT_Fixed;
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Type> */
/* FT_Error */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* The FreeType error code type. A value of~0 is always interpreted */
/* as a successful operation. */
/* */
typedef int FT_Error;
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Type> */
/* FT_Pointer */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* A simple typedef for a typeless pointer. */
/* */
typedef void* FT_Pointer;
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Type> */
/* FT_Offset */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* This is equivalent to the ANSI~C `size_t' type, i.e., the largest */
/* _unsigned_ integer type used to express a file size or position, */
/* or a memory block size. */
/* */
typedef size_t FT_Offset;
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Type> */
/* FT_PtrDist */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* This is equivalent to the ANSI~C `ptrdiff_t' type, i.e., the */
/* largest _signed_ integer type used to express the distance */
/* between two pointers. */
/* */
typedef ft_ptrdiff_t FT_PtrDist;
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Struct> */
/* FT_UnitVector */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* A simple structure used to store a 2D vector unit vector. Uses */
/* FT_F2Dot14 types. */
/* */
/* <Fields> */
/* x :: Horizontal coordinate. */
/* */
/* y :: Vertical coordinate. */
/* */
typedef struct FT_UnitVector_
{
FT_F2Dot14 x;
FT_F2Dot14 y;
} FT_UnitVector;
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Struct> */
/* FT_Matrix */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* A simple structure used to store a 2x2 matrix. Coefficients are */
/* in 16.16 fixed-point format. The computation performed is: */
/* */
/* { */
/* x' = x*xx + y*xy */
/* y' = x*yx + y*yy */
/* } */
/* */
/* <Fields> */
/* xx :: Matrix coefficient. */
/* */
/* xy :: Matrix coefficient. */
/* */
/* yx :: Matrix coefficient. */
/* */
/* yy :: Matrix coefficient. */
/* */
typedef struct FT_Matrix_
{
FT_Fixed xx, xy;
FT_Fixed yx, yy;
} FT_Matrix;
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Struct> */
/* FT_Data */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* Read-only binary data represented as a pointer and a length. */
/* */
/* <Fields> */
/* pointer :: The data. */
/* */
/* length :: The length of the data in bytes. */
/* */
typedef struct FT_Data_
{
const FT_Byte* pointer;
FT_Int length;
} FT_Data;
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <FuncType> */
/* FT_Generic_Finalizer */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* Describe a function used to destroy the `client' data of any */
/* FreeType object. See the description of the @FT_Generic type for */
/* details of usage. */
/* */
/* <Input> */
/* The address of the FreeType object that is under finalization. */
/* Its client data is accessed through its `generic' field. */
/* */
typedef void (*FT_Generic_Finalizer)(void* object);
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Struct> */
/* FT_Generic */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* Client applications often need to associate their own data to a */
/* variety of FreeType core objects. For example, a text layout API */
/* might want to associate a glyph cache to a given size object. */
/* */
/* Some FreeType object contains a `generic' field, of type */
/* FT_Generic, which usage is left to client applications and font */
/* servers. */
/* */
/* It can be used to store a pointer to client-specific data, as well */
/* as the address of a `finalizer' function, which will be called by */
/* FreeType when the object is destroyed (for example, the previous */
/* client example would put the address of the glyph cache destructor */
/* in the `finalizer' field). */
/* */
/* <Fields> */
/* data :: A typeless pointer to any client-specified data. This */
/* field is completely ignored by the FreeType library. */
/* */
/* finalizer :: A pointer to a `generic finalizer' function, which */
/* will be called when the object is destroyed. If this */
/* field is set to NULL, no code will be called. */
/* */
typedef struct FT_Generic_
{
void* data;
FT_Generic_Finalizer finalizer;
} FT_Generic;
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Macro> */
/* FT_MAKE_TAG */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* This macro converts four-letter tags that are used to label */
/* TrueType tables into an unsigned long, to be used within FreeType. */
/* */
/* <Note> */
/* The produced values *must* be 32-bit integers. Don't redefine */
/* this macro. */
/* */
#define FT_MAKE_TAG( _x1, _x2, _x3, _x4 ) \
(FT_Tag) \
( ( (FT_ULong)_x1 << 24 ) | \
( (FT_ULong)_x2 << 16 ) | \
( (FT_ULong)_x3 << 8 ) | \
(FT_ULong)_x4 )
/*************************************************************************/
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* L I S T M A N A G E M E N T */
/* */
/*************************************************************************/
/*************************************************************************/
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Section> */
/* list_processing */
/* */
/*************************************************************************/
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Type> */
/* FT_ListNode */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* Many elements and objects in FreeType are listed through an */
/* @FT_List record (see @FT_ListRec). As its name suggests, an */
/* FT_ListNode is a handle to a single list element. */
/* */
typedef struct FT_ListNodeRec_* FT_ListNode;
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Type> */
/* FT_List */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* A handle to a list record (see @FT_ListRec). */
/* */
typedef struct FT_ListRec_* FT_List;
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Struct> */
/* FT_ListNodeRec */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* A structure used to hold a single list element. */
/* */
/* <Fields> */
/* prev :: The previous element in the list. NULL if first. */
/* */
/* next :: The next element in the list. NULL if last. */
/* */
/* data :: A typeless pointer to the listed object. */
/* */
typedef struct FT_ListNodeRec_
{
FT_ListNode prev;
FT_ListNode next;
void* data;
} FT_ListNodeRec;
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Struct> */
/* FT_ListRec */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* A structure used to hold a simple doubly-linked list. These are */
/* used in many parts of FreeType. */
/* */
/* <Fields> */
/* head :: The head (first element) of doubly-linked list. */
/* */
/* tail :: The tail (last element) of doubly-linked list. */
/* */
typedef struct FT_ListRec_
{
FT_ListNode head;
FT_ListNode tail;
} FT_ListRec;
/* */
#define FT_IS_EMPTY( list ) ( (list).head == 0 )
#define FT_BOOL( x ) ( (FT_Bool)( x ) )
/* concatenate C tokens */
#define FT_ERR_XCAT( x, y ) x ## y
#define FT_ERR_CAT( x, y ) FT_ERR_XCAT( x, y )
/* see `ftmoderr.h' for descriptions of the following macros */
#define FT_ERR( e ) FT_ERR_CAT( FT_ERR_PREFIX, e )
#define FT_ERROR_BASE( x ) ( (x) & 0xFF )
#define FT_ERROR_MODULE( x ) ( (x) & 0xFF00U )
#define FT_ERR_EQ( x, e ) \
( FT_ERROR_BASE( x ) == FT_ERROR_BASE( FT_ERR( e ) ) )
#define FT_ERR_NEQ( x, e ) \
( FT_ERROR_BASE( x ) != FT_ERROR_BASE( FT_ERR( e ) ) )
FT_END_HEADER
#endif /* FTTYPES_H_ */
/* END */

275
android/arm64-v8a/include/freetype/ftwinfnt.h Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,275 @@
/***************************************************************************/
/* */
/* ftwinfnt.h */
/* */
/* FreeType API for accessing Windows fnt-specific data. */
/* */
/* Copyright 2003-2016 by */
/* David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg. */
/* */
/* This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used, */
/* modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project */
/* license, LICENSE.TXT. By continuing to use, modify, or distribute */
/* this file you indicate that you have read the license and */
/* understand and accept it fully. */
/* */
/***************************************************************************/
#ifndef FTWINFNT_H_
#define FTWINFNT_H_
#include <ft2build.h>
#include FT_FREETYPE_H
#ifdef FREETYPE_H
#error "freetype.h of FreeType 1 has been loaded!"
#error "Please fix the directory search order for header files"
#error "so that freetype.h of FreeType 2 is found first."
#endif
FT_BEGIN_HEADER
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Section> */
/* winfnt_fonts */
/* */
/* <Title> */
/* Window FNT Files */
/* */
/* <Abstract> */
/* Windows FNT specific API. */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* This section contains the declaration of Windows FNT specific */
/* functions. */
/* */
/*************************************************************************/
/*************************************************************************
*
* @enum:
* FT_WinFNT_ID_XXX
*
* @description:
* A list of valid values for the `charset' byte in
* @FT_WinFNT_HeaderRec. Exact mapping tables for the various cpXXXX
* encodings (except for cp1361) can be found at
* ftp://ftp.unicode.org/Public in the MAPPINGS/VENDORS/MICSFT/WINDOWS
* subdirectory. cp1361 is roughly a superset of
* MAPPINGS/OBSOLETE/EASTASIA/KSC/JOHAB.TXT.
*
* @values:
* FT_WinFNT_ID_DEFAULT ::
* This is used for font enumeration and font creation as a
* `don't care' value. Valid font files don't contain this value.
* When querying for information about the character set of the font
* that is currently selected into a specified device context, this
* return value (of the related Windows API) simply denotes failure.
*
* FT_WinFNT_ID_SYMBOL ::
* There is no known mapping table available.
*
* FT_WinFNT_ID_MAC ::
* Mac Roman encoding.
*
* FT_WinFNT_ID_OEM ::
* From Michael Pöttgen <michael@poettgen.de>:
*
* The `Windows Font Mapping' article says that FT_WinFNT_ID_OEM
* is used for the charset of vector fonts, like `modern.fon',
* `roman.fon', and `script.fon' on Windows.
*
* The `CreateFont' documentation says: The FT_WinFNT_ID_OEM value
* specifies a character set that is operating-system dependent.
*
* The `IFIMETRICS' documentation from the `Windows Driver
* Development Kit' says: This font supports an OEM-specific
* character set. The OEM character set is system dependent.
*
* In general OEM, as opposed to ANSI (i.e., cp1252), denotes the
* second default codepage that most international versions of
* Windows have. It is one of the OEM codepages from
*
* https://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/goglobal/bb964655,
*
* and is used for the `DOS boxes', to support legacy applications.
* A German Windows version for example usually uses ANSI codepage
* 1252 and OEM codepage 850.
*
* FT_WinFNT_ID_CP874 ::
* A superset of Thai TIS 620 and ISO 8859-11.
*
* FT_WinFNT_ID_CP932 ::
* A superset of Japanese Shift-JIS (with minor deviations).
*
* FT_WinFNT_ID_CP936 ::
* A superset of simplified Chinese GB 2312-1980 (with different
* ordering and minor deviations).
*
* FT_WinFNT_ID_CP949 ::
* A superset of Korean Hangul KS~C 5601-1987 (with different
* ordering and minor deviations).
*
* FT_WinFNT_ID_CP950 ::
* A superset of traditional Chinese Big~5 ETen (with different
* ordering and minor deviations).
*
* FT_WinFNT_ID_CP1250 ::
* A superset of East European ISO 8859-2 (with slightly different
* ordering).
*
* FT_WinFNT_ID_CP1251 ::
* A superset of Russian ISO 8859-5 (with different ordering).
*
* FT_WinFNT_ID_CP1252 ::
* ANSI encoding. A superset of ISO 8859-1.
*
* FT_WinFNT_ID_CP1253 ::
* A superset of Greek ISO 8859-7 (with minor modifications).
*
* FT_WinFNT_ID_CP1254 ::
* A superset of Turkish ISO 8859-9.
*
* FT_WinFNT_ID_CP1255 ::
* A superset of Hebrew ISO 8859-8 (with some modifications).
*
* FT_WinFNT_ID_CP1256 ::
* A superset of Arabic ISO 8859-6 (with different ordering).
*
* FT_WinFNT_ID_CP1257 ::
* A superset of Baltic ISO 8859-13 (with some deviations).
*
* FT_WinFNT_ID_CP1258 ::
* For Vietnamese. This encoding doesn't cover all necessary
* characters.
*
* FT_WinFNT_ID_CP1361 ::
* Korean (Johab).
*/
#define FT_WinFNT_ID_CP1252 0
#define FT_WinFNT_ID_DEFAULT 1
#define FT_WinFNT_ID_SYMBOL 2
#define FT_WinFNT_ID_MAC 77
#define FT_WinFNT_ID_CP932 128
#define FT_WinFNT_ID_CP949 129
#define FT_WinFNT_ID_CP1361 130
#define FT_WinFNT_ID_CP936 134
#define FT_WinFNT_ID_CP950 136
#define FT_WinFNT_ID_CP1253 161
#define FT_WinFNT_ID_CP1254 162
#define FT_WinFNT_ID_CP1258 163
#define FT_WinFNT_ID_CP1255 177
#define FT_WinFNT_ID_CP1256 178
#define FT_WinFNT_ID_CP1257 186
#define FT_WinFNT_ID_CP1251 204
#define FT_WinFNT_ID_CP874 222
#define FT_WinFNT_ID_CP1250 238
#define FT_WinFNT_ID_OEM 255
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Struct> */
/* FT_WinFNT_HeaderRec */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* Windows FNT Header info. */
/* */
typedef struct FT_WinFNT_HeaderRec_
{
FT_UShort version;
FT_ULong file_size;
FT_Byte copyright[60];
FT_UShort file_type;
FT_UShort nominal_point_size;
FT_UShort vertical_resolution;
FT_UShort horizontal_resolution;
FT_UShort ascent;
FT_UShort internal_leading;
FT_UShort external_leading;
FT_Byte italic;
FT_Byte underline;
FT_Byte strike_out;
FT_UShort weight;
FT_Byte charset;
FT_UShort pixel_width;
FT_UShort pixel_height;
FT_Byte pitch_and_family;
FT_UShort avg_width;
FT_UShort max_width;
FT_Byte first_char;
FT_Byte last_char;
FT_Byte default_char;
FT_Byte break_char;
FT_UShort bytes_per_row;
FT_ULong device_offset;
FT_ULong face_name_offset;
FT_ULong bits_pointer;
FT_ULong bits_offset;
FT_Byte reserved;
FT_ULong flags;
FT_UShort A_space;
FT_UShort B_space;
FT_UShort C_space;
FT_UShort color_table_offset;
FT_ULong reserved1[4];
} FT_WinFNT_HeaderRec;
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Struct> */
/* FT_WinFNT_Header */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* A handle to an @FT_WinFNT_HeaderRec structure. */
/* */
typedef struct FT_WinFNT_HeaderRec_* FT_WinFNT_Header;
/**********************************************************************
*
* @function:
* FT_Get_WinFNT_Header
*
* @description:
* Retrieve a Windows FNT font info header.
*
* @input:
* face :: A handle to the input face.
*
* @output:
* aheader :: The WinFNT header.
*
* @return:
* FreeType error code. 0~means success.
*
* @note:
* This function only works with Windows FNT faces, returning an error
* otherwise.
*/
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
FT_Get_WinFNT_Header( FT_Face face,
FT_WinFNT_HeaderRec *aheader );
/* */
FT_END_HEADER
#endif /* FTWINFNT_H_ */
/* END */
/* Local Variables: */
/* coding: utf-8 */
/* End: */

761
android/arm64-v8a/include/freetype/t1tables.h Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,761 @@
/***************************************************************************/
/* */
/* t1tables.h */
/* */
/* Basic Type 1/Type 2 tables definitions and interface (specification */
/* only). */
/* */
/* Copyright 1996-2016 by */
/* David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg. */
/* */
/* This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used, */
/* modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project */
/* license, LICENSE.TXT. By continuing to use, modify, or distribute */
/* this file you indicate that you have read the license and */
/* understand and accept it fully. */
/* */
/***************************************************************************/
#ifndef T1TABLES_H_
#define T1TABLES_H_
#include <ft2build.h>
#include FT_FREETYPE_H
#ifdef FREETYPE_H
#error "freetype.h of FreeType 1 has been loaded!"
#error "Please fix the directory search order for header files"
#error "so that freetype.h of FreeType 2 is found first."
#endif
FT_BEGIN_HEADER
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Section> */
/* type1_tables */
/* */
/* <Title> */
/* Type 1 Tables */
/* */
/* <Abstract> */
/* Type~1 (PostScript) specific font tables. */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* This section contains the definition of Type 1-specific tables, */
/* including structures related to other PostScript font formats. */
/* */
/* <Order> */
/* PS_FontInfoRec */
/* PS_FontInfo */
/* PS_PrivateRec */
/* PS_Private */
/* */
/* CID_FaceDictRec */
/* CID_FaceDict */
/* CID_FaceInfoRec */
/* CID_FaceInfo */
/* */
/* FT_Has_PS_Glyph_Names */
/* FT_Get_PS_Font_Info */
/* FT_Get_PS_Font_Private */
/* FT_Get_PS_Font_Value */
/* */
/* T1_Blend_Flags */
/* T1_EncodingType */
/* PS_Dict_Keys */
/* */
/*************************************************************************/
/* Note that we separate font data in PS_FontInfoRec and PS_PrivateRec */
/* structures in order to support Multiple Master fonts. */
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Struct> */
/* PS_FontInfoRec */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* A structure used to model a Type~1 or Type~2 FontInfo dictionary. */
/* Note that for Multiple Master fonts, each instance has its own */
/* FontInfo dictionary. */
/* */
typedef struct PS_FontInfoRec_
{
FT_String* version;
FT_String* notice;
FT_String* full_name;
FT_String* family_name;
FT_String* weight;
FT_Long italic_angle;
FT_Bool is_fixed_pitch;
FT_Short underline_position;
FT_UShort underline_thickness;
} PS_FontInfoRec;
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Struct> */
/* PS_FontInfo */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* A handle to a @PS_FontInfoRec structure. */
/* */
typedef struct PS_FontInfoRec_* PS_FontInfo;
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Struct> */
/* T1_FontInfo */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* This type is equivalent to @PS_FontInfoRec. It is deprecated but */
/* kept to maintain source compatibility between various versions of */
/* FreeType. */
/* */
typedef PS_FontInfoRec T1_FontInfo;
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Struct> */
/* PS_PrivateRec */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* A structure used to model a Type~1 or Type~2 private dictionary. */
/* Note that for Multiple Master fonts, each instance has its own */
/* Private dictionary. */
/* */
typedef struct PS_PrivateRec_
{
FT_Int unique_id;
FT_Int lenIV;
FT_Byte num_blue_values;
FT_Byte num_other_blues;
FT_Byte num_family_blues;
FT_Byte num_family_other_blues;
FT_Short blue_values[14];
FT_Short other_blues[10];
FT_Short family_blues [14];
FT_Short family_other_blues[10];
FT_Fixed blue_scale;
FT_Int blue_shift;
FT_Int blue_fuzz;
FT_UShort standard_width[1];
FT_UShort standard_height[1];
FT_Byte num_snap_widths;
FT_Byte num_snap_heights;
FT_Bool force_bold;
FT_Bool round_stem_up;
FT_Short snap_widths [13]; /* including std width */
FT_Short snap_heights[13]; /* including std height */
FT_Fixed expansion_factor;
FT_Long language_group;
FT_Long password;
FT_Short min_feature[2];
} PS_PrivateRec;
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Struct> */
/* PS_Private */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* A handle to a @PS_PrivateRec structure. */
/* */
typedef struct PS_PrivateRec_* PS_Private;
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Struct> */
/* T1_Private */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* This type is equivalent to @PS_PrivateRec. It is deprecated but */
/* kept to maintain source compatibility between various versions of */
/* FreeType. */
/* */
typedef PS_PrivateRec T1_Private;
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Enum> */
/* T1_Blend_Flags */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* A set of flags used to indicate which fields are present in a */
/* given blend dictionary (font info or private). Used to support */
/* Multiple Masters fonts. */
/* */
/* <Values> */
/* T1_BLEND_UNDERLINE_POSITION :: */
/* T1_BLEND_UNDERLINE_THICKNESS :: */
/* T1_BLEND_ITALIC_ANGLE :: */
/* T1_BLEND_BLUE_VALUES :: */
/* T1_BLEND_OTHER_BLUES :: */
/* T1_BLEND_STANDARD_WIDTH :: */
/* T1_BLEND_STANDARD_HEIGHT :: */
/* T1_BLEND_STEM_SNAP_WIDTHS :: */
/* T1_BLEND_STEM_SNAP_HEIGHTS :: */
/* T1_BLEND_BLUE_SCALE :: */
/* T1_BLEND_BLUE_SHIFT :: */
/* T1_BLEND_FAMILY_BLUES :: */
/* T1_BLEND_FAMILY_OTHER_BLUES :: */
/* T1_BLEND_FORCE_BOLD :: */
/* */
typedef enum T1_Blend_Flags_
{
/* required fields in a FontInfo blend dictionary */
T1_BLEND_UNDERLINE_POSITION = 0,
T1_BLEND_UNDERLINE_THICKNESS,
T1_BLEND_ITALIC_ANGLE,
/* required fields in a Private blend dictionary */
T1_BLEND_BLUE_VALUES,
T1_BLEND_OTHER_BLUES,
T1_BLEND_STANDARD_WIDTH,
T1_BLEND_STANDARD_HEIGHT,
T1_BLEND_STEM_SNAP_WIDTHS,
T1_BLEND_STEM_SNAP_HEIGHTS,
T1_BLEND_BLUE_SCALE,
T1_BLEND_BLUE_SHIFT,
T1_BLEND_FAMILY_BLUES,
T1_BLEND_FAMILY_OTHER_BLUES,
T1_BLEND_FORCE_BOLD,
T1_BLEND_MAX /* do not remove */
} T1_Blend_Flags;
/* these constants are deprecated; use the corresponding */
/* `T1_Blend_Flags' values instead */
#define t1_blend_underline_position T1_BLEND_UNDERLINE_POSITION
#define t1_blend_underline_thickness T1_BLEND_UNDERLINE_THICKNESS
#define t1_blend_italic_angle T1_BLEND_ITALIC_ANGLE
#define t1_blend_blue_values T1_BLEND_BLUE_VALUES
#define t1_blend_other_blues T1_BLEND_OTHER_BLUES
#define t1_blend_standard_widths T1_BLEND_STANDARD_WIDTH
#define t1_blend_standard_height T1_BLEND_STANDARD_HEIGHT
#define t1_blend_stem_snap_widths T1_BLEND_STEM_SNAP_WIDTHS
#define t1_blend_stem_snap_heights T1_BLEND_STEM_SNAP_HEIGHTS
#define t1_blend_blue_scale T1_BLEND_BLUE_SCALE
#define t1_blend_blue_shift T1_BLEND_BLUE_SHIFT
#define t1_blend_family_blues T1_BLEND_FAMILY_BLUES
#define t1_blend_family_other_blues T1_BLEND_FAMILY_OTHER_BLUES
#define t1_blend_force_bold T1_BLEND_FORCE_BOLD
#define t1_blend_max T1_BLEND_MAX
/* */
/* maximum number of Multiple Masters designs, as defined in the spec */
#define T1_MAX_MM_DESIGNS 16
/* maximum number of Multiple Masters axes, as defined in the spec */
#define T1_MAX_MM_AXIS 4
/* maximum number of elements in a design map */
#define T1_MAX_MM_MAP_POINTS 20
/* this structure is used to store the BlendDesignMap entry for an axis */
typedef struct PS_DesignMap_
{
FT_Byte num_points;
FT_Long* design_points;
FT_Fixed* blend_points;
} PS_DesignMapRec, *PS_DesignMap;
/* backwards-compatible definition */
typedef PS_DesignMapRec T1_DesignMap;
typedef struct PS_BlendRec_
{
FT_UInt num_designs;
FT_UInt num_axis;
FT_String* axis_names[T1_MAX_MM_AXIS];
FT_Fixed* design_pos[T1_MAX_MM_DESIGNS];
PS_DesignMapRec design_map[T1_MAX_MM_AXIS];
FT_Fixed* weight_vector;
FT_Fixed* default_weight_vector;
PS_FontInfo font_infos[T1_MAX_MM_DESIGNS + 1];
PS_Private privates [T1_MAX_MM_DESIGNS + 1];
FT_ULong blend_bitflags;
FT_BBox* bboxes [T1_MAX_MM_DESIGNS + 1];
/* since 2.3.0 */
/* undocumented, optional: the default design instance; */
/* corresponds to default_weight_vector -- */
/* num_default_design_vector == 0 means it is not present */
/* in the font and associated metrics files */
FT_UInt default_design_vector[T1_MAX_MM_DESIGNS];
FT_UInt num_default_design_vector;
} PS_BlendRec, *PS_Blend;
/* backwards-compatible definition */
typedef PS_BlendRec T1_Blend;
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Struct> */
/* CID_FaceDictRec */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* A structure used to represent data in a CID top-level dictionary. */
/* */
typedef struct CID_FaceDictRec_
{
PS_PrivateRec private_dict;
FT_UInt len_buildchar;
FT_Fixed forcebold_threshold;
FT_Pos stroke_width;
FT_Fixed expansion_factor;
FT_Byte paint_type;
FT_Byte font_type;
FT_Matrix font_matrix;
FT_Vector font_offset;
FT_UInt num_subrs;
FT_ULong subrmap_offset;
FT_Int sd_bytes;
} CID_FaceDictRec;
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Struct> */
/* CID_FaceDict */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* A handle to a @CID_FaceDictRec structure. */
/* */
typedef struct CID_FaceDictRec_* CID_FaceDict;
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Struct> */
/* CID_FontDict */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* This type is equivalent to @CID_FaceDictRec. It is deprecated but */
/* kept to maintain source compatibility between various versions of */
/* FreeType. */
/* */
typedef CID_FaceDictRec CID_FontDict;
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Struct> */
/* CID_FaceInfoRec */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* A structure used to represent CID Face information. */
/* */
typedef struct CID_FaceInfoRec_
{
FT_String* cid_font_name;
FT_Fixed cid_version;
FT_Int cid_font_type;
FT_String* registry;
FT_String* ordering;
FT_Int supplement;
PS_FontInfoRec font_info;
FT_BBox font_bbox;
FT_ULong uid_base;
FT_Int num_xuid;
FT_ULong xuid[16];
FT_ULong cidmap_offset;
FT_Int fd_bytes;
FT_Int gd_bytes;
FT_ULong cid_count;
FT_Int num_dicts;
CID_FaceDict font_dicts;
FT_ULong data_offset;
} CID_FaceInfoRec;
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Struct> */
/* CID_FaceInfo */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* A handle to a @CID_FaceInfoRec structure. */
/* */
typedef struct CID_FaceInfoRec_* CID_FaceInfo;
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Struct> */
/* CID_Info */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* This type is equivalent to @CID_FaceInfoRec. It is deprecated but */
/* kept to maintain source compatibility between various versions of */
/* FreeType. */
/* */
typedef CID_FaceInfoRec CID_Info;
/************************************************************************
*
* @function:
* FT_Has_PS_Glyph_Names
*
* @description:
* Return true if a given face provides reliable PostScript glyph
* names. This is similar to using the @FT_HAS_GLYPH_NAMES macro,
* except that certain fonts (mostly TrueType) contain incorrect
* glyph name tables.
*
* When this function returns true, the caller is sure that the glyph
* names returned by @FT_Get_Glyph_Name are reliable.
*
* @input:
* face ::
* face handle
*
* @return:
* Boolean. True if glyph names are reliable.
*
*/
FT_EXPORT( FT_Int )
FT_Has_PS_Glyph_Names( FT_Face face );
/************************************************************************
*
* @function:
* FT_Get_PS_Font_Info
*
* @description:
* Retrieve the @PS_FontInfoRec structure corresponding to a given
* PostScript font.
*
* @input:
* face ::
* PostScript face handle.
*
* @output:
* afont_info ::
* Output font info structure pointer.
*
* @return:
* FreeType error code. 0~means success.
*
* @note:
* String pointers within the @PS_FontInfoRec structure are owned by
* the face and don't need to be freed by the caller. Missing entries
* in the font's FontInfo dictionary are represented by NULL pointers.
*
* If the font's format is not PostScript-based, this function will
* return the `FT_Err_Invalid_Argument' error code.
*
*/
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
FT_Get_PS_Font_Info( FT_Face face,
PS_FontInfo afont_info );
/************************************************************************
*
* @function:
* FT_Get_PS_Font_Private
*
* @description:
* Retrieve the @PS_PrivateRec structure corresponding to a given
* PostScript font.
*
* @input:
* face ::
* PostScript face handle.
*
* @output:
* afont_private ::
* Output private dictionary structure pointer.
*
* @return:
* FreeType error code. 0~means success.
*
* @note:
* The string pointers within the @PS_PrivateRec structure are owned by
* the face and don't need to be freed by the caller.
*
* If the font's format is not PostScript-based, this function returns
* the `FT_Err_Invalid_Argument' error code.
*
*/
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
FT_Get_PS_Font_Private( FT_Face face,
PS_Private afont_private );
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Enum> */
/* T1_EncodingType */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* An enumeration describing the `Encoding' entry in a Type 1 */
/* dictionary. */
/* */
/* <Values> */
/* T1_ENCODING_TYPE_NONE :: */
/* T1_ENCODING_TYPE_ARRAY :: */
/* T1_ENCODING_TYPE_STANDARD :: */
/* T1_ENCODING_TYPE_ISOLATIN1 :: */
/* T1_ENCODING_TYPE_EXPERT :: */
/* */
typedef enum T1_EncodingType_
{
T1_ENCODING_TYPE_NONE = 0,
T1_ENCODING_TYPE_ARRAY,
T1_ENCODING_TYPE_STANDARD,
T1_ENCODING_TYPE_ISOLATIN1,
T1_ENCODING_TYPE_EXPERT
} T1_EncodingType;
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Enum> */
/* PS_Dict_Keys */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* An enumeration used in calls to @FT_Get_PS_Font_Value to identify */
/* the Type~1 dictionary entry to retrieve. */
/* */
/* <Values> */
/* PS_DICT_FONT_TYPE :: */
/* PS_DICT_FONT_MATRIX :: */
/* PS_DICT_FONT_BBOX :: */
/* PS_DICT_PAINT_TYPE :: */
/* PS_DICT_FONT_NAME :: */
/* PS_DICT_UNIQUE_ID :: */
/* PS_DICT_NUM_CHAR_STRINGS :: */
/* PS_DICT_CHAR_STRING_KEY :: */
/* PS_DICT_CHAR_STRING :: */
/* PS_DICT_ENCODING_TYPE :: */
/* PS_DICT_ENCODING_ENTRY :: */
/* PS_DICT_NUM_SUBRS :: */
/* PS_DICT_SUBR :: */
/* PS_DICT_STD_HW :: */
/* PS_DICT_STD_VW :: */
/* PS_DICT_NUM_BLUE_VALUES :: */
/* PS_DICT_BLUE_VALUE :: */
/* PS_DICT_BLUE_FUZZ :: */
/* PS_DICT_NUM_OTHER_BLUES :: */
/* PS_DICT_OTHER_BLUE :: */
/* PS_DICT_NUM_FAMILY_BLUES :: */
/* PS_DICT_FAMILY_BLUE :: */
/* PS_DICT_NUM_FAMILY_OTHER_BLUES :: */
/* PS_DICT_FAMILY_OTHER_BLUE :: */
/* PS_DICT_BLUE_SCALE :: */
/* PS_DICT_BLUE_SHIFT :: */
/* PS_DICT_NUM_STEM_SNAP_H :: */
/* PS_DICT_STEM_SNAP_H :: */
/* PS_DICT_NUM_STEM_SNAP_V :: */
/* PS_DICT_STEM_SNAP_V :: */
/* PS_DICT_FORCE_BOLD :: */
/* PS_DICT_RND_STEM_UP :: */
/* PS_DICT_MIN_FEATURE :: */
/* PS_DICT_LEN_IV :: */
/* PS_DICT_PASSWORD :: */
/* PS_DICT_LANGUAGE_GROUP :: */
/* PS_DICT_VERSION :: */
/* PS_DICT_NOTICE :: */
/* PS_DICT_FULL_NAME :: */
/* PS_DICT_FAMILY_NAME :: */
/* PS_DICT_WEIGHT :: */
/* PS_DICT_IS_FIXED_PITCH :: */
/* PS_DICT_UNDERLINE_POSITION :: */
/* PS_DICT_UNDERLINE_THICKNESS :: */
/* PS_DICT_FS_TYPE :: */
/* PS_DICT_ITALIC_ANGLE :: */
/* */
typedef enum PS_Dict_Keys_
{
/* conventionally in the font dictionary */
PS_DICT_FONT_TYPE, /* FT_Byte */
PS_DICT_FONT_MATRIX, /* FT_Fixed */
PS_DICT_FONT_BBOX, /* FT_Fixed */
PS_DICT_PAINT_TYPE, /* FT_Byte */
PS_DICT_FONT_NAME, /* FT_String* */
PS_DICT_UNIQUE_ID, /* FT_Int */
PS_DICT_NUM_CHAR_STRINGS, /* FT_Int */
PS_DICT_CHAR_STRING_KEY, /* FT_String* */
PS_DICT_CHAR_STRING, /* FT_String* */
PS_DICT_ENCODING_TYPE, /* T1_EncodingType */
PS_DICT_ENCODING_ENTRY, /* FT_String* */
/* conventionally in the font Private dictionary */
PS_DICT_NUM_SUBRS, /* FT_Int */
PS_DICT_SUBR, /* FT_String* */
PS_DICT_STD_HW, /* FT_UShort */
PS_DICT_STD_VW, /* FT_UShort */
PS_DICT_NUM_BLUE_VALUES, /* FT_Byte */
PS_DICT_BLUE_VALUE, /* FT_Short */
PS_DICT_BLUE_FUZZ, /* FT_Int */
PS_DICT_NUM_OTHER_BLUES, /* FT_Byte */
PS_DICT_OTHER_BLUE, /* FT_Short */
PS_DICT_NUM_FAMILY_BLUES, /* FT_Byte */
PS_DICT_FAMILY_BLUE, /* FT_Short */
PS_DICT_NUM_FAMILY_OTHER_BLUES, /* FT_Byte */
PS_DICT_FAMILY_OTHER_BLUE, /* FT_Short */
PS_DICT_BLUE_SCALE, /* FT_Fixed */
PS_DICT_BLUE_SHIFT, /* FT_Int */
PS_DICT_NUM_STEM_SNAP_H, /* FT_Byte */
PS_DICT_STEM_SNAP_H, /* FT_Short */
PS_DICT_NUM_STEM_SNAP_V, /* FT_Byte */
PS_DICT_STEM_SNAP_V, /* FT_Short */
PS_DICT_FORCE_BOLD, /* FT_Bool */
PS_DICT_RND_STEM_UP, /* FT_Bool */
PS_DICT_MIN_FEATURE, /* FT_Short */
PS_DICT_LEN_IV, /* FT_Int */
PS_DICT_PASSWORD, /* FT_Long */
PS_DICT_LANGUAGE_GROUP, /* FT_Long */
/* conventionally in the font FontInfo dictionary */
PS_DICT_VERSION, /* FT_String* */
PS_DICT_NOTICE, /* FT_String* */
PS_DICT_FULL_NAME, /* FT_String* */
PS_DICT_FAMILY_NAME, /* FT_String* */
PS_DICT_WEIGHT, /* FT_String* */
PS_DICT_IS_FIXED_PITCH, /* FT_Bool */
PS_DICT_UNDERLINE_POSITION, /* FT_Short */
PS_DICT_UNDERLINE_THICKNESS, /* FT_UShort */
PS_DICT_FS_TYPE, /* FT_UShort */
PS_DICT_ITALIC_ANGLE, /* FT_Long */
PS_DICT_MAX = PS_DICT_ITALIC_ANGLE
} PS_Dict_Keys;
/************************************************************************
*
* @function:
* FT_Get_PS_Font_Value
*
* @description:
* Retrieve the value for the supplied key from a PostScript font.
*
* @input:
* face ::
* PostScript face handle.
*
* key ::
* An enumeration value representing the dictionary key to retrieve.
*
* idx ::
* For array values, this specifies the index to be returned.
*
* value ::
* A pointer to memory into which to write the value.
*
* valen_len ::
* The size, in bytes, of the memory supplied for the value.
*
* @output:
* value ::
* The value matching the above key, if it exists.
*
* @return:
* The amount of memory (in bytes) required to hold the requested
* value (if it exists, -1 otherwise).
*
* @note:
* The values returned are not pointers into the internal structures of
* the face, but are `fresh' copies, so that the memory containing them
* belongs to the calling application. This also enforces the
* `read-only' nature of these values, i.e., this function cannot be
* used to manipulate the face.
*
* `value' is a void pointer because the values returned can be of
* various types.
*
* If either `value' is NULL or `value_len' is too small, just the
* required memory size for the requested entry is returned.
*
* The `idx' parameter is used, not only to retrieve elements of, for
* example, the FontMatrix or FontBBox, but also to retrieve name keys
* from the CharStrings dictionary, and the charstrings themselves. It
* is ignored for atomic values.
*
* PS_DICT_BLUE_SCALE returns a value that is scaled up by 1000. To
* get the value as in the font stream, you need to divide by
* 65536000.0 (to remove the FT_Fixed scale, and the x1000 scale).
*
* IMPORTANT: Only key/value pairs read by the FreeType interpreter can
* be retrieved. So, for example, PostScript procedures such as NP,
* ND, and RD are not available. Arbitrary keys are, obviously, not be
* available either.
*
* If the font's format is not PostScript-based, this function returns
* the `FT_Err_Invalid_Argument' error code.
*
*/
FT_EXPORT( FT_Long )
FT_Get_PS_Font_Value( FT_Face face,
PS_Dict_Keys key,
FT_UInt idx,
void *value,
FT_Long value_len );
/* */
FT_END_HEADER
#endif /* T1TABLES_H_ */
/* END */

1237
android/arm64-v8a/include/freetype/ttnameid.h Normal file
View File

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff

829
android/arm64-v8a/include/freetype/tttables.h Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,829 @@
/***************************************************************************/
/* */
/* tttables.h */
/* */
/* Basic SFNT/TrueType tables definitions and interface */
/* (specification only). */
/* */
/* Copyright 1996-2016 by */
/* David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg. */
/* */
/* This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used, */
/* modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project */
/* license, LICENSE.TXT. By continuing to use, modify, or distribute */
/* this file you indicate that you have read the license and */
/* understand and accept it fully. */
/* */
/***************************************************************************/
#ifndef TTTABLES_H_
#define TTTABLES_H_
#include <ft2build.h>
#include FT_FREETYPE_H
#ifdef FREETYPE_H
#error "freetype.h of FreeType 1 has been loaded!"
#error "Please fix the directory search order for header files"
#error "so that freetype.h of FreeType 2 is found first."
#endif
FT_BEGIN_HEADER
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Section> */
/* truetype_tables */
/* */
/* <Title> */
/* TrueType Tables */
/* */
/* <Abstract> */
/* TrueType specific table types and functions. */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* This section contains the definition of TrueType-specific tables */
/* as well as some routines used to access and process them. */
/* */
/* <Order> */
/* TT_Header */
/* TT_HoriHeader */
/* TT_VertHeader */
/* TT_OS2 */
/* TT_Postscript */
/* TT_PCLT */
/* TT_MaxProfile */
/* */
/* FT_Sfnt_Tag */
/* FT_Get_Sfnt_Table */
/* FT_Load_Sfnt_Table */
/* FT_Sfnt_Table_Info */
/* */
/* FT_Get_CMap_Language_ID */
/* FT_Get_CMap_Format */
/* */
/* FT_PARAM_TAG_UNPATENTED_HINTING */
/* */
/*************************************************************************/
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Struct> */
/* TT_Header */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* A structure used to model a TrueType font header table. All */
/* fields follow the TrueType specification. */
/* */
typedef struct TT_Header_
{
FT_Fixed Table_Version;
FT_Fixed Font_Revision;
FT_Long CheckSum_Adjust;
FT_Long Magic_Number;
FT_UShort Flags;
FT_UShort Units_Per_EM;
FT_Long Created [2];
FT_Long Modified[2];
FT_Short xMin;
FT_Short yMin;
FT_Short xMax;
FT_Short yMax;
FT_UShort Mac_Style;
FT_UShort Lowest_Rec_PPEM;
FT_Short Font_Direction;
FT_Short Index_To_Loc_Format;
FT_Short Glyph_Data_Format;
} TT_Header;
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Struct> */
/* TT_HoriHeader */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* A structure used to model a TrueType horizontal header, the `hhea' */
/* table, as well as the corresponding horizontal metrics table, */
/* i.e., the `hmtx' table. */
/* */
/* <Fields> */
/* Version :: The table version. */
/* */
/* Ascender :: The font's ascender, i.e., the distance */
/* from the baseline to the top-most of all */
/* glyph points found in the font. */
/* */
/* This value is invalid in many fonts, as */
/* it is usually set by the font designer, */
/* and often reflects only a portion of the */
/* glyphs found in the font (maybe ASCII). */
/* */
/* You should use the `sTypoAscender' field */
/* of the OS/2 table instead if you want */
/* the correct one. */
/* */
/* Descender :: The font's descender, i.e., the distance */
/* from the baseline to the bottom-most of */
/* all glyph points found in the font. It */
/* is negative. */
/* */
/* This value is invalid in many fonts, as */
/* it is usually set by the font designer, */
/* and often reflects only a portion of the */
/* glyphs found in the font (maybe ASCII). */
/* */
/* You should use the `sTypoDescender' */
/* field of the OS/2 table instead if you */
/* want the correct one. */
/* */
/* Line_Gap :: The font's line gap, i.e., the distance */
/* to add to the ascender and descender to */
/* get the BTB, i.e., the */
/* baseline-to-baseline distance for the */
/* font. */
/* */
/* advance_Width_Max :: This field is the maximum of all advance */
/* widths found in the font. It can be */
/* used to compute the maximum width of an */
/* arbitrary string of text. */
/* */
/* min_Left_Side_Bearing :: The minimum left side bearing of all */
/* glyphs within the font. */
/* */
/* min_Right_Side_Bearing :: The minimum right side bearing of all */
/* glyphs within the font. */
/* */
/* xMax_Extent :: The maximum horizontal extent (i.e., the */
/* `width' of a glyph's bounding box) for */
/* all glyphs in the font. */
/* */
/* caret_Slope_Rise :: The rise coefficient of the cursor's */
/* slope of the cursor (slope=rise/run). */
/* */
/* caret_Slope_Run :: The run coefficient of the cursor's */
/* slope. */
/* */
/* Reserved :: 8~reserved bytes. */
/* */
/* metric_Data_Format :: Always~0. */
/* */
/* number_Of_HMetrics :: Number of HMetrics entries in the `hmtx' */
/* table -- this value can be smaller than */
/* the total number of glyphs in the font. */
/* */
/* long_metrics :: A pointer into the `hmtx' table. */
/* */
/* short_metrics :: A pointer into the `hmtx' table. */
/* */
/* <Note> */
/* IMPORTANT: The TT_HoriHeader and TT_VertHeader structures should */
/* be identical except for the names of their fields, */
/* which are different. */
/* */
/* This ensures that a single function in the `ttload' */
/* module is able to read both the horizontal and vertical */
/* headers. */
/* */
typedef struct TT_HoriHeader_
{
FT_Fixed Version;
FT_Short Ascender;
FT_Short Descender;
FT_Short Line_Gap;
FT_UShort advance_Width_Max; /* advance width maximum */
FT_Short min_Left_Side_Bearing; /* minimum left-sb */
FT_Short min_Right_Side_Bearing; /* minimum right-sb */
FT_Short xMax_Extent; /* xmax extents */
FT_Short caret_Slope_Rise;
FT_Short caret_Slope_Run;
FT_Short caret_Offset;
FT_Short Reserved[4];
FT_Short metric_Data_Format;
FT_UShort number_Of_HMetrics;
/* The following fields are not defined by the TrueType specification */
/* but they are used to connect the metrics header to the relevant */
/* `HMTX' table. */
void* long_metrics;
void* short_metrics;
} TT_HoriHeader;
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Struct> */
/* TT_VertHeader */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* A structure used to model a TrueType vertical header, the `vhea' */
/* table, as well as the corresponding vertical metrics table, i.e., */
/* the `vmtx' table. */
/* */
/* <Fields> */
/* Version :: The table version. */
/* */
/* Ascender :: The font's ascender, i.e., the distance */
/* from the baseline to the top-most of */
/* all glyph points found in the font. */
/* */
/* This value is invalid in many fonts, as */
/* it is usually set by the font designer, */
/* and often reflects only a portion of */
/* the glyphs found in the font (maybe */
/* ASCII). */
/* */
/* You should use the `sTypoAscender' */
/* field of the OS/2 table instead if you */
/* want the correct one. */
/* */
/* Descender :: The font's descender, i.e., the */
/* distance from the baseline to the */
/* bottom-most of all glyph points found */
/* in the font. It is negative. */
/* */
/* This value is invalid in many fonts, as */
/* it is usually set by the font designer, */
/* and often reflects only a portion of */
/* the glyphs found in the font (maybe */
/* ASCII). */
/* */
/* You should use the `sTypoDescender' */
/* field of the OS/2 table instead if you */
/* want the correct one. */
/* */
/* Line_Gap :: The font's line gap, i.e., the distance */
/* to add to the ascender and descender to */
/* get the BTB, i.e., the */
/* baseline-to-baseline distance for the */
/* font. */
/* */
/* advance_Height_Max :: This field is the maximum of all */
/* advance heights found in the font. It */
/* can be used to compute the maximum */
/* height of an arbitrary string of text. */
/* */
/* min_Top_Side_Bearing :: The minimum top side bearing of all */
/* glyphs within the font. */
/* */
/* min_Bottom_Side_Bearing :: The minimum bottom side bearing of all */
/* glyphs within the font. */
/* */
/* yMax_Extent :: The maximum vertical extent (i.e., the */
/* `height' of a glyph's bounding box) for */
/* all glyphs in the font. */
/* */
/* caret_Slope_Rise :: The rise coefficient of the cursor's */
/* slope of the cursor (slope=rise/run). */
/* */
/* caret_Slope_Run :: The run coefficient of the cursor's */
/* slope. */
/* */
/* caret_Offset :: The cursor's offset for slanted fonts. */
/* This value is `reserved' in vmtx */
/* version 1.0. */
/* */
/* Reserved :: 8~reserved bytes. */
/* */
/* metric_Data_Format :: Always~0. */
/* */
/* number_Of_HMetrics :: Number of VMetrics entries in the */
/* `vmtx' table -- this value can be */
/* smaller than the total number of glyphs */
/* in the font. */
/* */
/* long_metrics :: A pointer into the `vmtx' table. */
/* */
/* short_metrics :: A pointer into the `vmtx' table. */
/* */
/* <Note> */
/* IMPORTANT: The TT_HoriHeader and TT_VertHeader structures should */
/* be identical except for the names of their fields, */
/* which are different. */
/* */
/* This ensures that a single function in the `ttload' */
/* module is able to read both the horizontal and vertical */
/* headers. */
/* */
typedef struct TT_VertHeader_
{
FT_Fixed Version;
FT_Short Ascender;
FT_Short Descender;
FT_Short Line_Gap;
FT_UShort advance_Height_Max; /* advance height maximum */
FT_Short min_Top_Side_Bearing; /* minimum left-sb or top-sb */
FT_Short min_Bottom_Side_Bearing; /* minimum right-sb or bottom-sb */
FT_Short yMax_Extent; /* xmax or ymax extents */
FT_Short caret_Slope_Rise;
FT_Short caret_Slope_Run;
FT_Short caret_Offset;
FT_Short Reserved[4];
FT_Short metric_Data_Format;
FT_UShort number_Of_VMetrics;
/* The following fields are not defined by the TrueType specification */
/* but they're used to connect the metrics header to the relevant */
/* `HMTX' or `VMTX' table. */
void* long_metrics;
void* short_metrics;
} TT_VertHeader;
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Struct> */
/* TT_OS2 */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* A structure used to model a TrueType OS/2 table. All fields */
/* comply to the OpenType specification. */
/* */
/* Note that we now support old Mac fonts that do not include an OS/2 */
/* table. In this case, the `version' field is always set to 0xFFFF. */
/* */
typedef struct TT_OS2_
{
FT_UShort version; /* 0x0001 - more or 0xFFFF */
FT_Short xAvgCharWidth;
FT_UShort usWeightClass;
FT_UShort usWidthClass;
FT_UShort fsType;
FT_Short ySubscriptXSize;
FT_Short ySubscriptYSize;
FT_Short ySubscriptXOffset;
FT_Short ySubscriptYOffset;
FT_Short ySuperscriptXSize;
FT_Short ySuperscriptYSize;
FT_Short ySuperscriptXOffset;
FT_Short ySuperscriptYOffset;
FT_Short yStrikeoutSize;
FT_Short yStrikeoutPosition;
FT_Short sFamilyClass;
FT_Byte panose[10];
FT_ULong ulUnicodeRange1; /* Bits 0-31 */
FT_ULong ulUnicodeRange2; /* Bits 32-63 */
FT_ULong ulUnicodeRange3; /* Bits 64-95 */
FT_ULong ulUnicodeRange4; /* Bits 96-127 */
FT_Char achVendID[4];
FT_UShort fsSelection;
FT_UShort usFirstCharIndex;
FT_UShort usLastCharIndex;
FT_Short sTypoAscender;
FT_Short sTypoDescender;
FT_Short sTypoLineGap;
FT_UShort usWinAscent;
FT_UShort usWinDescent;
/* only version 1 and higher: */
FT_ULong ulCodePageRange1; /* Bits 0-31 */
FT_ULong ulCodePageRange2; /* Bits 32-63 */
/* only version 2 and higher: */
FT_Short sxHeight;
FT_Short sCapHeight;
FT_UShort usDefaultChar;
FT_UShort usBreakChar;
FT_UShort usMaxContext;
/* only version 5 and higher: */
FT_UShort usLowerOpticalPointSize; /* in twips (1/20th points) */
FT_UShort usUpperOpticalPointSize; /* in twips (1/20th points) */
} TT_OS2;
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Struct> */
/* TT_Postscript */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* A structure used to model a TrueType PostScript table. All fields */
/* comply to the TrueType specification. This structure does not */
/* reference the PostScript glyph names, which can be nevertheless */
/* accessed with the `ttpost' module. */
/* */
typedef struct TT_Postscript_
{
FT_Fixed FormatType;
FT_Fixed italicAngle;
FT_Short underlinePosition;
FT_Short underlineThickness;
FT_ULong isFixedPitch;
FT_ULong minMemType42;
FT_ULong maxMemType42;
FT_ULong minMemType1;
FT_ULong maxMemType1;
/* Glyph names follow in the file, but we don't */
/* load them by default. See the ttpost.c file. */
} TT_Postscript;
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Struct> */
/* TT_PCLT */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* A structure used to model a TrueType PCLT table. All fields */
/* comply to the TrueType specification. */
/* */
typedef struct TT_PCLT_
{
FT_Fixed Version;
FT_ULong FontNumber;
FT_UShort Pitch;
FT_UShort xHeight;
FT_UShort Style;
FT_UShort TypeFamily;
FT_UShort CapHeight;
FT_UShort SymbolSet;
FT_Char TypeFace[16];
FT_Char CharacterComplement[8];
FT_Char FileName[6];
FT_Char StrokeWeight;
FT_Char WidthType;
FT_Byte SerifStyle;
FT_Byte Reserved;
} TT_PCLT;
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Struct> */
/* TT_MaxProfile */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* The maximum profile is a table containing many max values, which */
/* can be used to pre-allocate arrays. This ensures that no memory */
/* allocation occurs during a glyph load. */
/* */
/* <Fields> */
/* version :: The version number. */
/* */
/* numGlyphs :: The number of glyphs in this TrueType */
/* font. */
/* */
/* maxPoints :: The maximum number of points in a */
/* non-composite TrueType glyph. See also */
/* the structure element */
/* `maxCompositePoints'. */
/* */
/* maxContours :: The maximum number of contours in a */
/* non-composite TrueType glyph. See also */
/* the structure element */
/* `maxCompositeContours'. */
/* */
/* maxCompositePoints :: The maximum number of points in a */
/* composite TrueType glyph. See also the */
/* structure element `maxPoints'. */
/* */
/* maxCompositeContours :: The maximum number of contours in a */
/* composite TrueType glyph. See also the */
/* structure element `maxContours'. */
/* */
/* maxZones :: The maximum number of zones used for */
/* glyph hinting. */
/* */
/* maxTwilightPoints :: The maximum number of points in the */
/* twilight zone used for glyph hinting. */
/* */
/* maxStorage :: The maximum number of elements in the */
/* storage area used for glyph hinting. */
/* */
/* maxFunctionDefs :: The maximum number of function */
/* definitions in the TrueType bytecode for */
/* this font. */
/* */
/* maxInstructionDefs :: The maximum number of instruction */
/* definitions in the TrueType bytecode for */
/* this font. */
/* */
/* maxStackElements :: The maximum number of stack elements used */
/* during bytecode interpretation. */
/* */
/* maxSizeOfInstructions :: The maximum number of TrueType opcodes */
/* used for glyph hinting. */
/* */
/* maxComponentElements :: The maximum number of simple (i.e., non- */
/* composite) glyphs in a composite glyph. */
/* */
/* maxComponentDepth :: The maximum nesting depth of composite */
/* glyphs. */
/* */
/* <Note> */
/* This structure is only used during font loading. */
/* */
typedef struct TT_MaxProfile_
{
FT_Fixed version;
FT_UShort numGlyphs;
FT_UShort maxPoints;
FT_UShort maxContours;
FT_UShort maxCompositePoints;
FT_UShort maxCompositeContours;
FT_UShort maxZones;
FT_UShort maxTwilightPoints;
FT_UShort maxStorage;
FT_UShort maxFunctionDefs;
FT_UShort maxInstructionDefs;
FT_UShort maxStackElements;
FT_UShort maxSizeOfInstructions;
FT_UShort maxComponentElements;
FT_UShort maxComponentDepth;
} TT_MaxProfile;
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Enum> */
/* FT_Sfnt_Tag */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* An enumeration used to specify the index of an SFNT table. */
/* Used in the @FT_Get_Sfnt_Table API function. */
/* */
/* <Values> */
/* FT_SFNT_HEAD :: To access the font's @TT_Header structure. */
/* */
/* FT_SFNT_MAXP :: To access the font's @TT_MaxProfile structure. */
/* */
/* FT_SFNT_OS2 :: To access the font's @TT_OS2 structure. */
/* */
/* FT_SFNT_HHEA :: To access the font's @TT_HoriHeader structure. */
/* */
/* FT_SFNT_VHEA :: To access the font's @TT_VertHeader struture. */
/* */
/* FT_SFNT_POST :: To access the font's @TT_Postscript structure. */
/* */
/* FT_SFNT_PCLT :: To access the font's @TT_PCLT structure. */
/* */
typedef enum FT_Sfnt_Tag_
{
FT_SFNT_HEAD,
FT_SFNT_MAXP,
FT_SFNT_OS2,
FT_SFNT_HHEA,
FT_SFNT_VHEA,
FT_SFNT_POST,
FT_SFNT_PCLT,
FT_SFNT_MAX
} FT_Sfnt_Tag;
/* these constants are deprecated; use the corresponding `FT_Sfnt_Tag' */
/* values instead */
#define ft_sfnt_head FT_SFNT_HEAD
#define ft_sfnt_maxp FT_SFNT_MAXP
#define ft_sfnt_os2 FT_SFNT_OS2
#define ft_sfnt_hhea FT_SFNT_HHEA
#define ft_sfnt_vhea FT_SFNT_VHEA
#define ft_sfnt_post FT_SFNT_POST
#define ft_sfnt_pclt FT_SFNT_PCLT
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Function> */
/* FT_Get_Sfnt_Table */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* Return a pointer to a given SFNT table within a face. */
/* */
/* <Input> */
/* face :: A handle to the source. */
/* */
/* tag :: The index of the SFNT table. */
/* */
/* <Return> */
/* A type-less pointer to the table. This will be~0 in case of */
/* error, or if the corresponding table was not found *OR* loaded */
/* from the file. */
/* */
/* Use a typecast according to `tag' to access the structure */
/* elements. */
/* */
/* <Note> */
/* The table is owned by the face object and disappears with it. */
/* */
/* This function is only useful to access SFNT tables that are loaded */
/* by the sfnt, truetype, and opentype drivers. See @FT_Sfnt_Tag for */
/* a list. */
/* */
/* Here an example how to access the `vhea' table: */
/* */
/* { */
/* TT_VertHeader* vert_header; */
/* */
/* */
/* vert_header = */
/* (TT_VertHeader*)FT_Get_Sfnt_Table( face, FT_SFNT_VHEA ); */
/* } */
/* */
FT_EXPORT( void* )
FT_Get_Sfnt_Table( FT_Face face,
FT_Sfnt_Tag tag );
/**************************************************************************
*
* @function:
* FT_Load_Sfnt_Table
*
* @description:
* Load any font table into client memory.
*
* @input:
* face ::
* A handle to the source face.
*
* tag ::
* The four-byte tag of the table to load. Use the value~0 if you want
* to access the whole font file. Otherwise, you can use one of the
* definitions found in the @FT_TRUETYPE_TAGS_H file, or forge a new
* one with @FT_MAKE_TAG.
*
* offset ::
* The starting offset in the table (or file if tag == 0).
*
* @output:
* buffer ::
* The target buffer address. The client must ensure that the memory
* array is big enough to hold the data.
*
* @inout:
* length ::
* If the `length' parameter is NULL, then try to load the whole table.
* Return an error code if it fails.
*
* Else, if `*length' is~0, exit immediately while returning the
* table's (or file) full size in it.
*
* Else the number of bytes to read from the table or file, from the
* starting offset.
*
* @return:
* FreeType error code. 0~means success.
*
* @note:
* If you need to determine the table's length you should first call this
* function with `*length' set to~0, as in the following example:
*
* {
* FT_ULong length = 0;
*
*
* error = FT_Load_Sfnt_Table( face, tag, 0, NULL, &length );
* if ( error ) { ... table does not exist ... }
*
* buffer = malloc( length );
* if ( buffer == NULL ) { ... not enough memory ... }
*
* error = FT_Load_Sfnt_Table( face, tag, 0, buffer, &length );
* if ( error ) { ... could not load table ... }
* }
*
* Note that structures like @TT_Header or @TT_OS2 can't be used with
* this function; they are limited to @FT_Get_Sfnt_Table. Reason is that
* those structures depend on the processor architecture, with varying
* size (e.g. 32bit vs. 64bit) or order (big endian vs. little endian).
*
*/
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
FT_Load_Sfnt_Table( FT_Face face,
FT_ULong tag,
FT_Long offset,
FT_Byte* buffer,
FT_ULong* length );
/**************************************************************************
*
* @function:
* FT_Sfnt_Table_Info
*
* @description:
* Return information on an SFNT table.
*
* @input:
* face ::
* A handle to the source face.
*
* table_index ::
* The index of an SFNT table. The function returns
* FT_Err_Table_Missing for an invalid value.
*
* @inout:
* tag ::
* The name tag of the SFNT table. If the value is NULL, `table_index'
* is ignored, and `length' returns the number of SFNT tables in the
* font.
*
* @output:
* length ::
* The length of the SFNT table (or the number of SFNT tables, depending
* on `tag').
*
* @return:
* FreeType error code. 0~means success.
*
* @note:
* While parsing fonts, FreeType handles SFNT tables with length zero as
* missing.
*
*/
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
FT_Sfnt_Table_Info( FT_Face face,
FT_UInt table_index,
FT_ULong *tag,
FT_ULong *length );
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Function> */
/* FT_Get_CMap_Language_ID */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* Return TrueType/sfnt specific cmap language ID. Definitions of */
/* language ID values are in `ttnameid.h'. */
/* */
/* <Input> */
/* charmap :: */
/* The target charmap. */
/* */
/* <Return> */
/* The language ID of `charmap'. If `charmap' doesn't belong to a */
/* TrueType/sfnt face, just return~0 as the default value. */
/* */
/* For a format~14 cmap (to access Unicode IVS), the return value is */
/* 0xFFFFFFFF. */
/* */
FT_EXPORT( FT_ULong )
FT_Get_CMap_Language_ID( FT_CharMap charmap );
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Function> */
/* FT_Get_CMap_Format */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* Return TrueType/sfnt specific cmap format. */
/* */
/* <Input> */
/* charmap :: */
/* The target charmap. */
/* */
/* <Return> */
/* The format of `charmap'. If `charmap' doesn't belong to a */
/* TrueType/sfnt face, return -1. */
/* */
FT_EXPORT( FT_Long )
FT_Get_CMap_Format( FT_CharMap charmap );
/* */
FT_END_HEADER
#endif /* TTTABLES_H_ */
/* END */

111
android/arm64-v8a/include/freetype/tttags.h Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,111 @@
/***************************************************************************/
/* */
/* tttags.h */
/* */
/* Tags for TrueType and OpenType tables (specification only). */
/* */
/* Copyright 1996-2016 by */
/* David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg. */
/* */
/* This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used, */
/* modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project */
/* license, LICENSE.TXT. By continuing to use, modify, or distribute */
/* this file you indicate that you have read the license and */
/* understand and accept it fully. */
/* */
/***************************************************************************/
#ifndef TTAGS_H_
#define TTAGS_H_
#include <ft2build.h>
#include FT_FREETYPE_H
#ifdef FREETYPE_H
#error "freetype.h of FreeType 1 has been loaded!"
#error "Please fix the directory search order for header files"
#error "so that freetype.h of FreeType 2 is found first."
#endif
FT_BEGIN_HEADER
#define TTAG_avar FT_MAKE_TAG( 'a', 'v', 'a', 'r' )
#define TTAG_BASE FT_MAKE_TAG( 'B', 'A', 'S', 'E' )
#define TTAG_bdat FT_MAKE_TAG( 'b', 'd', 'a', 't' )
#define TTAG_BDF FT_MAKE_TAG( 'B', 'D', 'F', ' ' )
#define TTAG_bhed FT_MAKE_TAG( 'b', 'h', 'e', 'd' )
#define TTAG_bloc FT_MAKE_TAG( 'b', 'l', 'o', 'c' )
#define TTAG_bsln FT_MAKE_TAG( 'b', 's', 'l', 'n' )
#define TTAG_CBDT FT_MAKE_TAG( 'C', 'B', 'D', 'T' )
#define TTAG_CBLC FT_MAKE_TAG( 'C', 'B', 'L', 'C' )
#define TTAG_CFF FT_MAKE_TAG( 'C', 'F', 'F', ' ' )
#define TTAG_CID FT_MAKE_TAG( 'C', 'I', 'D', ' ' )
#define TTAG_cmap FT_MAKE_TAG( 'c', 'm', 'a', 'p' )
#define TTAG_cvar FT_MAKE_TAG( 'c', 'v', 'a', 'r' )
#define TTAG_cvt FT_MAKE_TAG( 'c', 'v', 't', ' ' )
#define TTAG_DSIG FT_MAKE_TAG( 'D', 'S', 'I', 'G' )
#define TTAG_EBDT FT_MAKE_TAG( 'E', 'B', 'D', 'T' )
#define TTAG_EBLC FT_MAKE_TAG( 'E', 'B', 'L', 'C' )
#define TTAG_EBSC FT_MAKE_TAG( 'E', 'B', 'S', 'C' )
#define TTAG_feat FT_MAKE_TAG( 'f', 'e', 'a', 't' )
#define TTAG_FOND FT_MAKE_TAG( 'F', 'O', 'N', 'D' )
#define TTAG_fpgm FT_MAKE_TAG( 'f', 'p', 'g', 'm' )
#define TTAG_fvar FT_MAKE_TAG( 'f', 'v', 'a', 'r' )
#define TTAG_gasp FT_MAKE_TAG( 'g', 'a', 's', 'p' )
#define TTAG_GDEF FT_MAKE_TAG( 'G', 'D', 'E', 'F' )
#define TTAG_glyf FT_MAKE_TAG( 'g', 'l', 'y', 'f' )
#define TTAG_GPOS FT_MAKE_TAG( 'G', 'P', 'O', 'S' )
#define TTAG_GSUB FT_MAKE_TAG( 'G', 'S', 'U', 'B' )
#define TTAG_gvar FT_MAKE_TAG( 'g', 'v', 'a', 'r' )
#define TTAG_hdmx FT_MAKE_TAG( 'h', 'd', 'm', 'x' )
#define TTAG_head FT_MAKE_TAG( 'h', 'e', 'a', 'd' )
#define TTAG_hhea FT_MAKE_TAG( 'h', 'h', 'e', 'a' )
#define TTAG_hmtx FT_MAKE_TAG( 'h', 'm', 't', 'x' )
#define TTAG_JSTF FT_MAKE_TAG( 'J', 'S', 'T', 'F' )
#define TTAG_just FT_MAKE_TAG( 'j', 'u', 's', 't' )
#define TTAG_kern FT_MAKE_TAG( 'k', 'e', 'r', 'n' )
#define TTAG_lcar FT_MAKE_TAG( 'l', 'c', 'a', 'r' )
#define TTAG_loca FT_MAKE_TAG( 'l', 'o', 'c', 'a' )
#define TTAG_LTSH FT_MAKE_TAG( 'L', 'T', 'S', 'H' )
#define TTAG_LWFN FT_MAKE_TAG( 'L', 'W', 'F', 'N' )
#define TTAG_MATH FT_MAKE_TAG( 'M', 'A', 'T', 'H' )
#define TTAG_maxp FT_MAKE_TAG( 'm', 'a', 'x', 'p' )
#define TTAG_META FT_MAKE_TAG( 'M', 'E', 'T', 'A' )
#define TTAG_MMFX FT_MAKE_TAG( 'M', 'M', 'F', 'X' )
#define TTAG_MMSD FT_MAKE_TAG( 'M', 'M', 'S', 'D' )
#define TTAG_mort FT_MAKE_TAG( 'm', 'o', 'r', 't' )
#define TTAG_morx FT_MAKE_TAG( 'm', 'o', 'r', 'x' )
#define TTAG_name FT_MAKE_TAG( 'n', 'a', 'm', 'e' )
#define TTAG_opbd FT_MAKE_TAG( 'o', 'p', 'b', 'd' )
#define TTAG_OS2 FT_MAKE_TAG( 'O', 'S', '/', '2' )
#define TTAG_OTTO FT_MAKE_TAG( 'O', 'T', 'T', 'O' )
#define TTAG_PCLT FT_MAKE_TAG( 'P', 'C', 'L', 'T' )
#define TTAG_POST FT_MAKE_TAG( 'P', 'O', 'S', 'T' )
#define TTAG_post FT_MAKE_TAG( 'p', 'o', 's', 't' )
#define TTAG_prep FT_MAKE_TAG( 'p', 'r', 'e', 'p' )
#define TTAG_prop FT_MAKE_TAG( 'p', 'r', 'o', 'p' )
#define TTAG_sbix FT_MAKE_TAG( 's', 'b', 'i', 'x' )
#define TTAG_sfnt FT_MAKE_TAG( 's', 'f', 'n', 't' )
#define TTAG_SING FT_MAKE_TAG( 'S', 'I', 'N', 'G' )
#define TTAG_trak FT_MAKE_TAG( 't', 'r', 'a', 'k' )
#define TTAG_true FT_MAKE_TAG( 't', 'r', 'u', 'e' )
#define TTAG_ttc FT_MAKE_TAG( 't', 't', 'c', ' ' )
#define TTAG_ttcf FT_MAKE_TAG( 't', 't', 'c', 'f' )
#define TTAG_TYP1 FT_MAKE_TAG( 'T', 'Y', 'P', '1' )
#define TTAG_typ1 FT_MAKE_TAG( 't', 'y', 'p', '1' )
#define TTAG_VDMX FT_MAKE_TAG( 'V', 'D', 'M', 'X' )
#define TTAG_vhea FT_MAKE_TAG( 'v', 'h', 'e', 'a' )
#define TTAG_vmtx FT_MAKE_TAG( 'v', 'm', 't', 'x' )
#define TTAG_wOFF FT_MAKE_TAG( 'w', 'O', 'F', 'F' )
FT_END_HEADER
#endif /* TTAGS_H_ */
/* END */

63
android/arm64-v8a/include/freetype/ttunpat.h Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,63 @@
/***************************************************************************/
/* */
/* ttunpat.h */
/* */
/* Definitions for the unpatented TrueType hinting system. */
/* Obsolete, retained for backwards compatibility. */
/* */
/* Copyright 2003-2016 by */
/* David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg. */
/* */
/* Written by Graham Asher <graham.asher@btinternet.com> */
/* */
/* This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used, */
/* modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project */
/* license, LICENSE.TXT. By continuing to use, modify, or distribute */
/* this file you indicate that you have read the license and */
/* understand and accept it fully. */
/* */
/***************************************************************************/
#ifndef TTUNPAT_H_
#define TTUNPAT_H_
#include <ft2build.h>
#include FT_FREETYPE_H
#ifdef FREETYPE_H
#error "freetype.h of FreeType 1 has been loaded!"
#error "Please fix the directory search order for header files"
#error "so that freetype.h of FreeType 2 is found first."
#endif
FT_BEGIN_HEADER
/***************************************************************************
*
* @constant:
* FT_PARAM_TAG_UNPATENTED_HINTING
*
* @description:
* Deprecated.
*
* Previously: A constant used as the tag of an @FT_Parameter structure to
* indicate that unpatented methods only should be used by the TrueType
* bytecode interpreter for a typeface opened by @FT_Open_Face.
*
*/
#define FT_PARAM_TAG_UNPATENTED_HINTING FT_MAKE_TAG( 'u', 'n', 'p', 'a' )
/* */
FT_END_HEADER
#endif /* TTUNPAT_H_ */
/* END */

54
android/arm64-v8a/include/jpeg/jconfig.h Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,54 @@
/* jconfig.h. Generated from jconfig.cfg by configure. */
/* jconfig.cfg --- source file edited by configure script */
/* see jconfig.txt for explanations */
#define HAVE_PROTOTYPES 1
#define HAVE_UNSIGNED_CHAR 1
#define HAVE_UNSIGNED_SHORT 1
/* #undef void */
/* #undef const */
/* #undef CHAR_IS_UNSIGNED */
#define HAVE_STDDEF_H 1
#define HAVE_STDLIB_H 1
#define HAVE_LOCALE_H 1
/* #undef NEED_BSD_STRINGS */
/* #undef NEED_SYS_TYPES_H */
/* #undef NEED_FAR_POINTERS */
/* #undef NEED_SHORT_EXTERNAL_NAMES */
/* Define this if you get warnings about undefined structures. */
/* #undef INCOMPLETE_TYPES_BROKEN */
/* Define "boolean" as unsigned char, not int, on Windows systems. */
#ifdef _WIN32
#ifndef __RPCNDR_H__ /* don't conflict if rpcndr.h already read */
typedef unsigned char boolean;
#endif
#define HAVE_BOOLEAN /* prevent jmorecfg.h from redefining it */
#endif
#ifdef JPEG_INTERNALS
/* #undef RIGHT_SHIFT_IS_UNSIGNED */
#define INLINE __inline__
/* These are for configuring the JPEG memory manager. */
/* #undef DEFAULT_MAX_MEM */
/* #undef NO_MKTEMP */
#endif /* JPEG_INTERNALS */
#ifdef JPEG_CJPEG_DJPEG
#define BMP_SUPPORTED /* BMP image file format */
#define GIF_SUPPORTED /* GIF image file format */
#define PPM_SUPPORTED /* PBMPLUS PPM/PGM image file format */
/* #undef RLE_SUPPORTED */
#define TARGA_SUPPORTED /* Targa image file format */
/* #undef TWO_FILE_COMMANDLINE */
/* #undef NEED_SIGNAL_CATCHER */
/* #undef DONT_USE_B_MODE */
/* Define this if you want percent-done progress reports from cjpeg/djpeg. */
/* #undef PROGRESS_REPORT */
#endif /* JPEG_CJPEG_DJPEG */

304
android/arm64-v8a/include/jpeg/jerror.h Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,304 @@
/*
* jerror.h
*
* Copyright (C) 1994-1997, Thomas G. Lane.
* Modified 1997-2012 by Guido Vollbeding.
* This file is part of the Independent JPEG Group's software.
* For conditions of distribution and use, see the accompanying README file.
*
* This file defines the error and message codes for the JPEG library.
* Edit this file to add new codes, or to translate the message strings to
* some other language.
* A set of error-reporting macros are defined too. Some applications using
* the JPEG library may wish to include this file to get the error codes
* and/or the macros.
*/
/*
* To define the enum list of message codes, include this file without
* defining macro JMESSAGE. To create a message string table, include it
* again with a suitable JMESSAGE definition (see jerror.c for an example).
*/
#ifndef JMESSAGE
#ifndef JERROR_H
/* First time through, define the enum list */
#define JMAKE_ENUM_LIST
#else
/* Repeated inclusions of this file are no-ops unless JMESSAGE is defined */
#define JMESSAGE(code,string)
#endif /* JERROR_H */
#endif /* JMESSAGE */
#ifdef JMAKE_ENUM_LIST
typedef enum {
#define JMESSAGE(code,string) code ,
#endif /* JMAKE_ENUM_LIST */
JMESSAGE(JMSG_NOMESSAGE, "Bogus message code %d") /* Must be first entry! */
/* For maintenance convenience, list is alphabetical by message code name */
JMESSAGE(JERR_BAD_ALIGN_TYPE, "ALIGN_TYPE is wrong, please fix")
JMESSAGE(JERR_BAD_ALLOC_CHUNK, "MAX_ALLOC_CHUNK is wrong, please fix")
JMESSAGE(JERR_BAD_BUFFER_MODE, "Bogus buffer control mode")
JMESSAGE(JERR_BAD_COMPONENT_ID, "Invalid component ID %d in SOS")
JMESSAGE(JERR_BAD_CROP_SPEC, "Invalid crop request")
JMESSAGE(JERR_BAD_DCT_COEF, "DCT coefficient out of range")
JMESSAGE(JERR_BAD_DCTSIZE, "DCT scaled block size %dx%d not supported")
JMESSAGE(JERR_BAD_DROP_SAMPLING,
"Component index %d: mismatching sampling ratio %d:%d, %d:%d, %c")
JMESSAGE(JERR_BAD_HUFF_TABLE, "Bogus Huffman table definition")
JMESSAGE(JERR_BAD_IN_COLORSPACE, "Bogus input colorspace")
JMESSAGE(JERR_BAD_J_COLORSPACE, "Bogus JPEG colorspace")
JMESSAGE(JERR_BAD_LENGTH, "Bogus marker length")
JMESSAGE(JERR_BAD_LIB_VERSION,
"Wrong JPEG library version: library is %d, caller expects %d")
JMESSAGE(JERR_BAD_MCU_SIZE, "Sampling factors too large for interleaved scan")
JMESSAGE(JERR_BAD_POOL_ID, "Invalid memory pool code %d")
JMESSAGE(JERR_BAD_PRECISION, "Unsupported JPEG data precision %d")
JMESSAGE(JERR_BAD_PROGRESSION,
"Invalid progressive parameters Ss=%d Se=%d Ah=%d Al=%d")
JMESSAGE(JERR_BAD_PROG_SCRIPT,
"Invalid progressive parameters at scan script entry %d")
JMESSAGE(JERR_BAD_SAMPLING, "Bogus sampling factors")
JMESSAGE(JERR_BAD_SCAN_SCRIPT, "Invalid scan script at entry %d")
JMESSAGE(JERR_BAD_STATE, "Improper call to JPEG library in state %d")
JMESSAGE(JERR_BAD_STRUCT_SIZE,
"JPEG parameter struct mismatch: library thinks size is %u, caller expects %u")
JMESSAGE(JERR_BAD_VIRTUAL_ACCESS, "Bogus virtual array access")
JMESSAGE(JERR_BUFFER_SIZE, "Buffer passed to JPEG library is too small")
JMESSAGE(JERR_CANT_SUSPEND, "Suspension not allowed here")
JMESSAGE(JERR_CCIR601_NOTIMPL, "CCIR601 sampling not implemented yet")
JMESSAGE(JERR_COMPONENT_COUNT, "Too many color components: %d, max %d")
JMESSAGE(JERR_CONVERSION_NOTIMPL, "Unsupported color conversion request")
JMESSAGE(JERR_DAC_INDEX, "Bogus DAC index %d")
JMESSAGE(JERR_DAC_VALUE, "Bogus DAC value 0x%x")
JMESSAGE(JERR_DHT_INDEX, "Bogus DHT index %d")
JMESSAGE(JERR_DQT_INDEX, "Bogus DQT index %d")
JMESSAGE(JERR_EMPTY_IMAGE, "Empty JPEG image (DNL not supported)")
JMESSAGE(JERR_EMS_READ, "Read from EMS failed")
JMESSAGE(JERR_EMS_WRITE, "Write to EMS failed")
JMESSAGE(JERR_EOI_EXPECTED, "Didn't expect more than one scan")
JMESSAGE(JERR_FILE_READ, "Input file read error")
JMESSAGE(JERR_FILE_WRITE, "Output file write error --- out of disk space?")
JMESSAGE(JERR_FRACT_SAMPLE_NOTIMPL, "Fractional sampling not implemented yet")
JMESSAGE(JERR_HUFF_CLEN_OVERFLOW, "Huffman code size table overflow")
JMESSAGE(JERR_HUFF_MISSING_CODE, "Missing Huffman code table entry")
JMESSAGE(JERR_IMAGE_TOO_BIG, "Maximum supported image dimension is %u pixels")
JMESSAGE(JERR_INPUT_EMPTY, "Empty input file")
JMESSAGE(JERR_INPUT_EOF, "Premature end of input file")
JMESSAGE(JERR_MISMATCHED_QUANT_TABLE,
"Cannot transcode due to multiple use of quantization table %d")
JMESSAGE(JERR_MISSING_DATA, "Scan script does not transmit all data")
JMESSAGE(JERR_MODE_CHANGE, "Invalid color quantization mode change")
JMESSAGE(JERR_NOTIMPL, "Not implemented yet")
JMESSAGE(JERR_NOT_COMPILED, "Requested feature was omitted at compile time")
JMESSAGE(JERR_NO_ARITH_TABLE, "Arithmetic table 0x%02x was not defined")
JMESSAGE(JERR_NO_BACKING_STORE, "Backing store not supported")
JMESSAGE(JERR_NO_HUFF_TABLE, "Huffman table 0x%02x was not defined")
JMESSAGE(JERR_NO_IMAGE, "JPEG datastream contains no image")
JMESSAGE(JERR_NO_QUANT_TABLE, "Quantization table 0x%02x was not defined")
JMESSAGE(JERR_NO_SOI, "Not a JPEG file: starts with 0x%02x 0x%02x")
JMESSAGE(JERR_OUT_OF_MEMORY, "Insufficient memory (case %d)")
JMESSAGE(JERR_QUANT_COMPONENTS,
"Cannot quantize more than %d color components")
JMESSAGE(JERR_QUANT_FEW_COLORS, "Cannot quantize to fewer than %d colors")
JMESSAGE(JERR_QUANT_MANY_COLORS, "Cannot quantize to more than %d colors")
JMESSAGE(JERR_SOF_BEFORE, "Invalid JPEG file structure: %s before SOF")
JMESSAGE(JERR_SOF_DUPLICATE, "Invalid JPEG file structure: two SOF markers")
JMESSAGE(JERR_SOF_NO_SOS, "Invalid JPEG file structure: missing SOS marker")
JMESSAGE(JERR_SOF_UNSUPPORTED, "Unsupported JPEG process: SOF type 0x%02x")
JMESSAGE(JERR_SOI_DUPLICATE, "Invalid JPEG file structure: two SOI markers")
JMESSAGE(JERR_TFILE_CREATE, "Failed to create temporary file %s")
JMESSAGE(JERR_TFILE_READ, "Read failed on temporary file")
JMESSAGE(JERR_TFILE_SEEK, "Seek failed on temporary file")
JMESSAGE(JERR_TFILE_WRITE,
"Write failed on temporary file --- out of disk space?")
JMESSAGE(JERR_TOO_LITTLE_DATA, "Application transferred too few scanlines")
JMESSAGE(JERR_UNKNOWN_MARKER, "Unsupported marker type 0x%02x")
JMESSAGE(JERR_VIRTUAL_BUG, "Virtual array controller messed up")
JMESSAGE(JERR_WIDTH_OVERFLOW, "Image too wide for this implementation")
JMESSAGE(JERR_XMS_READ, "Read from XMS failed")
JMESSAGE(JERR_XMS_WRITE, "Write to XMS failed")
JMESSAGE(JMSG_COPYRIGHT, JCOPYRIGHT)
JMESSAGE(JMSG_VERSION, JVERSION)
JMESSAGE(JTRC_16BIT_TABLES,
"Caution: quantization tables are too coarse for baseline JPEG")
JMESSAGE(JTRC_ADOBE,
"Adobe APP14 marker: version %d, flags 0x%04x 0x%04x, transform %d")
JMESSAGE(JTRC_APP0, "Unknown APP0 marker (not JFIF), length %u")
JMESSAGE(JTRC_APP14, "Unknown APP14 marker (not Adobe), length %u")
JMESSAGE(JTRC_DAC, "Define Arithmetic Table 0x%02x: 0x%02x")
JMESSAGE(JTRC_DHT, "Define Huffman Table 0x%02x")
JMESSAGE(JTRC_DQT, "Define Quantization Table %d precision %d")
JMESSAGE(JTRC_DRI, "Define Restart Interval %u")
JMESSAGE(JTRC_EMS_CLOSE, "Freed EMS handle %u")
JMESSAGE(JTRC_EMS_OPEN, "Obtained EMS handle %u")
JMESSAGE(JTRC_EOI, "End Of Image")
JMESSAGE(JTRC_HUFFBITS, " %3d %3d %3d %3d %3d %3d %3d %3d")
JMESSAGE(JTRC_JFIF, "JFIF APP0 marker: version %d.%02d, density %dx%d %d")
JMESSAGE(JTRC_JFIF_BADTHUMBNAILSIZE,
"Warning: thumbnail image size does not match data length %u")
JMESSAGE(JTRC_JFIF_EXTENSION,
"JFIF extension marker: type 0x%02x, length %u")
JMESSAGE(JTRC_JFIF_THUMBNAIL, " with %d x %d thumbnail image")
JMESSAGE(JTRC_MISC_MARKER, "Miscellaneous marker 0x%02x, length %u")
JMESSAGE(JTRC_PARMLESS_MARKER, "Unexpected marker 0x%02x")
JMESSAGE(JTRC_QUANTVALS, " %4u %4u %4u %4u %4u %4u %4u %4u")
JMESSAGE(JTRC_QUANT_3_NCOLORS, "Quantizing to %d = %d*%d*%d colors")
JMESSAGE(JTRC_QUANT_NCOLORS, "Quantizing to %d colors")
JMESSAGE(JTRC_QUANT_SELECTED, "Selected %d colors for quantization")
JMESSAGE(JTRC_RECOVERY_ACTION, "At marker 0x%02x, recovery action %d")
JMESSAGE(JTRC_RST, "RST%d")
JMESSAGE(JTRC_SMOOTH_NOTIMPL,
"Smoothing not supported with nonstandard sampling ratios")
JMESSAGE(JTRC_SOF, "Start Of Frame 0x%02x: width=%u, height=%u, components=%d")
JMESSAGE(JTRC_SOF_COMPONENT, " Component %d: %dhx%dv q=%d")
JMESSAGE(JTRC_SOI, "Start of Image")
JMESSAGE(JTRC_SOS, "Start Of Scan: %d components")
JMESSAGE(JTRC_SOS_COMPONENT, " Component %d: dc=%d ac=%d")
JMESSAGE(JTRC_SOS_PARAMS, " Ss=%d, Se=%d, Ah=%d, Al=%d")
JMESSAGE(JTRC_TFILE_CLOSE, "Closed temporary file %s")
JMESSAGE(JTRC_TFILE_OPEN, "Opened temporary file %s")
JMESSAGE(JTRC_THUMB_JPEG,
"JFIF extension marker: JPEG-compressed thumbnail image, length %u")
JMESSAGE(JTRC_THUMB_PALETTE,
"JFIF extension marker: palette thumbnail image, length %u")
JMESSAGE(JTRC_THUMB_RGB,
"JFIF extension marker: RGB thumbnail image, length %u")
JMESSAGE(JTRC_UNKNOWN_IDS,
"Unrecognized component IDs %d %d %d, assuming YCbCr")
JMESSAGE(JTRC_XMS_CLOSE, "Freed XMS handle %u")
JMESSAGE(JTRC_XMS_OPEN, "Obtained XMS handle %u")
JMESSAGE(JWRN_ADOBE_XFORM, "Unknown Adobe color transform code %d")
JMESSAGE(JWRN_ARITH_BAD_CODE, "Corrupt JPEG data: bad arithmetic code")
JMESSAGE(JWRN_BOGUS_PROGRESSION,
"Inconsistent progression sequence for component %d coefficient %d")
JMESSAGE(JWRN_EXTRANEOUS_DATA,
"Corrupt JPEG data: %u extraneous bytes before marker 0x%02x")
JMESSAGE(JWRN_HIT_MARKER, "Corrupt JPEG data: premature end of data segment")
JMESSAGE(JWRN_HUFF_BAD_CODE, "Corrupt JPEG data: bad Huffman code")
JMESSAGE(JWRN_JFIF_MAJOR, "Warning: unknown JFIF revision number %d.%02d")
JMESSAGE(JWRN_JPEG_EOF, "Premature end of JPEG file")
JMESSAGE(JWRN_MUST_RESYNC,
"Corrupt JPEG data: found marker 0x%02x instead of RST%d")
JMESSAGE(JWRN_NOT_SEQUENTIAL, "Invalid SOS parameters for sequential JPEG")
JMESSAGE(JWRN_TOO_MUCH_DATA, "Application transferred too many scanlines")
#ifdef JMAKE_ENUM_LIST
JMSG_LASTMSGCODE
} J_MESSAGE_CODE;
#undef JMAKE_ENUM_LIST
#endif /* JMAKE_ENUM_LIST */
/* Zap JMESSAGE macro so that future re-inclusions do nothing by default */
#undef JMESSAGE
#ifndef JERROR_H
#define JERROR_H
/* Macros to simplify using the error and trace message stuff */
/* The first parameter is either type of cinfo pointer */
/* Fatal errors (print message and exit) */
#define ERREXIT(cinfo,code) \
((cinfo)->err->msg_code = (code), \
(*(cinfo)->err->error_exit) ((j_common_ptr) (cinfo)))
#define ERREXIT1(cinfo,code,p1) \
((cinfo)->err->msg_code = (code), \
(cinfo)->err->msg_parm.i[0] = (p1), \
(*(cinfo)->err->error_exit) ((j_common_ptr) (cinfo)))
#define ERREXIT2(cinfo,code,p1,p2) \
((cinfo)->err->msg_code = (code), \
(cinfo)->err->msg_parm.i[0] = (p1), \
(cinfo)->err->msg_parm.i[1] = (p2), \
(*(cinfo)->err->error_exit) ((j_common_ptr) (cinfo)))
#define ERREXIT3(cinfo,code,p1,p2,p3) \
((cinfo)->err->msg_code = (code), \
(cinfo)->err->msg_parm.i[0] = (p1), \
(cinfo)->err->msg_parm.i[1] = (p2), \
(cinfo)->err->msg_parm.i[2] = (p3), \
(*(cinfo)->err->error_exit) ((j_common_ptr) (cinfo)))
#define ERREXIT4(cinfo,code,p1,p2,p3,p4) \
((cinfo)->err->msg_code = (code), \
(cinfo)->err->msg_parm.i[0] = (p1), \
(cinfo)->err->msg_parm.i[1] = (p2), \
(cinfo)->err->msg_parm.i[2] = (p3), \
(cinfo)->err->msg_parm.i[3] = (p4), \
(*(cinfo)->err->error_exit) ((j_common_ptr) (cinfo)))
#define ERREXIT6(cinfo,code,p1,p2,p3,p4,p5,p6) \
((cinfo)->err->msg_code = (code), \
(cinfo)->err->msg_parm.i[0] = (p1), \
(cinfo)->err->msg_parm.i[1] = (p2), \
(cinfo)->err->msg_parm.i[2] = (p3), \
(cinfo)->err->msg_parm.i[3] = (p4), \
(cinfo)->err->msg_parm.i[4] = (p5), \
(cinfo)->err->msg_parm.i[5] = (p6), \
(*(cinfo)->err->error_exit) ((j_common_ptr) (cinfo)))
#define ERREXITS(cinfo,code,str) \
((cinfo)->err->msg_code = (code), \
strncpy((cinfo)->err->msg_parm.s, (str), JMSG_STR_PARM_MAX), \
(*(cinfo)->err->error_exit) ((j_common_ptr) (cinfo)))
#define MAKESTMT(stuff) do { stuff } while (0)
/* Nonfatal errors (we can keep going, but the data is probably corrupt) */
#define WARNMS(cinfo,code) \
((cinfo)->err->msg_code = (code), \
(*(cinfo)->err->emit_message) ((j_common_ptr) (cinfo), -1))
#define WARNMS1(cinfo,code,p1) \
((cinfo)->err->msg_code = (code), \
(cinfo)->err->msg_parm.i[0] = (p1), \
(*(cinfo)->err->emit_message) ((j_common_ptr) (cinfo), -1))
#define WARNMS2(cinfo,code,p1,p2) \
((cinfo)->err->msg_code = (code), \
(cinfo)->err->msg_parm.i[0] = (p1), \
(cinfo)->err->msg_parm.i[1] = (p2), \
(*(cinfo)->err->emit_message) ((j_common_ptr) (cinfo), -1))
/* Informational/debugging messages */
#define TRACEMS(cinfo,lvl,code) \
((cinfo)->err->msg_code = (code), \
(*(cinfo)->err->emit_message) ((j_common_ptr) (cinfo), (lvl)))
#define TRACEMS1(cinfo,lvl,code,p1) \
((cinfo)->err->msg_code = (code), \
(cinfo)->err->msg_parm.i[0] = (p1), \
(*(cinfo)->err->emit_message) ((j_common_ptr) (cinfo), (lvl)))
#define TRACEMS2(cinfo,lvl,code,p1,p2) \
((cinfo)->err->msg_code = (code), \
(cinfo)->err->msg_parm.i[0] = (p1), \
(cinfo)->err->msg_parm.i[1] = (p2), \
(*(cinfo)->err->emit_message) ((j_common_ptr) (cinfo), (lvl)))
#define TRACEMS3(cinfo,lvl,code,p1,p2,p3) \
MAKESTMT(int * _mp = (cinfo)->err->msg_parm.i; \
_mp[0] = (p1); _mp[1] = (p2); _mp[2] = (p3); \
(cinfo)->err->msg_code = (code); \
(*(cinfo)->err->emit_message) ((j_common_ptr) (cinfo), (lvl)); )
#define TRACEMS4(cinfo,lvl,code,p1,p2,p3,p4) \
MAKESTMT(int * _mp = (cinfo)->err->msg_parm.i; \
_mp[0] = (p1); _mp[1] = (p2); _mp[2] = (p3); _mp[3] = (p4); \
(cinfo)->err->msg_code = (code); \
(*(cinfo)->err->emit_message) ((j_common_ptr) (cinfo), (lvl)); )
#define TRACEMS5(cinfo,lvl,code,p1,p2,p3,p4,p5) \
MAKESTMT(int * _mp = (cinfo)->err->msg_parm.i; \
_mp[0] = (p1); _mp[1] = (p2); _mp[2] = (p3); _mp[3] = (p4); \
_mp[4] = (p5); \
(cinfo)->err->msg_code = (code); \
(*(cinfo)->err->emit_message) ((j_common_ptr) (cinfo), (lvl)); )
#define TRACEMS8(cinfo,lvl,code,p1,p2,p3,p4,p5,p6,p7,p8) \
MAKESTMT(int * _mp = (cinfo)->err->msg_parm.i; \
_mp[0] = (p1); _mp[1] = (p2); _mp[2] = (p3); _mp[3] = (p4); \
_mp[4] = (p5); _mp[5] = (p6); _mp[6] = (p7); _mp[7] = (p8); \
(cinfo)->err->msg_code = (code); \
(*(cinfo)->err->emit_message) ((j_common_ptr) (cinfo), (lvl)); )
#define TRACEMSS(cinfo,lvl,code,str) \
((cinfo)->err->msg_code = (code), \
strncpy((cinfo)->err->msg_parm.s, (str), JMSG_STR_PARM_MAX), \
(*(cinfo)->err->emit_message) ((j_common_ptr) (cinfo), (lvl)))
#endif /* JERROR_H */

390
android/arm64-v8a/include/jpeg/jmorecfg.h Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,390 @@
/*
* jmorecfg.h
*
* Copyright (C) 1991-1997, Thomas G. Lane.
* Modified 1997-2012 by Guido Vollbeding.
* This file is part of the Independent JPEG Group's software.
* For conditions of distribution and use, see the accompanying README file.
*
* This file contains additional configuration options that customize the
* JPEG software for special applications or support machine-dependent
* optimizations. Most users will not need to touch this file.
*/
/*
* Define BITS_IN_JSAMPLE as either
* 8 for 8-bit sample values (the usual setting)
* 12 for 12-bit sample values
* Only 8 and 12 are legal data precisions for lossy JPEG according to the
* JPEG standard, and the IJG code does not support anything else!
* We do not support run-time selection of data precision, sorry.
*/
#define BITS_IN_JSAMPLE 8 /* use 8 or 12 */
/*
* Maximum number of components (color channels) allowed in JPEG image.
* To meet the letter of the JPEG spec, set this to 255. However, darn
* few applications need more than 4 channels (maybe 5 for CMYK + alpha
* mask). We recommend 10 as a reasonable compromise; use 4 if you are
* really short on memory. (Each allowed component costs a hundred or so
* bytes of storage, whether actually used in an image or not.)
*/
#define MAX_COMPONENTS 10 /* maximum number of image components */
/*
* Basic data types.
* You may need to change these if you have a machine with unusual data
* type sizes; for example, "char" not 8 bits, "short" not 16 bits,
* or "long" not 32 bits. We don't care whether "int" is 16 or 32 bits,
* but it had better be at least 16.
*/
/* Representation of a single sample (pixel element value).
* We frequently allocate large arrays of these, so it's important to keep
* them small. But if you have memory to burn and access to char or short
* arrays is very slow on your hardware, you might want to change these.
*/
#if BITS_IN_JSAMPLE == 8
/* JSAMPLE should be the smallest type that will hold the values 0..255.
* You can use a signed char by having GETJSAMPLE mask it with 0xFF.
*/
#ifdef HAVE_UNSIGNED_CHAR
typedef unsigned char JSAMPLE;
#define GETJSAMPLE(value) ((int) (value))
#else /* not HAVE_UNSIGNED_CHAR */
typedef char JSAMPLE;
#ifdef CHAR_IS_UNSIGNED
#define GETJSAMPLE(value) ((int) (value))
#else
#define GETJSAMPLE(value) ((int) (value) & 0xFF)
#endif /* CHAR_IS_UNSIGNED */
#endif /* HAVE_UNSIGNED_CHAR */
#define MAXJSAMPLE 255
#define CENTERJSAMPLE 128
#endif /* BITS_IN_JSAMPLE == 8 */
#if BITS_IN_JSAMPLE == 12
/* JSAMPLE should be the smallest type that will hold the values 0..4095.
* On nearly all machines "short" will do nicely.
*/
typedef short JSAMPLE;
#define GETJSAMPLE(value) ((int) (value))
#define MAXJSAMPLE 4095
#define CENTERJSAMPLE 2048
#endif /* BITS_IN_JSAMPLE == 12 */
/* Representation of a DCT frequency coefficient.
* This should be a signed value of at least 16 bits; "short" is usually OK.
* Again, we allocate large arrays of these, but you can change to int
* if you have memory to burn and "short" is really slow.
*/
typedef short JCOEF;
/* Compressed datastreams are represented as arrays of JOCTET.
* These must be EXACTLY 8 bits wide, at least once they are written to
* external storage. Note that when using the stdio data source/destination
* managers, this is also the data type passed to fread/fwrite.
*/
#ifdef HAVE_UNSIGNED_CHAR
typedef unsigned char JOCTET;
#define GETJOCTET(value) (value)
#else /* not HAVE_UNSIGNED_CHAR */
typedef char JOCTET;
#ifdef CHAR_IS_UNSIGNED
#define GETJOCTET(value) (value)
#else
#define GETJOCTET(value) ((value) & 0xFF)
#endif /* CHAR_IS_UNSIGNED */
#endif /* HAVE_UNSIGNED_CHAR */
/* These typedefs are used for various table entries and so forth.
* They must be at least as wide as specified; but making them too big
* won't cost a huge amount of memory, so we don't provide special
* extraction code like we did for JSAMPLE. (In other words, these
* typedefs live at a different point on the speed/space tradeoff curve.)
*/
/* UINT8 must hold at least the values 0..255. */
#ifdef HAVE_UNSIGNED_CHAR
typedef unsigned char UINT8;
#else /* not HAVE_UNSIGNED_CHAR */
#ifdef CHAR_IS_UNSIGNED
typedef char UINT8;
#else /* not CHAR_IS_UNSIGNED */
typedef short UINT8;
#endif /* CHAR_IS_UNSIGNED */
#endif /* HAVE_UNSIGNED_CHAR */
/* UINT16 must hold at least the values 0..65535. */
#ifdef HAVE_UNSIGNED_SHORT
typedef unsigned short UINT16;
#else /* not HAVE_UNSIGNED_SHORT */
typedef unsigned int UINT16;
#endif /* HAVE_UNSIGNED_SHORT */
/* INT16 must hold at least the values -32768..32767. */
#ifndef XMD_H /* X11/xmd.h correctly defines INT16 */
typedef short INT16;
#endif
/* INT32 must hold at least signed 32-bit values. */
#ifndef XMD_H /* X11/xmd.h correctly defines INT32 */
#ifndef _BASETSD_H_ /* Microsoft defines it in basetsd.h */
#ifndef _BASETSD_H /* MinGW is slightly different */
#ifndef QGLOBAL_H /* Qt defines it in qglobal.h */
typedef long INT32;
#endif
#endif
#endif
#endif
/* Datatype used for image dimensions. The JPEG standard only supports
* images up to 64K*64K due to 16-bit fields in SOF markers. Therefore
* "unsigned int" is sufficient on all machines. However, if you need to
* handle larger images and you don't mind deviating from the spec, you
* can change this datatype.
*/
typedef unsigned int JDIMENSION;
#define JPEG_MAX_DIMENSION 65500L /* a tad under 64K to prevent overflows */
/* These macros are used in all function definitions and extern declarations.
* You could modify them if you need to change function linkage conventions;
* in particular, you'll need to do that to make the library a Windows DLL.
* Another application is to make all functions global for use with debuggers
* or code profilers that require it.
*/
/* a function called through method pointers: */
#define METHODDEF(type) static type
/* a function used only in its module: */
#define LOCAL(type) static type
/* a function referenced thru EXTERNs: */
#define GLOBAL(type) type
/* a reference to a GLOBAL function: */
#define EXTERN(type) extern type
/* This macro is used to declare a "method", that is, a function pointer.
* We want to supply prototype parameters if the compiler can cope.
* Note that the arglist parameter must be parenthesized!
* Again, you can customize this if you need special linkage keywords.
*/
#ifdef HAVE_PROTOTYPES
#define JMETHOD(type,methodname,arglist) type (*methodname) arglist
#else
#define JMETHOD(type,methodname,arglist) type (*methodname) ()
#endif
/* The noreturn type identifier is used to declare functions
* which cannot return.
* Compilers can thus create more optimized code and perform
* better checks for warnings and errors.
* Static analyzer tools can make improved inferences about
* execution paths and are prevented from giving false alerts.
*
* Unfortunately, the proposed specifications of corresponding
* extensions in the Dec 2011 ISO C standard revision (C11),
* GCC, MSVC, etc. are not viable.
* Thus we introduce a user defined type to declare noreturn
* functions at least for clarity. A proper compiler would
* have a suitable noreturn type to match in place of void.
*/
#ifndef HAVE_NORETURN_T
typedef void noreturn_t;
#endif
/* Here is the pseudo-keyword for declaring pointers that must be "far"
* on 80x86 machines. Most of the specialized coding for 80x86 is handled
* by just saying "FAR *" where such a pointer is needed. In a few places
* explicit coding is needed; see uses of the NEED_FAR_POINTERS symbol.
*/
#ifndef FAR
#ifdef NEED_FAR_POINTERS
#define FAR far
#else
#define FAR
#endif
#endif
/*
* On a few systems, type boolean and/or its values FALSE, TRUE may appear
* in standard header files. Or you may have conflicts with application-
* specific header files that you want to include together with these files.
* Defining HAVE_BOOLEAN before including jpeglib.h should make it work.
*/
#ifdef HAVE_BOOLEAN
#ifndef FALSE /* in case these macros already exist */
#define FALSE 0 /* values of boolean */
#endif
#ifndef TRUE
#define TRUE 1
#endif
#else
typedef enum { FALSE = 0, TRUE = 1 } boolean;
#endif
/*
* The remaining options affect code selection within the JPEG library,
* but they don't need to be visible to most applications using the library.
* To minimize application namespace pollution, the symbols won't be
* defined unless JPEG_INTERNALS or JPEG_INTERNAL_OPTIONS has been defined.
*/
#ifdef JPEG_INTERNALS
#define JPEG_INTERNAL_OPTIONS
#endif
#ifdef JPEG_INTERNAL_OPTIONS
/*
* These defines indicate whether to include various optional functions.
* Undefining some of these symbols will produce a smaller but less capable
* library. Note that you can leave certain source files out of the
* compilation/linking process if you've #undef'd the corresponding symbols.
* (You may HAVE to do that if your compiler doesn't like null source files.)
*/
/* Capability options common to encoder and decoder: */
#define DCT_ISLOW_SUPPORTED /* slow but accurate integer algorithm */
#define DCT_IFAST_SUPPORTED /* faster, less accurate integer method */
#define DCT_FLOAT_SUPPORTED /* floating-point: accurate, fast on fast HW */
/* Encoder capability options: */
#define C_ARITH_CODING_SUPPORTED /* Arithmetic coding back end? */
#define C_MULTISCAN_FILES_SUPPORTED /* Multiple-scan JPEG files? */
#define C_PROGRESSIVE_SUPPORTED /* Progressive JPEG? (Requires MULTISCAN)*/
#define DCT_SCALING_SUPPORTED /* Input rescaling via DCT? (Requires DCT_ISLOW)*/
#define ENTROPY_OPT_SUPPORTED /* Optimization of entropy coding parms? */
/* Note: if you selected 12-bit data precision, it is dangerous to turn off
* ENTROPY_OPT_SUPPORTED. The standard Huffman tables are only good for 8-bit
* precision, so jchuff.c normally uses entropy optimization to compute
* usable tables for higher precision. If you don't want to do optimization,
* you'll have to supply different default Huffman tables.
* The exact same statements apply for progressive JPEG: the default tables
* don't work for progressive mode. (This may get fixed, however.)
*/
#define INPUT_SMOOTHING_SUPPORTED /* Input image smoothing option? */
/* Decoder capability options: */
#define D_ARITH_CODING_SUPPORTED /* Arithmetic coding back end? */
#define D_MULTISCAN_FILES_SUPPORTED /* Multiple-scan JPEG files? */
#define D_PROGRESSIVE_SUPPORTED /* Progressive JPEG? (Requires MULTISCAN)*/
#define IDCT_SCALING_SUPPORTED /* Output rescaling via IDCT? */
#define SAVE_MARKERS_SUPPORTED /* jpeg_save_markers() needed? */
#define BLOCK_SMOOTHING_SUPPORTED /* Block smoothing? (Progressive only) */
#undef UPSAMPLE_SCALING_SUPPORTED /* Output rescaling at upsample stage? */
#define UPSAMPLE_MERGING_SUPPORTED /* Fast path for sloppy upsampling? */
#define QUANT_1PASS_SUPPORTED /* 1-pass color quantization? */
#define QUANT_2PASS_SUPPORTED /* 2-pass color quantization? */
/* more capability options later, no doubt */
/*
* Ordering of RGB data in scanlines passed to or from the application.
* If your application wants to deal with data in the order B,G,R, just
* change these macros. You can also deal with formats such as R,G,B,X
* (one extra byte per pixel) by changing RGB_PIXELSIZE. Note that changing
* the offsets will also change the order in which colormap data is organized.
* RESTRICTIONS:
* 1. The sample applications cjpeg,djpeg do NOT support modified RGB formats.
* 2. The color quantizer modules will not behave desirably if RGB_PIXELSIZE
* is not 3 (they don't understand about dummy color components!). So you
* can't use color quantization if you change that value.
*/
#define RGB_RED 0 /* Offset of Red in an RGB scanline element */
#define RGB_GREEN 1 /* Offset of Green */
#define RGB_BLUE 2 /* Offset of Blue */
#define RGB_PIXELSIZE 3 /* JSAMPLEs per RGB scanline element */
/* Definitions for speed-related optimizations. */
/* If your compiler supports inline functions, define INLINE
* as the inline keyword; otherwise define it as empty.
*/
#ifndef INLINE
#ifdef __GNUC__ /* for instance, GNU C knows about inline */
#define INLINE __inline__
#endif
#ifndef INLINE
#define INLINE /* default is to define it as empty */
#endif
#endif
/* On some machines (notably 68000 series) "int" is 32 bits, but multiplying
* two 16-bit shorts is faster than multiplying two ints. Define MULTIPLIER
* as short on such a machine. MULTIPLIER must be at least 16 bits wide.
*/
#ifndef MULTIPLIER
#define MULTIPLIER int /* type for fastest integer multiply */
#endif
/* FAST_FLOAT should be either float or double, whichever is done faster
* by your compiler. (Note that this type is only used in the floating point
* DCT routines, so it only matters if you've defined DCT_FLOAT_SUPPORTED.)
* Typically, float is faster in ANSI C compilers, while double is faster in
* pre-ANSI compilers (because they insist on converting to double anyway).
* The code below therefore chooses float if we have ANSI-style prototypes.
*/
#ifndef FAST_FLOAT
#ifdef HAVE_PROTOTYPES
#define FAST_FLOAT float
#else
#define FAST_FLOAT double
#endif
#endif
#endif /* JPEG_INTERNAL_OPTIONS */

1173
android/arm64-v8a/include/jpeg/jpeglib.h Normal file
View File

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff

3130
android/arm64-v8a/include/png/png.h Normal file
View File

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff

622
android/arm64-v8a/include/png/pngconf.h Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,622 @@
/* pngconf.h - machine configurable file for libpng
*
* libpng version 1.6.21, January 15, 2016
*
* Copyright (c) 1998-2002,2004,2006-2015 Glenn Randers-Pehrson
* (Version 0.96 Copyright (c) 1996, 1997 Andreas Dilger)
* (Version 0.88 Copyright (c) 1995, 1996 Guy Eric Schalnat, Group 42, Inc.)
*
* This code is released under the libpng license.
* For conditions of distribution and use, see the disclaimer
* and license in png.h
*
* Any machine specific code is near the front of this file, so if you
* are configuring libpng for a machine, you may want to read the section
* starting here down to where it starts to typedef png_color, png_text,
* and png_info.
*/
#ifndef PNGCONF_H
#define PNGCONF_H
#ifndef PNG_BUILDING_SYMBOL_TABLE /* else includes may cause problems */
/* From libpng 1.6.0 libpng requires an ANSI X3.159-1989 ("ISOC90") compliant C
* compiler for correct compilation. The following header files are required by
* the standard. If your compiler doesn't provide these header files, or they
* do not match the standard, you will need to provide/improve them.
*/
#include <limits.h>
#include <stddef.h>
/* Library header files. These header files are all defined by ISOC90; libpng
* expects conformant implementations, however, an ISOC90 conformant system need
* not provide these header files if the functionality cannot be implemented.
* In this case it will be necessary to disable the relevant parts of libpng in
* the build of pnglibconf.h.
*
* Prior to 1.6.0 string.h was included here; the API changes in 1.6.0 to not
* include this unnecessary header file.
*/
#ifdef PNG_STDIO_SUPPORTED
/* Required for the definition of FILE: */
# include <stdio.h>
#endif
#ifdef PNG_SETJMP_SUPPORTED
/* Required for the definition of jmp_buf and the declaration of longjmp: */
# include <setjmp.h>
#endif
#ifdef PNG_CONVERT_tIME_SUPPORTED
/* Required for struct tm: */
# include <time.h>
#endif
#endif /* PNG_BUILDING_SYMBOL_TABLE */
/* Prior to 1.6.0 it was possible to turn off 'const' in declarations using
* PNG_NO_CONST; this is no longer supported except for data declarations which
* apparently still cause problems in 2011 on some compilers.
*/
#define PNG_CONST const /* backward compatibility only */
/* This controls optimization of the reading of 16-bit and 32-bit values
* from PNG files. It can be set on a per-app-file basis - it
* just changes whether a macro is used when the function is called.
* The library builder sets the default; if read functions are not
* built into the library the macro implementation is forced on.
*/
#ifndef PNG_READ_INT_FUNCTIONS_SUPPORTED
# define PNG_USE_READ_MACROS
#endif
#if !defined(PNG_NO_USE_READ_MACROS) && !defined(PNG_USE_READ_MACROS)
# if PNG_DEFAULT_READ_MACROS
# define PNG_USE_READ_MACROS
# endif
#endif
/* COMPILER SPECIFIC OPTIONS.
*
* These options are provided so that a variety of difficult compilers
* can be used. Some are fixed at build time (e.g. PNG_API_RULE
* below) but still have compiler specific implementations, others
* may be changed on a per-file basis when compiling against libpng.
*/
/* The PNGARG macro was used in versions of libpng prior to 1.6.0 to protect
* against legacy (pre ISOC90) compilers that did not understand function
* prototypes. It is not required for modern C compilers.
*/
#ifndef PNGARG
# define PNGARG(arglist) arglist
#endif
/* Function calling conventions.
* =============================
* Normally it is not necessary to specify to the compiler how to call
* a function - it just does it - however on x86 systems derived from
* Microsoft and Borland C compilers ('IBM PC', 'DOS', 'Windows' systems
* and some others) there are multiple ways to call a function and the
* default can be changed on the compiler command line. For this reason
* libpng specifies the calling convention of every exported function and
* every function called via a user supplied function pointer. This is
* done in this file by defining the following macros:
*
* PNGAPI Calling convention for exported functions.
* PNGCBAPI Calling convention for user provided (callback) functions.
* PNGCAPI Calling convention used by the ANSI-C library (required
* for longjmp callbacks and sometimes used internally to
* specify the calling convention for zlib).
*
* These macros should never be overridden. If it is necessary to
* change calling convention in a private build this can be done
* by setting PNG_API_RULE (which defaults to 0) to one of the values
* below to select the correct 'API' variants.
*
* PNG_API_RULE=0 Use PNGCAPI - the 'C' calling convention - throughout.
* This is correct in every known environment.
* PNG_API_RULE=1 Use the operating system convention for PNGAPI and
* the 'C' calling convention (from PNGCAPI) for
* callbacks (PNGCBAPI). This is no longer required
* in any known environment - if it has to be used
* please post an explanation of the problem to the
* libpng mailing list.
*
* These cases only differ if the operating system does not use the C
* calling convention, at present this just means the above cases
* (x86 DOS/Windows sytems) and, even then, this does not apply to
* Cygwin running on those systems.
*
* Note that the value must be defined in pnglibconf.h so that what
* the application uses to call the library matches the conventions
* set when building the library.
*/
/* Symbol export
* =============
* When building a shared library it is almost always necessary to tell
* the compiler which symbols to export. The png.h macro 'PNG_EXPORT'
* is used to mark the symbols. On some systems these symbols can be
* extracted at link time and need no special processing by the compiler,
* on other systems the symbols are flagged by the compiler and just
* the declaration requires a special tag applied (unfortunately) in a
* compiler dependent way. Some systems can do either.
*
* A small number of older systems also require a symbol from a DLL to
* be flagged to the program that calls it. This is a problem because
* we do not know in the header file included by application code that
* the symbol will come from a shared library, as opposed to a statically
* linked one. For this reason the application must tell us by setting
* the magic flag PNG_USE_DLL to turn on the special processing before
* it includes png.h.
*
* Four additional macros are used to make this happen:
*
* PNG_IMPEXP The magic (if any) to cause a symbol to be exported from
* the build or imported if PNG_USE_DLL is set - compiler
* and system specific.
*
* PNG_EXPORT_TYPE(type) A macro that pre or appends PNG_IMPEXP to
* 'type', compiler specific.
*
* PNG_DLL_EXPORT Set to the magic to use during a libpng build to
* make a symbol exported from the DLL. Not used in the
* public header files; see pngpriv.h for how it is used
* in the libpng build.
*
* PNG_DLL_IMPORT Set to the magic to force the libpng symbols to come
* from a DLL - used to define PNG_IMPEXP when
* PNG_USE_DLL is set.
*/
/* System specific discovery.
* ==========================
* This code is used at build time to find PNG_IMPEXP, the API settings
* and PNG_EXPORT_TYPE(), it may also set a macro to indicate the DLL
* import processing is possible. On Windows systems it also sets
* compiler-specific macros to the values required to change the calling
* conventions of the various functions.
*/
#if defined(_Windows) || defined(_WINDOWS) || defined(WIN32) ||\
defined(_WIN32) || defined(__WIN32__) || defined(__CYGWIN__)
/* Windows system (DOS doesn't support DLLs). Includes builds under Cygwin or
* MinGW on any architecture currently supported by Windows. Also includes
* Watcom builds but these need special treatment because they are not
* compatible with GCC or Visual C because of different calling conventions.
*/
# if PNG_API_RULE == 2
/* If this line results in an error, either because __watcall is not
* understood or because of a redefine just below you cannot use *this*
* build of the library with the compiler you are using. *This* build was
* build using Watcom and applications must also be built using Watcom!
*/
# define PNGCAPI __watcall
# endif
# if defined(__GNUC__) || (defined(_MSC_VER) && (_MSC_VER >= 800))
# define PNGCAPI __cdecl
# if PNG_API_RULE == 1
/* If this line results in an error __stdcall is not understood and
* PNG_API_RULE should not have been set to '1'.
*/
# define PNGAPI __stdcall
# endif
# else
/* An older compiler, or one not detected (erroneously) above,
* if necessary override on the command line to get the correct
* variants for the compiler.
*/
# ifndef PNGCAPI
# define PNGCAPI _cdecl
# endif
# if PNG_API_RULE == 1 && !defined(PNGAPI)
# define PNGAPI _stdcall
# endif
# endif /* compiler/api */
/* NOTE: PNGCBAPI always defaults to PNGCAPI. */
# if defined(PNGAPI) && !defined(PNG_USER_PRIVATEBUILD)
# error "PNG_USER_PRIVATEBUILD must be defined if PNGAPI is changed"
# endif
# if (defined(_MSC_VER) && _MSC_VER < 800) ||\
(defined(__BORLANDC__) && __BORLANDC__ < 0x500)
/* older Borland and MSC
* compilers used '__export' and required this to be after
* the type.
*/
# ifndef PNG_EXPORT_TYPE
# define PNG_EXPORT_TYPE(type) type PNG_IMPEXP
# endif
# define PNG_DLL_EXPORT __export
# else /* newer compiler */
# define PNG_DLL_EXPORT __declspec(dllexport)
# ifndef PNG_DLL_IMPORT
# define PNG_DLL_IMPORT __declspec(dllimport)
# endif
# endif /* compiler */
#else /* !Windows */
# if (defined(__IBMC__) || defined(__IBMCPP__)) && defined(__OS2__)
# define PNGAPI _System
# else /* !Windows/x86 && !OS/2 */
/* Use the defaults, or define PNG*API on the command line (but
* this will have to be done for every compile!)
*/
# endif /* other system, !OS/2 */
#endif /* !Windows/x86 */
/* Now do all the defaulting . */
#ifndef PNGCAPI
# define PNGCAPI
#endif
#ifndef PNGCBAPI
# define PNGCBAPI PNGCAPI
#endif
#ifndef PNGAPI
# define PNGAPI PNGCAPI
#endif
/* PNG_IMPEXP may be set on the compilation system command line or (if not set)
* then in an internal header file when building the library, otherwise (when
* using the library) it is set here.
*/
#ifndef PNG_IMPEXP
# if defined(PNG_USE_DLL) && defined(PNG_DLL_IMPORT)
/* This forces use of a DLL, disallowing static linking */
# define PNG_IMPEXP PNG_DLL_IMPORT
# endif
# ifndef PNG_IMPEXP
# define PNG_IMPEXP
# endif
#endif
/* In 1.5.2 the definition of PNG_FUNCTION has been changed to always treat
* 'attributes' as a storage class - the attributes go at the start of the
* function definition, and attributes are always appended regardless of the
* compiler. This considerably simplifies these macros but may cause problems
* if any compilers both need function attributes and fail to handle them as
* a storage class (this is unlikely.)
*/
#ifndef PNG_FUNCTION
# define PNG_FUNCTION(type, name, args, attributes) attributes type name args
#endif
#ifndef PNG_EXPORT_TYPE
# define PNG_EXPORT_TYPE(type) PNG_IMPEXP type
#endif
/* The ordinal value is only relevant when preprocessing png.h for symbol
* table entries, so we discard it here. See the .dfn files in the
* scripts directory.
*/
#ifndef PNG_EXPORTA
# define PNG_EXPORTA(ordinal, type, name, args, attributes) \
PNG_FUNCTION(PNG_EXPORT_TYPE(type), (PNGAPI name), PNGARG(args), \
PNG_LINKAGE_API attributes)
#endif
/* ANSI-C (C90) does not permit a macro to be invoked with an empty argument,
* so make something non-empty to satisfy the requirement:
*/
#define PNG_EMPTY /*empty list*/
#define PNG_EXPORT(ordinal, type, name, args) \
PNG_EXPORTA(ordinal, type, name, args, PNG_EMPTY)
/* Use PNG_REMOVED to comment out a removed interface. */
#ifndef PNG_REMOVED
# define PNG_REMOVED(ordinal, type, name, args, attributes)
#endif
#ifndef PNG_CALLBACK
# define PNG_CALLBACK(type, name, args) type (PNGCBAPI name) PNGARG(args)
#endif
/* Support for compiler specific function attributes. These are used
* so that where compiler support is available incorrect use of API
* functions in png.h will generate compiler warnings.
*
* Added at libpng-1.2.41.
*/
#ifndef PNG_NO_PEDANTIC_WARNINGS
# ifndef PNG_PEDANTIC_WARNINGS_SUPPORTED
# define PNG_PEDANTIC_WARNINGS_SUPPORTED
# endif
#endif
#ifdef PNG_PEDANTIC_WARNINGS_SUPPORTED
/* Support for compiler specific function attributes. These are used
* so that where compiler support is available, incorrect use of API
* functions in png.h will generate compiler warnings. Added at libpng
* version 1.2.41. Disabling these removes the warnings but may also produce
* less efficient code.
*/
# if defined(__clang__) && defined(__has_attribute)
/* Clang defines both __clang__ and __GNUC__. Check __clang__ first. */
# if !defined(PNG_USE_RESULT) && __has_attribute(__warn_unused_result__)
# define PNG_USE_RESULT __attribute__((__warn_unused_result__))
# endif
# if !defined(PNG_NORETURN) && __has_attribute(__noreturn__)
# define PNG_NORETURN __attribute__((__noreturn__))
# endif
# if !defined(PNG_ALLOCATED) && __has_attribute(__malloc__)
# define PNG_ALLOCATED __attribute__((__malloc__))
# endif
# if !defined(PNG_DEPRECATED) && __has_attribute(__deprecated__)
# define PNG_DEPRECATED __attribute__((__deprecated__))
# endif
# if !defined(PNG_PRIVATE)
# ifdef __has_extension
# if __has_extension(attribute_unavailable_with_message)
# define PNG_PRIVATE __attribute__((__unavailable__(\
"This function is not exported by libpng.")))
# endif
# endif
# endif
# ifndef PNG_RESTRICT
# define PNG_RESTRICT __restrict
# endif
# elif defined(__GNUC__)
# ifndef PNG_USE_RESULT
# define PNG_USE_RESULT __attribute__((__warn_unused_result__))
# endif
# ifndef PNG_NORETURN
# define PNG_NORETURN __attribute__((__noreturn__))
# endif
# if __GNUC__ >= 3
# ifndef PNG_ALLOCATED
# define PNG_ALLOCATED __attribute__((__malloc__))
# endif
# ifndef PNG_DEPRECATED
# define PNG_DEPRECATED __attribute__((__deprecated__))
# endif
# ifndef PNG_PRIVATE
# if 0 /* Doesn't work so we use deprecated instead*/
# define PNG_PRIVATE \
__attribute__((warning("This function is not exported by libpng.")))
# else
# define PNG_PRIVATE \
__attribute__((__deprecated__))
# endif
# endif
# if ((__GNUC__ > 3) || !defined(__GNUC_MINOR__) || (__GNUC_MINOR__ >= 1))
# ifndef PNG_RESTRICT
# define PNG_RESTRICT __restrict
# endif
# endif /* __GNUC__.__GNUC_MINOR__ > 3.0 */
# endif /* __GNUC__ >= 3 */
# elif defined(_MSC_VER) && (_MSC_VER >= 1300)
# ifndef PNG_USE_RESULT
# define PNG_USE_RESULT /* not supported */
# endif
# ifndef PNG_NORETURN
# define PNG_NORETURN __declspec(noreturn)
# endif
# ifndef PNG_ALLOCATED
# if (_MSC_VER >= 1400)
# define PNG_ALLOCATED __declspec(restrict)
# endif
# endif
# ifndef PNG_DEPRECATED
# define PNG_DEPRECATED __declspec(deprecated)
# endif
# ifndef PNG_PRIVATE
# define PNG_PRIVATE __declspec(deprecated)
# endif
# ifndef PNG_RESTRICT
# if (_MSC_VER >= 1400)
# define PNG_RESTRICT __restrict
# endif
# endif
# elif defined(__WATCOMC__)
# ifndef PNG_RESTRICT
# define PNG_RESTRICT __restrict
# endif
# endif
#endif /* PNG_PEDANTIC_WARNINGS */
#ifndef PNG_DEPRECATED
# define PNG_DEPRECATED /* Use of this function is deprecated */
#endif
#ifndef PNG_USE_RESULT
# define PNG_USE_RESULT /* The result of this function must be checked */
#endif
#ifndef PNG_NORETURN
# define PNG_NORETURN /* This function does not return */
#endif
#ifndef PNG_ALLOCATED
# define PNG_ALLOCATED /* The result of the function is new memory */
#endif
#ifndef PNG_PRIVATE
# define PNG_PRIVATE /* This is a private libpng function */
#endif
#ifndef PNG_RESTRICT
# define PNG_RESTRICT /* The C99 "restrict" feature */
#endif
#ifndef PNG_FP_EXPORT /* A floating point API. */
# ifdef PNG_FLOATING_POINT_SUPPORTED
# define PNG_FP_EXPORT(ordinal, type, name, args)\
PNG_EXPORT(ordinal, type, name, args);
# else /* No floating point APIs */
# define PNG_FP_EXPORT(ordinal, type, name, args)
# endif
#endif
#ifndef PNG_FIXED_EXPORT /* A fixed point API. */
# ifdef PNG_FIXED_POINT_SUPPORTED
# define PNG_FIXED_EXPORT(ordinal, type, name, args)\
PNG_EXPORT(ordinal, type, name, args);
# else /* No fixed point APIs */
# define PNG_FIXED_EXPORT(ordinal, type, name, args)
# endif
#endif
#ifndef PNG_BUILDING_SYMBOL_TABLE
/* Some typedefs to get us started. These should be safe on most of the common
* platforms.
*
* png_uint_32 and png_int_32 may, currently, be larger than required to hold a
* 32-bit value however this is not normally advisable.
*
* png_uint_16 and png_int_16 should always be two bytes in size - this is
* verified at library build time.
*
* png_byte must always be one byte in size.
*
* The checks below use constants from limits.h, as defined by the ISOC90
* standard.
*/
#if CHAR_BIT == 8 && UCHAR_MAX == 255
typedef unsigned char png_byte;
#else
# error "libpng requires 8-bit bytes"
#endif
#if INT_MIN == -32768 && INT_MAX == 32767
typedef int png_int_16;
#elif SHRT_MIN == -32768 && SHRT_MAX == 32767
typedef short png_int_16;
#else
# error "libpng requires a signed 16-bit type"
#endif
#if UINT_MAX == 65535
typedef unsigned int png_uint_16;
#elif USHRT_MAX == 65535
typedef unsigned short png_uint_16;
#else
# error "libpng requires an unsigned 16-bit type"
#endif
#if INT_MIN < -2147483646 && INT_MAX > 2147483646
typedef int png_int_32;
#elif LONG_MIN < -2147483646 && LONG_MAX > 2147483646
typedef long int png_int_32;
#else
# error "libpng requires a signed 32-bit (or more) type"
#endif
#if UINT_MAX > 4294967294
typedef unsigned int png_uint_32;
#elif ULONG_MAX > 4294967294
typedef unsigned long int png_uint_32;
#else
# error "libpng requires an unsigned 32-bit (or more) type"
#endif
/* Prior to 1.6.0 it was possible to disable the use of size_t, 1.6.0, however,
* requires an ISOC90 compiler and relies on consistent behavior of sizeof.
*/
typedef size_t png_size_t;
typedef ptrdiff_t png_ptrdiff_t;
/* libpng needs to know the maximum value of 'size_t' and this controls the
* definition of png_alloc_size_t, below. This maximum value of size_t limits
* but does not control the maximum allocations the library makes - there is
* direct application control of this through png_set_user_limits().
*/
#ifndef PNG_SMALL_SIZE_T
/* Compiler specific tests for systems where size_t is known to be less than
* 32 bits (some of these systems may no longer work because of the lack of
* 'far' support; see above.)
*/
# if (defined(__TURBOC__) && !defined(__FLAT__)) ||\
(defined(_MSC_VER) && defined(MAXSEG_64K))
# define PNG_SMALL_SIZE_T
# endif
#endif
/* png_alloc_size_t is guaranteed to be no smaller than png_size_t, and no
* smaller than png_uint_32. Casts from png_size_t or png_uint_32 to
* png_alloc_size_t are not necessary; in fact, it is recommended not to use
* them at all so that the compiler can complain when something turns out to be
* problematic.
*
* Casts in the other direction (from png_alloc_size_t to png_size_t or
* png_uint_32) should be explicitly applied; however, we do not expect to
* encounter practical situations that require such conversions.
*
* PNG_SMALL_SIZE_T must be defined if the maximum value of size_t is less than
* 4294967295 - i.e. less than the maximum value of png_uint_32.
*/
#ifdef PNG_SMALL_SIZE_T
typedef png_uint_32 png_alloc_size_t;
#else
typedef png_size_t png_alloc_size_t;
#endif
/* Prior to 1.6.0 libpng offered limited support for Microsoft C compiler
* implementations of Intel CPU specific support of user-mode segmented address
* spaces, where 16-bit pointers address more than 65536 bytes of memory using
* separate 'segment' registers. The implementation requires two different
* types of pointer (only one of which includes the segment value.)
*
* If required this support is available in version 1.2 of libpng and may be
* available in versions through 1.5, although the correctness of the code has
* not been verified recently.
*/
/* Typedef for floating-point numbers that are converted to fixed-point with a
* multiple of 100,000, e.g., gamma
*/
typedef png_int_32 png_fixed_point;
/* Add typedefs for pointers */
typedef void * png_voidp;
typedef const void * png_const_voidp;
typedef png_byte * png_bytep;
typedef const png_byte * png_const_bytep;
typedef png_uint_32 * png_uint_32p;
typedef const png_uint_32 * png_const_uint_32p;
typedef png_int_32 * png_int_32p;
typedef const png_int_32 * png_const_int_32p;
typedef png_uint_16 * png_uint_16p;
typedef const png_uint_16 * png_const_uint_16p;
typedef png_int_16 * png_int_16p;
typedef const png_int_16 * png_const_int_16p;
typedef char * png_charp;
typedef const char * png_const_charp;
typedef png_fixed_point * png_fixed_point_p;
typedef const png_fixed_point * png_const_fixed_point_p;
typedef png_size_t * png_size_tp;
typedef const png_size_t * png_const_size_tp;
#ifdef PNG_STDIO_SUPPORTED
typedef FILE * png_FILE_p;
#endif
#ifdef PNG_FLOATING_POINT_SUPPORTED
typedef double * png_doublep;
typedef const double * png_const_doublep;
#endif
/* Pointers to pointers; i.e. arrays */
typedef png_byte * * png_bytepp;
typedef png_uint_32 * * png_uint_32pp;
typedef png_int_32 * * png_int_32pp;
typedef png_uint_16 * * png_uint_16pp;
typedef png_int_16 * * png_int_16pp;
typedef const char * * png_const_charpp;
typedef char * * png_charpp;
typedef png_fixed_point * * png_fixed_point_pp;
#ifdef PNG_FLOATING_POINT_SUPPORTED
typedef double * * png_doublepp;
#endif
/* Pointers to pointers to pointers; i.e., pointer to array */
typedef char * * * png_charppp;
#endif /* PNG_BUILDING_SYMBOL_TABLE */
#endif /* PNGCONF_H */

212
android/arm64-v8a/include/png/pnglibconf.h Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,212 @@
/* pnglibconf.h - library build configuration */
/* libpng version 1.6.21, January 15, 2016 */
/* Copyright (c) 1998-2016 Glenn Randers-Pehrson */
/* This code is released under the libpng license. */
/* For conditions of distribution and use, see the disclaimer */
/* and license in png.h */
/* pnglibconf.h */
/* Machine generated file: DO NOT EDIT */
/* Derived from: scripts/pnglibconf.dfa */
#ifndef PNGLCONF_H
#define PNGLCONF_H
/* options */
#define PNG_16BIT_SUPPORTED
#define PNG_ALIGNED_MEMORY_SUPPORTED
/*#undef PNG_ARM_NEON_API_SUPPORTED*/
/*#undef PNG_ARM_NEON_CHECK_SUPPORTED*/
#define PNG_BENIGN_ERRORS_SUPPORTED
#define PNG_BENIGN_READ_ERRORS_SUPPORTED
/*#undef PNG_BENIGN_WRITE_ERRORS_SUPPORTED*/
#define PNG_BUILD_GRAYSCALE_PALETTE_SUPPORTED
#define PNG_CHECK_FOR_INVALID_INDEX_SUPPORTED
#define PNG_COLORSPACE_SUPPORTED
#define PNG_CONSOLE_IO_SUPPORTED
#define PNG_CONVERT_tIME_SUPPORTED
#define PNG_EASY_ACCESS_SUPPORTED
/*#undef PNG_ERROR_NUMBERS_SUPPORTED*/
#define PNG_ERROR_TEXT_SUPPORTED
#define PNG_FIXED_POINT_SUPPORTED
#define PNG_FLOATING_ARITHMETIC_SUPPORTED
#define PNG_FLOATING_POINT_SUPPORTED
#define PNG_FORMAT_AFIRST_SUPPORTED
#define PNG_FORMAT_BGR_SUPPORTED
#define PNG_GAMMA_SUPPORTED
#define PNG_GET_PALETTE_MAX_SUPPORTED
#define PNG_HANDLE_AS_UNKNOWN_SUPPORTED
#define PNG_INCH_CONVERSIONS_SUPPORTED
#define PNG_INFO_IMAGE_SUPPORTED
#define PNG_IO_STATE_SUPPORTED
#define PNG_MNG_FEATURES_SUPPORTED
#define PNG_POINTER_INDEXING_SUPPORTED
#define PNG_PROGRESSIVE_READ_SUPPORTED
#define PNG_READ_16BIT_SUPPORTED
#define PNG_READ_ALPHA_MODE_SUPPORTED
#define PNG_READ_ANCILLARY_CHUNKS_SUPPORTED
#define PNG_READ_BACKGROUND_SUPPORTED
#define PNG_READ_BGR_SUPPORTED
#define PNG_READ_CHECK_FOR_INVALID_INDEX_SUPPORTED
#define PNG_READ_COMPOSITE_NODIV_SUPPORTED
#define PNG_READ_COMPRESSED_TEXT_SUPPORTED
#define PNG_READ_EXPAND_16_SUPPORTED
#define PNG_READ_EXPAND_SUPPORTED
#define PNG_READ_FILLER_SUPPORTED
#define PNG_READ_GAMMA_SUPPORTED
#define PNG_READ_GET_PALETTE_MAX_SUPPORTED
#define PNG_READ_GRAY_TO_RGB_SUPPORTED
#define PNG_READ_INTERLACING_SUPPORTED
#define PNG_READ_INT_FUNCTIONS_SUPPORTED
#define PNG_READ_INVERT_ALPHA_SUPPORTED
#define PNG_READ_INVERT_SUPPORTED
#define PNG_READ_OPT_PLTE_SUPPORTED
#define PNG_READ_PACKSWAP_SUPPORTED
#define PNG_READ_PACK_SUPPORTED
#define PNG_READ_QUANTIZE_SUPPORTED
#define PNG_READ_RGB_TO_GRAY_SUPPORTED
#define PNG_READ_SCALE_16_TO_8_SUPPORTED
#define PNG_READ_SHIFT_SUPPORTED
#define PNG_READ_STRIP_16_TO_8_SUPPORTED
#define PNG_READ_STRIP_ALPHA_SUPPORTED
#define PNG_READ_SUPPORTED
#define PNG_READ_SWAP_ALPHA_SUPPORTED
#define PNG_READ_SWAP_SUPPORTED
#define PNG_READ_TEXT_SUPPORTED
#define PNG_READ_TRANSFORMS_SUPPORTED
#define PNG_READ_UNKNOWN_CHUNKS_SUPPORTED
#define PNG_READ_USER_CHUNKS_SUPPORTED
#define PNG_READ_USER_TRANSFORM_SUPPORTED
#define PNG_READ_bKGD_SUPPORTED
#define PNG_READ_cHRM_SUPPORTED
#define PNG_READ_gAMA_SUPPORTED
#define PNG_READ_hIST_SUPPORTED
#define PNG_READ_iCCP_SUPPORTED
#define PNG_READ_iTXt_SUPPORTED
#define PNG_READ_oFFs_SUPPORTED
#define PNG_READ_pCAL_SUPPORTED
#define PNG_READ_pHYs_SUPPORTED
#define PNG_READ_sBIT_SUPPORTED
#define PNG_READ_sCAL_SUPPORTED
#define PNG_READ_sPLT_SUPPORTED
#define PNG_READ_sRGB_SUPPORTED
#define PNG_READ_tEXt_SUPPORTED
#define PNG_READ_tIME_SUPPORTED
#define PNG_READ_tRNS_SUPPORTED
#define PNG_READ_zTXt_SUPPORTED
#define PNG_SAVE_INT_32_SUPPORTED
#define PNG_SAVE_UNKNOWN_CHUNKS_SUPPORTED
#define PNG_SEQUENTIAL_READ_SUPPORTED
#define PNG_SETJMP_SUPPORTED
#define PNG_SET_OPTION_SUPPORTED
#define PNG_SET_UNKNOWN_CHUNKS_SUPPORTED
#define PNG_SET_USER_LIMITS_SUPPORTED
#define PNG_SIMPLIFIED_READ_AFIRST_SUPPORTED
#define PNG_SIMPLIFIED_READ_BGR_SUPPORTED
#define PNG_SIMPLIFIED_READ_SUPPORTED
#define PNG_SIMPLIFIED_WRITE_AFIRST_SUPPORTED
#define PNG_SIMPLIFIED_WRITE_BGR_SUPPORTED
#define PNG_SIMPLIFIED_WRITE_SUPPORTED
#define PNG_STDIO_SUPPORTED
#define PNG_STORE_UNKNOWN_CHUNKS_SUPPORTED
#define PNG_TEXT_SUPPORTED
#define PNG_TIME_RFC1123_SUPPORTED
#define PNG_UNKNOWN_CHUNKS_SUPPORTED
#define PNG_USER_CHUNKS_SUPPORTED
#define PNG_USER_LIMITS_SUPPORTED
#define PNG_USER_MEM_SUPPORTED
#define PNG_USER_TRANSFORM_INFO_SUPPORTED
#define PNG_USER_TRANSFORM_PTR_SUPPORTED
#define PNG_WARNINGS_SUPPORTED
#define PNG_WRITE_16BIT_SUPPORTED
#define PNG_WRITE_ANCILLARY_CHUNKS_SUPPORTED
#define PNG_WRITE_BGR_SUPPORTED
#define PNG_WRITE_CHECK_FOR_INVALID_INDEX_SUPPORTED
#define PNG_WRITE_COMPRESSED_TEXT_SUPPORTED
#define PNG_WRITE_CUSTOMIZE_COMPRESSION_SUPPORTED
#define PNG_WRITE_CUSTOMIZE_ZTXT_COMPRESSION_SUPPORTED
#define PNG_WRITE_FILLER_SUPPORTED
#define PNG_WRITE_FILTER_SUPPORTED
#define PNG_WRITE_FLUSH_SUPPORTED
#define PNG_WRITE_GET_PALETTE_MAX_SUPPORTED
#define PNG_WRITE_INTERLACING_SUPPORTED
#define PNG_WRITE_INT_FUNCTIONS_SUPPORTED
#define PNG_WRITE_INVERT_ALPHA_SUPPORTED
#define PNG_WRITE_INVERT_SUPPORTED
#define PNG_WRITE_OPTIMIZE_CMF_SUPPORTED
#define PNG_WRITE_PACKSWAP_SUPPORTED
#define PNG_WRITE_PACK_SUPPORTED
#define PNG_WRITE_SHIFT_SUPPORTED
#define PNG_WRITE_SUPPORTED
#define PNG_WRITE_SWAP_ALPHA_SUPPORTED
#define PNG_WRITE_SWAP_SUPPORTED
#define PNG_WRITE_TEXT_SUPPORTED
#define PNG_WRITE_TRANSFORMS_SUPPORTED
#define PNG_WRITE_UNKNOWN_CHUNKS_SUPPORTED
#define PNG_WRITE_USER_TRANSFORM_SUPPORTED
#define PNG_WRITE_WEIGHTED_FILTER_SUPPORTED
#define PNG_WRITE_bKGD_SUPPORTED
#define PNG_WRITE_cHRM_SUPPORTED
#define PNG_WRITE_gAMA_SUPPORTED
#define PNG_WRITE_hIST_SUPPORTED
#define PNG_WRITE_iCCP_SUPPORTED
#define PNG_WRITE_iTXt_SUPPORTED
#define PNG_WRITE_oFFs_SUPPORTED
#define PNG_WRITE_pCAL_SUPPORTED
#define PNG_WRITE_pHYs_SUPPORTED
#define PNG_WRITE_sBIT_SUPPORTED
#define PNG_WRITE_sCAL_SUPPORTED
#define PNG_WRITE_sPLT_SUPPORTED
#define PNG_WRITE_sRGB_SUPPORTED
#define PNG_WRITE_tEXt_SUPPORTED
#define PNG_WRITE_tIME_SUPPORTED
#define PNG_WRITE_tRNS_SUPPORTED
#define PNG_WRITE_zTXt_SUPPORTED
#define PNG_bKGD_SUPPORTED
#define PNG_cHRM_SUPPORTED
#define PNG_gAMA_SUPPORTED
#define PNG_hIST_SUPPORTED
#define PNG_iCCP_SUPPORTED
#define PNG_iTXt_SUPPORTED
#define PNG_oFFs_SUPPORTED
#define PNG_pCAL_SUPPORTED
#define PNG_pHYs_SUPPORTED
#define PNG_sBIT_SUPPORTED
#define PNG_sCAL_SUPPORTED
#define PNG_sPLT_SUPPORTED
#define PNG_sRGB_SUPPORTED
#define PNG_tEXt_SUPPORTED
#define PNG_tIME_SUPPORTED
#define PNG_tRNS_SUPPORTED
#define PNG_zTXt_SUPPORTED
/* end of options */
/* settings */
#define PNG_API_RULE 0
#define PNG_DEFAULT_READ_MACROS 1
#define PNG_GAMMA_THRESHOLD_FIXED 5000
#define PNG_IDAT_READ_SIZE PNG_ZBUF_SIZE
#define PNG_INFLATE_BUF_SIZE 1024
#define PNG_LINKAGE_API extern
#define PNG_LINKAGE_CALLBACK extern
#define PNG_LINKAGE_DATA extern
#define PNG_LINKAGE_FUNCTION extern
#define PNG_MAX_GAMMA_8 11
#define PNG_QUANTIZE_BLUE_BITS 5
#define PNG_QUANTIZE_GREEN_BITS 5
#define PNG_QUANTIZE_RED_BITS 5
#define PNG_TEXT_Z_DEFAULT_COMPRESSION (-1)
#define PNG_TEXT_Z_DEFAULT_STRATEGY 0
#define PNG_USER_CHUNK_CACHE_MAX 1000
#define PNG_USER_CHUNK_MALLOC_MAX 8000000
#define PNG_USER_HEIGHT_MAX 1000000
#define PNG_USER_WIDTH_MAX 1000000
#define PNG_ZBUF_SIZE 8192
#define PNG_ZLIB_VERNUM 0x1280
#define PNG_Z_DEFAULT_COMPRESSION (-1)
#define PNG_Z_DEFAULT_NOFILTER_STRATEGY 0
#define PNG_Z_DEFAULT_STRATEGY 1
#define PNG_sCAL_PRECISION 5
#define PNG_sRGB_PROFILE_CHECKS 2
/* end of settings */
#endif /* PNGLCONF_H */

Some files were not shown because too many files have changed in this diff Show More